<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/933/index.xml"/>
    <title>Find Best-Selling Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/933/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/933/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/933/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:46 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/933/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/933/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Find Best-Selling Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/933/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/933/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Leland Robel</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/933/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/933/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>Uncertain Harvest: The Future of Food on a Warming Planet by Sarah Rotz, Evan D.G. Fraser, Ian Mosby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncertain Harvest: The Future of Food on a Warming Planet
Author: Sarah Rotz, Evan D.G. Fraser, Ian Mosby
Narrator: Jenny Hoops
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A menu for an edible future. 		In a world expected to reach a staggering population of 10 billion by 2050, and with global temperatures rising fast, humanity must fundamentally change the way it grows and consumes food. Uncertain Harvest brings together scientists, chefs, activists, entrepreneurs, farmers, philosophers, and engineers working on the global future of food to answer questions on how to make a more equitable, safe, sustainable, and plentiful food future. 		Navigating cutting-edge research on the science, culture, and economics of food, Ian Mosby, Sarah Rotz, and Evan D. G. Fraser present a roadmap for a global food policy, while examining eight foods that could save us: algae, caribou, kale, millet, tuna, crickets, milk, and rice.</description>
      <author>Sarah Rotz, Evan D.G. Fraser, Ian Mosby</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780889779402.mp3" length="1522785" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780889779402.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncertain Harvest: The Future of Food on a Warming Planet
Author: Sarah Rotz, Evan D.G. Fraser, Ian Mosby
Narrator: Jenny Hoops
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A menu for an edible future. 		In a world expected to reach a staggering population of 10 billion by 2050, and with global temperatures rising fast, humanity must fundamentally change the way it grows and consumes food. Uncertain Harvest brings together scientists, chefs, activists, entrepreneurs, farmers, philosophers, and engineers working on the global future of food to answer questions on how to make a more equitable, safe, sustainable, and plentiful food future. 		Navigating cutting-edge research on the science, culture, and economics of food, Ian Mosby, Sarah Rotz, and Evan D. G. Fraser present a roadmap for a global food policy, while examining eight foods that could save us: algae, caribou, kale, millet, tuna, crickets, milk, and rice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668726</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Uncertain Harvest: The Future of Food on a Warming Planet
Author: Sarah Rotz, Evan D.G. Fraser, Ian Mosby
Narrator: Jenny Hoops
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A menu for an edible future. 		In a world expected to reach a staggering population of 10 billion by 2050, and with global temperatures rising fast, humanity must fundamentally change the way it grows and consumes food. Uncertain Harvest brings together scientists, chefs, activists, entrepreneurs, farmers, philosophers, and engineers working on the global future of food to answer questions on how to make a more equitable, safe, sustainable, and plentiful food future. 		Navigating cutting-edge research on the science, culture, and economics of food, Ian Mosby, Sarah Rotz, and Evan D. G. Fraser present a roadmap for a global food policy, while examining eight foods that could save us: algae, caribou, kale, millet, tuna, crickets, milk, and rice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ¿Realmente estoy cuidando bien de mi perro? by Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Realmente estoy cuidando bien de mi perro?
Series: #5 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Conozcamos a fondo las necesidades de los perros, así como engaños de las industrias, productos y alimentos con los que afectamos la salud de nuestras mascotas sin saberlo.</description>
      <author>Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180436649.mp3" length="870086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180436649.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Realmente estoy cuidando bien de mi perro?
Series: #5 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Conozcamos a fondo las necesidades de los perros, así como engaños de las industrias, productos y alimentos con los que afectamos la salud de nuestras mascotas sin saberlo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Realmente estoy cuidando bien de mi perro?
Series: #5 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Conozcamos a fondo las necesidades de los perros, así como engaños de las industrias, productos y alimentos con los que afectamos la salud de nuestras mascotas sin saberlo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Lo que un perro trae para enseñarnos by Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Lo que un perro trae para enseñarnos
Series: #7 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Netas de canhijos Hablamos sobre todo lo que los perros nos enseñan; desde lo que nos enseñan a nivel personal hasta lo que, en conjunto, enseñan al mundo.</description>
      <author>Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180436663.mp3" length="872854" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180436663.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Lo que un perro trae para enseñarnos
Series: #7 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Netas de canhijos Hablamos sobre todo lo que los perros nos enseñan; desde lo que nos enseñan a nivel personal hasta lo que, en conjunto, enseñan al mundo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Lo que un perro trae para enseñarnos
Series: #7 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Netas de canhijos Hablamos sobre todo lo que los perros nos enseñan; desde lo que nos enseñan a nivel personal hasta lo que, en conjunto, enseñan al mundo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Perrhijos, la nueva epidemia by Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Perrhijos, la nueva epidemia
Series: #4 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cada vez son más las personas que deciden tener perros en vez de hijos, y cada vez son más personas que incluso prefieren vivir solo con sus perros que en pareja. ¿A qué se debe eso? Haremos un análisis psicoemocional de los vacíos que generan esta necesidad en las personas y también cómo esto afecta en la conducta y estados emocionales de los perros.</description>
      <author>Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180436632.mp3" length="879637" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180436632.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Perrhijos, la nueva epidemia
Series: #4 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cada vez son más las personas que deciden tener perros en vez de hijos, y cada vez son más personas que incluso prefieren vivir solo con sus perros que en pareja. ¿A qué se debe eso? Haremos un análisis psicoemocional de los vacíos que generan esta necesidad en las personas y también cómo esto afecta en la conducta y estados emocionales de los perros.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668504</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Perrhijos, la nueva epidemia
Series: #4 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cada vez son más las personas que deciden tener perros en vez de hijos, y cada vez son más personas que incluso prefieren vivir solo con sus perros que en pareja. ¿A qué se debe eso? Haremos un análisis psicoemocional de los vacíos que generan esta necesidad en las personas y también cómo esto afecta en la conducta y estados emocionales de los perros.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ¿Los perros necesitan de entrenamiento? by Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Los perros necesitan de entrenamiento?
Series: #6 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Netas de canhijos Cuando un perro muestra un problema de conducta, lo primero que pensamos es: necesita entrenamiento; ¿esto realmente es la solución?</description>
      <author>Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180436656.mp3" length="867427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180436656.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Los perros necesitan de entrenamiento?
Series: #6 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Netas de canhijos Cuando un perro muestra un problema de conducta, lo primero que pensamos es: necesita entrenamiento; ¿esto realmente es la solución?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Los perros necesitan de entrenamiento?
Series: #6 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Netas de canhijos Cuando un perro muestra un problema de conducta, lo primero que pensamos es: necesita entrenamiento; ¿esto realmente es la solución?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Los perros pueden percibir cosas que nosotros no by Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los perros pueden percibir cosas que nosotros no
Series: #3 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Basándonos en información científica, sabemos que los perros son capaces de percibir movimientos a velocidades mucho mayor que lo que nuestro ojo humano puede percibir, por lo tanto, ¿Habrá cosas que ellos puedan ver, escuchar o sentir y nosotros no?</description>
      <author>Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180436618.mp3" length="887595" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180436618.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los perros pueden percibir cosas que nosotros no
Series: #3 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Basándonos en información científica, sabemos que los perros son capaces de percibir movimientos a velocidades mucho mayor que lo que nuestro ojo humano puede percibir, por lo tanto, ¿Habrá cosas que ellos puedan ver, escuchar o sentir y nosotros no?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los perros pueden percibir cosas que nosotros no
Series: #3 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Basándonos en información científica, sabemos que los perros son capaces de percibir movimientos a velocidades mucho mayor que lo que nuestro ojo humano puede percibir, por lo tanto, ¿Habrá cosas que ellos puedan ver, escuchar o sentir y nosotros no?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ¿Los perros tienen sentimientos? by Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Los perros tienen sentimientos?
Series: #1 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lo cierto y lo no tan cierto sobre si los perros tienen sentimientos; un debate entre una especialista en conducta y desarrollo humano y una médico veterinario especialista en conducta de perros, definen si los perros pueden tener sentimientos o no.</description>
      <author>Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180436625.mp3" length="875976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180436625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Los perros tienen sentimientos?
Series: #1 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lo cierto y lo no tan cierto sobre si los perros tienen sentimientos; un debate entre una especialista en conducta y desarrollo humano y una médico veterinario especialista en conducta de perros, definen si los perros pueden tener sentimientos o no.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Los perros tienen sentimientos?
Series: #1 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lo cierto y lo no tan cierto sobre si los perros tienen sentimientos; un debate entre una especialista en conducta y desarrollo humano y una médico veterinario especialista en conducta de perros, definen si los perros pueden tener sentimientos o no.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Perrapeutas, la nueva función del perro by Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Perrapeutas, la nueva función del perro
Series: #2 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Actualmente son pocas las personas que tienen perro por algún propósito de trabajo como pastorear o cazar; es más, la mayoría de las personas no saben por qué tienen un perro en su hogar. Hace no mucho los perros eran usados para ayudar al hombre a obtener sus recursos o como protección gracias a sus habilidades y fácil domesticación; pero una vez que les quitamos eso, ¿Qué función tiene hoy un perro en nuestras vidas?</description>
      <author>Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789152176689.mp3" length="893982" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789152176689.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Perrapeutas, la nueva función del perro
Series: #2 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Actualmente son pocas las personas que tienen perro por algún propósito de trabajo como pastorear o cazar; es más, la mayoría de las personas no saben por qué tienen un perro en su hogar. Hace no mucho los perros eran usados para ayudar al hombre a obtener sus recursos o como protección gracias a sus habilidades y fácil domesticación; pero una vez que les quitamos eso, ¿Qué función tiene hoy un perro en nuestras vidas?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/668284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Perrapeutas, la nueva función del perro
Series: #2 of Netas de canhijos
Author: Paola Marisol Castañeda Campos
Narrator: Mvz Pao Castañeda, Paola Camacho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Actualmente son pocas las personas que tienen perro por algún propósito de trabajo como pastorear o cazar; es más, la mayoría de las personas no saben por qué tienen un perro en su hogar. Hace no mucho los perros eran usados para ayudar al hombre a obtener sus recursos o como protección gracias a sus habilidades y fácil domesticación; pero una vez que les quitamos eso, ¿Qué función tiene hoy un perro en nuestras vidas?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Mann und das Holz - Vom Fällen, Hacken und Feuermachen by Lars Mytting</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Mann und das Holz - Vom Fällen, Hacken und Feuermachen
Author: Lars Mytting
Narrator: Thomas Fedrowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit Mytting wird aus einem nostalgischen Gefühl eine Bewegung, eine sinnliche Erfahrung, eine Leidenschaft, die nicht nur den Praktiker im Wald, sondern auch den &amp;#039;Armchair Woodsman&amp;#039; zu Hause erfasst.Wussten Sie, dass der höchste Holzverbrauch aus Butan gemeldet wird – und nicht etwa aus Skandinavien oder Russland? Dass die Bäume für das beste Brennholz im Frühjahr gefällt werden? Dass es einen Unterschied macht, ob Holz &amp;#039;Borke oben&amp;#039; oder &amp;#039;Borke unten&amp;#039; gestapelt wird? Dass der Holzstapel Rückschlüsse auf den Charakter des Staplers zulässt? Aprikosenholz brennt anders als Mandelholz. Birkenholzscheite verströmen im Kamin einen feinen Duft ... Davon erzählt Lars Myttings Hörbuch, das gleichzeitig auch eine Anleitung ist zum Fällen, Hacken, Stapeln – und die Kunst lehrt, ein schönes Kaminfeuer am Brennen zu halten. Wer früher ein Taschenmesser in der Tasche hatte, wird nach Konsultation dieser ebenso informativen wie unterhaltsamen und anekdotenreichen &amp;#039;Bibel&amp;#039; zu Axt oder Säge greifen.-</description>
      <author>Lars Mytting</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728548790.mp3" length="1368718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728548790.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Mann und das Holz - Vom Fällen, Hacken und Feuermachen
Author: Lars Mytting
Narrator: Thomas Fedrowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit Mytting wird aus einem nostalgischen Gefühl eine Bewegung, eine sinnliche Erfahrung, eine Leidenschaft, die nicht nur den Praktiker im Wald, sondern auch den &amp;#039;Armchair Woodsman&amp;#039; zu Hause erfasst.Wussten Sie, dass der höchste Holzverbrauch aus Butan gemeldet wird – und nicht etwa aus Skandinavien oder Russland? Dass die Bäume für das beste Brennholz im Frühjahr gefällt werden? Dass es einen Unterschied macht, ob Holz &amp;#039;Borke oben&amp;#039; oder &amp;#039;Borke unten&amp;#039; gestapelt wird? Dass der Holzstapel Rückschlüsse auf den Charakter des Staplers zulässt? Aprikosenholz brennt anders als Mandelholz. Birkenholzscheite verströmen im Kamin einen feinen Duft ... Davon erzählt Lars Myttings Hörbuch, das gleichzeitig auch eine Anleitung ist zum Fällen, Hacken, Stapeln – und die Kunst lehrt, ein schönes Kaminfeuer am Brennen zu halten. Wer früher ein Taschenmesser in der Tasche hatte, wird nach Konsultation dieser ebenso informativen wie unterhaltsamen und anekdotenreichen &amp;#039;Bibel&amp;#039; zu Axt oder Säge greifen.-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667691</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Mann und das Holz - Vom Fällen, Hacken und Feuermachen
Author: Lars Mytting
Narrator: Thomas Fedrowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit Mytting wird aus einem nostalgischen Gefühl eine Bewegung, eine sinnliche Erfahrung, eine Leidenschaft, die nicht nur den Praktiker im Wald, sondern auch den &amp;#039;Armchair Woodsman&amp;#039; zu Hause erfasst.Wussten Sie, dass der höchste Holzverbrauch aus Butan gemeldet wird – und nicht etwa aus Skandinavien oder Russland? Dass die Bäume für das beste Brennholz im Frühjahr gefällt werden? Dass es einen Unterschied macht, ob Holz &amp;#039;Borke oben&amp;#039; oder &amp;#039;Borke unten&amp;#039; gestapelt wird? Dass der Holzstapel Rückschlüsse auf den Charakter des Staplers zulässt? Aprikosenholz brennt anders als Mandelholz. Birkenholzscheite verströmen im Kamin einen feinen Duft ... Davon erzählt Lars Myttings Hörbuch, das gleichzeitig auch eine Anleitung ist zum Fällen, Hacken, Stapeln – und die Kunst lehrt, ein schönes Kaminfeuer am Brennen zu halten. Wer früher ein Taschenmesser in der Tasche hatte, wird nach Konsultation dieser ebenso informativen wie unterhaltsamen und anekdotenreichen &amp;#039;Bibel&amp;#039; zu Axt oder Säge greifen.-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Horse Brain, Human Brain: The Neuroscience of Horsemanship by Janet L. Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horse Brain, Human Brain: The Neuroscience of Horsemanship
Author: Janet L. Jones
Narrator: Helena Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this illuminating book, brain scientist and horsewoman Janet Jones describes human and equine brains working together. Using plain language, she explores the differences and similarities between equine and human ways of negotiating the world. Mental abilities—like seeing, learning, fearing, trusting, and focusing—are discussed from both human and horse perspectives. Throughout, true stories of horses and handlers attempting to understand each other—sometimes successfully, sometimes not—help to illustrate the principles. Horsemanship of every kind depends on mutual interaction between equine and human brains. When we understand the function of both, we can learn to communicate with horses on their terms instead of ours. By meeting horses halfway, we achieve many goals. • We improve performance. • We save valuable training time. • We develop much deeper bonds with our horses. • We handle them with insight and kindness instead of force or command. • We comprehend their misbehavior in ways that allow solutions. • We reduce the human mistakes we often make while working with them. Instead of working against the horse&amp;#039;s brain, expecting him to function in unnatural and counterproductive ways, this book provides the information needed to ride with the horse&amp;#039;s brain. Each principle is applied to real everyday issues in the arena or on the trail, often illustrated with true stories from the author&amp;#039;s horse training experience. Horse Brain, Human Brain offers revolutionary ideas that should be considered by anyone who works with horses.</description>
      <author>Janet L. Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646012206.mp3" length="825413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646012206.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horse Brain, Human Brain: The Neuroscience of Horsemanship
Author: Janet L. Jones
Narrator: Helena Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this illuminating book, brain scientist and horsewoman Janet Jones describes human and equine brains working together. Using plain language, she explores the differences and similarities between equine and human ways of negotiating the world. Mental abilities—like seeing, learning, fearing, trusting, and focusing—are discussed from both human and horse perspectives. Throughout, true stories of horses and handlers attempting to understand each other—sometimes successfully, sometimes not—help to illustrate the principles. Horsemanship of every kind depends on mutual interaction between equine and human brains. When we understand the function of both, we can learn to communicate with horses on their terms instead of ours. By meeting horses halfway, we achieve many goals. • We improve performance. • We save valuable training time. • We develop much deeper bonds with our horses. • We handle them with insight and kindness instead of force or command. • We comprehend their misbehavior in ways that allow solutions. • We reduce the human mistakes we often make while working with them. Instead of working against the horse&amp;#039;s brain, expecting him to function in unnatural and counterproductive ways, this book provides the information needed to ride with the horse&amp;#039;s brain. Each principle is applied to real everyday issues in the arena or on the trail, often illustrated with true stories from the author&amp;#039;s horse training experience. Horse Brain, Human Brain offers revolutionary ideas that should be considered by anyone who works with horses.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Horse Brain, Human Brain: The Neuroscience of Horsemanship
Author: Janet L. Jones
Narrator: Helena Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this illuminating book, brain scientist and horsewoman Janet Jones describes human and equine brains working together. Using plain language, she explores the differences and similarities between equine and human ways of negotiating the world. Mental abilities—like seeing, learning, fearing, trusting, and focusing—are discussed from both human and horse perspectives. Throughout, true stories of horses and handlers attempting to understand each other—sometimes successfully, sometimes not—help to illustrate the principles. Horsemanship of every kind depends on mutual interaction between equine and human brains. When we understand the function of both, we can learn to communicate with horses on their terms instead of ours. By meeting horses halfway, we achieve many goals. • We improve performance. • We save valuable training time. • We develop much deeper bonds with our horses. • We handle them with insight and kindness instead of force or command. • We comprehend their misbehavior in ways that allow solutions. • We reduce the human mistakes we often make while working with them. Instead of working against the horse&amp;#039;s brain, expecting him to function in unnatural and counterproductive ways, this book provides the information needed to ride with the horse&amp;#039;s brain. Each principle is applied to real everyday issues in the arena or on the trail, often illustrated with true stories from the author&amp;#039;s horse training experience. Horse Brain, Human Brain offers revolutionary ideas that should be considered by anyone who works with horses.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La evolución táctica del fútbol by Martí Perarnau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La evolución táctica del fútbol
Author: Martí Perarnau
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Vuelve Martí Perarnau, el autor best seller de Herr Pep y Pep Guardiola. La Metamorfosis. El nuevo libro de Martí Perarnau descifra el código genético del fútbol. Describe la evolución táctica del juego desde su reglamentación en 1863: la Pirámide de Cambridge, el mediocentro de ataque, el líbero uruguayo, la WM británica, el Método italiano, el 4-2-4 húngaro, el cerrojo suizo o el 3-2-5 argentino. El libro recorre los distintos desarrollos tácticos de la mano del falso 9, la figura más compleja y sutil que existe en el fútbol. El falso 9 surgió en 1910 y ha acompañado todas las sucesivas evoluciones: el juego directo inglés, el juego de pases escocés, la orientación ofensiva y la defensiva, la mentalidad proactiva, el espíritu reactivo, la defensa zonal, el marcaje al hombre, el ataque en línea, en abanico o en W. Todas las ideas del juego están contenidas en el interior del falso 9, que aglutina los cuatro grandes elementos del fútbol: balón, tiempo, espacio y engaño. Este libro demuestra que el fútbol es un combate de ideas, que viajan a lomos de entrenadores y jugadores en sus constantes migraciones, y que cada pueblo juega según su manera de ser. - Martí Perarnau (Barcelona, 1955) participó en los Juegos Olímpicos de Moscú 1980 en salto de altura, especialidad en la que fue campeón y recordman de España de todas las categorías. Dirigió las secciones deportivas de varios periódicos y también la de Televisión Española en Cataluña, donde creó el programa Estadio 2. Hace más de veinte años que se dedica, también, al mundo de la gestión, primero como director del centro principal de prensa de los Juegos de Barcelona 1992 y, posteriormente, ya en Madrid, como director general de empresas audiovisuales. Actualmente dirige su propia productora de publicidad. Ha publicado Senda de campeones, dedicado a La Masía del FC Barcelona, Herr Pep, traducido a catorce idiomas y Pep Guardiola. La metamorfosis.</description>
      <author>Martí Perarnau</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728348512.mp3" length="1372632" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728348512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La evolución táctica del fútbol
Author: Martí Perarnau
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Vuelve Martí Perarnau, el autor best seller de Herr Pep y Pep Guardiola. La Metamorfosis. El nuevo libro de Martí Perarnau descifra el código genético del fútbol. Describe la evolución táctica del juego desde su reglamentación en 1863: la Pirámide de Cambridge, el mediocentro de ataque, el líbero uruguayo, la WM británica, el Método italiano, el 4-2-4 húngaro, el cerrojo suizo o el 3-2-5 argentino. El libro recorre los distintos desarrollos tácticos de la mano del falso 9, la figura más compleja y sutil que existe en el fútbol. El falso 9 surgió en 1910 y ha acompañado todas las sucesivas evoluciones: el juego directo inglés, el juego de pases escocés, la orientación ofensiva y la defensiva, la mentalidad proactiva, el espíritu reactivo, la defensa zonal, el marcaje al hombre, el ataque en línea, en abanico o en W. Todas las ideas del juego están contenidas en el interior del falso 9, que aglutina los cuatro grandes elementos del fútbol: balón, tiempo, espacio y engaño. Este libro demuestra que el fútbol es un combate de ideas, que viajan a lomos de entrenadores y jugadores en sus constantes migraciones, y que cada pueblo juega según su manera de ser. - Martí Perarnau (Barcelona, 1955) participó en los Juegos Olímpicos de Moscú 1980 en salto de altura, especialidad en la que fue campeón y recordman de España de todas las categorías. Dirigió las secciones deportivas de varios periódicos y también la de Televisión Española en Cataluña, donde creó el programa Estadio 2. Hace más de veinte años que se dedica, también, al mundo de la gestión, primero como director del centro principal de prensa de los Juegos de Barcelona 1992 y, posteriormente, ya en Madrid, como director general de empresas audiovisuales. Actualmente dirige su propia productora de publicidad. Ha publicado Senda de campeones, dedicado a La Masía del FC Barcelona, Herr Pep, traducido a catorce idiomas y Pep Guardiola. La metamorfosis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La evolución táctica del fútbol
Author: Martí Perarnau
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Vuelve Martí Perarnau, el autor best seller de Herr Pep y Pep Guardiola. La Metamorfosis. El nuevo libro de Martí Perarnau descifra el código genético del fútbol. Describe la evolución táctica del juego desde su reglamentación en 1863: la Pirámide de Cambridge, el mediocentro de ataque, el líbero uruguayo, la WM británica, el Método italiano, el 4-2-4 húngaro, el cerrojo suizo o el 3-2-5 argentino. El libro recorre los distintos desarrollos tácticos de la mano del falso 9, la figura más compleja y sutil que existe en el fútbol. El falso 9 surgió en 1910 y ha acompañado todas las sucesivas evoluciones: el juego directo inglés, el juego de pases escocés, la orientación ofensiva y la defensiva, la mentalidad proactiva, el espíritu reactivo, la defensa zonal, el marcaje al hombre, el ataque en línea, en abanico o en W. Todas las ideas del juego están contenidas en el interior del falso 9, que aglutina los cuatro grandes elementos del fútbol: balón, tiempo, espacio y engaño. Este libro demuestra que el fútbol es un combate de ideas, que viajan a lomos de entrenadores y jugadores en sus constantes migraciones, y que cada pueblo juega según su manera de ser. - Martí Perarnau (Barcelona, 1955) participó en los Juegos Olímpicos de Moscú 1980 en salto de altura, especialidad en la que fue campeón y recordman de España de todas las categorías. Dirigió las secciones deportivas de varios periódicos y también la de Televisión Española en Cataluña, donde creó el programa Estadio 2. Hace más de veinte años que se dedica, también, al mundo de la gestión, primero como director del centro principal de prensa de los Juegos de Barcelona 1992 y, posteriormente, ya en Madrid, como director general de empresas audiovisuales. Actualmente dirige su propia productora de publicidad. Ha publicado Senda de campeones, dedicado a La Masía del FC Barcelona, Herr Pep, traducido a catorce idiomas y Pep Guardiola. La metamorfosis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Year of Sitting Dangerously: My Garden Safari by Simon Barnes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of Sitting Dangerously: My Garden Safari
Author: Simon Barnes
Narrator: Simon Barnes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the acclaimed author of Rewild Yourself comes a brilliant new book that reveals the natural joys to be discovered on your doorstep.  In the autumn of 2020, Simon Barnes should have been leading a safari in Zambia, but Covid restrictions meant his plans had to be put on hold. Instead, he embarked on the only voyage of discovery that was still open to him. He walked to a folding chair at the bottom of his garden, and sat down. His itinerary: to sit in that very same spot every day for a year and to see - and hear - what happened all around him. It would be a stationary garden safari; his year of sitting dangerously had begun.  For the next twelve months, he would watch as the world around him changed day by day. Gradually, he began to see his surroundings in a new way; by restricting himself, he opened up new horizons, growing even closer to a world he thought he already knew so well. The Year of Sitting Dangerously is a wonderfully evocative read; it inspires the reader to pay closer attention to the marvels that surround us all, and is packed with handy tips to help bring nature even closer to us.</description>
      <author>Simon Barnes</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781398527911.mp3" length="866863" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781398527911.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of Sitting Dangerously: My Garden Safari
Author: Simon Barnes
Narrator: Simon Barnes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the acclaimed author of Rewild Yourself comes a brilliant new book that reveals the natural joys to be discovered on your doorstep.  In the autumn of 2020, Simon Barnes should have been leading a safari in Zambia, but Covid restrictions meant his plans had to be put on hold. Instead, he embarked on the only voyage of discovery that was still open to him. He walked to a folding chair at the bottom of his garden, and sat down. His itinerary: to sit in that very same spot every day for a year and to see - and hear - what happened all around him. It would be a stationary garden safari; his year of sitting dangerously had begun.  For the next twelve months, he would watch as the world around him changed day by day. Gradually, he began to see his surroundings in a new way; by restricting himself, he opened up new horizons, growing even closer to a world he thought he already knew so well. The Year of Sitting Dangerously is a wonderfully evocative read; it inspires the reader to pay closer attention to the marvels that surround us all, and is packed with handy tips to help bring nature even closer to us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of Sitting Dangerously: My Garden Safari
Author: Simon Barnes
Narrator: Simon Barnes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the acclaimed author of Rewild Yourself comes a brilliant new book that reveals the natural joys to be discovered on your doorstep.  In the autumn of 2020, Simon Barnes should have been leading a safari in Zambia, but Covid restrictions meant his plans had to be put on hold. Instead, he embarked on the only voyage of discovery that was still open to him. He walked to a folding chair at the bottom of his garden, and sat down. His itinerary: to sit in that very same spot every day for a year and to see - and hear - what happened all around him. It would be a stationary garden safari; his year of sitting dangerously had begun.  For the next twelve months, he would watch as the world around him changed day by day. Gradually, he began to see his surroundings in a new way; by restricting himself, he opened up new horizons, growing even closer to a world he thought he already knew so well. The Year of Sitting Dangerously is a wonderfully evocative read; it inspires the reader to pay closer attention to the marvels that surround us all, and is packed with handy tips to help bring nature even closer to us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Care For A Pet Rabbit by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Care For A Pet Rabbit
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Uncle Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 42 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Rabbits are the third most popular household pet in the West, and are gaining popularity in the rest of the world too. This book aims to advise prospective owners on how to choose, buy and take care of a pet rabbit.Rabbits are the third most popular household pet in the West, and are gaining popularity in the rest of the world too. This book aims to advise prospective owners on how to choose, buy and take care of a pet rabbit. It is said, and I have found it to be true, that rabbits are about as intelligent as your average cat or dog. They live approximately the same length of time too, but are less demanding and easier to feed. In fact, they are ideal for people who can&amp;#039;t get out much, or don&amp;#039;t want to keep meat in the fridge or even in the house, as they are one hundred percent vegetarian! If you don&amp;#039;t know much about rabbits, you could be forgiven for thinking that a rabbit is a rabbit, is a rabbit, but in fact, there are 370 classes of rabbit (according to UK and USA rabbit organisations) and they come from 70 different countries. So, there is plenty of scope in size and colour. Not only that, but owners will tell you that each rabbit has its own distinctive personality, much like a cat or a dog. However, in general, we could say that rabbits are docile, placid and friendly, and don&amp;#039;t appreciate rough handling or play. Rabbits are also the third most popular pet in the UK and the fourth in the USA, but third most popular with all age groups of twelve and above. So, you are in good company. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835449072.mp3" length="1315592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835449072.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Care For A Pet Rabbit
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Uncle Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 42 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Rabbits are the third most popular household pet in the West, and are gaining popularity in the rest of the world too. This book aims to advise prospective owners on how to choose, buy and take care of a pet rabbit.Rabbits are the third most popular household pet in the West, and are gaining popularity in the rest of the world too. This book aims to advise prospective owners on how to choose, buy and take care of a pet rabbit. It is said, and I have found it to be true, that rabbits are about as intelligent as your average cat or dog. They live approximately the same length of time too, but are less demanding and easier to feed. In fact, they are ideal for people who can&amp;#039;t get out much, or don&amp;#039;t want to keep meat in the fridge or even in the house, as they are one hundred percent vegetarian! If you don&amp;#039;t know much about rabbits, you could be forgiven for thinking that a rabbit is a rabbit, is a rabbit, but in fact, there are 370 classes of rabbit (according to UK and USA rabbit organisations) and they come from 70 different countries. So, there is plenty of scope in size and colour. Not only that, but owners will tell you that each rabbit has its own distinctive personality, much like a cat or a dog. However, in general, we could say that rabbits are docile, placid and friendly, and don&amp;#039;t appreciate rough handling or play. Rabbits are also the third most popular pet in the UK and the fourth in the USA, but third most popular with all age groups of twelve and above. So, you are in good company. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Care For A Pet Rabbit
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Uncle Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 42 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Rabbits are the third most popular household pet in the West, and are gaining popularity in the rest of the world too. This book aims to advise prospective owners on how to choose, buy and take care of a pet rabbit.Rabbits are the third most popular household pet in the West, and are gaining popularity in the rest of the world too. This book aims to advise prospective owners on how to choose, buy and take care of a pet rabbit. It is said, and I have found it to be true, that rabbits are about as intelligent as your average cat or dog. They live approximately the same length of time too, but are less demanding and easier to feed. In fact, they are ideal for people who can&amp;#039;t get out much, or don&amp;#039;t want to keep meat in the fridge or even in the house, as they are one hundred percent vegetarian! If you don&amp;#039;t know much about rabbits, you could be forgiven for thinking that a rabbit is a rabbit, is a rabbit, but in fact, there are 370 classes of rabbit (according to UK and USA rabbit organisations) and they come from 70 different countries. So, there is plenty of scope in size and colour. Not only that, but owners will tell you that each rabbit has its own distinctive personality, much like a cat or a dog. However, in general, we could say that rabbits are docile, placid and friendly, and don&amp;#039;t appreciate rough handling or play. Rabbits are also the third most popular pet in the UK and the fourth in the USA, but third most popular with all age groups of twelve and above. So, you are in good company. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spinning Out: Climate Change, Mental Health and Fighting for a Better Future by Charlie Hertzog Young</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spinning Out: Climate Change, Mental Health and Fighting for a Better Future
Author: Charlie Hertzog Young
Narrator: Charlie Hertzog Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Utterly brilliant - engaging, thrilling, disturbing, revelatory, explosive&amp;#039; GEORGE MONBIOT &amp;#039;This extraordinary book, written with startling honesty and vulnerability, traces Charlie&amp;#039;s remarkable journey from deep despair to resistance, reconnection and remedy. If you are ready to channel grief within into action in the world, read on.&amp;#039; KATE RAWORTH, author of Doughnut Economics: Seven Ways to Think Like a 21st-Century Economist &amp;#039;Spinning Out is a salve, weaving together the intricacies of madness underscored by the backdrop of a changing climate. It&amp;#039;s an essential and insightful resource in the fight for climate justice.&amp;#039; TORI TSUI, author of It&amp;#039;s Not Just You &amp;#039;Heart-rendingly, heart-stoppingly glorious&amp;#039; MANDA SCOTT, author of bestselling Boudica series Humanity is driving the earth mad. Now, the earth is driving us mad in return.  Charlie Hertzog Young became a climate activist in his early teens. His journey led him onto airport runways and into the halls of power, but also to a serious mental health breakdown. He had to rebuild himself physically and psychologically, before focusing his efforts on collective mental recovery in response to a planet in crisis. Spinning Out explores how climate chaos and the failure of those in power to tackle it are causing an inevitable mental health crisis across the globe. The relationship between the climate and our emotional wellbeing goes far deeper than eco-anxiety. It goes to he roots of our civilisation - its principles, its practices and its false solutions. With testimony from dozens of activists, organisers and researchers across every habitable continent, Spinning Out is a celebration (of other ways to be) and a manual for anyone who wants to fight for a better world, while avoiding burnout and despair. Wedding the needs of the earth with the needs of the human mind, Spinning Out offers a powerful, collective vision for change.</description>
      <author>Charlie Hertzog Young</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781804440353.mp3" length="1367133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781804440353.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spinning Out: Climate Change, Mental Health and Fighting for a Better Future
Author: Charlie Hertzog Young
Narrator: Charlie Hertzog Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Utterly brilliant - engaging, thrilling, disturbing, revelatory, explosive&amp;#039; GEORGE MONBIOT &amp;#039;This extraordinary book, written with startling honesty and vulnerability, traces Charlie&amp;#039;s remarkable journey from deep despair to resistance, reconnection and remedy. If you are ready to channel grief within into action in the world, read on.&amp;#039; KATE RAWORTH, author of Doughnut Economics: Seven Ways to Think Like a 21st-Century Economist &amp;#039;Spinning Out is a salve, weaving together the intricacies of madness underscored by the backdrop of a changing climate. It&amp;#039;s an essential and insightful resource in the fight for climate justice.&amp;#039; TORI TSUI, author of It&amp;#039;s Not Just You &amp;#039;Heart-rendingly, heart-stoppingly glorious&amp;#039; MANDA SCOTT, author of bestselling Boudica series Humanity is driving the earth mad. Now, the earth is driving us mad in return.  Charlie Hertzog Young became a climate activist in his early teens. His journey led him onto airport runways and into the halls of power, but also to a serious mental health breakdown. He had to rebuild himself physically and psychologically, before focusing his efforts on collective mental recovery in response to a planet in crisis. Spinning Out explores how climate chaos and the failure of those in power to tackle it are causing an inevitable mental health crisis across the globe. The relationship between the climate and our emotional wellbeing goes far deeper than eco-anxiety. It goes to he roots of our civilisation - its principles, its practices and its false solutions. With testimony from dozens of activists, organisers and researchers across every habitable continent, Spinning Out is a celebration (of other ways to be) and a manual for anyone who wants to fight for a better world, while avoiding burnout and despair. Wedding the needs of the earth with the needs of the human mind, Spinning Out offers a powerful, collective vision for change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667454</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spinning Out: Climate Change, Mental Health and Fighting for a Better Future
Author: Charlie Hertzog Young
Narrator: Charlie Hertzog Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Utterly brilliant - engaging, thrilling, disturbing, revelatory, explosive&amp;#039; GEORGE MONBIOT &amp;#039;This extraordinary book, written with startling honesty and vulnerability, traces Charlie&amp;#039;s remarkable journey from deep despair to resistance, reconnection and remedy. If you are ready to channel grief within into action in the world, read on.&amp;#039; KATE RAWORTH, author of Doughnut Economics: Seven Ways to Think Like a 21st-Century Economist &amp;#039;Spinning Out is a salve, weaving together the intricacies of madness underscored by the backdrop of a changing climate. It&amp;#039;s an essential and insightful resource in the fight for climate justice.&amp;#039; TORI TSUI, author of It&amp;#039;s Not Just You &amp;#039;Heart-rendingly, heart-stoppingly glorious&amp;#039; MANDA SCOTT, author of bestselling Boudica series Humanity is driving the earth mad. Now, the earth is driving us mad in return.  Charlie Hertzog Young became a climate activist in his early teens. His journey led him onto airport runways and into the halls of power, but also to a serious mental health breakdown. He had to rebuild himself physically and psychologically, before focusing his efforts on collective mental recovery in response to a planet in crisis. Spinning Out explores how climate chaos and the failure of those in power to tackle it are causing an inevitable mental health crisis across the globe. The relationship between the climate and our emotional wellbeing goes far deeper than eco-anxiety. It goes to he roots of our civilisation - its principles, its practices and its false solutions. With testimony from dozens of activists, organisers and researchers across every habitable continent, Spinning Out is a celebration (of other ways to be) and a manual for anyone who wants to fight for a better world, while avoiding burnout and despair. Wedding the needs of the earth with the needs of the human mind, Spinning Out offers a powerful, collective vision for change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ten Birds That Changed the World by Stephen Moss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Birds That Changed the World
Author: Stephen Moss
Narrator: Stephen Moss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The natural history of humankind, told through our long relationship with birds    For the whole of human history, we have lived alongside birds. We have hunted and domesticated them for food; venerated them in our mythologies, religions, and rituals; exploited them for their natural resources; and been inspired by them for our music, art, and poetry.      In Ten Birds That Changed the World, naturalist and author Stephen Moss tells the gripping story of this long and intimate relationship through key species from all seven of the world’s continents. From Odin’s faithful raven companions to Darwin’s finches, and from the wild turkey of the Americas to the emperor penguin as potent symbol of the climate crisis, this is a fascinating, eye-opening, and endlessly engaging work of natural history.</description>
      <author>Stephen Moss</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668632338.mp3" length="828686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668632338.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Birds That Changed the World
Author: Stephen Moss
Narrator: Stephen Moss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The natural history of humankind, told through our long relationship with birds    For the whole of human history, we have lived alongside birds. We have hunted and domesticated them for food; venerated them in our mythologies, religions, and rituals; exploited them for their natural resources; and been inspired by them for our music, art, and poetry.      In Ten Birds That Changed the World, naturalist and author Stephen Moss tells the gripping story of this long and intimate relationship through key species from all seven of the world’s continents. From Odin’s faithful raven companions to Darwin’s finches, and from the wild turkey of the Americas to the emperor penguin as potent symbol of the climate crisis, this is a fascinating, eye-opening, and endlessly engaging work of natural history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666878</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Birds That Changed the World
Author: Stephen Moss
Narrator: Stephen Moss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The natural history of humankind, told through our long relationship with birds    For the whole of human history, we have lived alongside birds. We have hunted and domesticated them for food; venerated them in our mythologies, religions, and rituals; exploited them for their natural resources; and been inspired by them for our music, art, and poetry.      In Ten Birds That Changed the World, naturalist and author Stephen Moss tells the gripping story of this long and intimate relationship through key species from all seven of the world’s continents. From Odin’s faithful raven companions to Darwin’s finches, and from the wild turkey of the Americas to the emperor penguin as potent symbol of the climate crisis, this is a fascinating, eye-opening, and endlessly engaging work of natural history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hidden Language of Cats: How They Have Us at Meow by Sarah Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Language of Cats: How They Have Us at Meow
Author: Sarah Brown
Narrator: Helen Keeley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Descended from shy, solitary North African wild cats, domestic cats set up homes with devoted owners all over the world by learning how to talk to us. This book translates—in case you missed anything. A renowned cat behavior scientist of over thirty years, Dr. Sarah Brown has been at the forefront of research in the field, discovering how cats use tail signals to interact with each other and their owners. Now, she reveals the previously unexplored secrets of cat communication in a book that is both scientifically grounded and utterly delightful. Each chapter dives into a different form of communication, including vocalizations, tail signals, scents, rubbing, and ear movements. The iconic meow, for example, is rarely used between adult cats—cleverly mimicking the cries of a human infant, the meow is a feline invention for conversing with people. Through observing the behavior of two cat colonies in rural England, readers will also have the opportunity to glimpse into the lives of some of the cats behind Dr. Brown&amp;#039;s science. Can we understand what cats’ meows and other signals mean? How do cats actually perceive us? And how can we use this information to inform how we talk back to our feline friends? Referencing historical records, exploring modern scientific studies of cat-human communication, and including simple, elegant line drawings, The Hidden Language of Cats is perfect for any cat lover who wants to learn more about their companion.</description>
      <author>Sarah Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593786826.mp3" length="2838523" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593786826.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Language of Cats: How They Have Us at Meow
Author: Sarah Brown
Narrator: Helen Keeley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Descended from shy, solitary North African wild cats, domestic cats set up homes with devoted owners all over the world by learning how to talk to us. This book translates—in case you missed anything. A renowned cat behavior scientist of over thirty years, Dr. Sarah Brown has been at the forefront of research in the field, discovering how cats use tail signals to interact with each other and their owners. Now, she reveals the previously unexplored secrets of cat communication in a book that is both scientifically grounded and utterly delightful. Each chapter dives into a different form of communication, including vocalizations, tail signals, scents, rubbing, and ear movements. The iconic meow, for example, is rarely used between adult cats—cleverly mimicking the cries of a human infant, the meow is a feline invention for conversing with people. Through observing the behavior of two cat colonies in rural England, readers will also have the opportunity to glimpse into the lives of some of the cats behind Dr. Brown&amp;#039;s science. Can we understand what cats’ meows and other signals mean? How do cats actually perceive us? And how can we use this information to inform how we talk back to our feline friends? Referencing historical records, exploring modern scientific studies of cat-human communication, and including simple, elegant line drawings, The Hidden Language of Cats is perfect for any cat lover who wants to learn more about their companion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/666314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hidden Language of Cats: How They Have Us at Meow
Author: Sarah Brown
Narrator: Helen Keeley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Descended from shy, solitary North African wild cats, domestic cats set up homes with devoted owners all over the world by learning how to talk to us. This book translates—in case you missed anything. A renowned cat behavior scientist of over thirty years, Dr. Sarah Brown has been at the forefront of research in the field, discovering how cats use tail signals to interact with each other and their owners. Now, she reveals the previously unexplored secrets of cat communication in a book that is both scientifically grounded and utterly delightful. Each chapter dives into a different form of communication, including vocalizations, tail signals, scents, rubbing, and ear movements. The iconic meow, for example, is rarely used between adult cats—cleverly mimicking the cries of a human infant, the meow is a feline invention for conversing with people. Through observing the behavior of two cat colonies in rural England, readers will also have the opportunity to glimpse into the lives of some of the cats behind Dr. Brown&amp;#039;s science. Can we understand what cats’ meows and other signals mean? How do cats actually perceive us? And how can we use this information to inform how we talk back to our feline friends? Referencing historical records, exploring modern scientific studies of cat-human communication, and including simple, elegant line drawings, The Hidden Language of Cats is perfect for any cat lover who wants to learn more about their companion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century by Jason A. Robison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century
Author: Jason A. Robison
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Signed on November 24, 1922, the Colorado River Compact is body of laws colloquially called the &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; that governs how human beings use water from the river system dubbed the &amp;#039;American Nile.&amp;#039; No fewer than forty million people have come to rely on the Colorado River system in modern times—a system immersed in an unprecedented, unrelenting megadrought for more than two decades. Attempting to navigate this &amp;#039;new normal,&amp;#039; policymakers are negotiating new management rules for the river system, a process coinciding with the compact&amp;#039;s centennial that must be completed by 2026. Animated by this remarkable confluence of events, Cornerstone at the Confluence leverages the centennial year to reflect on the compact and broader &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; to envision the future. It is a volume inviting dialogue about how the river system&amp;#039;s flows should be apportioned given climate change, what should be done about environmental issues such as ecosystem restoration and biodiversity protection, and how long-standing issues of water justice facing Native American communities should be addressed. These topics touch on the concept of &amp;#039;equity&amp;#039; embedded within the compact—a concept that tees up what is perhaps the foundational question confronted by Cornerstone at the Confluence: Who should have a seat at the table of Colorado River governance?</description>
      <author>Jason A. Robison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350822762.mp3" length="8282672" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350822762.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century
Author: Jason A. Robison
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Signed on November 24, 1922, the Colorado River Compact is body of laws colloquially called the &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; that governs how human beings use water from the river system dubbed the &amp;#039;American Nile.&amp;#039; No fewer than forty million people have come to rely on the Colorado River system in modern times—a system immersed in an unprecedented, unrelenting megadrought for more than two decades. Attempting to navigate this &amp;#039;new normal,&amp;#039; policymakers are negotiating new management rules for the river system, a process coinciding with the compact&amp;#039;s centennial that must be completed by 2026. Animated by this remarkable confluence of events, Cornerstone at the Confluence leverages the centennial year to reflect on the compact and broader &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; to envision the future. It is a volume inviting dialogue about how the river system&amp;#039;s flows should be apportioned given climate change, what should be done about environmental issues such as ecosystem restoration and biodiversity protection, and how long-standing issues of water justice facing Native American communities should be addressed. These topics touch on the concept of &amp;#039;equity&amp;#039; embedded within the compact—a concept that tees up what is perhaps the foundational question confronted by Cornerstone at the Confluence: Who should have a seat at the table of Colorado River governance?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/665700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cornerstone at the Confluence: Navigating the Colorado River Compact&amp;#039;s Next Century
Author: Jason A. Robison
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Signed on November 24, 1922, the Colorado River Compact is body of laws colloquially called the &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; that governs how human beings use water from the river system dubbed the &amp;#039;American Nile.&amp;#039; No fewer than forty million people have come to rely on the Colorado River system in modern times—a system immersed in an unprecedented, unrelenting megadrought for more than two decades. Attempting to navigate this &amp;#039;new normal,&amp;#039; policymakers are negotiating new management rules for the river system, a process coinciding with the compact&amp;#039;s centennial that must be completed by 2026. Animated by this remarkable confluence of events, Cornerstone at the Confluence leverages the centennial year to reflect on the compact and broader &amp;#039;Law of the River&amp;#039; to envision the future. It is a volume inviting dialogue about how the river system&amp;#039;s flows should be apportioned given climate change, what should be done about environmental issues such as ecosystem restoration and biodiversity protection, and how long-standing issues of water justice facing Native American communities should be addressed. These topics touch on the concept of &amp;#039;equity&amp;#039; embedded within the compact—a concept that tees up what is perhaps the foundational question confronted by Cornerstone at the Confluence: Who should have a seat at the table of Colorado River governance?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alien Worlds: The Secret Lives of Insects by Steve Nicholls</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alien Worlds: The Secret Lives of Insects
Author: Steve Nicholls
Narrator: Alan Turton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 30, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An ambitious account of the evolution and biology of insects. Insects are the most successful group of animals ever to have lived. They comprise a million species and perhaps 10 quintillion individuals: one in every four animals on the planet is a beetle; one in every ten is a butterfly or moth. Much of life on earth depends on the activities of these busy, teeming arthropods, from pollination to the breaking down of waste matter. In Alien Worlds, Steve Nicholls draws on a lifetime of writing about, photographing and filming the natural world to create an ambitious account of insect evolution and biology. Each chapter of Alien Worlds centres on one or more of the traits of insect life that have allowed them to hold dominion over the earth&amp;#039;s terrestrial and freshwater environments for so long, from their staggering reproductive ability to their complex partnership with flowering plants, and from their remarkable level of care for their young to their sophisticated social lives. Alien Worlds explores what insects are, and why there are so many of them; the impact on insects (the only flying invertebrates) of the possession of wings; and the extraordinary sensory world of insects.</description>
      <author>Steve Nicholls</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781800247406.mp3" length="762329" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781800247406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alien Worlds: The Secret Lives of Insects
Author: Steve Nicholls
Narrator: Alan Turton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 30, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An ambitious account of the evolution and biology of insects. Insects are the most successful group of animals ever to have lived. They comprise a million species and perhaps 10 quintillion individuals: one in every four animals on the planet is a beetle; one in every ten is a butterfly or moth. Much of life on earth depends on the activities of these busy, teeming arthropods, from pollination to the breaking down of waste matter. In Alien Worlds, Steve Nicholls draws on a lifetime of writing about, photographing and filming the natural world to create an ambitious account of insect evolution and biology. Each chapter of Alien Worlds centres on one or more of the traits of insect life that have allowed them to hold dominion over the earth&amp;#039;s terrestrial and freshwater environments for so long, from their staggering reproductive ability to their complex partnership with flowering plants, and from their remarkable level of care for their young to their sophisticated social lives. Alien Worlds explores what insects are, and why there are so many of them; the impact on insects (the only flying invertebrates) of the possession of wings; and the extraordinary sensory world of insects.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663260</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alien Worlds: The Secret Lives of Insects
Author: Steve Nicholls
Narrator: Alan Turton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 30, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An ambitious account of the evolution and biology of insects. Insects are the most successful group of animals ever to have lived. They comprise a million species and perhaps 10 quintillion individuals: one in every four animals on the planet is a beetle; one in every ten is a butterfly or moth. Much of life on earth depends on the activities of these busy, teeming arthropods, from pollination to the breaking down of waste matter. In Alien Worlds, Steve Nicholls draws on a lifetime of writing about, photographing and filming the natural world to create an ambitious account of insect evolution and biology. Each chapter of Alien Worlds centres on one or more of the traits of insect life that have allowed them to hold dominion over the earth&amp;#039;s terrestrial and freshwater environments for so long, from their staggering reproductive ability to their complex partnership with flowering plants, and from their remarkable level of care for their young to their sophisticated social lives. Alien Worlds explores what insects are, and why there are so many of them; the impact on insects (the only flying invertebrates) of the possession of wings; and the extraordinary sensory world of insects.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Last Sunset in the West: Britain&amp;#039;s Vanishing West Coast Orcas by Natalie Sanders</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Last Sunset in the West: Britain&amp;#039;s Vanishing West Coast Orcas
Author: Natalie Sanders
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Britain has a single pod of orca, also known as killer whales, native to its home waters, although other orca visit from more northern regions. In 2014 Dr Natalie Sanders joined the crew of the HV Silurian to seek them out and study them before we lose them forever. In The Last Sunset in the West she discusses them one by one, and the many issues surrounding their lives in a captivating account that will take the reader deep into the history of our relations with the sentient and beautiful creatures.</description>
      <author>Natalie Sanders</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004116508.mp3" length="835022" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004116508.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Last Sunset in the West: Britain&amp;#039;s Vanishing West Coast Orcas
Author: Natalie Sanders
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Britain has a single pod of orca, also known as killer whales, native to its home waters, although other orca visit from more northern regions. In 2014 Dr Natalie Sanders joined the crew of the HV Silurian to seek them out and study them before we lose them forever. In The Last Sunset in the West she discusses them one by one, and the many issues surrounding their lives in a captivating account that will take the reader deep into the history of our relations with the sentient and beautiful creatures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/663237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Last Sunset in the West: Britain&amp;#039;s Vanishing West Coast Orcas
Author: Natalie Sanders
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Britain has a single pod of orca, also known as killer whales, native to its home waters, although other orca visit from more northern regions. In 2014 Dr Natalie Sanders joined the crew of the HV Silurian to seek them out and study them before we lose them forever. In The Last Sunset in the West she discusses them one by one, and the many issues surrounding their lives in a captivating account that will take the reader deep into the history of our relations with the sentient and beautiful creatures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Need to Be Wild: One Woman&amp;#039;s Quest for Ancient Human Answers to 21st Century Problems by Jessica Carew Kraft</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Need to Be Wild: One Woman&amp;#039;s Quest for Ancient Human Answers to 21st Century Problems
Author: Jessica Carew Kraft
Narrator: Jessica Carew Kraft
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold examination of how Paleolithic wisdom could solve our 21st century problemsJessica Carew Kraft, an urban wife and mom of two, was firmly rooted in the modern world, complete with a high-powered career in tech and the sneaking suspicion that her lifestyle was preventing her and her family from truly thriving. Determined to find a better way, Jessica quit her job and set out to learn about “rewilding” from people who reject the comforts and convenience of civilization by using ancient tools and skills to survive. Along the way, she learned how to turn sticks into fire, stones into axes, and bones into tools for harvesting wild food—and found an entire community walking the path back from our technologyfocused, anxiety-ridden way of life to a simpler, more human experience.Weaving deep research and reportage with her own personal journey, Jessica tells the remarkable story of the potential benefits rewilding has for us and our planet and questions what it truly means to be a human in today’s world. Why We Need to Be Wild is a thought-provoking, unforgettable narrative that illuminates how we survived in the past, how we live now, and how each of us can choose to thrive in the years ahead.</description>
      <author>Jessica Carew Kraft</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705099551.mp3" length="1427879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705099551.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Need to Be Wild: One Woman&amp;#039;s Quest for Ancient Human Answers to 21st Century Problems
Author: Jessica Carew Kraft
Narrator: Jessica Carew Kraft
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold examination of how Paleolithic wisdom could solve our 21st century problemsJessica Carew Kraft, an urban wife and mom of two, was firmly rooted in the modern world, complete with a high-powered career in tech and the sneaking suspicion that her lifestyle was preventing her and her family from truly thriving. Determined to find a better way, Jessica quit her job and set out to learn about “rewilding” from people who reject the comforts and convenience of civilization by using ancient tools and skills to survive. Along the way, she learned how to turn sticks into fire, stones into axes, and bones into tools for harvesting wild food—and found an entire community walking the path back from our technologyfocused, anxiety-ridden way of life to a simpler, more human experience.Weaving deep research and reportage with her own personal journey, Jessica tells the remarkable story of the potential benefits rewilding has for us and our planet and questions what it truly means to be a human in today’s world. Why We Need to Be Wild is a thought-provoking, unforgettable narrative that illuminates how we survived in the past, how we live now, and how each of us can choose to thrive in the years ahead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We Need to Be Wild: One Woman&amp;#039;s Quest for Ancient Human Answers to 21st Century Problems
Author: Jessica Carew Kraft
Narrator: Jessica Carew Kraft
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold examination of how Paleolithic wisdom could solve our 21st century problemsJessica Carew Kraft, an urban wife and mom of two, was firmly rooted in the modern world, complete with a high-powered career in tech and the sneaking suspicion that her lifestyle was preventing her and her family from truly thriving. Determined to find a better way, Jessica quit her job and set out to learn about “rewilding” from people who reject the comforts and convenience of civilization by using ancient tools and skills to survive. Along the way, she learned how to turn sticks into fire, stones into axes, and bones into tools for harvesting wild food—and found an entire community walking the path back from our technologyfocused, anxiety-ridden way of life to a simpler, more human experience.Weaving deep research and reportage with her own personal journey, Jessica tells the remarkable story of the potential benefits rewilding has for us and our planet and questions what it truly means to be a human in today’s world. Why We Need to Be Wild is a thought-provoking, unforgettable narrative that illuminates how we survived in the past, how we live now, and how each of us can choose to thrive in the years ahead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Leeward Side by Whitney Balliett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leeward Side
Author: Whitney Balliett
Narrator: Gary Telles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Whitney Balliett&amp;#039;s magnificent essay on the Great Hurricane of 1938 appeared in The New Yorker fifty years after the event. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</description>
      <author>Whitney Balliett</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886421163.mp3" length="329810" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886421163.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leeward Side
Author: Whitney Balliett
Narrator: Gary Telles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Whitney Balliett&amp;#039;s magnificent essay on the Great Hurricane of 1938 appeared in The New Yorker fifty years after the event. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/660601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leeward Side
Author: Whitney Balliett
Narrator: Gary Telles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Whitney Balliett&amp;#039;s magnificent essay on the Great Hurricane of 1938 appeared in The New Yorker fifty years after the event. This selection is part of the full length audiobook, &amp;quot;Storm: Stories of Survival From Land and Sea.&amp;quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lagoon: Encounters with the Whales of San Ignacio by James Michael Dorsey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lagoon: Encounters with the Whales of San Ignacio
Author: James Michael Dorsey
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Once a killing ground for whalers hunting a leviathan they called the &amp;#039;devilfish,&amp;#039; the San Ignacio Lagoon in Baja, Mexico, is now an environmental and spiritual sanctuary—the only place in the world where animals in their natural aquatic environment routinely seek out human contact. A nursery for the gray whale since before recorded history, the lagoon and its stories, told here by James Michael Dorsey, illuminate the magic of human connection to animals, and what those bonds teach us about ourselves and our purpose on this shared planet. Weaving two decades of San Ignacio adventures with the history of the lagoon, Dorsey vividly captures the lively people of Baja, like the mystical godfather of whale-watching, Pachico Mayoral, as well as the whales he&amp;#039;s bonded with over the years, like Slackjaw, Patch, and Dervish. Looming over his journeys are the many dangers to the area, from the Mitsubishi Corporation&amp;#039;s attempts to build salt works to plans for resort development on the Baja coast, to pollution and climate change, and even to the orcas who hunt the gray whales. A tale of wondrous bonds between the intelligent, spirited gray whales and the people from around the world who come to this place to touch, kiss, and play with them—The Lagoon is a testament to the importance of preserving these animals and their natural habitats.</description>
      <author>James Michael Dorsey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696611961.mp3" length="8195775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696611961.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lagoon: Encounters with the Whales of San Ignacio
Author: James Michael Dorsey
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Once a killing ground for whalers hunting a leviathan they called the &amp;#039;devilfish,&amp;#039; the San Ignacio Lagoon in Baja, Mexico, is now an environmental and spiritual sanctuary—the only place in the world where animals in their natural aquatic environment routinely seek out human contact. A nursery for the gray whale since before recorded history, the lagoon and its stories, told here by James Michael Dorsey, illuminate the magic of human connection to animals, and what those bonds teach us about ourselves and our purpose on this shared planet. Weaving two decades of San Ignacio adventures with the history of the lagoon, Dorsey vividly captures the lively people of Baja, like the mystical godfather of whale-watching, Pachico Mayoral, as well as the whales he&amp;#039;s bonded with over the years, like Slackjaw, Patch, and Dervish. Looming over his journeys are the many dangers to the area, from the Mitsubishi Corporation&amp;#039;s attempts to build salt works to plans for resort development on the Baja coast, to pollution and climate change, and even to the orcas who hunt the gray whales. A tale of wondrous bonds between the intelligent, spirited gray whales and the people from around the world who come to this place to touch, kiss, and play with them—The Lagoon is a testament to the importance of preserving these animals and their natural habitats.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lagoon: Encounters with the Whales of San Ignacio
Author: James Michael Dorsey
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Once a killing ground for whalers hunting a leviathan they called the &amp;#039;devilfish,&amp;#039; the San Ignacio Lagoon in Baja, Mexico, is now an environmental and spiritual sanctuary—the only place in the world where animals in their natural aquatic environment routinely seek out human contact. A nursery for the gray whale since before recorded history, the lagoon and its stories, told here by James Michael Dorsey, illuminate the magic of human connection to animals, and what those bonds teach us about ourselves and our purpose on this shared planet. Weaving two decades of San Ignacio adventures with the history of the lagoon, Dorsey vividly captures the lively people of Baja, like the mystical godfather of whale-watching, Pachico Mayoral, as well as the whales he&amp;#039;s bonded with over the years, like Slackjaw, Patch, and Dervish. Looming over his journeys are the many dangers to the area, from the Mitsubishi Corporation&amp;#039;s attempts to build salt works to plans for resort development on the Baja coast, to pollution and climate change, and even to the orcas who hunt the gray whales. A tale of wondrous bonds between the intelligent, spirited gray whales and the people from around the world who come to this place to touch, kiss, and play with them—The Lagoon is a testament to the importance of preserving these animals and their natural habitats.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Mission Erde: Die Welt ist es wert, um sie zu kämpfen by Robert Marc Lehmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mission Erde: Die Welt ist es wert, um sie zu kämpfen
Author: Robert Marc Lehmann
Narrator: Gordon Piedesack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Robert Marc Lehmann ist auf einer Mission: »Mission Erde« - gewidmet dem Erhalt unserer Erde mit ihrer einzigartigen Natur und Tierwelt. Der Meeresbiologe, Fotograf und Umweltschützer ist weltweit in Einsätzen zur Rettung von Wildtieren und im Kampf gegen Umweltkriminalität unterwegs. Er nimmt uns mit auf sehr emotionale Wal-Rettungen, gefährliche Schildkröten- und Schuppentier-Befreiungen im Dschungel oder teils lebensgefährliche Missionen, bei denen er versucht, den Menschen, die unsere Erde zerstören, das Handwerk zu legen. Er zeigt, wie ernst die Lage ist, macht uns zu Zeugen der dramatischen Ereignisse auf unserem Planeten und erklärt, was jetzt getan werden muss und was jeder einzelne von uns tun kann – denn: Die Welt ist es wert, um sie zu kämpfen!</description>
      <author>Robert Marc Lehmann</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jun 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783963840708.mp3" length="827731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783963840708.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mission Erde: Die Welt ist es wert, um sie zu kämpfen
Author: Robert Marc Lehmann
Narrator: Gordon Piedesack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Robert Marc Lehmann ist auf einer Mission: »Mission Erde« - gewidmet dem Erhalt unserer Erde mit ihrer einzigartigen Natur und Tierwelt. Der Meeresbiologe, Fotograf und Umweltschützer ist weltweit in Einsätzen zur Rettung von Wildtieren und im Kampf gegen Umweltkriminalität unterwegs. Er nimmt uns mit auf sehr emotionale Wal-Rettungen, gefährliche Schildkröten- und Schuppentier-Befreiungen im Dschungel oder teils lebensgefährliche Missionen, bei denen er versucht, den Menschen, die unsere Erde zerstören, das Handwerk zu legen. Er zeigt, wie ernst die Lage ist, macht uns zu Zeugen der dramatischen Ereignisse auf unserem Planeten und erklärt, was jetzt getan werden muss und was jeder einzelne von uns tun kann – denn: Die Welt ist es wert, um sie zu kämpfen!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mission Erde: Die Welt ist es wert, um sie zu kämpfen
Author: Robert Marc Lehmann
Narrator: Gordon Piedesack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Robert Marc Lehmann ist auf einer Mission: »Mission Erde« - gewidmet dem Erhalt unserer Erde mit ihrer einzigartigen Natur und Tierwelt. Der Meeresbiologe, Fotograf und Umweltschützer ist weltweit in Einsätzen zur Rettung von Wildtieren und im Kampf gegen Umweltkriminalität unterwegs. Er nimmt uns mit auf sehr emotionale Wal-Rettungen, gefährliche Schildkröten- und Schuppentier-Befreiungen im Dschungel oder teils lebensgefährliche Missionen, bei denen er versucht, den Menschen, die unsere Erde zerstören, das Handwerk zu legen. Er zeigt, wie ernst die Lage ist, macht uns zu Zeugen der dramatischen Ereignisse auf unserem Planeten und erklärt, was jetzt getan werden muss und was jeder einzelne von uns tun kann – denn: Die Welt ist es wert, um sie zu kämpfen!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Feuer des Wassers: Wasserstoff jetzt! Die Lösung unseres Energieproblems by Timm Koch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Feuer des Wassers: Wasserstoff jetzt! Die Lösung unseres Energieproblems
Author: Timm Koch
Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wasserstoff jetzt! Der Schlüssel zur Evolution des Menschen – vom Homo Erectus bis zum Homo Handy – heißt Energie. Die Welt von morgen könnte eine Welt sein, in der durch Feuer Wasser entsteht. Anschaulich und faktengesättigt wirft Timm Koch einen hochaktuellen Blick in die Wasserstoff­Gesellschaft der Zukunft und deckt jene Lobby­Interessen auf, die sie aus­bremsen wollen. Das Buch liest sich ... wie eine Hommage an ein Molekül.“Deutschlandfunk „Andruck“„Koch gelingt es wunderbar, auch komplexe Sachverhalte ... zu  erklären.“</description>
      <author>Timm Koch</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783954719051.mp3" length="885542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783954719051.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Feuer des Wassers: Wasserstoff jetzt! Die Lösung unseres Energieproblems
Author: Timm Koch
Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wasserstoff jetzt! Der Schlüssel zur Evolution des Menschen – vom Homo Erectus bis zum Homo Handy – heißt Energie. Die Welt von morgen könnte eine Welt sein, in der durch Feuer Wasser entsteht. Anschaulich und faktengesättigt wirft Timm Koch einen hochaktuellen Blick in die Wasserstoff­Gesellschaft der Zukunft und deckt jene Lobby­Interessen auf, die sie aus­bremsen wollen. Das Buch liest sich ... wie eine Hommage an ein Molekül.“Deutschlandfunk „Andruck“„Koch gelingt es wunderbar, auch komplexe Sachverhalte ... zu  erklären.“</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658913</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Feuer des Wassers: Wasserstoff jetzt! Die Lösung unseres Energieproblems
Author: Timm Koch
Narrator: Robert Gregor Kühn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wasserstoff jetzt! Der Schlüssel zur Evolution des Menschen – vom Homo Erectus bis zum Homo Handy – heißt Energie. Die Welt von morgen könnte eine Welt sein, in der durch Feuer Wasser entsteht. Anschaulich und faktengesättigt wirft Timm Koch einen hochaktuellen Blick in die Wasserstoff­Gesellschaft der Zukunft und deckt jene Lobby­Interessen auf, die sie aus­bremsen wollen. Das Buch liest sich ... wie eine Hommage an ein Molekül.“Deutschlandfunk „Andruck“„Koch gelingt es wunderbar, auch komplexe Sachverhalte ... zu  erklären.“</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Katzen für Dummies by Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzen für Dummies
Author: Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Barbara Pehlke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Katzen für Dummies bietet umfassendes und praktisches Wissen für Katzenbesitzer. Lernen Sie die verschiedenen Katzenrassen kennen und erhalten Sie Hilfe bei der Auswahl der richtigen Katze. Erfahren Sie nützliche Informationen zur Katzentoilette und Katzenklappe und zur Ernährung und Gesundheit Ihres Stubentigers. Gina Spadafori zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie Ihre Katze erziehen und gibt Tipps, wie Sie mögliche Verhaltensprobleme in den Griff bekommen. Mit diesem Buch werden Sie als Katzenhalter die Besonderheiten Ihrer Katze zu schätzen wissen.</description>
      <author>Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Mar 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783954718795.mp3" length="884171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783954718795.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzen für Dummies
Author: Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Barbara Pehlke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Katzen für Dummies bietet umfassendes und praktisches Wissen für Katzenbesitzer. Lernen Sie die verschiedenen Katzenrassen kennen und erhalten Sie Hilfe bei der Auswahl der richtigen Katze. Erfahren Sie nützliche Informationen zur Katzentoilette und Katzenklappe und zur Ernährung und Gesundheit Ihres Stubentigers. Gina Spadafori zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie Ihre Katze erziehen und gibt Tipps, wie Sie mögliche Verhaltensprobleme in den Griff bekommen. Mit diesem Buch werden Sie als Katzenhalter die Besonderheiten Ihrer Katze zu schätzen wissen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Katzen für Dummies
Author: Paul D. Pion, Gina Spadafori
Narrator: Barbara Pehlke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Katzen für Dummies bietet umfassendes und praktisches Wissen für Katzenbesitzer. Lernen Sie die verschiedenen Katzenrassen kennen und erhalten Sie Hilfe bei der Auswahl der richtigen Katze. Erfahren Sie nützliche Informationen zur Katzentoilette und Katzenklappe und zur Ernährung und Gesundheit Ihres Stubentigers. Gina Spadafori zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie Ihre Katze erziehen und gibt Tipps, wie Sie mögliche Verhaltensprobleme in den Griff bekommen. Mit diesem Buch werden Sie als Katzenhalter die Besonderheiten Ihrer Katze zu schätzen wissen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Apokalypse - niemals!: Warum uns der Klima-Alarmismus krank macht by Michael Shellenberger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Apokalypse - niemals!: Warum uns der Klima-Alarmismus krank macht
Author: Michael Shellenberger
Narrator: Thomas Höricht
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
„Der Klimawandel ist da, aber er führt nicht in die Apokalypse. Und er ist nicht einmal unser größtes Problem!“ In seinem aktuellen Bestseller „Apocalypse never“ zeigt sich der bekannte und international angesehene Umweltaktivist Michael Shellenberger als leidenschaftlicher Verfechter einer rationalen Umweltpolitik und erteilt dem Öko-Alarmismus eine klare Absage. Er legt dar, wie die vermeintlich alarmierenden Daten sachlich zu interpretieren sind und was wirklich hinter der Klimahysterie steckt: nämlich finanzielle Interessen, Machtstreben und die Sehnsucht nach einer Ersatz-Religion. Hierin sieht Schellenberger die eigentliche Gefahr für Mensch und Natur und fordert praktikable und innovative Lösungen jenseits ideologischer Tabus, darunter die Kernkraft als sichere und saubere Energiequelle. Dieses hervorragend recherchierte Buch räumt mit vielen Mythen auf und lässt die Fakten für sich sprechen.</description>
      <author>Michael Shellenberger</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783954718580.mp3" length="918623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783954718580.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Apokalypse - niemals!: Warum uns der Klima-Alarmismus krank macht
Author: Michael Shellenberger
Narrator: Thomas Höricht
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
„Der Klimawandel ist da, aber er führt nicht in die Apokalypse. Und er ist nicht einmal unser größtes Problem!“ In seinem aktuellen Bestseller „Apocalypse never“ zeigt sich der bekannte und international angesehene Umweltaktivist Michael Shellenberger als leidenschaftlicher Verfechter einer rationalen Umweltpolitik und erteilt dem Öko-Alarmismus eine klare Absage. Er legt dar, wie die vermeintlich alarmierenden Daten sachlich zu interpretieren sind und was wirklich hinter der Klimahysterie steckt: nämlich finanzielle Interessen, Machtstreben und die Sehnsucht nach einer Ersatz-Religion. Hierin sieht Schellenberger die eigentliche Gefahr für Mensch und Natur und fordert praktikable und innovative Lösungen jenseits ideologischer Tabus, darunter die Kernkraft als sichere und saubere Energiequelle. Dieses hervorragend recherchierte Buch räumt mit vielen Mythen auf und lässt die Fakten für sich sprechen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Apokalypse - niemals!: Warum uns der Klima-Alarmismus krank macht
Author: Michael Shellenberger
Narrator: Thomas Höricht
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
„Der Klimawandel ist da, aber er führt nicht in die Apokalypse. Und er ist nicht einmal unser größtes Problem!“ In seinem aktuellen Bestseller „Apocalypse never“ zeigt sich der bekannte und international angesehene Umweltaktivist Michael Shellenberger als leidenschaftlicher Verfechter einer rationalen Umweltpolitik und erteilt dem Öko-Alarmismus eine klare Absage. Er legt dar, wie die vermeintlich alarmierenden Daten sachlich zu interpretieren sind und was wirklich hinter der Klimahysterie steckt: nämlich finanzielle Interessen, Machtstreben und die Sehnsucht nach einer Ersatz-Religion. Hierin sieht Schellenberger die eigentliche Gefahr für Mensch und Natur und fordert praktikable und innovative Lösungen jenseits ideologischer Tabus, darunter die Kernkraft als sichere und saubere Energiequelle. Dieses hervorragend recherchierte Buch räumt mit vielen Mythen auf und lässt die Fakten für sich sprechen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wir streiken, bis ihr handelt!: Wie Fridays for Future der Politik Beine macht by Maurice Conrad</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir streiken, bis ihr handelt!: Wie Fridays for Future der Politik Beine macht
Author: Maurice Conrad
Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Es ist 2019. In Deutschland und der Welt treten Jugendliche in das Licht der Öffentlichkeit und rufen: Wir streiken, bis ihr handelt!. Fridays for Future ist geboren. Was als Protestaktion einer schwedischen Schülerin begann, wurde binnen weniger Monate zu einer globalen Bewegung. Wer sind diese jungen Menschen? Was sind die Strategien von Fridays for Future? Und warum sind sie erfolgreich? Maurice Conrad ist seit Anfang an dabei: er vertritt die Bewegung in der Öffentlichkeit und arbeitet seit Beginn in regionalen und bundesweiten Strukturen. Sein Buch ist eine Liebeserklärung und gibt zugleich Einblicke und Antworten auf die Frage: Was, wie, warum ist Fridays for Future so erfolgreich?</description>
      <author>Maurice Conrad</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783954718399.mp3" length="907499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783954718399.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir streiken, bis ihr handelt!: Wie Fridays for Future der Politik Beine macht
Author: Maurice Conrad
Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Es ist 2019. In Deutschland und der Welt treten Jugendliche in das Licht der Öffentlichkeit und rufen: Wir streiken, bis ihr handelt!. Fridays for Future ist geboren. Was als Protestaktion einer schwedischen Schülerin begann, wurde binnen weniger Monate zu einer globalen Bewegung. Wer sind diese jungen Menschen? Was sind die Strategien von Fridays for Future? Und warum sind sie erfolgreich? Maurice Conrad ist seit Anfang an dabei: er vertritt die Bewegung in der Öffentlichkeit und arbeitet seit Beginn in regionalen und bundesweiten Strukturen. Sein Buch ist eine Liebeserklärung und gibt zugleich Einblicke und Antworten auf die Frage: Was, wie, warum ist Fridays for Future so erfolgreich?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir streiken, bis ihr handelt!: Wie Fridays for Future der Politik Beine macht
Author: Maurice Conrad
Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Es ist 2019. In Deutschland und der Welt treten Jugendliche in das Licht der Öffentlichkeit und rufen: Wir streiken, bis ihr handelt!. Fridays for Future ist geboren. Was als Protestaktion einer schwedischen Schülerin begann, wurde binnen weniger Monate zu einer globalen Bewegung. Wer sind diese jungen Menschen? Was sind die Strategien von Fridays for Future? Und warum sind sie erfolgreich? Maurice Conrad ist seit Anfang an dabei: er vertritt die Bewegung in der Öffentlichkeit und arbeitet seit Beginn in regionalen und bundesweiten Strukturen. Sein Buch ist eine Liebeserklärung und gibt zugleich Einblicke und Antworten auf die Frage: Was, wie, warum ist Fridays for Future so erfolgreich?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Satt und unzufrieden: Bauer Willi und das Dilemma der Essensmacher by Bauer Willi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Satt und unzufrieden: Bauer Willi und das Dilemma der Essensmacher
Author: Bauer Willi
Narrator: Matthias Christian Rehrl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Waren Sie heute schon im Supermarkt? Haben Sie bio, regional und fair eingekauft? Nein? Aber Sie hatten es sicher vor! Und genau das ist das Problem, das viele Landwirte mit Ihnen haben: Ihre Wünsche als Bürger stimmen (oft) nicht mit Ihrem Verhalten als Konsument überein. Für den Bauern ist das eine Zwickmühle. Bauer Willi erzählt, warum er (fast) alle Wünsche erfüllen könnte, wenn es denn gekauft und auch bezahlt würde. Er erzählt von widersprüchlichen Umfragen, fragwürdigen Studien und der Neigung der Politik, nationale Sonderwege umzusetzen. Mit viel Herzblut wirbt für er einen ehrlicheren Umgang miteinander. Denn es steht viel auf dem Spiel - nicht nur für die Landwirte, sondern auch für die Versorgungssicherheit unseres Landes.</description>
      <author>Bauer Willi</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987851285.mp3" length="822981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987851285.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Satt und unzufrieden: Bauer Willi und das Dilemma der Essensmacher
Author: Bauer Willi
Narrator: Matthias Christian Rehrl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Waren Sie heute schon im Supermarkt? Haben Sie bio, regional und fair eingekauft? Nein? Aber Sie hatten es sicher vor! Und genau das ist das Problem, das viele Landwirte mit Ihnen haben: Ihre Wünsche als Bürger stimmen (oft) nicht mit Ihrem Verhalten als Konsument überein. Für den Bauern ist das eine Zwickmühle. Bauer Willi erzählt, warum er (fast) alle Wünsche erfüllen könnte, wenn es denn gekauft und auch bezahlt würde. Er erzählt von widersprüchlichen Umfragen, fragwürdigen Studien und der Neigung der Politik, nationale Sonderwege umzusetzen. Mit viel Herzblut wirbt für er einen ehrlicheren Umgang miteinander. Denn es steht viel auf dem Spiel - nicht nur für die Landwirte, sondern auch für die Versorgungssicherheit unseres Landes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Satt und unzufrieden: Bauer Willi und das Dilemma der Essensmacher
Author: Bauer Willi
Narrator: Matthias Christian Rehrl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Waren Sie heute schon im Supermarkt? Haben Sie bio, regional und fair eingekauft? Nein? Aber Sie hatten es sicher vor! Und genau das ist das Problem, das viele Landwirte mit Ihnen haben: Ihre Wünsche als Bürger stimmen (oft) nicht mit Ihrem Verhalten als Konsument überein. Für den Bauern ist das eine Zwickmühle. Bauer Willi erzählt, warum er (fast) alle Wünsche erfüllen könnte, wenn es denn gekauft und auch bezahlt würde. Er erzählt von widersprüchlichen Umfragen, fragwürdigen Studien und der Neigung der Politik, nationale Sonderwege umzusetzen. Mit viel Herzblut wirbt für er einen ehrlicheren Umgang miteinander. Denn es steht viel auf dem Spiel - nicht nur für die Landwirte, sondern auch für die Versorgungssicherheit unseres Landes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Tierkommunikation mal anders lernen: Die Fähigkeit schlummert in jedem, auch in Dir! by Sarah Rogalski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation mal anders lernen: Die Fähigkeit schlummert in jedem, auch in Dir!
Author: Sarah Rogalski
Narrator: Sarah Rogalski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2013
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Fähigkeit mit Tieren zu kommunizieren wurde uns schon in die Wiege gelegt. Aber warum kommt sie uns abhanden? Wie funktioniert es und wo kann Tierkommunikation helfen?  Das erlernen der Tierkommunikation ist vergleichbar mit einem unbenutzten Muskel der erst aufgebaut werden muss, bevor wir ihn wieder nutzen können. Du erfährst im Hörbuch weshalb es nicht jeder schafft und was du dafür tun kannst die Tierkommunikation erfolgreich und nachhaltig zu lernen.  Die Autorin Sarah Rogalski ist im Jahr 2011 Ihrer Berufung gefolgt und arbeitet seitdem als hauptberufliche Tierkommunikatorin und gibt auch Seminare. Suchst Du Antworten auf Fragen, die sich um Dein Tier bewegen? Gibt es Probleme im Umgang oder möchtest Du Dein Tier mittels der Tierkommunikation einfach besser verstehen und die Bindung stärken? Die Tierkommunikation kann in diesen Belangen und darüber hinaus weiter helfen.</description>
      <author>Sarah Rogalski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Feb 2013 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783954710768.mp3" length="900954" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783954710768.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation mal anders lernen: Die Fähigkeit schlummert in jedem, auch in Dir!
Author: Sarah Rogalski
Narrator: Sarah Rogalski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2013
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Fähigkeit mit Tieren zu kommunizieren wurde uns schon in die Wiege gelegt. Aber warum kommt sie uns abhanden? Wie funktioniert es und wo kann Tierkommunikation helfen?  Das erlernen der Tierkommunikation ist vergleichbar mit einem unbenutzten Muskel der erst aufgebaut werden muss, bevor wir ihn wieder nutzen können. Du erfährst im Hörbuch weshalb es nicht jeder schafft und was du dafür tun kannst die Tierkommunikation erfolgreich und nachhaltig zu lernen.  Die Autorin Sarah Rogalski ist im Jahr 2011 Ihrer Berufung gefolgt und arbeitet seitdem als hauptberufliche Tierkommunikatorin und gibt auch Seminare. Suchst Du Antworten auf Fragen, die sich um Dein Tier bewegen? Gibt es Probleme im Umgang oder möchtest Du Dein Tier mittels der Tierkommunikation einfach besser verstehen und die Bindung stärken? Die Tierkommunikation kann in diesen Belangen und darüber hinaus weiter helfen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tierkommunikation mal anders lernen: Die Fähigkeit schlummert in jedem, auch in Dir!
Author: Sarah Rogalski
Narrator: Sarah Rogalski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2013
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Fähigkeit mit Tieren zu kommunizieren wurde uns schon in die Wiege gelegt. Aber warum kommt sie uns abhanden? Wie funktioniert es und wo kann Tierkommunikation helfen?  Das erlernen der Tierkommunikation ist vergleichbar mit einem unbenutzten Muskel der erst aufgebaut werden muss, bevor wir ihn wieder nutzen können. Du erfährst im Hörbuch weshalb es nicht jeder schafft und was du dafür tun kannst die Tierkommunikation erfolgreich und nachhaltig zu lernen.  Die Autorin Sarah Rogalski ist im Jahr 2011 Ihrer Berufung gefolgt und arbeitet seitdem als hauptberufliche Tierkommunikatorin und gibt auch Seminare. Suchst Du Antworten auf Fragen, die sich um Dein Tier bewegen? Gibt es Probleme im Umgang oder möchtest Du Dein Tier mittels der Tierkommunikation einfach besser verstehen und die Bindung stärken? Die Tierkommunikation kann in diesen Belangen und darüber hinaus weiter helfen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Graceland, At Last: Notes on Hope and Heartache From the American South by Margaret Renkl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graceland, At Last: Notes on Hope and Heartache From the American South
Author: Margaret Renkl
Narrator: Joyce Bean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2022 Southern Book Prize Winner of the 2022 PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay An Indie Next Selection for September 2021 A Book Marks Best Reviewed Essay Collection of 2021 A Literary Hub Most Anticipated Book of 2021 A Country Living Best Book of Fall 2022 A Garden &amp;amp; Gun Recommended Read for Fall 2021 A Book Marks Best Reviewed Book of September 2021 From the author of the bestselling #ReadWithJenna/TODAY Show book club pick Late Migrations: A Natural History of Love and Loss For the past four years, Margaret Renkl’s columns have offered readers of The New York Times a weekly dose of natural beauty, human decency, and persistent hope from her home in Nashville. Now more than sixty of those pieces have been brought together in this sparkling collection. “People have often asked me how it feels to be the ‘voice of the South,’” writes Renkl in her introduction. “But I’m not the voice of the South, and no one else is, either.” There are many Souths—red and blue, rural and urban, mountain and coast, Black and white and brown—and no one writer could possibly represent all of them. In Graceland, At Last, Renkl writes instead from her own experience about the complexities of her homeland, demonstrating along the way how much more there is to this tangled region than many people understand. In a patchwork quilt of personal and reported essays, Renkl also highlights some other voices of the South, people who are fighting for a better future for the region. A group of teenagers who organized a youth march for Black Lives Matter. An urban shepherd whose sheep remove invasive vegetation. Church parishioners sheltering the homeless. Throughout, readers will find the generosity of spirit and deep attention to the world, human and nonhuman, that keep readers returning to her columns each Monday morning. From a writer who “makes one of all the world’s beings” (NPR), Graceland, At Last is a book full of gifts for Southerners and non-Southerners alike.</description>
      <author>Margaret Renkl</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781713650973.mp3" length="1387058" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781713650973.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graceland, At Last: Notes on Hope and Heartache From the American South
Author: Margaret Renkl
Narrator: Joyce Bean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2022 Southern Book Prize Winner of the 2022 PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay An Indie Next Selection for September 2021 A Book Marks Best Reviewed Essay Collection of 2021 A Literary Hub Most Anticipated Book of 2021 A Country Living Best Book of Fall 2022 A Garden &amp;amp; Gun Recommended Read for Fall 2021 A Book Marks Best Reviewed Book of September 2021 From the author of the bestselling #ReadWithJenna/TODAY Show book club pick Late Migrations: A Natural History of Love and Loss For the past four years, Margaret Renkl’s columns have offered readers of The New York Times a weekly dose of natural beauty, human decency, and persistent hope from her home in Nashville. Now more than sixty of those pieces have been brought together in this sparkling collection. “People have often asked me how it feels to be the ‘voice of the South,’” writes Renkl in her introduction. “But I’m not the voice of the South, and no one else is, either.” There are many Souths—red and blue, rural and urban, mountain and coast, Black and white and brown—and no one writer could possibly represent all of them. In Graceland, At Last, Renkl writes instead from her own experience about the complexities of her homeland, demonstrating along the way how much more there is to this tangled region than many people understand. In a patchwork quilt of personal and reported essays, Renkl also highlights some other voices of the South, people who are fighting for a better future for the region. A group of teenagers who organized a youth march for Black Lives Matter. An urban shepherd whose sheep remove invasive vegetation. Church parishioners sheltering the homeless. Throughout, readers will find the generosity of spirit and deep attention to the world, human and nonhuman, that keep readers returning to her columns each Monday morning. From a writer who “makes one of all the world’s beings” (NPR), Graceland, At Last is a book full of gifts for Southerners and non-Southerners alike.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/659106</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graceland, At Last: Notes on Hope and Heartache From the American South
Author: Margaret Renkl
Narrator: Joyce Bean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2022 Southern Book Prize Winner of the 2022 PEN/Diamonstein-Spielvogel Award for the Art of the Essay An Indie Next Selection for September 2021 A Book Marks Best Reviewed Essay Collection of 2021 A Literary Hub Most Anticipated Book of 2021 A Country Living Best Book of Fall 2022 A Garden &amp;amp; Gun Recommended Read for Fall 2021 A Book Marks Best Reviewed Book of September 2021 From the author of the bestselling #ReadWithJenna/TODAY Show book club pick Late Migrations: A Natural History of Love and Loss For the past four years, Margaret Renkl’s columns have offered readers of The New York Times a weekly dose of natural beauty, human decency, and persistent hope from her home in Nashville. Now more than sixty of those pieces have been brought together in this sparkling collection. “People have often asked me how it feels to be the ‘voice of the South,’” writes Renkl in her introduction. “But I’m not the voice of the South, and no one else is, either.” There are many Souths—red and blue, rural and urban, mountain and coast, Black and white and brown—and no one writer could possibly represent all of them. In Graceland, At Last, Renkl writes instead from her own experience about the complexities of her homeland, demonstrating along the way how much more there is to this tangled region than many people understand. In a patchwork quilt of personal and reported essays, Renkl also highlights some other voices of the South, people who are fighting for a better future for the region. A group of teenagers who organized a youth march for Black Lives Matter. An urban shepherd whose sheep remove invasive vegetation. Church parishioners sheltering the homeless. Throughout, readers will find the generosity of spirit and deep attention to the world, human and nonhuman, that keep readers returning to her columns each Monday morning. From a writer who “makes one of all the world’s beings” (NPR), Graceland, At Last is a book full of gifts for Southerners and non-Southerners alike.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Of Time and Turtles: Mending the World, Shell by Shattered Shell by Sy Montgomery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Time and Turtles: Mending the World, Shell by Shattered Shell
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sy Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
National Book Award finalist for The Soul of an Octopus and New York Times bestseller Sy Montgomery turns her journalistic curiosity to the wonder and wisdom of our long-lived cohabitants—turtles—and through their stories of hope and rescue, reveals to us astonishing new perspectives on time and healing. When acclaimed naturalist Sy Montgomery and wildlife artist Matt Patterson arrive at Turtle Rescue League, they are greeted by hundreds of turtles recovering from injury and illness. Endangered by cars and highways, pollution and poachers, these turtles—with wounds so severe that even veterinarians would have dismissed them as fatal—are given a second chance at life. The League’s founders, Natasha and Alexxia, live by one motto: Never give up on a turtle. But why turtles? What is it about them that inspires such devotion? Ancient and unhurried, long-lived and majestic, their lineage stretches back to the time of the dinosaurs. Some live to two hundred years, or longer. Others spend months buried under cold winter water. Montgomery turns to these little understood yet endlessly surprising creatures to probe the eternal question: How can we make peace with our time? In pursuit of the answer, Sy and Matt immerse themselves in the delicate work of protecting turtle nests, incubating eggs, rescuing sea turtles, and releasing hatchlings to their homes in the wild. We follow the snapping turtle Fire Chief on his astonishing journey as he battles against injuries incurred by a truck. Hopeful and optimistic, Of Time and Turtles is an antidote to the instability of our frenzied world. Elegantly blending science, memoir, philosophy, and drawing on cultures from across the globe, this compassionate portrait of injured turtles and their determined rescuers invites us all to slow down and slip into turtle time. Perfect gift for nature lovers. Read more books by Sy Montgomery such as How to Be a Good Creature and The Soul of an Octopus. Don&amp;#039;t miss The Book of Turtles for children Supplemental Enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Sy Montgomery</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063342156.mp3" length="1372475" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063342156.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Time and Turtles: Mending the World, Shell by Shattered Shell
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sy Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
National Book Award finalist for The Soul of an Octopus and New York Times bestseller Sy Montgomery turns her journalistic curiosity to the wonder and wisdom of our long-lived cohabitants—turtles—and through their stories of hope and rescue, reveals to us astonishing new perspectives on time and healing. When acclaimed naturalist Sy Montgomery and wildlife artist Matt Patterson arrive at Turtle Rescue League, they are greeted by hundreds of turtles recovering from injury and illness. Endangered by cars and highways, pollution and poachers, these turtles—with wounds so severe that even veterinarians would have dismissed them as fatal—are given a second chance at life. The League’s founders, Natasha and Alexxia, live by one motto: Never give up on a turtle. But why turtles? What is it about them that inspires such devotion? Ancient and unhurried, long-lived and majestic, their lineage stretches back to the time of the dinosaurs. Some live to two hundred years, or longer. Others spend months buried under cold winter water. Montgomery turns to these little understood yet endlessly surprising creatures to probe the eternal question: How can we make peace with our time? In pursuit of the answer, Sy and Matt immerse themselves in the delicate work of protecting turtle nests, incubating eggs, rescuing sea turtles, and releasing hatchlings to their homes in the wild. We follow the snapping turtle Fire Chief on his astonishing journey as he battles against injuries incurred by a truck. Hopeful and optimistic, Of Time and Turtles is an antidote to the instability of our frenzied world. Elegantly blending science, memoir, philosophy, and drawing on cultures from across the globe, this compassionate portrait of injured turtles and their determined rescuers invites us all to slow down and slip into turtle time. Perfect gift for nature lovers. Read more books by Sy Montgomery such as How to Be a Good Creature and The Soul of an Octopus. Don&amp;#039;t miss The Book of Turtles for children Supplemental Enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Time and Turtles: Mending the World, Shell by Shattered Shell
Author: Sy Montgomery
Narrator: Sy Montgomery
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
National Book Award finalist for The Soul of an Octopus and New York Times bestseller Sy Montgomery turns her journalistic curiosity to the wonder and wisdom of our long-lived cohabitants—turtles—and through their stories of hope and rescue, reveals to us astonishing new perspectives on time and healing. When acclaimed naturalist Sy Montgomery and wildlife artist Matt Patterson arrive at Turtle Rescue League, they are greeted by hundreds of turtles recovering from injury and illness. Endangered by cars and highways, pollution and poachers, these turtles—with wounds so severe that even veterinarians would have dismissed them as fatal—are given a second chance at life. The League’s founders, Natasha and Alexxia, live by one motto: Never give up on a turtle. But why turtles? What is it about them that inspires such devotion? Ancient and unhurried, long-lived and majestic, their lineage stretches back to the time of the dinosaurs. Some live to two hundred years, or longer. Others spend months buried under cold winter water. Montgomery turns to these little understood yet endlessly surprising creatures to probe the eternal question: How can we make peace with our time? In pursuit of the answer, Sy and Matt immerse themselves in the delicate work of protecting turtle nests, incubating eggs, rescuing sea turtles, and releasing hatchlings to their homes in the wild. We follow the snapping turtle Fire Chief on his astonishing journey as he battles against injuries incurred by a truck. Hopeful and optimistic, Of Time and Turtles is an antidote to the instability of our frenzied world. Elegantly blending science, memoir, philosophy, and drawing on cultures from across the globe, this compassionate portrait of injured turtles and their determined rescuers invites us all to slow down and slip into turtle time. Perfect gift for nature lovers. Read more books by Sy Montgomery such as How to Be a Good Creature and The Soul of an Octopus. Don&amp;#039;t miss The Book of Turtles for children Supplemental Enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Weniger Plastik, mehr Leben!: Mit Zero Waste in ein nachhaltiges, plastikfreies und zufriedenes Leben - inkl. genialer Praxistipps für weniger Plastikmüll im Alltag by Felia Blumenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weniger Plastik, mehr Leben!: Mit Zero Waste in ein nachhaltiges, plastikfreies und zufriedenes Leben - inkl. genialer Praxistipps für weniger Plastikmüll im Alltag
Author: Felia Blumenberg
Narrator: Elena Halangk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Plastikflut in Ihrer gelben Tonne stört Sie? Plastik im Wald, in Flüssen, in unseren Ozeanen - Sie können es nicht mehr sehen? Und auch Plastik im Kinderzimmer, Plastik im Haushalt, Plastik an unserem Körper, egal, wo Sie hinschauen, Sie sehen nur noch Plastik, Plastik, Plastik und Sie möchten etwas ändern? Aber eigentlich wissen Sie gar nicht so recht, wo Sie anfangen sollen? Dann wird Ihnen dieses Buch sicherlich helfen. Dieses Buch setzt der Plastik-flut in Ihrem Leben ein Ende. Einfach und praktisch mit Beispielen erklärt, gibt Ihnen dieser Ratgeber nicht nur Tipps, wie Sie konkret plastikfrei leben können, sondern er gibt Ihnen auch einen Überblick und wichtige Hintergrundinformationen, um die Plastikproblematik zu verstehen und einordnen zu können. Das erwartet Sie: -Die Sache mit dem Mikroplastik -Warum Recycling nicht die Lösung ist -Zero Waste -Plastik - ein Risiko für die Gesundheit -Konkrete Umsetzungstipps -und vieles mehr ...</description>
      <author>Felia Blumenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jul 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969300701.mp3" length="858592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969300701.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weniger Plastik, mehr Leben!: Mit Zero Waste in ein nachhaltiges, plastikfreies und zufriedenes Leben - inkl. genialer Praxistipps für weniger Plastikmüll im Alltag
Author: Felia Blumenberg
Narrator: Elena Halangk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Plastikflut in Ihrer gelben Tonne stört Sie? Plastik im Wald, in Flüssen, in unseren Ozeanen - Sie können es nicht mehr sehen? Und auch Plastik im Kinderzimmer, Plastik im Haushalt, Plastik an unserem Körper, egal, wo Sie hinschauen, Sie sehen nur noch Plastik, Plastik, Plastik und Sie möchten etwas ändern? Aber eigentlich wissen Sie gar nicht so recht, wo Sie anfangen sollen? Dann wird Ihnen dieses Buch sicherlich helfen. Dieses Buch setzt der Plastik-flut in Ihrem Leben ein Ende. Einfach und praktisch mit Beispielen erklärt, gibt Ihnen dieser Ratgeber nicht nur Tipps, wie Sie konkret plastikfrei leben können, sondern er gibt Ihnen auch einen Überblick und wichtige Hintergrundinformationen, um die Plastikproblematik zu verstehen und einordnen zu können. Das erwartet Sie: -Die Sache mit dem Mikroplastik -Warum Recycling nicht die Lösung ist -Zero Waste -Plastik - ein Risiko für die Gesundheit -Konkrete Umsetzungstipps -und vieles mehr ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weniger Plastik, mehr Leben!: Mit Zero Waste in ein nachhaltiges, plastikfreies und zufriedenes Leben - inkl. genialer Praxistipps für weniger Plastikmüll im Alltag
Author: Felia Blumenberg
Narrator: Elena Halangk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Plastikflut in Ihrer gelben Tonne stört Sie? Plastik im Wald, in Flüssen, in unseren Ozeanen - Sie können es nicht mehr sehen? Und auch Plastik im Kinderzimmer, Plastik im Haushalt, Plastik an unserem Körper, egal, wo Sie hinschauen, Sie sehen nur noch Plastik, Plastik, Plastik und Sie möchten etwas ändern? Aber eigentlich wissen Sie gar nicht so recht, wo Sie anfangen sollen? Dann wird Ihnen dieses Buch sicherlich helfen. Dieses Buch setzt der Plastik-flut in Ihrem Leben ein Ende. Einfach und praktisch mit Beispielen erklärt, gibt Ihnen dieser Ratgeber nicht nur Tipps, wie Sie konkret plastikfrei leben können, sondern er gibt Ihnen auch einen Überblick und wichtige Hintergrundinformationen, um die Plastikproblematik zu verstehen und einordnen zu können. Das erwartet Sie: -Die Sache mit dem Mikroplastik -Warum Recycling nicht die Lösung ist -Zero Waste -Plastik - ein Risiko für die Gesundheit -Konkrete Umsetzungstipps -und vieles mehr ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Mein erstes Aquarium - Das Praxisbuch: Wie Sie Schritt für Schritt Ihr Aquarium einrichten und die passenden Fische auswählen - inkl. der besten Pflegetipps by Andreas Grapengeter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mein erstes Aquarium - Das Praxisbuch: Wie Sie Schritt für Schritt Ihr Aquarium einrichten und die passenden Fische auswählen - inkl. der besten Pflegetipps
Author: Andreas Grapengeter
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sind auch Sie begeistert von der Welt des Poseidons und träumen davon, sich diese in Ihr eigenes Heim zu holen? Wollen auch Sie sich vom bunten Gewimmel quirliger Fische verzaubern lassen und den meditativen Effekt beim Beobachten der sich immer in Bewegung befindlichen Unterwasserwelt genießen? Möchten Sie die Verantwortung von sich immer erneuerndem Leben übernehmen oder soll es vielleicht sogar als Haustier für Ihren eigenen Nachwuchs gedacht sein? Haben Sie Spaß und Freude an einem sich täglich ändernden, eigens kreierten Ökosystems, wissen aber nicht genau, wie Sie dies in die Tat umsetzen können? Dann sind Sie hier genau richtig! Lassen Sie uns gemeinsam Licht ins Dunkel bringen und Schritt für Schritt alle wesentlichen Informationen durchleuchten. Das erwartet Sie: - Welches Aquarium passt zu Ihnen? - Welche Fische sind die richtigen für Sie? - Gesamtüberblick über die Thematik ,,Fisch&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - 5-Schritte-Programm zum ersten Aquarium - Hilfreiche Beispiele - Die besten Pflegetipps - und vieles mehr ...</description>
      <author>Andreas Grapengeter</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jul 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969309469.mp3" length="893284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969309469.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mein erstes Aquarium - Das Praxisbuch: Wie Sie Schritt für Schritt Ihr Aquarium einrichten und die passenden Fische auswählen - inkl. der besten Pflegetipps
Author: Andreas Grapengeter
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sind auch Sie begeistert von der Welt des Poseidons und träumen davon, sich diese in Ihr eigenes Heim zu holen? Wollen auch Sie sich vom bunten Gewimmel quirliger Fische verzaubern lassen und den meditativen Effekt beim Beobachten der sich immer in Bewegung befindlichen Unterwasserwelt genießen? Möchten Sie die Verantwortung von sich immer erneuerndem Leben übernehmen oder soll es vielleicht sogar als Haustier für Ihren eigenen Nachwuchs gedacht sein? Haben Sie Spaß und Freude an einem sich täglich ändernden, eigens kreierten Ökosystems, wissen aber nicht genau, wie Sie dies in die Tat umsetzen können? Dann sind Sie hier genau richtig! Lassen Sie uns gemeinsam Licht ins Dunkel bringen und Schritt für Schritt alle wesentlichen Informationen durchleuchten. Das erwartet Sie: - Welches Aquarium passt zu Ihnen? - Welche Fische sind die richtigen für Sie? - Gesamtüberblick über die Thematik ,,Fisch&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - 5-Schritte-Programm zum ersten Aquarium - Hilfreiche Beispiele - Die besten Pflegetipps - und vieles mehr ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/658226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Mein erstes Aquarium - Das Praxisbuch: Wie Sie Schritt für Schritt Ihr Aquarium einrichten und die passenden Fische auswählen - inkl. der besten Pflegetipps
Author: Andreas Grapengeter
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sind auch Sie begeistert von der Welt des Poseidons und träumen davon, sich diese in Ihr eigenes Heim zu holen? Wollen auch Sie sich vom bunten Gewimmel quirliger Fische verzaubern lassen und den meditativen Effekt beim Beobachten der sich immer in Bewegung befindlichen Unterwasserwelt genießen? Möchten Sie die Verantwortung von sich immer erneuerndem Leben übernehmen oder soll es vielleicht sogar als Haustier für Ihren eigenen Nachwuchs gedacht sein? Haben Sie Spaß und Freude an einem sich täglich ändernden, eigens kreierten Ökosystems, wissen aber nicht genau, wie Sie dies in die Tat umsetzen können? Dann sind Sie hier genau richtig! Lassen Sie uns gemeinsam Licht ins Dunkel bringen und Schritt für Schritt alle wesentlichen Informationen durchleuchten. Das erwartet Sie: - Welches Aquarium passt zu Ihnen? - Welche Fische sind die richtigen für Sie? - Gesamtüberblick über die Thematik ,,Fisch&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - 5-Schritte-Programm zum ersten Aquarium - Hilfreiche Beispiele - Die besten Pflegetipps - und vieles mehr ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Progress Illusion: Reclaiming Our Future from the Fairytale of Economics by Jon D. Erickson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Progress Illusion: Reclaiming Our Future from the Fairytale of Economics
Author: Jon D. Erickson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Progress Illusion, Jon D. Erickson charts the rise of the economic worldview and its infiltration into our daily lives as a theory of everything. Drawing on his own experience as a young economist inoculated in the 1980s era of &amp;#039;greed is good,&amp;#039; Erickson shows how pseudoscience came to dominate economic thought. He pokes holes in the conventional wisdom of neo-classical economics, illustrating how flawed theories about financial decision-making and maximizing efficiency ignore human psychology and morality. Most importantly, he demonstrates how that thinking shaped our politics and determined the course of American public policy. The result has been a system that perpetually concentrates wealth in the hands of a few, while depleting the natural resources on which economies are based. While the history of economics is dismal indeed, Erickson is part of a vigorous reform effort grounded in the realities of life on a finite planet. This new brand of economics is both gaining steam in academia and supporting social activism. The goal is people over profit, community over consumption, and resilience over recklessness. Erickson shows crafting a new economic story is the first step toward turning away from endless growth and towards enduring prosperity.</description>
      <author>Jon D. Erickson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350821222.mp3" length="8106615" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350821222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Progress Illusion: Reclaiming Our Future from the Fairytale of Economics
Author: Jon D. Erickson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Progress Illusion, Jon D. Erickson charts the rise of the economic worldview and its infiltration into our daily lives as a theory of everything. Drawing on his own experience as a young economist inoculated in the 1980s era of &amp;#039;greed is good,&amp;#039; Erickson shows how pseudoscience came to dominate economic thought. He pokes holes in the conventional wisdom of neo-classical economics, illustrating how flawed theories about financial decision-making and maximizing efficiency ignore human psychology and morality. Most importantly, he demonstrates how that thinking shaped our politics and determined the course of American public policy. The result has been a system that perpetually concentrates wealth in the hands of a few, while depleting the natural resources on which economies are based. While the history of economics is dismal indeed, Erickson is part of a vigorous reform effort grounded in the realities of life on a finite planet. This new brand of economics is both gaining steam in academia and supporting social activism. The goal is people over profit, community over consumption, and resilience over recklessness. Erickson shows crafting a new economic story is the first step toward turning away from endless growth and towards enduring prosperity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Progress Illusion: Reclaiming Our Future from the Fairytale of Economics
Author: Jon D. Erickson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Progress Illusion, Jon D. Erickson charts the rise of the economic worldview and its infiltration into our daily lives as a theory of everything. Drawing on his own experience as a young economist inoculated in the 1980s era of &amp;#039;greed is good,&amp;#039; Erickson shows how pseudoscience came to dominate economic thought. He pokes holes in the conventional wisdom of neo-classical economics, illustrating how flawed theories about financial decision-making and maximizing efficiency ignore human psychology and morality. Most importantly, he demonstrates how that thinking shaped our politics and determined the course of American public policy. The result has been a system that perpetually concentrates wealth in the hands of a few, while depleting the natural resources on which economies are based. While the history of economics is dismal indeed, Erickson is part of a vigorous reform effort grounded in the realities of life on a finite planet. This new brand of economics is both gaining steam in academia and supporting social activism. The goal is people over profit, community over consumption, and resilience over recklessness. Erickson shows crafting a new economic story is the first step toward turning away from endless growth and towards enduring prosperity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Koala: A Natural History and an Uncertain Future by Danielle Clode</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Koala: A Natural History and an Uncertain Future
Author: Danielle Clode
Narrator: Jessica Douglas-Henry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Koalas regularly appeared in Australian biologist Danielle Clode&amp;#039;s backyard, but it was only when a bushfire threatened that she truly paid them attention. In vivid, descriptive prose, Clode embarks on a delightful and surprising journey through evolutionary biology, natural history, and ecology to understand where these enigmatic animals came from and what their future may hold. She begins her search with the fossils of ancient giant koalas, delving into why the modern koala has become the lone survivor of a once-diverse family of uniquely Australian marsupials. Koala investigates the remarkable physiology of these charismatic creatures. Clode explores the complex relationship and unexpected connections between this endearing species and humans. She explains how koalas are simultaneously threatened with extinction in some areas due to disease, climate change, and increasing wildfires, while overpopulating forests in other parts of the country. Deeply researched and filled with wonder, Koala is both a tender and inquisitive paean to a species unlike any other and a call to ensure its survival.</description>
      <author>Danielle Clode</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765087220.mp3" length="7103006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765087220.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Koala: A Natural History and an Uncertain Future
Author: Danielle Clode
Narrator: Jessica Douglas-Henry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Koalas regularly appeared in Australian biologist Danielle Clode&amp;#039;s backyard, but it was only when a bushfire threatened that she truly paid them attention. In vivid, descriptive prose, Clode embarks on a delightful and surprising journey through evolutionary biology, natural history, and ecology to understand where these enigmatic animals came from and what their future may hold. She begins her search with the fossils of ancient giant koalas, delving into why the modern koala has become the lone survivor of a once-diverse family of uniquely Australian marsupials. Koala investigates the remarkable physiology of these charismatic creatures. Clode explores the complex relationship and unexpected connections between this endearing species and humans. She explains how koalas are simultaneously threatened with extinction in some areas due to disease, climate change, and increasing wildfires, while overpopulating forests in other parts of the country. Deeply researched and filled with wonder, Koala is both a tender and inquisitive paean to a species unlike any other and a call to ensure its survival.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Koala: A Natural History and an Uncertain Future
Author: Danielle Clode
Narrator: Jessica Douglas-Henry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Koalas regularly appeared in Australian biologist Danielle Clode&amp;#039;s backyard, but it was only when a bushfire threatened that she truly paid them attention. In vivid, descriptive prose, Clode embarks on a delightful and surprising journey through evolutionary biology, natural history, and ecology to understand where these enigmatic animals came from and what their future may hold. She begins her search with the fossils of ancient giant koalas, delving into why the modern koala has become the lone survivor of a once-diverse family of uniquely Australian marsupials. Koala investigates the remarkable physiology of these charismatic creatures. Clode explores the complex relationship and unexpected connections between this endearing species and humans. She explains how koalas are simultaneously threatened with extinction in some areas due to disease, climate change, and increasing wildfires, while overpopulating forests in other parts of the country. Deeply researched and filled with wonder, Koala is both a tender and inquisitive paean to a species unlike any other and a call to ensure its survival.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Isle of Dogs: My canine adventures through Britain by Clare Balding</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Isle of Dogs: My canine adventures through Britain
Author: Clare Balding
Narrator: Clare Balding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Every dog must have his day. There&amp;#039;s nothing the British love quite as much as their dogs. From hunting to our hearths, and from herding sheep to guiding humans, our dogs have accompanied us through centuries of change, and that special relationship is still evolving today. So, just what is it that makes our bond so special? In this fascinating adventure across Britain, Clare Balding explores our unique heritage of canine tradition and meets just some of the many people who live, work and innovate with their dogs. From the mysteries of extinct breeds to the ancient dogs still thriving today, and adventuring from Battersea Dogs Home to Shetland via Buckingham Palace, we journey through the beloved canine story of our nation. A tale of hard work, companionship and a great many long dog walks, Isle of Dogs is an unmissable read for anyone whose life has been transformed by a faithful hound. ©2023 Clare Balding (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Clare Balding</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529900538.mp3" length="1333659" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529900538.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Isle of Dogs: My canine adventures through Britain
Author: Clare Balding
Narrator: Clare Balding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Every dog must have his day. There&amp;#039;s nothing the British love quite as much as their dogs. From hunting to our hearths, and from herding sheep to guiding humans, our dogs have accompanied us through centuries of change, and that special relationship is still evolving today. So, just what is it that makes our bond so special? In this fascinating adventure across Britain, Clare Balding explores our unique heritage of canine tradition and meets just some of the many people who live, work and innovate with their dogs. From the mysteries of extinct breeds to the ancient dogs still thriving today, and adventuring from Battersea Dogs Home to Shetland via Buckingham Palace, we journey through the beloved canine story of our nation. A tale of hard work, companionship and a great many long dog walks, Isle of Dogs is an unmissable read for anyone whose life has been transformed by a faithful hound. ©2023 Clare Balding (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Isle of Dogs: My canine adventures through Britain
Author: Clare Balding
Narrator: Clare Balding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Every dog must have his day. There&amp;#039;s nothing the British love quite as much as their dogs. From hunting to our hearths, and from herding sheep to guiding humans, our dogs have accompanied us through centuries of change, and that special relationship is still evolving today. So, just what is it that makes our bond so special? In this fascinating adventure across Britain, Clare Balding explores our unique heritage of canine tradition and meets just some of the many people who live, work and innovate with their dogs. From the mysteries of extinct breeds to the ancient dogs still thriving today, and adventuring from Battersea Dogs Home to Shetland via Buckingham Palace, we journey through the beloved canine story of our nation. A tale of hard work, companionship and a great many long dog walks, Isle of Dogs is an unmissable read for anyone whose life has been transformed by a faithful hound. ©2023 Clare Balding (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What a Bee Knows: Exploring the Thoughts, Memories, and Personalities of Bees by Stephen Buchmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What a Bee Knows: Exploring the Thoughts, Memories, and Personalities of Bees
Author: Stephen Buchmann
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For many of us, the buzzing of a bee elicits panic. But the next time you hear that low droning sound, look closer: the bee has navigated to this particular spot for a reason using a fascinating set of tools. She may be using her sensitive olfactory organs, which provide a 3D scent map of her surroundings. She may be following visual landmarks or instructions relayed by a hive-mate. She may even be tracking electrostatic traces left on flowers by other bees. What a Bee Knows: Exploring the Thoughts, Memories, and Personalities of Bees invites us to follow bees&amp;#039; mysterious paths and experience their alien world. Although their brains are incredibly small—just one million neurons compared to humans&amp;#039; one hundred billion—bees have remarkable abilities to navigate, learn, communicate, and remember. In What a Bee Knows, entomologist Stephen Buchmann explores a bee&amp;#039;s way of seeing the world and introduces the scientists who make the journey possible. We travel into the field and to the laboratories of noted bee biologists who have spent their careers digging into the questions most of us never thought to ask (for example: Do bees dream? And if so, why?). With each discovery, Buchmann&amp;#039;s insatiable curiosity and sense of wonder is infectious.</description>
      <author>Stephen Buchmann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350821147.mp3" length="7821143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350821147.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What a Bee Knows: Exploring the Thoughts, Memories, and Personalities of Bees
Author: Stephen Buchmann
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For many of us, the buzzing of a bee elicits panic. But the next time you hear that low droning sound, look closer: the bee has navigated to this particular spot for a reason using a fascinating set of tools. She may be using her sensitive olfactory organs, which provide a 3D scent map of her surroundings. She may be following visual landmarks or instructions relayed by a hive-mate. She may even be tracking electrostatic traces left on flowers by other bees. What a Bee Knows: Exploring the Thoughts, Memories, and Personalities of Bees invites us to follow bees&amp;#039; mysterious paths and experience their alien world. Although their brains are incredibly small—just one million neurons compared to humans&amp;#039; one hundred billion—bees have remarkable abilities to navigate, learn, communicate, and remember. In What a Bee Knows, entomologist Stephen Buchmann explores a bee&amp;#039;s way of seeing the world and introduces the scientists who make the journey possible. We travel into the field and to the laboratories of noted bee biologists who have spent their careers digging into the questions most of us never thought to ask (for example: Do bees dream? And if so, why?). With each discovery, Buchmann&amp;#039;s insatiable curiosity and sense of wonder is infectious.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What a Bee Knows: Exploring the Thoughts, Memories, and Personalities of Bees
Author: Stephen Buchmann
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For many of us, the buzzing of a bee elicits panic. But the next time you hear that low droning sound, look closer: the bee has navigated to this particular spot for a reason using a fascinating set of tools. She may be using her sensitive olfactory organs, which provide a 3D scent map of her surroundings. She may be following visual landmarks or instructions relayed by a hive-mate. She may even be tracking electrostatic traces left on flowers by other bees. What a Bee Knows: Exploring the Thoughts, Memories, and Personalities of Bees invites us to follow bees&amp;#039; mysterious paths and experience their alien world. Although their brains are incredibly small—just one million neurons compared to humans&amp;#039; one hundred billion—bees have remarkable abilities to navigate, learn, communicate, and remember. In What a Bee Knows, entomologist Stephen Buchmann explores a bee&amp;#039;s way of seeing the world and introduces the scientists who make the journey possible. We travel into the field and to the laboratories of noted bee biologists who have spent their careers digging into the questions most of us never thought to ask (for example: Do bees dream? And if so, why?). With each discovery, Buchmann&amp;#039;s insatiable curiosity and sense of wonder is infectious.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments by Mckenzie Long</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments
Author: Mckenzie Long
Narrator: Mckenzie Long
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
One woman&amp;#039;s enlightening trek through the natural histories, cultural stories, and present perils of thirteen national monuments Starting amid the sagebrush of Bears Ears National Monument on the eve of the Trump Administration&amp;#039;s decision to reduce the site by eighty-five percent, McKenzie Long climbs sandstone cliffs, is awed by Ancestral Pueblo cliff dwellings, and is intrigued by 4,000-year-old petroglyphs. She hikes through remote pink canyons recently removed from the boundary of Grand Staircase–Escalante, skis to a backcountry hut in Maine to view a truly dark night sky, snorkels in warm Hawaiian waters to plumb the meaning of marine preserves, volunteers near the most contaminated nuclear site in the US, and witnesses firsthand the diverse forms of devotion evoked by the Rio Grande. In essays both contemplative and resonant, this book confronts an unjust past and imagines a collaborative future that bears witness to these regions&amp;#039; enduring Indigenous connections. From climate change realities to volatile tensions between economic development and environmental conservation, practical and philosophical issues arise as Long seeks the complicated and often overlooked stories of these incomparable places. Her journey emphasizes in clear and urgent terms the unique significance of, and grave threats to, these contested lands.</description>
      <author>Mckenzie Long</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765073322.mp3" length="8316210" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765073322.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments
Author: Mckenzie Long
Narrator: Mckenzie Long
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
One woman&amp;#039;s enlightening trek through the natural histories, cultural stories, and present perils of thirteen national monuments Starting amid the sagebrush of Bears Ears National Monument on the eve of the Trump Administration&amp;#039;s decision to reduce the site by eighty-five percent, McKenzie Long climbs sandstone cliffs, is awed by Ancestral Pueblo cliff dwellings, and is intrigued by 4,000-year-old petroglyphs. She hikes through remote pink canyons recently removed from the boundary of Grand Staircase–Escalante, skis to a backcountry hut in Maine to view a truly dark night sky, snorkels in warm Hawaiian waters to plumb the meaning of marine preserves, volunteers near the most contaminated nuclear site in the US, and witnesses firsthand the diverse forms of devotion evoked by the Rio Grande. In essays both contemplative and resonant, this book confronts an unjust past and imagines a collaborative future that bears witness to these regions&amp;#039; enduring Indigenous connections. From climate change realities to volatile tensions between economic development and environmental conservation, practical and philosophical issues arise as Long seeks the complicated and often overlooked stories of these incomparable places. Her journey emphasizes in clear and urgent terms the unique significance of, and grave threats to, these contested lands.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Contested Land: The Storied Past and Uncertain Future of America’s National Monuments
Author: Mckenzie Long
Narrator: Mckenzie Long
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
One woman&amp;#039;s enlightening trek through the natural histories, cultural stories, and present perils of thirteen national monuments Starting amid the sagebrush of Bears Ears National Monument on the eve of the Trump Administration&amp;#039;s decision to reduce the site by eighty-five percent, McKenzie Long climbs sandstone cliffs, is awed by Ancestral Pueblo cliff dwellings, and is intrigued by 4,000-year-old petroglyphs. She hikes through remote pink canyons recently removed from the boundary of Grand Staircase–Escalante, skis to a backcountry hut in Maine to view a truly dark night sky, snorkels in warm Hawaiian waters to plumb the meaning of marine preserves, volunteers near the most contaminated nuclear site in the US, and witnesses firsthand the diverse forms of devotion evoked by the Rio Grande. In essays both contemplative and resonant, this book confronts an unjust past and imagines a collaborative future that bears witness to these regions&amp;#039; enduring Indigenous connections. From climate change realities to volatile tensions between economic development and environmental conservation, practical and philosophical issues arise as Long seeks the complicated and often overlooked stories of these incomparable places. Her journey emphasizes in clear and urgent terms the unique significance of, and grave threats to, these contested lands.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Nichts mehr so wie es wAHR!: Gezeiten einer Katastrophe (Ungekürzt) by Marco Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nichts mehr so wie es wAHR!: Gezeiten einer Katastrophe (Ungekürzt)
Author: Marco Martin
Narrator: Marco Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In der Nacht vom 14.07. auf den 15.07.2021 wurde unsere Heimat, unser wunderschönes Ahrtal von einer Naturkatastrophe heimgesucht, die ihres gleichen sucht. Von jetzt auf gleich haben tausende Menschen ihre Heimat, ihr Hab und Gut verloren. Leider mussten auch viel zu viele Menschen diese Katastrophe mit ihrem Leben bezahlen. Die Natur hat uns unbarmherzig und mit einer brachialen Gewalt gezeigt wie klein und verletzlich wir alle sind. Dies sind meine Erlebnisse, meine Eindrücke, meine Geschichte, wie es sich in dieser Zeit zugetragen hat. Es sind Eindrücke und Erlebnisse die sich eingebrannt haben wie ein Stempel. Unsere Heimat hat sich mit einem Schlag komplett verändert. Verändert für immer. Unser Ahrtal wird nicht mehr dasselbe sein. Es liegen Jahre harter Arbeit vor uns, um wieder ein halbwegs normales Leben führen zu können. Die letzten Monate haben uns allen aber sehr eindrücklich gezeigt mit was für einer Energie, Kraft und Willensstärke Menschen gemeinsam Dinge bewegen und bewältigen können. Diese Katastrophe ist noch lange nicht bewältigt, aber diese ganze SolidAHRität die wir hier alle gesehen haben von wildfremden Menschen hat uns die Kraft gegeben weiter zu machen. Wir sind alle Müde und Kraftlos. Wir haben alle viel Schweiß, und noch mehr Tränen verloren. Wir sind teilweise mit den Nerven fix und fertig, aber aufgeben ist keine Option. Wir werden weiter machen unsere Heimat, unser zu Hause wieder aufzubauen, egal gegen welche Widerstände auch immer. Wir lassen unser Ahrtal wieder in neuem Glanze erstrahlen. Packen wir es an. Gemeinsam. Denn nur gemeinsam sind wir stAHRk!!!</description>
      <author>Marco Martin</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004473628.mp3" length="858458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004473628.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nichts mehr so wie es wAHR!: Gezeiten einer Katastrophe (Ungekürzt)
Author: Marco Martin
Narrator: Marco Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In der Nacht vom 14.07. auf den 15.07.2021 wurde unsere Heimat, unser wunderschönes Ahrtal von einer Naturkatastrophe heimgesucht, die ihres gleichen sucht. Von jetzt auf gleich haben tausende Menschen ihre Heimat, ihr Hab und Gut verloren. Leider mussten auch viel zu viele Menschen diese Katastrophe mit ihrem Leben bezahlen. Die Natur hat uns unbarmherzig und mit einer brachialen Gewalt gezeigt wie klein und verletzlich wir alle sind. Dies sind meine Erlebnisse, meine Eindrücke, meine Geschichte, wie es sich in dieser Zeit zugetragen hat. Es sind Eindrücke und Erlebnisse die sich eingebrannt haben wie ein Stempel. Unsere Heimat hat sich mit einem Schlag komplett verändert. Verändert für immer. Unser Ahrtal wird nicht mehr dasselbe sein. Es liegen Jahre harter Arbeit vor uns, um wieder ein halbwegs normales Leben führen zu können. Die letzten Monate haben uns allen aber sehr eindrücklich gezeigt mit was für einer Energie, Kraft und Willensstärke Menschen gemeinsam Dinge bewegen und bewältigen können. Diese Katastrophe ist noch lange nicht bewältigt, aber diese ganze SolidAHRität die wir hier alle gesehen haben von wildfremden Menschen hat uns die Kraft gegeben weiter zu machen. Wir sind alle Müde und Kraftlos. Wir haben alle viel Schweiß, und noch mehr Tränen verloren. Wir sind teilweise mit den Nerven fix und fertig, aber aufgeben ist keine Option. Wir werden weiter machen unsere Heimat, unser zu Hause wieder aufzubauen, egal gegen welche Widerstände auch immer. Wir lassen unser Ahrtal wieder in neuem Glanze erstrahlen. Packen wir es an. Gemeinsam. Denn nur gemeinsam sind wir stAHRk!!!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nichts mehr so wie es wAHR!: Gezeiten einer Katastrophe (Ungekürzt)
Author: Marco Martin
Narrator: Marco Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In der Nacht vom 14.07. auf den 15.07.2021 wurde unsere Heimat, unser wunderschönes Ahrtal von einer Naturkatastrophe heimgesucht, die ihres gleichen sucht. Von jetzt auf gleich haben tausende Menschen ihre Heimat, ihr Hab und Gut verloren. Leider mussten auch viel zu viele Menschen diese Katastrophe mit ihrem Leben bezahlen. Die Natur hat uns unbarmherzig und mit einer brachialen Gewalt gezeigt wie klein und verletzlich wir alle sind. Dies sind meine Erlebnisse, meine Eindrücke, meine Geschichte, wie es sich in dieser Zeit zugetragen hat. Es sind Eindrücke und Erlebnisse die sich eingebrannt haben wie ein Stempel. Unsere Heimat hat sich mit einem Schlag komplett verändert. Verändert für immer. Unser Ahrtal wird nicht mehr dasselbe sein. Es liegen Jahre harter Arbeit vor uns, um wieder ein halbwegs normales Leben führen zu können. Die letzten Monate haben uns allen aber sehr eindrücklich gezeigt mit was für einer Energie, Kraft und Willensstärke Menschen gemeinsam Dinge bewegen und bewältigen können. Diese Katastrophe ist noch lange nicht bewältigt, aber diese ganze SolidAHRität die wir hier alle gesehen haben von wildfremden Menschen hat uns die Kraft gegeben weiter zu machen. Wir sind alle Müde und Kraftlos. Wir haben alle viel Schweiß, und noch mehr Tränen verloren. Wir sind teilweise mit den Nerven fix und fertig, aber aufgeben ist keine Option. Wir werden weiter machen unsere Heimat, unser zu Hause wieder aufzubauen, egal gegen welche Widerstände auch immer. Wir lassen unser Ahrtal wieder in neuem Glanze erstrahlen. Packen wir es an. Gemeinsam. Denn nur gemeinsam sind wir stAHRk!!!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2023 by Jaime Green, Carl Zimmer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2023
Series: Part of Best American
Author: Jaime Green, Carl Zimmer
Narrator: Em Grosland, Johnny Rey Diaz, Katharine Chin, Jeena Yi, Nikki Massoud, Shahjehan Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning writer, columnist, and journalists Carl Zimmer selects twenty science and nature essays that represent the best examples of the form published in 2022.  “What&amp;#039;s most compelling about a scientific story is the way it challenges us to think about the concepts we take for granted,” writes guest editor Carl Zimmer in his introduction. The essays in this year’s Best American Science and Nature Writing probe at the ordinary and urge us to think more deeply about our place in the world around us. From a hopeful portrait of a future for people with Alzheimer’s disease, to a fascinating exploration of the rise of nearsightedness in children, to the heroic story of a herd of cows that evaded a hurricane, these selections reveal how science and nature shape our everyday lives. With tremendous intelligence, clarity, and insight, this anthology offers an expansive look at where we are and where we are headed. The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2023 includes JESSICA CAMILLE AGUIRRE • VANESSA GREGORY • SABRINA IMBLER FERRIS JABR • MARION RENAULT • ELIZABETH SVOBODA NATALIE WOLCHOVER • SARAH ZHANG and others</description>
      <author>Jaime Green, Carl Zimmer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063293236.mp3" length="1387006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063293236.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2023
Series: Part of Best American
Author: Jaime Green, Carl Zimmer
Narrator: Em Grosland, Johnny Rey Diaz, Katharine Chin, Jeena Yi, Nikki Massoud, Shahjehan Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning writer, columnist, and journalists Carl Zimmer selects twenty science and nature essays that represent the best examples of the form published in 2022.  “What&amp;#039;s most compelling about a scientific story is the way it challenges us to think about the concepts we take for granted,” writes guest editor Carl Zimmer in his introduction. The essays in this year’s Best American Science and Nature Writing probe at the ordinary and urge us to think more deeply about our place in the world around us. From a hopeful portrait of a future for people with Alzheimer’s disease, to a fascinating exploration of the rise of nearsightedness in children, to the heroic story of a herd of cows that evaded a hurricane, these selections reveal how science and nature shape our everyday lives. With tremendous intelligence, clarity, and insight, this anthology offers an expansive look at where we are and where we are headed. The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2023 includes JESSICA CAMILLE AGUIRRE • VANESSA GREGORY • SABRINA IMBLER FERRIS JABR • MARION RENAULT • ELIZABETH SVOBODA NATALIE WOLCHOVER • SARAH ZHANG and others</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2023
Series: Part of Best American
Author: Jaime Green, Carl Zimmer
Narrator: Em Grosland, Johnny Rey Diaz, Katharine Chin, Jeena Yi, Nikki Massoud, Shahjehan Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Award-winning writer, columnist, and journalists Carl Zimmer selects twenty science and nature essays that represent the best examples of the form published in 2022.  “What&amp;#039;s most compelling about a scientific story is the way it challenges us to think about the concepts we take for granted,” writes guest editor Carl Zimmer in his introduction. The essays in this year’s Best American Science and Nature Writing probe at the ordinary and urge us to think more deeply about our place in the world around us. From a hopeful portrait of a future for people with Alzheimer’s disease, to a fascinating exploration of the rise of nearsightedness in children, to the heroic story of a herd of cows that evaded a hurricane, these selections reveal how science and nature shape our everyday lives. With tremendous intelligence, clarity, and insight, this anthology offers an expansive look at where we are and where we are headed. The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2023 includes JESSICA CAMILLE AGUIRRE • VANESSA GREGORY • SABRINA IMBLER FERRIS JABR • MARION RENAULT • ELIZABETH SVOBODA NATALIE WOLCHOVER • SARAH ZHANG and others</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Fragile Moment: How Lessons from Earth&amp;#039;s Past Can Help Us Survive the Climate Crisis by Michael E. Mann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Fragile Moment: How Lessons from Earth&amp;#039;s Past Can Help Us Survive the Climate Crisis
Author: Michael E. Mann
Narrator: Tim Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this sweeping work of science and history, the renowned climate scientist and author of The New Climate War shows us the conditions on Earth that allowed humans not only to exist but thrive, and how they are imperiled if we veer off course.     For the vast majority of its 4.54 billion years, Earth has proven it can manage just fine without human beings. Then came the first proto-humans, who emerged just a little more than 2 million years ago—a fleeting moment in geological time. What is it that made this benevolent moment of ours possible? Ironically, it’s the very same thing that now threatens us—climate change.  The drying of the tropics during the Pleistocene period created a niche for early hominids, who could hunt prey as forests gave way to savannahs in the African tropics. The sudden cooling episode known as the “Younger Dryas” 13,000 years ago, which occurred just as Earth was thawing out of the last Ice Age, spurred the development of agriculture in the fertile crescent. The “Little Ice Age” cooling of the 16th-19th centuries led to famines and pestilence for much of Europe, yet it was a boon for the Dutch, who were able to take advantage of stronger winds to shorten their ocean voyages.   The conditions that allowed humans to live on this earth are fragile, incredibly so. Climate variability has at times created new niches that humans or their ancestors could potentially exploit, and challenges that at times have spurred innovation. But there’s a relatively narrow envelope of climate variability within which human civilization remains viable. And our survival depends on conditions remaining within that range.     In this book, renowned climate scientist Michael Mann will arm readers with the knowledge necessary to appreciate the gravity of the unfolding climate crisis, while emboldening them—and others--to act before it truly does become too late.</description>
      <author>Michael E. Mann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668632215.mp3" length="859717" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668632215.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Fragile Moment: How Lessons from Earth&amp;#039;s Past Can Help Us Survive the Climate Crisis
Author: Michael E. Mann
Narrator: Tim Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this sweeping work of science and history, the renowned climate scientist and author of The New Climate War shows us the conditions on Earth that allowed humans not only to exist but thrive, and how they are imperiled if we veer off course.     For the vast majority of its 4.54 billion years, Earth has proven it can manage just fine without human beings. Then came the first proto-humans, who emerged just a little more than 2 million years ago—a fleeting moment in geological time. What is it that made this benevolent moment of ours possible? Ironically, it’s the very same thing that now threatens us—climate change.  The drying of the tropics during the Pleistocene period created a niche for early hominids, who could hunt prey as forests gave way to savannahs in the African tropics. The sudden cooling episode known as the “Younger Dryas” 13,000 years ago, which occurred just as Earth was thawing out of the last Ice Age, spurred the development of agriculture in the fertile crescent. The “Little Ice Age” cooling of the 16th-19th centuries led to famines and pestilence for much of Europe, yet it was a boon for the Dutch, who were able to take advantage of stronger winds to shorten their ocean voyages.   The conditions that allowed humans to live on this earth are fragile, incredibly so. Climate variability has at times created new niches that humans or their ancestors could potentially exploit, and challenges that at times have spurred innovation. But there’s a relatively narrow envelope of climate variability within which human civilization remains viable. And our survival depends on conditions remaining within that range.     In this book, renowned climate scientist Michael Mann will arm readers with the knowledge necessary to appreciate the gravity of the unfolding climate crisis, while emboldening them—and others--to act before it truly does become too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Fragile Moment: How Lessons from Earth&amp;#039;s Past Can Help Us Survive the Climate Crisis
Author: Michael E. Mann
Narrator: Tim Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this sweeping work of science and history, the renowned climate scientist and author of The New Climate War shows us the conditions on Earth that allowed humans not only to exist but thrive, and how they are imperiled if we veer off course.     For the vast majority of its 4.54 billion years, Earth has proven it can manage just fine without human beings. Then came the first proto-humans, who emerged just a little more than 2 million years ago—a fleeting moment in geological time. What is it that made this benevolent moment of ours possible? Ironically, it’s the very same thing that now threatens us—climate change.  The drying of the tropics during the Pleistocene period created a niche for early hominids, who could hunt prey as forests gave way to savannahs in the African tropics. The sudden cooling episode known as the “Younger Dryas” 13,000 years ago, which occurred just as Earth was thawing out of the last Ice Age, spurred the development of agriculture in the fertile crescent. The “Little Ice Age” cooling of the 16th-19th centuries led to famines and pestilence for much of Europe, yet it was a boon for the Dutch, who were able to take advantage of stronger winds to shorten their ocean voyages.   The conditions that allowed humans to live on this earth are fragile, incredibly so. Climate variability has at times created new niches that humans or their ancestors could potentially exploit, and challenges that at times have spurred innovation. But there’s a relatively narrow envelope of climate variability within which human civilization remains viable. And our survival depends on conditions remaining within that range.     In this book, renowned climate scientist Michael Mann will arm readers with the knowledge necessary to appreciate the gravity of the unfolding climate crisis, while emboldening them—and others--to act before it truly does become too late.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Great Powers, Climate Change, and Global Environmental Responsibilities by Barry Buzan, Robert Falkner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Powers, Climate Change, and Global Environmental Responsibilities
Author: Barry Buzan, Robert Falkner
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is the first of its kind to examine the role of great powers in the international politics of climate change. It develops a novel analytical framework for studying environmental power in international relations, what counts as a great power in the environmental field, and what their special environmental responsibilities are. In doing so, the book connects International Relations (IR) debates on power inequality, great powers and great power management, with global environmental politics (GEP) scholarship. The book brings together leading scholars in IR and GEP whose contributions focus on major environmental powers (United States, China, European Union) and international institutions and issue areas (UN Security Council, multilateral environmental agreements, coal politics). The contributors examine how individual great powers have responded to the global climate challenge and whether they have accepted a special responsibility for stabilizing the global climate. They place emerging discourses on great power responsibility in the context of wider debates about international environmental leadership and climate change securitization. And they provide new insights into how international power inequality intersects with the global ecological crisis, and what role great powers could and should play in the international fight against global warming.</description>
      <author>Barry Buzan, Robert Falkner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765003107.mp3" length="8076684" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765003107.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Powers, Climate Change, and Global Environmental Responsibilities
Author: Barry Buzan, Robert Falkner
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is the first of its kind to examine the role of great powers in the international politics of climate change. It develops a novel analytical framework for studying environmental power in international relations, what counts as a great power in the environmental field, and what their special environmental responsibilities are. In doing so, the book connects International Relations (IR) debates on power inequality, great powers and great power management, with global environmental politics (GEP) scholarship. The book brings together leading scholars in IR and GEP whose contributions focus on major environmental powers (United States, China, European Union) and international institutions and issue areas (UN Security Council, multilateral environmental agreements, coal politics). The contributors examine how individual great powers have responded to the global climate challenge and whether they have accepted a special responsibility for stabilizing the global climate. They place emerging discourses on great power responsibility in the context of wider debates about international environmental leadership and climate change securitization. And they provide new insights into how international power inequality intersects with the global ecological crisis, and what role great powers could and should play in the international fight against global warming.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/656007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Powers, Climate Change, and Global Environmental Responsibilities
Author: Barry Buzan, Robert Falkner
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is the first of its kind to examine the role of great powers in the international politics of climate change. It develops a novel analytical framework for studying environmental power in international relations, what counts as a great power in the environmental field, and what their special environmental responsibilities are. In doing so, the book connects International Relations (IR) debates on power inequality, great powers and great power management, with global environmental politics (GEP) scholarship. The book brings together leading scholars in IR and GEP whose contributions focus on major environmental powers (United States, China, European Union) and international institutions and issue areas (UN Security Council, multilateral environmental agreements, coal politics). The contributors examine how individual great powers have responded to the global climate challenge and whether they have accepted a special responsibility for stabilizing the global climate. They place emerging discourses on great power responsibility in the context of wider debates about international environmental leadership and climate change securitization. And they provide new insights into how international power inequality intersects with the global ecological crisis, and what role great powers could and should play in the international fight against global warming.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Wellbeing and Building Resilience in the Veterinary Profession: A Call to Life by Sonja A. Olson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating Wellbeing and Building Resilience in the Veterinary Profession: A Call to Life
Author: Sonja A. Olson
Narrator: Sonja A. Olson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A Call to Life aims to help veterinary caregivers increase self-efficacy, decrease unnecessary suffering, and increase sustainability in their mission to support animal health around the world. The veterinary profession is powered by dedicated, bright, and selfless individuals. Unfortunately, the long-standing and dysfunctional culture in classrooms and practices around the world expects veterinary caregivers to be ready to sacrifice everything in the name of being deemed qualified and &amp;#039;worthy.&amp;#039; Integrating real-life stories from a range of veterinary caregivers with evidence-based theory, practical activities, discussion and reflection points, and insights drawn from the author&amp;#039;s own experiences, the book empowers veterinarians by showing that they have the ability and the control to choose a healthier way forward for themselves and their profession. It describes how to: normalize the conversation around mental and emotional health challenges in caregiving environments; discuss and collaboratively create systemic solutions that promote healthier &amp;#039;ecosystems&amp;#039; for vets to work within; develop the skills of reframing, mindfulness, and self-care strategy implementation supporting holistic veterinary well-being; and collectively choose to shift the framework of professional conversations towards psychological safety, optimism, and purpose-driven experiences.</description>
      <author>Sonja A. Olson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765076682.mp3" length="7998170" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765076682.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating Wellbeing and Building Resilience in the Veterinary Profession: A Call to Life
Author: Sonja A. Olson
Narrator: Sonja A. Olson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A Call to Life aims to help veterinary caregivers increase self-efficacy, decrease unnecessary suffering, and increase sustainability in their mission to support animal health around the world. The veterinary profession is powered by dedicated, bright, and selfless individuals. Unfortunately, the long-standing and dysfunctional culture in classrooms and practices around the world expects veterinary caregivers to be ready to sacrifice everything in the name of being deemed qualified and &amp;#039;worthy.&amp;#039; Integrating real-life stories from a range of veterinary caregivers with evidence-based theory, practical activities, discussion and reflection points, and insights drawn from the author&amp;#039;s own experiences, the book empowers veterinarians by showing that they have the ability and the control to choose a healthier way forward for themselves and their profession. It describes how to: normalize the conversation around mental and emotional health challenges in caregiving environments; discuss and collaboratively create systemic solutions that promote healthier &amp;#039;ecosystems&amp;#039; for vets to work within; develop the skills of reframing, mindfulness, and self-care strategy implementation supporting holistic veterinary well-being; and collectively choose to shift the framework of professional conversations towards psychological safety, optimism, and purpose-driven experiences.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655943</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating Wellbeing and Building Resilience in the Veterinary Profession: A Call to Life
Author: Sonja A. Olson
Narrator: Sonja A. Olson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A Call to Life aims to help veterinary caregivers increase self-efficacy, decrease unnecessary suffering, and increase sustainability in their mission to support animal health around the world. The veterinary profession is powered by dedicated, bright, and selfless individuals. Unfortunately, the long-standing and dysfunctional culture in classrooms and practices around the world expects veterinary caregivers to be ready to sacrifice everything in the name of being deemed qualified and &amp;#039;worthy.&amp;#039; Integrating real-life stories from a range of veterinary caregivers with evidence-based theory, practical activities, discussion and reflection points, and insights drawn from the author&amp;#039;s own experiences, the book empowers veterinarians by showing that they have the ability and the control to choose a healthier way forward for themselves and their profession. It describes how to: normalize the conversation around mental and emotional health challenges in caregiving environments; discuss and collaboratively create systemic solutions that promote healthier &amp;#039;ecosystems&amp;#039; for vets to work within; develop the skills of reframing, mindfulness, and self-care strategy implementation supporting holistic veterinary well-being; and collectively choose to shift the framework of professional conversations towards psychological safety, optimism, and purpose-driven experiences.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Czech] - Jak Pečovat O Domácího Králíka by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Czech] - Jak Pečovat O Domácího Králíka
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Jana Pelikanova
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Králíci jsou třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem na západě a jejich obliba roste i ve zbytku světa. Cílem této knihy je poradit budoucím majitelům, jak si vybrat, koupit a starat se o domácího králíka.Králíci jsou třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem na západě a jejich obliba roste i ve zbytku světa. Cílem této knihy je poradit budoucím majitelům, jak si vybrat, koupit a starat se o domácího králíka. Říká se, a i já jsem zjistil, že je to pravda, králíci jsou přibližně stejně inteligentní jako průměrná kočka nebo pes. Žijí také přibližně stejně dlouho, ale jsou méně nároční a snadněji se krmí. Jsou vlastně ideální pro lidi, kteří nemohou moc chodit ven nebo nechtějí mít v lednici či dokonce v domě maso, protože jsou stoprocentní vegetariáni! Pokud toho o králících moc nevíte, mohli byste si s prominutím myslet, že je králík jako králík, ale ve skutečnosti existuje 370 tříd králíků (podle britských a amerických králičích organizací) a pocházejí ze 70 různých zemí. Existuje tedy velký výběr velikostí a barev. Nejen to, majitelé vám také řeknou, že každý králík má svou vlastní osobnost, podobně jako kočka nebo pes. Obecně však můžeme říci, že králíci jsou učenliví, klidní a přátelští a nemají rádi hrubé zacházení nebo hru. Králíci jsou také třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem ve Velké Británii a čtvrtým v USA a třetím nejoblíbenějším u všech věkových skupin od dvanácti let výše. Jste tedy v dobré společnosti. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835447818.mp3" length="1383437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835447818.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Czech] - Jak Pečovat O Domácího Králíka
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Jana Pelikanova
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Králíci jsou třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem na západě a jejich obliba roste i ve zbytku světa. Cílem této knihy je poradit budoucím majitelům, jak si vybrat, koupit a starat se o domácího králíka.Králíci jsou třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem na západě a jejich obliba roste i ve zbytku světa. Cílem této knihy je poradit budoucím majitelům, jak si vybrat, koupit a starat se o domácího králíka. Říká se, a i já jsem zjistil, že je to pravda, králíci jsou přibližně stejně inteligentní jako průměrná kočka nebo pes. Žijí také přibližně stejně dlouho, ale jsou méně nároční a snadněji se krmí. Jsou vlastně ideální pro lidi, kteří nemohou moc chodit ven nebo nechtějí mít v lednici či dokonce v domě maso, protože jsou stoprocentní vegetariáni! Pokud toho o králících moc nevíte, mohli byste si s prominutím myslet, že je králík jako králík, ale ve skutečnosti existuje 370 tříd králíků (podle britských a amerických králičích organizací) a pocházejí ze 70 různých zemí. Existuje tedy velký výběr velikostí a barev. Nejen to, majitelé vám také řeknou, že každý králík má svou vlastní osobnost, podobně jako kočka nebo pes. Obecně však můžeme říci, že králíci jsou učenliví, klidní a přátelští a nemají rádi hrubé zacházení nebo hru. Králíci jsou také třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem ve Velké Británii a čtvrtým v USA a třetím nejoblíbenějším u všech věkových skupin od dvanácti let výše. Jste tedy v dobré společnosti. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Czech] - Jak Pečovat O Domácího Králíka
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Jana Pelikanova
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Králíci jsou třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem na západě a jejich obliba roste i ve zbytku světa. Cílem této knihy je poradit budoucím majitelům, jak si vybrat, koupit a starat se o domácího králíka.Králíci jsou třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem na západě a jejich obliba roste i ve zbytku světa. Cílem této knihy je poradit budoucím majitelům, jak si vybrat, koupit a starat se o domácího králíka. Říká se, a i já jsem zjistil, že je to pravda, králíci jsou přibližně stejně inteligentní jako průměrná kočka nebo pes. Žijí také přibližně stejně dlouho, ale jsou méně nároční a snadněji se krmí. Jsou vlastně ideální pro lidi, kteří nemohou moc chodit ven nebo nechtějí mít v lednici či dokonce v domě maso, protože jsou stoprocentní vegetariáni! Pokud toho o králících moc nevíte, mohli byste si s prominutím myslet, že je králík jako králík, ale ve skutečnosti existuje 370 tříd králíků (podle britských a amerických králičích organizací) a pocházejí ze 70 různých zemí. Existuje tedy velký výběr velikostí a barev. Nejen to, majitelé vám také řeknou, že každý králík má svou vlastní osobnost, podobně jako kočka nebo pes. Obecně však můžeme říci, že králíci jsou učenliví, klidní a přátelští a nemají rádi hrubé zacházení nebo hru. Králíci jsou také třetím nejoblíbenějším domácím mazlíčkem ve Velké Británii a čtvrtým v USA a třetím nejoblíbenějším u všech věkových skupin od dvanácti let výše. Jste tedy v dobré společnosti. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sacred Seasons: Nature-Inspired Rituals, Wisdom, and Self-Care for Every Day of the Year by Kirsty Gallagher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Seasons: Nature-Inspired Rituals, Wisdom, and Self-Care for Every Day of the Year
Author: Kirsty Gallagher
Narrator: Kirsty Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nurture your best self throughout the year with this enchanted guide to living in alignment with nature&amp;#039;s cycles from a Sunday Times bestselling author.   Before clocks, seasons were the original calendar that cultures would use to survive and thrive! The essential magic of the natural world is available to us all, if we are open to living back in alignment with nature&amp;#039;s flow. And experiencing this meaningful shift doesn’t require a huge life overhaul—simple little daily changes and rituals honoring the turn of the seasons will make a huge difference in how we lead our lives. In Sacred Seasons bestselling author and moon mentor Kirsty Gallagher teaches us to embrace these moments of pause and ritual with nature. From solstices and equinoxes to festivals (Litha, Samhain, Imbolc) and the signature energies of each season, readers will learn to tap into the rhythms of the world to unlock the best within themselves.  Organized by season (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter), the chapters in this beautiful book offer opportunities for us to check in, catch up with ourselves, review our lives, make any necessary nature-inspired changes, and move forward into a new season with renewed clarity, direction, inspiration, purpose, and motivation. Living in alignment with nature in this way ensures that we are constantly evolving, renewing, releasing and growing, just like nature does.</description>
      <author>Kirsty Gallagher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668628300.mp3" length="667206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668628300.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Seasons: Nature-Inspired Rituals, Wisdom, and Self-Care for Every Day of the Year
Author: Kirsty Gallagher
Narrator: Kirsty Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nurture your best self throughout the year with this enchanted guide to living in alignment with nature&amp;#039;s cycles from a Sunday Times bestselling author.   Before clocks, seasons were the original calendar that cultures would use to survive and thrive! The essential magic of the natural world is available to us all, if we are open to living back in alignment with nature&amp;#039;s flow. And experiencing this meaningful shift doesn’t require a huge life overhaul—simple little daily changes and rituals honoring the turn of the seasons will make a huge difference in how we lead our lives. In Sacred Seasons bestselling author and moon mentor Kirsty Gallagher teaches us to embrace these moments of pause and ritual with nature. From solstices and equinoxes to festivals (Litha, Samhain, Imbolc) and the signature energies of each season, readers will learn to tap into the rhythms of the world to unlock the best within themselves.  Organized by season (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter), the chapters in this beautiful book offer opportunities for us to check in, catch up with ourselves, review our lives, make any necessary nature-inspired changes, and move forward into a new season with renewed clarity, direction, inspiration, purpose, and motivation. Living in alignment with nature in this way ensures that we are constantly evolving, renewing, releasing and growing, just like nature does.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Seasons: Nature-Inspired Rituals, Wisdom, and Self-Care for Every Day of the Year
Author: Kirsty Gallagher
Narrator: Kirsty Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nurture your best self throughout the year with this enchanted guide to living in alignment with nature&amp;#039;s cycles from a Sunday Times bestselling author.   Before clocks, seasons were the original calendar that cultures would use to survive and thrive! The essential magic of the natural world is available to us all, if we are open to living back in alignment with nature&amp;#039;s flow. And experiencing this meaningful shift doesn’t require a huge life overhaul—simple little daily changes and rituals honoring the turn of the seasons will make a huge difference in how we lead our lives. In Sacred Seasons bestselling author and moon mentor Kirsty Gallagher teaches us to embrace these moments of pause and ritual with nature. From solstices and equinoxes to festivals (Litha, Samhain, Imbolc) and the signature energies of each season, readers will learn to tap into the rhythms of the world to unlock the best within themselves.  Organized by season (Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter), the chapters in this beautiful book offer opportunities for us to check in, catch up with ourselves, review our lives, make any necessary nature-inspired changes, and move forward into a new season with renewed clarity, direction, inspiration, purpose, and motivation. Living in alignment with nature in this way ensures that we are constantly evolving, renewing, releasing and growing, just like nature does.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>H. sapiens: The Last 12,000 Years by Fil Munas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: H. sapiens: The Last 12,000 Years
Author: Fil Munas
Narrator: Sean Doctor C Cordry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A COSMIC CONUNDRUM—This astonishing book follows our ascendancy from just another hominin on the open African savannah to the alpha hegemon on Earth today endangering its entire future. Along the way, humans methodically outwitted their competition with phenomenal efficiency and indifference, to emerge in the modern 21st century as the linchpin of a major mass extinction of countless other lifeforms cohabiting their planet with them. The shredding of our fragile ecosphere by massive proliferation and monopolistic overconsumption of Earth’s precious resources by a single invasive species, along with the inexorable combustion of deadly fossil fuels to acquire the energy needed to sustain their profligate and lavish lifestyle, is threatening to drive H. sapiens itself into extinction within the next 300 years. This is the true story of that improbable adventure! ...The Publishers</description>
      <author>Fil Munas</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798986028705.mp3" length="1274646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798986028705.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: H. sapiens: The Last 12,000 Years
Author: Fil Munas
Narrator: Sean Doctor C Cordry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A COSMIC CONUNDRUM—This astonishing book follows our ascendancy from just another hominin on the open African savannah to the alpha hegemon on Earth today endangering its entire future. Along the way, humans methodically outwitted their competition with phenomenal efficiency and indifference, to emerge in the modern 21st century as the linchpin of a major mass extinction of countless other lifeforms cohabiting their planet with them. The shredding of our fragile ecosphere by massive proliferation and monopolistic overconsumption of Earth’s precious resources by a single invasive species, along with the inexorable combustion of deadly fossil fuels to acquire the energy needed to sustain their profligate and lavish lifestyle, is threatening to drive H. sapiens itself into extinction within the next 300 years. This is the true story of that improbable adventure! ...The Publishers</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/655434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: H. sapiens: The Last 12,000 Years
Author: Fil Munas
Narrator: Sean Doctor C Cordry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A COSMIC CONUNDRUM—This astonishing book follows our ascendancy from just another hominin on the open African savannah to the alpha hegemon on Earth today endangering its entire future. Along the way, humans methodically outwitted their competition with phenomenal efficiency and indifference, to emerge in the modern 21st century as the linchpin of a major mass extinction of countless other lifeforms cohabiting their planet with them. The shredding of our fragile ecosphere by massive proliferation and monopolistic overconsumption of Earth’s precious resources by a single invasive species, along with the inexorable combustion of deadly fossil fuels to acquire the energy needed to sustain their profligate and lavish lifestyle, is threatening to drive H. sapiens itself into extinction within the next 300 years. This is the true story of that improbable adventure! ...The Publishers</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore by Simen Saetre, Kjetil Ostli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: Simen Saetre, Kjetil Ostli
Narrator: Erik Madsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat more fish, the doctors say. But is the salmon you are consuming really healthy?  In the early 1970s, a group of scientists researched how to make more food for the growing population of the world. They looked to the sea. They sampled genes from salmon in 41 Norwegian and Swedish rivers and designed a new salmon that was fatter and faster growing. This was considered an amazing innovation and was the beginning of a new industry: salmon farming.   The industry spread from coastal Norway to Scotland, Canada, Australia, Ireland, Chile, Iceland, the Faroe Islands, and the United States. Business boomed, jobs were created, and a new type of food, the farmed salmon, spread around the globe. People everywhere bought and enjoyed the abundant fish: grilled, poached, roasted, and as sushi and sashimi. They were grateful for this delicious, affordable protein.  But at what cost?    We now know that there were unintended consequences: some of these new fish escaped, competing for sustenance with other fish in the sea. The new fish spread diseases, salmon louse swarmed, and wild salmon stocks dwindled.   In a prizewinning five-year investigation, authors Simen Sætre and Kjetil Østli took an in-depth look at Norway’s role in the global salmon industry and, for the first time, produced a comprehensive evaluation of the detrimental effects of salmon farming. From lice to escapees, from concentrating the waste of sea pens in the fjords through which wild salmon swim to their natal streams to the fact that salmon farming causes a net reduction of protein reaped from the ocean, the results don’t look good. Recent victories, such as the banning of net-pen fish farms in the waters of Washington State, are an indication that we are awakening to the environmental price of engineered fish. It is said that we will continue to make the same mistakes unless we understand them. The New Fish combines nature writing from Norwegian fjords, the coast of Canada, Icelandic landscapes and the far south of Chile with character-driven literary non-fiction and classic muckraking. The authors started with this question: What happens when you create a new animal and place it in the sea? This book will tell you the answer.</description>
      <author>Simen Saetre, Kjetil Ostli</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593748275.mp3" length="2742502" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593748275.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: Simen Saetre, Kjetil Ostli
Narrator: Erik Madsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat more fish, the doctors say. But is the salmon you are consuming really healthy?  In the early 1970s, a group of scientists researched how to make more food for the growing population of the world. They looked to the sea. They sampled genes from salmon in 41 Norwegian and Swedish rivers and designed a new salmon that was fatter and faster growing. This was considered an amazing innovation and was the beginning of a new industry: salmon farming.   The industry spread from coastal Norway to Scotland, Canada, Australia, Ireland, Chile, Iceland, the Faroe Islands, and the United States. Business boomed, jobs were created, and a new type of food, the farmed salmon, spread around the globe. People everywhere bought and enjoyed the abundant fish: grilled, poached, roasted, and as sushi and sashimi. They were grateful for this delicious, affordable protein.  But at what cost?    We now know that there were unintended consequences: some of these new fish escaped, competing for sustenance with other fish in the sea. The new fish spread diseases, salmon louse swarmed, and wild salmon stocks dwindled.   In a prizewinning five-year investigation, authors Simen Sætre and Kjetil Østli took an in-depth look at Norway’s role in the global salmon industry and, for the first time, produced a comprehensive evaluation of the detrimental effects of salmon farming. From lice to escapees, from concentrating the waste of sea pens in the fjords through which wild salmon swim to their natal streams to the fact that salmon farming causes a net reduction of protein reaped from the ocean, the results don’t look good. Recent victories, such as the banning of net-pen fish farms in the waters of Washington State, are an indication that we are awakening to the environmental price of engineered fish. It is said that we will continue to make the same mistakes unless we understand them. The New Fish combines nature writing from Norwegian fjords, the coast of Canada, Icelandic landscapes and the far south of Chile with character-driven literary non-fiction and classic muckraking. The authors started with this question: What happens when you create a new animal and place it in the sea? This book will tell you the answer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Fish: The Truth about Farmed Salmon and the Consequences We Can No Longer Ignore
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: Simen Saetre, Kjetil Ostli
Narrator: Erik Madsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Eat more fish, the doctors say. But is the salmon you are consuming really healthy?  In the early 1970s, a group of scientists researched how to make more food for the growing population of the world. They looked to the sea. They sampled genes from salmon in 41 Norwegian and Swedish rivers and designed a new salmon that was fatter and faster growing. This was considered an amazing innovation and was the beginning of a new industry: salmon farming.   The industry spread from coastal Norway to Scotland, Canada, Australia, Ireland, Chile, Iceland, the Faroe Islands, and the United States. Business boomed, jobs were created, and a new type of food, the farmed salmon, spread around the globe. People everywhere bought and enjoyed the abundant fish: grilled, poached, roasted, and as sushi and sashimi. They were grateful for this delicious, affordable protein.  But at what cost?    We now know that there were unintended consequences: some of these new fish escaped, competing for sustenance with other fish in the sea. The new fish spread diseases, salmon louse swarmed, and wild salmon stocks dwindled.   In a prizewinning five-year investigation, authors Simen Sætre and Kjetil Østli took an in-depth look at Norway’s role in the global salmon industry and, for the first time, produced a comprehensive evaluation of the detrimental effects of salmon farming. From lice to escapees, from concentrating the waste of sea pens in the fjords through which wild salmon swim to their natal streams to the fact that salmon farming causes a net reduction of protein reaped from the ocean, the results don’t look good. Recent victories, such as the banning of net-pen fish farms in the waters of Washington State, are an indication that we are awakening to the environmental price of engineered fish. It is said that we will continue to make the same mistakes unless we understand them. The New Fish combines nature writing from Norwegian fjords, the coast of Canada, Icelandic landscapes and the far south of Chile with character-driven literary non-fiction and classic muckraking. The authors started with this question: What happens when you create a new animal and place it in the sea? This book will tell you the answer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Following Jesus in a Warming World: A Christian Call to Climate Action by Kyle Meyaard-Schaap</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Following Jesus in a Warming World: A Christian Call to Climate Action
Author: Kyle Meyaard-Schaap
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever looked at the effects of climate change and the apathy of so many around you and wondered, &amp;#039;What are we missing here?&amp;#039; Climate activist Kyle Meyaard-Schaap understands this feeling from personal experience. But in his years of speaking to and equipping Christians to work for climate action, he&amp;#039;s seen the trend begin to shift. More and more young Christians are waking up to the realities of climate change. They want to help, but they&amp;#039;re not sure how. Through stories from the field, theological and scriptural exploration, and practical advice, Meyaard-Schaap offers hope to Christians paralyzed by the scale of the crisis, helping us turn our paralysis into meaningful action. Following Jesus in a Warming World is a field guide for Christian climate action—one grounded not in a sense of guilt or drudgery, but in the joy of caring for creation.</description>
      <author>Kyle Meyaard-Schaap</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545922538.mp3" length="1322058" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545922538.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Following Jesus in a Warming World: A Christian Call to Climate Action
Author: Kyle Meyaard-Schaap
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever looked at the effects of climate change and the apathy of so many around you and wondered, &amp;#039;What are we missing here?&amp;#039; Climate activist Kyle Meyaard-Schaap understands this feeling from personal experience. But in his years of speaking to and equipping Christians to work for climate action, he&amp;#039;s seen the trend begin to shift. More and more young Christians are waking up to the realities of climate change. They want to help, but they&amp;#039;re not sure how. Through stories from the field, theological and scriptural exploration, and practical advice, Meyaard-Schaap offers hope to Christians paralyzed by the scale of the crisis, helping us turn our paralysis into meaningful action. Following Jesus in a Warming World is a field guide for Christian climate action—one grounded not in a sense of guilt or drudgery, but in the joy of caring for creation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Following Jesus in a Warming World: A Christian Call to Climate Action
Author: Kyle Meyaard-Schaap
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever looked at the effects of climate change and the apathy of so many around you and wondered, &amp;#039;What are we missing here?&amp;#039; Climate activist Kyle Meyaard-Schaap understands this feeling from personal experience. But in his years of speaking to and equipping Christians to work for climate action, he&amp;#039;s seen the trend begin to shift. More and more young Christians are waking up to the realities of climate change. They want to help, but they&amp;#039;re not sure how. Through stories from the field, theological and scriptural exploration, and practical advice, Meyaard-Schaap offers hope to Christians paralyzed by the scale of the crisis, helping us turn our paralysis into meaningful action. Following Jesus in a Warming World is a field guide for Christian climate action—one grounded not in a sense of guilt or drudgery, but in the joy of caring for creation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Planet You Inherit: Letters to My Grandchildren when Uncertainty&amp;#039;s a Sure Thing by Larry L. Rasmussen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Planet You Inherit: Letters to My Grandchildren when Uncertainty&amp;#039;s a Sure Thing
Author: Larry L. Rasmussen
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For the first time ever, love letters consciously written by elders of one geologic epoch to the young of another. Our children&amp;#039;s and grandchildren&amp;#039;s generation will face a different world, one affected by climate instability, mass uncertainty, and breathtaking extinction. In fact, the next generation will face the reality that human activity is changing the planet from one geological epoch to another. From this vantage point—two generations across two geological epochs facing a fundamentally changing planet—Larry Rasmussen writes to his grandchildren. As a grandfather invested in a green earth and climate justice as well as a scholar of faith-based earth ethics, Rasmussen bridges this gap between generations to write to the future about climate change, global citizenship, democracy, and legacy. In topics ranging from &amp;#039;A Viable Way of Life&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Democracy&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Where We&amp;#039;ve Come From&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Who We Are Now,&amp;#039; Rasmussen explores the large questions of justice, meaning, and faith, encouraging us to speak to and look to the future generation and their future world.</description>
      <author>Larry L. Rasmussen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545921555.mp3" length="7136558" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545921555.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Planet You Inherit: Letters to My Grandchildren when Uncertainty&amp;#039;s a Sure Thing
Author: Larry L. Rasmussen
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For the first time ever, love letters consciously written by elders of one geologic epoch to the young of another. Our children&amp;#039;s and grandchildren&amp;#039;s generation will face a different world, one affected by climate instability, mass uncertainty, and breathtaking extinction. In fact, the next generation will face the reality that human activity is changing the planet from one geological epoch to another. From this vantage point—two generations across two geological epochs facing a fundamentally changing planet—Larry Rasmussen writes to his grandchildren. As a grandfather invested in a green earth and climate justice as well as a scholar of faith-based earth ethics, Rasmussen bridges this gap between generations to write to the future about climate change, global citizenship, democracy, and legacy. In topics ranging from &amp;#039;A Viable Way of Life&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Democracy&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Where We&amp;#039;ve Come From&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Who We Are Now,&amp;#039; Rasmussen explores the large questions of justice, meaning, and faith, encouraging us to speak to and look to the future generation and their future world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Planet You Inherit: Letters to My Grandchildren when Uncertainty&amp;#039;s a Sure Thing
Author: Larry L. Rasmussen
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For the first time ever, love letters consciously written by elders of one geologic epoch to the young of another. Our children&amp;#039;s and grandchildren&amp;#039;s generation will face a different world, one affected by climate instability, mass uncertainty, and breathtaking extinction. In fact, the next generation will face the reality that human activity is changing the planet from one geological epoch to another. From this vantage point—two generations across two geological epochs facing a fundamentally changing planet—Larry Rasmussen writes to his grandchildren. As a grandfather invested in a green earth and climate justice as well as a scholar of faith-based earth ethics, Rasmussen bridges this gap between generations to write to the future about climate change, global citizenship, democracy, and legacy. In topics ranging from &amp;#039;A Viable Way of Life&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Democracy&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Where We&amp;#039;ve Come From&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Who We Are Now,&amp;#039; Rasmussen explores the large questions of justice, meaning, and faith, encouraging us to speak to and look to the future generation and their future world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Precious: The History and Mystery of Gems Across Time by Helen Molesworth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Precious: The History and Mystery of Gems Across Time
Author: Helen Molesworth
Narrator: Helen Molesworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. When Helen Molesworth joined the gem and jewellery industry she began her own love affair with one of humanity&amp;#039;s oldest and richest fascinations. For as long as people have known about gemstones they have treasured them. Born of violent geological events and the chance meetings of minerals, their stories are an extraordinary journey through time, and are significant to the human narrative in as many ways as they boast sparkling facets. Selecting ten of nature&amp;#039;s most dazzling jewels, Helen Molesworth makes journeys across the world to trace stones from their discovery to the moment a glimmering cut and polished masterpiece is traded, and then fought over, adorns oligarchs and kings, falls out of favour, and then raises eye-watering sums in another age. Touching on history and politics, archaeology and engineering, geography and geology, chemistry and physics, psychology and romance, fine art and high finance, her book is rich with great stories and has something for everyone. ©2023 Helen Molesworth (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Helen Molesworth</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2024 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529906813.mp3" length="1413892" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529906813.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Precious: The History and Mystery of Gems Across Time
Author: Helen Molesworth
Narrator: Helen Molesworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. When Helen Molesworth joined the gem and jewellery industry she began her own love affair with one of humanity&amp;#039;s oldest and richest fascinations. For as long as people have known about gemstones they have treasured them. Born of violent geological events and the chance meetings of minerals, their stories are an extraordinary journey through time, and are significant to the human narrative in as many ways as they boast sparkling facets. Selecting ten of nature&amp;#039;s most dazzling jewels, Helen Molesworth makes journeys across the world to trace stones from their discovery to the moment a glimmering cut and polished masterpiece is traded, and then fought over, adorns oligarchs and kings, falls out of favour, and then raises eye-watering sums in another age. Touching on history and politics, archaeology and engineering, geography and geology, chemistry and physics, psychology and romance, fine art and high finance, her book is rich with great stories and has something for everyone. ©2023 Helen Molesworth (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Precious: The History and Mystery of Gems Across Time
Author: Helen Molesworth
Narrator: Helen Molesworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. When Helen Molesworth joined the gem and jewellery industry she began her own love affair with one of humanity&amp;#039;s oldest and richest fascinations. For as long as people have known about gemstones they have treasured them. Born of violent geological events and the chance meetings of minerals, their stories are an extraordinary journey through time, and are significant to the human narrative in as many ways as they boast sparkling facets. Selecting ten of nature&amp;#039;s most dazzling jewels, Helen Molesworth makes journeys across the world to trace stones from their discovery to the moment a glimmering cut and polished masterpiece is traded, and then fought over, adorns oligarchs and kings, falls out of favour, and then raises eye-watering sums in another age. Touching on history and politics, archaeology and engineering, geography and geology, chemistry and physics, psychology and romance, fine art and high finance, her book is rich with great stories and has something for everyone. ©2023 Helen Molesworth (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deep Blue: My Ocean Journeys by Steve Backshall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Blue: My Ocean Journeys
Author: Steve Backshall
Narrator: Steve Backshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Take a deep breath Steve Backshall was nine years old the first time he saw a shark, while on holiday with his family in Malaysia. It was the beginning of a life-long fascination with these &amp;#039;lords of the sea&amp;#039;, and the oceanic life around them. His career as one of the world&amp;#039;s most popular naturalists and explorers has taken him to countless underwater places, many never before seen by others. And he&amp;#039;s also been witness to the startling decline in fortune of our oceans&amp;#039; wild inhabitants over the past fifty years. Deep Blue is a book a lifetime in the making: a remarkable blend of memoir, travel, and marine and environmental science that takes us on an unforgettable tour of the many worlds of aquatic life: from underwater deserts and rainforests to the evolution of ocean heroes like the sea turtle and the Great White, from the genesis of ocean life to the rapidly declining state of white polar seas and coral reefs. It&amp;#039;s both a love letter to our precious oceans and rallying cry for what we must to do save them. ©2023 Steve Backshall (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Steve Backshall</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529902495.mp3" length="1348630" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529902495.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Blue: My Ocean Journeys
Author: Steve Backshall
Narrator: Steve Backshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Take a deep breath Steve Backshall was nine years old the first time he saw a shark, while on holiday with his family in Malaysia. It was the beginning of a life-long fascination with these &amp;#039;lords of the sea&amp;#039;, and the oceanic life around them. His career as one of the world&amp;#039;s most popular naturalists and explorers has taken him to countless underwater places, many never before seen by others. And he&amp;#039;s also been witness to the startling decline in fortune of our oceans&amp;#039; wild inhabitants over the past fifty years. Deep Blue is a book a lifetime in the making: a remarkable blend of memoir, travel, and marine and environmental science that takes us on an unforgettable tour of the many worlds of aquatic life: from underwater deserts and rainforests to the evolution of ocean heroes like the sea turtle and the Great White, from the genesis of ocean life to the rapidly declining state of white polar seas and coral reefs. It&amp;#039;s both a love letter to our precious oceans and rallying cry for what we must to do save them. ©2023 Steve Backshall (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Blue: My Ocean Journeys
Author: Steve Backshall
Narrator: Steve Backshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Take a deep breath Steve Backshall was nine years old the first time he saw a shark, while on holiday with his family in Malaysia. It was the beginning of a life-long fascination with these &amp;#039;lords of the sea&amp;#039;, and the oceanic life around them. His career as one of the world&amp;#039;s most popular naturalists and explorers has taken him to countless underwater places, many never before seen by others. And he&amp;#039;s also been witness to the startling decline in fortune of our oceans&amp;#039; wild inhabitants over the past fifty years. Deep Blue is a book a lifetime in the making: a remarkable blend of memoir, travel, and marine and environmental science that takes us on an unforgettable tour of the many worlds of aquatic life: from underwater deserts and rainforests to the evolution of ocean heroes like the sea turtle and the Great White, from the genesis of ocean life to the rapidly declining state of white polar seas and coral reefs. It&amp;#039;s both a love letter to our precious oceans and rallying cry for what we must to do save them. ©2023 Steve Backshall (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Affirmations For Pets by Jason Henry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Affirmations For Pets
Author: Jason Henry
Narrator: Wendy Dustin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When you love your dog, cat, or other pet, you want it to live, be healthy, and enjoy a life that fulfills its natural personality, but also for it to be in tune with you, your lifestyle, and the relationship which you will enjoy and treasure with the pet.  For many of these things in your pet’s life, you feel that you have little in the way of power to bring them into reality, but that’s a mistake.  You can assert power over many elements of your pet’s life and in its relationship with you.  Affirmations offer you a way to intervene in the pet&amp;#039;s course of life that otherwise, may seem to be out of your control.  Affirmations are one important way to exercise personal power in creating a life and future for your pet and yourself that can be desirable, fulfilling, and happy.   Affirmations for Pets gives you the information and affirmations you need to benefit the life of your pet and enrich your human-pet relationship.</description>
      <author>Jason Henry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823437813.mp3" length="863393" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823437813.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Affirmations For Pets
Author: Jason Henry
Narrator: Wendy Dustin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When you love your dog, cat, or other pet, you want it to live, be healthy, and enjoy a life that fulfills its natural personality, but also for it to be in tune with you, your lifestyle, and the relationship which you will enjoy and treasure with the pet.  For many of these things in your pet’s life, you feel that you have little in the way of power to bring them into reality, but that’s a mistake.  You can assert power over many elements of your pet’s life and in its relationship with you.  Affirmations offer you a way to intervene in the pet&amp;#039;s course of life that otherwise, may seem to be out of your control.  Affirmations are one important way to exercise personal power in creating a life and future for your pet and yourself that can be desirable, fulfilling, and happy.   Affirmations for Pets gives you the information and affirmations you need to benefit the life of your pet and enrich your human-pet relationship.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/654030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Affirmations For Pets
Author: Jason Henry
Narrator: Wendy Dustin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When you love your dog, cat, or other pet, you want it to live, be healthy, and enjoy a life that fulfills its natural personality, but also for it to be in tune with you, your lifestyle, and the relationship which you will enjoy and treasure with the pet.  For many of these things in your pet’s life, you feel that you have little in the way of power to bring them into reality, but that’s a mistake.  You can assert power over many elements of your pet’s life and in its relationship with you.  Affirmations offer you a way to intervene in the pet&amp;#039;s course of life that otherwise, may seem to be out of your control.  Affirmations are one important way to exercise personal power in creating a life and future for your pet and yourself that can be desirable, fulfilling, and happy.   Affirmations for Pets gives you the information and affirmations you need to benefit the life of your pet and enrich your human-pet relationship.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Crisis Hits Suburbia by Ted Riley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Crisis Hits Suburbia
Author: Ted Riley
Narrator: Paul Nicholls
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Would your family survive in lockdown if society were to collapse? Learn how to prepare your home now. We are used to a world in which our homes are supplied with fresh water, gas, and electricity. We’re used to having our waste removed and our sanitary needs met. These are all things we’ve come to expect, but what would happen if they were taken away? Flooding, hurricanes, and pandemics are affecting areas we once thought were safe from disaster--we shouldn’t take anything for granted. In When Crisis Hits Suburbia: A Modern-Day Prepping Guide to Effectively Bug In and Protect Your Family Home in a Societal Collapse, you’ll learn exactly what you need to know to prepare your home for an emergency. You’ll find: The 6 key priorities of survival and how to make sure you have them covered. A clear guide for knowing when it’s time to stay in, and when it’s time to evacuate. Top prepper survival secrets so that you always stay one step ahead of the rest. A toolbox of information that allows you to choose what works best for your family. Practical tips for preparing your children for worst-case scenarios without frightening them. How to make sure your water supply is 100% safe at all times. Comprehensive checklists for everything you need to stock in your home. Essential administrative tasks you should have sorted in advance before a disaster strikes. And much more. The ideal home is not only the home that keeps you and your family safe in good times, but it’s the home that keeps you safe no matter what. Prepare your home for the worst-case scenario and protect your family no matter what.</description>
      <author>Ted Riley</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823437141.mp3" length="1374403" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823437141.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Crisis Hits Suburbia
Author: Ted Riley
Narrator: Paul Nicholls
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Would your family survive in lockdown if society were to collapse? Learn how to prepare your home now. We are used to a world in which our homes are supplied with fresh water, gas, and electricity. We’re used to having our waste removed and our sanitary needs met. These are all things we’ve come to expect, but what would happen if they were taken away? Flooding, hurricanes, and pandemics are affecting areas we once thought were safe from disaster--we shouldn’t take anything for granted. In When Crisis Hits Suburbia: A Modern-Day Prepping Guide to Effectively Bug In and Protect Your Family Home in a Societal Collapse, you’ll learn exactly what you need to know to prepare your home for an emergency. You’ll find: The 6 key priorities of survival and how to make sure you have them covered. A clear guide for knowing when it’s time to stay in, and when it’s time to evacuate. Top prepper survival secrets so that you always stay one step ahead of the rest. A toolbox of information that allows you to choose what works best for your family. Practical tips for preparing your children for worst-case scenarios without frightening them. How to make sure your water supply is 100% safe at all times. Comprehensive checklists for everything you need to stock in your home. Essential administrative tasks you should have sorted in advance before a disaster strikes. And much more. The ideal home is not only the home that keeps you and your family safe in good times, but it’s the home that keeps you safe no matter what. Prepare your home for the worst-case scenario and protect your family no matter what.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Crisis Hits Suburbia
Author: Ted Riley
Narrator: Paul Nicholls
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Would your family survive in lockdown if society were to collapse? Learn how to prepare your home now. We are used to a world in which our homes are supplied with fresh water, gas, and electricity. We’re used to having our waste removed and our sanitary needs met. These are all things we’ve come to expect, but what would happen if they were taken away? Flooding, hurricanes, and pandemics are affecting areas we once thought were safe from disaster--we shouldn’t take anything for granted. In When Crisis Hits Suburbia: A Modern-Day Prepping Guide to Effectively Bug In and Protect Your Family Home in a Societal Collapse, you’ll learn exactly what you need to know to prepare your home for an emergency. You’ll find: The 6 key priorities of survival and how to make sure you have them covered. A clear guide for knowing when it’s time to stay in, and when it’s time to evacuate. Top prepper survival secrets so that you always stay one step ahead of the rest. A toolbox of information that allows you to choose what works best for your family. Practical tips for preparing your children for worst-case scenarios without frightening them. How to make sure your water supply is 100% safe at all times. Comprehensive checklists for everything you need to stock in your home. Essential administrative tasks you should have sorted in advance before a disaster strikes. And much more. The ideal home is not only the home that keeps you and your family safe in good times, but it’s the home that keeps you safe no matter what. Prepare your home for the worst-case scenario and protect your family no matter what.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Puppy Training Guide for Kids by Simon Lane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Puppy Training Guide for Kids
Author: Simon Lane
Narrator: Steven Myles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Puppy Training Guide for Kids: A Useful and Easy-to-Follow Guide for Kids on How to Train and Care for their Puppies  Puppy training is serious business. It’s not simply taking a pet and treating it as a toy. The fact that you plan to involve your child in caring for a live animal is even more commendable. It will also present a considerable challenge to you since you will take care of both ends. It seems to be an easier task to learn how to take care of the puppy yourself. However, you have doubled the job by having your child train the puppy. Hopefully, this audiobook can help make things easier for you. This audiobook is designed to teach kids between the ages of 8-12 years old how to take care of their puppy. It will teach responsibility through taking care of a new puppy.  Topics that will be discussed are the following: - Understand First what Puppies Do - Get to Know Your Puppy - Learn What Your Puppy Needs - Tips on Training Your Puppy - Going Above and Beyond - And many more! Just like every child is different, every puppy is, too. But there are general things you need to learn in order to train and care for your puppy well. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today!</description>
      <author>Simon Lane</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823435819.mp3" length="846527" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823435819.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Puppy Training Guide for Kids
Author: Simon Lane
Narrator: Steven Myles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Puppy Training Guide for Kids: A Useful and Easy-to-Follow Guide for Kids on How to Train and Care for their Puppies  Puppy training is serious business. It’s not simply taking a pet and treating it as a toy. The fact that you plan to involve your child in caring for a live animal is even more commendable. It will also present a considerable challenge to you since you will take care of both ends. It seems to be an easier task to learn how to take care of the puppy yourself. However, you have doubled the job by having your child train the puppy. Hopefully, this audiobook can help make things easier for you. This audiobook is designed to teach kids between the ages of 8-12 years old how to take care of their puppy. It will teach responsibility through taking care of a new puppy.  Topics that will be discussed are the following: - Understand First what Puppies Do - Get to Know Your Puppy - Learn What Your Puppy Needs - Tips on Training Your Puppy - Going Above and Beyond - And many more! Just like every child is different, every puppy is, too. But there are general things you need to learn in order to train and care for your puppy well. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Puppy Training Guide for Kids
Author: Simon Lane
Narrator: Steven Myles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Puppy Training Guide for Kids: A Useful and Easy-to-Follow Guide for Kids on How to Train and Care for their Puppies  Puppy training is serious business. It’s not simply taking a pet and treating it as a toy. The fact that you plan to involve your child in caring for a live animal is even more commendable. It will also present a considerable challenge to you since you will take care of both ends. It seems to be an easier task to learn how to take care of the puppy yourself. However, you have doubled the job by having your child train the puppy. Hopefully, this audiobook can help make things easier for you. This audiobook is designed to teach kids between the ages of 8-12 years old how to take care of their puppy. It will teach responsibility through taking care of a new puppy.  Topics that will be discussed are the following: - Understand First what Puppies Do - Get to Know Your Puppy - Learn What Your Puppy Needs - Tips on Training Your Puppy - Going Above and Beyond - And many more! Just like every child is different, every puppy is, too. But there are general things you need to learn in order to train and care for your puppy well. To learn more, download your copy of this audiobook today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Felix Unbound by Cathy Gunn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Felix Unbound
Author: Cathy Gunn
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Did you ever wonder what might happen if your cat turned human? When feisty Tiffany loses her temper with boyfriend Anthony, and accidentally topples a set of inherited Egyptian figurines, ancient forces take their mischievous revenge...and grant her careless wish that men were more like her tabby cat Felix. It&amp;#039;s fun at first, as Tiffany and Felix gleefully launch him into her social circle, but it soon becomes clear that charismatic Felix spells trouble. As he wins lightning-fast success as a talented artist, Tiffany and her friends&amp;#039; relationships begin to flex and recalibrate - not always for the better. There&amp;#039;s something more afoot here; and Tiffany realises that whatever&amp;#039;s got into her cat and his art, has appeared before in her curious family. Suspicious elders, Ozzy and Iris, circle as &amp;#039;Felix&amp;#039; and his artworks peak and spiral into trouble. Tiffany meets a promising new love and, in this tightly-woven dark comedy of manners, develops a conscience about some - but not all - of Felix&amp;#039;s effects on her friends&amp;#039; lives. Torn between helping fast-deteriorating Felix evade Ozzy and Iris&amp;#039;s sinister grasp, or just washing her hands of him, she finally chooses. But none see coming the bizarre opportunity seized by fading but predatory and cunning Felix.</description>
      <author>Cathy Gunn</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781800317758.mp3" length="1420969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781800317758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Felix Unbound
Author: Cathy Gunn
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Did you ever wonder what might happen if your cat turned human? When feisty Tiffany loses her temper with boyfriend Anthony, and accidentally topples a set of inherited Egyptian figurines, ancient forces take their mischievous revenge...and grant her careless wish that men were more like her tabby cat Felix. It&amp;#039;s fun at first, as Tiffany and Felix gleefully launch him into her social circle, but it soon becomes clear that charismatic Felix spells trouble. As he wins lightning-fast success as a talented artist, Tiffany and her friends&amp;#039; relationships begin to flex and recalibrate - not always for the better. There&amp;#039;s something more afoot here; and Tiffany realises that whatever&amp;#039;s got into her cat and his art, has appeared before in her curious family. Suspicious elders, Ozzy and Iris, circle as &amp;#039;Felix&amp;#039; and his artworks peak and spiral into trouble. Tiffany meets a promising new love and, in this tightly-woven dark comedy of manners, develops a conscience about some - but not all - of Felix&amp;#039;s effects on her friends&amp;#039; lives. Torn between helping fast-deteriorating Felix evade Ozzy and Iris&amp;#039;s sinister grasp, or just washing her hands of him, she finally chooses. But none see coming the bizarre opportunity seized by fading but predatory and cunning Felix.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653877</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Felix Unbound
Author: Cathy Gunn
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Did you ever wonder what might happen if your cat turned human? When feisty Tiffany loses her temper with boyfriend Anthony, and accidentally topples a set of inherited Egyptian figurines, ancient forces take their mischievous revenge...and grant her careless wish that men were more like her tabby cat Felix. It&amp;#039;s fun at first, as Tiffany and Felix gleefully launch him into her social circle, but it soon becomes clear that charismatic Felix spells trouble. As he wins lightning-fast success as a talented artist, Tiffany and her friends&amp;#039; relationships begin to flex and recalibrate - not always for the better. There&amp;#039;s something more afoot here; and Tiffany realises that whatever&amp;#039;s got into her cat and his art, has appeared before in her curious family. Suspicious elders, Ozzy and Iris, circle as &amp;#039;Felix&amp;#039; and his artworks peak and spiral into trouble. Tiffany meets a promising new love and, in this tightly-woven dark comedy of manners, develops a conscience about some - but not all - of Felix&amp;#039;s effects on her friends&amp;#039; lives. Torn between helping fast-deteriorating Felix evade Ozzy and Iris&amp;#039;s sinister grasp, or just washing her hands of him, she finally chooses. But none see coming the bizarre opportunity seized by fading but predatory and cunning Felix.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz bei Hunden: Mit 124 einfachen Übungen zu einem gelassenen und glücklichen Zusammenleben mit Ihrem Hund by Miriam Sommer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz bei Hunden: Mit 124 einfachen Übungen zu einem gelassenen und glücklichen Zusammenleben mit Ihrem Hund
Author: Miriam Sommer
Narrator: Pe Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz bei Hunden: Wie Sie mit 124 praktischen Übungen Ihren Hund zu einer  entspannten Fellnase  erziehen, die  Hund-Mensch-Bindung stärken  und somit für einen  stressfreien und souveränen Alltag  sorgen. Haben Sie vor sich einen vierbeinigen Freund zuzulegen und möchten von Anfang an belastende Verhaltensstörungen vermeiden? Oder sind Sie bereits Hundebesitzer/in, haben sich mit dem Thema noch nicht intensiv befasst und möchten schlechte Gewohnheiten vorbeugen oder abgewöhnen? Jeder Hund ist einzigartig und hat seine eigenen Charakterzüge und Bedürfnisse. Hunde sind instinktgetrieben. Dadurch kommt es oft zu Verhaltensmustern, die sich als störend erweisen, wie zum Beispiel:  -  Ihr Hund springt gerne Leute an, was viele als nervig oder aggressiv empfinden  -  er duldet keinen Besuch und provoziert eine unruhige Umgebung  -  Ihr Vierbeiner Freund ist ein Leinen Rambo und Sie können ihn kaum halten  -  er frisst unkontrolliert vom Straßenboden, was lebensbedrohliche Folgen haben kann  -  das Autofahren oder laute Geräusche sind ein Albtraum für ihn  -  Ihr Hund kläfft am Zaun, obwohl Sie danebenstehen  -  er flippt aus bei der Sicht einer Katze oder rennt Fahrradfahrern hinterher  -  ein Tierarztbesuch ist immer ein Kampf und ist für jede Beteiligten anstrengend  -  bei Begegnungen mit anderen Hunden kommt es oft zu totalem Rückzug oder Konfrontation  Sie wollen  genau das alles verhindern? Dann steht Ihnen dieser anfängerfreundliche Ratgeber für die oben genannten Herausforderungen an der Seite. Zusätzlich werden zahlreich weitere problematische Alltagsszenarien in diesem Buch behandelt, wie z. B. &amp;#039;Angst vor dem Aufzug&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Futteraggression&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Trennungsangst&amp;#039; und noch vieles mehr. Eine vielfältige Sammlung von  124 Übungen , die es bisher so noch nicht gab. Kategorisiert in Innen- und Außenbereich-Übungen, strukturiert und aufgegliedert je nach Alltagssituation, angereichert mit zahlreichen  wertvollen Tipps und von jedem mit  wenig Aufwand umsetzbar  – damit Sie bestens vorbereitet sind und auch Inspiration für eigene Übungen finden. Durch die detailreiche Einführung in die Impulskontrolle, Frustrationstoleranz und dem Belohnungsmanagement erkennen Sie, wie wichtig diese Themen für die Erziehung und das Wohlbefinden Ihres Vierbeiners sind. So lernen Sie Ihren Hund besser zu verstehen und verhelfen ihn  -  zu mehr  Selbstbeherrschung  mit möglichst geringem Frust  -  zu mehr  Gehorsamkeit  mit Respekt, Liebe und Anerkennung  -  zu mehr  Freude  und  Gelassenheit  für ein stressfreies Beisammensein</description>
      <author>Miriam Sommer</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987472428.mp3" length="828220" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987472428.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz bei Hunden: Mit 124 einfachen Übungen zu einem gelassenen und glücklichen Zusammenleben mit Ihrem Hund
Author: Miriam Sommer
Narrator: Pe Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz bei Hunden: Wie Sie mit 124 praktischen Übungen Ihren Hund zu einer  entspannten Fellnase  erziehen, die  Hund-Mensch-Bindung stärken  und somit für einen  stressfreien und souveränen Alltag  sorgen. Haben Sie vor sich einen vierbeinigen Freund zuzulegen und möchten von Anfang an belastende Verhaltensstörungen vermeiden? Oder sind Sie bereits Hundebesitzer/in, haben sich mit dem Thema noch nicht intensiv befasst und möchten schlechte Gewohnheiten vorbeugen oder abgewöhnen? Jeder Hund ist einzigartig und hat seine eigenen Charakterzüge und Bedürfnisse. Hunde sind instinktgetrieben. Dadurch kommt es oft zu Verhaltensmustern, die sich als störend erweisen, wie zum Beispiel:  -  Ihr Hund springt gerne Leute an, was viele als nervig oder aggressiv empfinden  -  er duldet keinen Besuch und provoziert eine unruhige Umgebung  -  Ihr Vierbeiner Freund ist ein Leinen Rambo und Sie können ihn kaum halten  -  er frisst unkontrolliert vom Straßenboden, was lebensbedrohliche Folgen haben kann  -  das Autofahren oder laute Geräusche sind ein Albtraum für ihn  -  Ihr Hund kläfft am Zaun, obwohl Sie danebenstehen  -  er flippt aus bei der Sicht einer Katze oder rennt Fahrradfahrern hinterher  -  ein Tierarztbesuch ist immer ein Kampf und ist für jede Beteiligten anstrengend  -  bei Begegnungen mit anderen Hunden kommt es oft zu totalem Rückzug oder Konfrontation  Sie wollen  genau das alles verhindern? Dann steht Ihnen dieser anfängerfreundliche Ratgeber für die oben genannten Herausforderungen an der Seite. Zusätzlich werden zahlreich weitere problematische Alltagsszenarien in diesem Buch behandelt, wie z. B. &amp;#039;Angst vor dem Aufzug&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Futteraggression&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Trennungsangst&amp;#039; und noch vieles mehr. Eine vielfältige Sammlung von  124 Übungen , die es bisher so noch nicht gab. Kategorisiert in Innen- und Außenbereich-Übungen, strukturiert und aufgegliedert je nach Alltagssituation, angereichert mit zahlreichen  wertvollen Tipps und von jedem mit  wenig Aufwand umsetzbar  – damit Sie bestens vorbereitet sind und auch Inspiration für eigene Übungen finden. Durch die detailreiche Einführung in die Impulskontrolle, Frustrationstoleranz und dem Belohnungsmanagement erkennen Sie, wie wichtig diese Themen für die Erziehung und das Wohlbefinden Ihres Vierbeiners sind. So lernen Sie Ihren Hund besser zu verstehen und verhelfen ihn  -  zu mehr  Selbstbeherrschung  mit möglichst geringem Frust  -  zu mehr  Gehorsamkeit  mit Respekt, Liebe und Anerkennung  -  zu mehr  Freude  und  Gelassenheit  für ein stressfreies Beisammensein</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz bei Hunden: Mit 124 einfachen Übungen zu einem gelassenen und glücklichen Zusammenleben mit Ihrem Hund
Author: Miriam Sommer
Narrator: Pe Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz bei Hunden: Wie Sie mit 124 praktischen Übungen Ihren Hund zu einer  entspannten Fellnase  erziehen, die  Hund-Mensch-Bindung stärken  und somit für einen  stressfreien und souveränen Alltag  sorgen. Haben Sie vor sich einen vierbeinigen Freund zuzulegen und möchten von Anfang an belastende Verhaltensstörungen vermeiden? Oder sind Sie bereits Hundebesitzer/in, haben sich mit dem Thema noch nicht intensiv befasst und möchten schlechte Gewohnheiten vorbeugen oder abgewöhnen? Jeder Hund ist einzigartig und hat seine eigenen Charakterzüge und Bedürfnisse. Hunde sind instinktgetrieben. Dadurch kommt es oft zu Verhaltensmustern, die sich als störend erweisen, wie zum Beispiel:  -  Ihr Hund springt gerne Leute an, was viele als nervig oder aggressiv empfinden  -  er duldet keinen Besuch und provoziert eine unruhige Umgebung  -  Ihr Vierbeiner Freund ist ein Leinen Rambo und Sie können ihn kaum halten  -  er frisst unkontrolliert vom Straßenboden, was lebensbedrohliche Folgen haben kann  -  das Autofahren oder laute Geräusche sind ein Albtraum für ihn  -  Ihr Hund kläfft am Zaun, obwohl Sie danebenstehen  -  er flippt aus bei der Sicht einer Katze oder rennt Fahrradfahrern hinterher  -  ein Tierarztbesuch ist immer ein Kampf und ist für jede Beteiligten anstrengend  -  bei Begegnungen mit anderen Hunden kommt es oft zu totalem Rückzug oder Konfrontation  Sie wollen  genau das alles verhindern? Dann steht Ihnen dieser anfängerfreundliche Ratgeber für die oben genannten Herausforderungen an der Seite. Zusätzlich werden zahlreich weitere problematische Alltagsszenarien in diesem Buch behandelt, wie z. B. &amp;#039;Angst vor dem Aufzug&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Futteraggression&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Trennungsangst&amp;#039; und noch vieles mehr. Eine vielfältige Sammlung von  124 Übungen , die es bisher so noch nicht gab. Kategorisiert in Innen- und Außenbereich-Übungen, strukturiert und aufgegliedert je nach Alltagssituation, angereichert mit zahlreichen  wertvollen Tipps und von jedem mit  wenig Aufwand umsetzbar  – damit Sie bestens vorbereitet sind und auch Inspiration für eigene Übungen finden. Durch die detailreiche Einführung in die Impulskontrolle, Frustrationstoleranz und dem Belohnungsmanagement erkennen Sie, wie wichtig diese Themen für die Erziehung und das Wohlbefinden Ihres Vierbeiners sind. So lernen Sie Ihren Hund besser zu verstehen und verhelfen ihn  -  zu mehr  Selbstbeherrschung  mit möglichst geringem Frust  -  zu mehr  Gehorsamkeit  mit Respekt, Liebe und Anerkennung  -  zu mehr  Freude  und  Gelassenheit  für ein stressfreies Beisammensein</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>At Work in the Ruins: Finding Our Place in the TIme of Science, Climate Change, Pandemics and All Other Emergencies by Dougald Hine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: At Work in the Ruins: Finding Our Place in the TIme of Science, Climate Change, Pandemics and All Other Emergencies
Author: Dougald Hine
Narrator: Dougald Hine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;One of the most perceptive and thought-provoking books yet written about the multiple intersecting crises that are now upending our once-familiar world. . . Essential reading for these turbulent times.&amp;#039; Amitav Ghosh, author of The Great Derangement   Dougald Hine, author and social thinker, has spent most of his life talking to people about climate change. And then one afternoon in the second year of the pandemic, he found he had nothing left to say.  Why would someone who cares so deeply about ecological destruction want to stop talking about climate change now? At Work in the Ruins explores that question.  “Climate change asks us questions that climate science cannot answer,” Hine says. Questions like, how did we end up in this mess? Is it just a piece of bad luck with the atmospheric chemistry—or is it the result of a way of approaching the world that would always have brought us to such a pass?  How we answer such questions has consequences.  According to Hine, our answers shape our understanding and our thinking about what kind of problem we think we’re dealing with and, therefore, what kind of responses we go looking for. “But when science is turned into an object of belief and a source of overriding authority,” Hine continues, “it becomes hard even to talk about the questions that it cannot answer.”  In eloquent, deeply researched prose, Hine demonstrates how our over-reliance on the single lens of science has blinded us to the nature of the crises around and ahead of us, leading to ‘solutions’ that can only make things worse. At Work in the Ruins is his reckoning with the strange years we have been living through and our long history of asking too much of science. It’s also about how we find our bearings and what kind of tasks are worth giving our lives to, given all we know or have good grounds to fear about the trouble the world is in.  For anyone who has found themselves needing to make sense of the COVID time and how we talk about it, At Work in the Ruins offers guidance by standing firmly forward and facing the depth of the trouble we are in. Hine, ultimately, helps us find the work that is worth doing, even in the ruins.  &amp;#039;A book of rare originality and depth—profound, far-reaching, mind-altering stuff.&amp;#039; Helen Jukes, author of A Honeybee Heart has Five Openings</description>
      <author>Dougald Hine</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666633672.mp3" length="893417" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666633672.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: At Work in the Ruins: Finding Our Place in the TIme of Science, Climate Change, Pandemics and All Other Emergencies
Author: Dougald Hine
Narrator: Dougald Hine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;One of the most perceptive and thought-provoking books yet written about the multiple intersecting crises that are now upending our once-familiar world. . . Essential reading for these turbulent times.&amp;#039; Amitav Ghosh, author of The Great Derangement   Dougald Hine, author and social thinker, has spent most of his life talking to people about climate change. And then one afternoon in the second year of the pandemic, he found he had nothing left to say.  Why would someone who cares so deeply about ecological destruction want to stop talking about climate change now? At Work in the Ruins explores that question.  “Climate change asks us questions that climate science cannot answer,” Hine says. Questions like, how did we end up in this mess? Is it just a piece of bad luck with the atmospheric chemistry—or is it the result of a way of approaching the world that would always have brought us to such a pass?  How we answer such questions has consequences.  According to Hine, our answers shape our understanding and our thinking about what kind of problem we think we’re dealing with and, therefore, what kind of responses we go looking for. “But when science is turned into an object of belief and a source of overriding authority,” Hine continues, “it becomes hard even to talk about the questions that it cannot answer.”  In eloquent, deeply researched prose, Hine demonstrates how our over-reliance on the single lens of science has blinded us to the nature of the crises around and ahead of us, leading to ‘solutions’ that can only make things worse. At Work in the Ruins is his reckoning with the strange years we have been living through and our long history of asking too much of science. It’s also about how we find our bearings and what kind of tasks are worth giving our lives to, given all we know or have good grounds to fear about the trouble the world is in.  For anyone who has found themselves needing to make sense of the COVID time and how we talk about it, At Work in the Ruins offers guidance by standing firmly forward and facing the depth of the trouble we are in. Hine, ultimately, helps us find the work that is worth doing, even in the ruins.  &amp;#039;A book of rare originality and depth—profound, far-reaching, mind-altering stuff.&amp;#039; Helen Jukes, author of A Honeybee Heart has Five Openings</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/653446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: At Work in the Ruins: Finding Our Place in the TIme of Science, Climate Change, Pandemics and All Other Emergencies
Author: Dougald Hine
Narrator: Dougald Hine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;One of the most perceptive and thought-provoking books yet written about the multiple intersecting crises that are now upending our once-familiar world. . . Essential reading for these turbulent times.&amp;#039; Amitav Ghosh, author of The Great Derangement   Dougald Hine, author and social thinker, has spent most of his life talking to people about climate change. And then one afternoon in the second year of the pandemic, he found he had nothing left to say.  Why would someone who cares so deeply about ecological destruction want to stop talking about climate change now? At Work in the Ruins explores that question.  “Climate change asks us questions that climate science cannot answer,” Hine says. Questions like, how did we end up in this mess? Is it just a piece of bad luck with the atmospheric chemistry—or is it the result of a way of approaching the world that would always have brought us to such a pass?  How we answer such questions has consequences.  According to Hine, our answers shape our understanding and our thinking about what kind of problem we think we’re dealing with and, therefore, what kind of responses we go looking for. “But when science is turned into an object of belief and a source of overriding authority,” Hine continues, “it becomes hard even to talk about the questions that it cannot answer.”  In eloquent, deeply researched prose, Hine demonstrates how our over-reliance on the single lens of science has blinded us to the nature of the crises around and ahead of us, leading to ‘solutions’ that can only make things worse. At Work in the Ruins is his reckoning with the strange years we have been living through and our long history of asking too much of science. It’s also about how we find our bearings and what kind of tasks are worth giving our lives to, given all we know or have good grounds to fear about the trouble the world is in.  For anyone who has found themselves needing to make sense of the COVID time and how we talk about it, At Work in the Ruins offers guidance by standing firmly forward and facing the depth of the trouble we are in. Hine, ultimately, helps us find the work that is worth doing, even in the ruins.  &amp;#039;A book of rare originality and depth—profound, far-reaching, mind-altering stuff.&amp;#039; Helen Jukes, author of A Honeybee Heart has Five Openings</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness by Virginia Heffernan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness
Author: Virginia Heffernan
Narrator: Nikki Zakocs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A valuable discovery under the world&amp;#039;s second-largest temperate wetland and in the traditional lands of the Cree and Ojibway casts light on the growing conflict among resource development, environmental stewardship, and Indigenous rights When prospectors discovered a gigantic crescent of metal deposits under the James Bay Lowlands of northern Canada in 2007, the find touched off a mining rush, lured a major American company to spend fortunes in the remote swamp, and forced politicians to confront their legal duty to consult Indigenous Peoples about development on their traditional territories. But the multibillion-dollar Ring of Fire was all but abandoned when stakeholders failed to reach a consensus on how to develop the cache despite years of negotiations and hundreds of millions of dollars in spending. Now plans for an all-weather road to connect the region to the highway network are reigniting the fireworks. In this colorful tale, Virginia Heffernan draws on her bush and newsroom experiences to illustrate the complexities of resource development at a time when Indigenous rights are becoming enshrined globally. The Ring of Fire presents an opportunity for Canada to leave behind centuries of plunder and set the global standard for responsible development of minerals critical to the green energy revolution.</description>
      <author>Virginia Heffernan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350811803.mp3" length="7870918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350811803.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness
Author: Virginia Heffernan
Narrator: Nikki Zakocs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A valuable discovery under the world&amp;#039;s second-largest temperate wetland and in the traditional lands of the Cree and Ojibway casts light on the growing conflict among resource development, environmental stewardship, and Indigenous rights When prospectors discovered a gigantic crescent of metal deposits under the James Bay Lowlands of northern Canada in 2007, the find touched off a mining rush, lured a major American company to spend fortunes in the remote swamp, and forced politicians to confront their legal duty to consult Indigenous Peoples about development on their traditional territories. But the multibillion-dollar Ring of Fire was all but abandoned when stakeholders failed to reach a consensus on how to develop the cache despite years of negotiations and hundreds of millions of dollars in spending. Now plans for an all-weather road to connect the region to the highway network are reigniting the fireworks. In this colorful tale, Virginia Heffernan draws on her bush and newsroom experiences to illustrate the complexities of resource development at a time when Indigenous rights are becoming enshrined globally. The Ring of Fire presents an opportunity for Canada to leave behind centuries of plunder and set the global standard for responsible development of minerals critical to the green energy revolution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ring of Fire: High-Stakes Mining in a Lowlands Wilderness
Author: Virginia Heffernan
Narrator: Nikki Zakocs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A valuable discovery under the world&amp;#039;s second-largest temperate wetland and in the traditional lands of the Cree and Ojibway casts light on the growing conflict among resource development, environmental stewardship, and Indigenous rights When prospectors discovered a gigantic crescent of metal deposits under the James Bay Lowlands of northern Canada in 2007, the find touched off a mining rush, lured a major American company to spend fortunes in the remote swamp, and forced politicians to confront their legal duty to consult Indigenous Peoples about development on their traditional territories. But the multibillion-dollar Ring of Fire was all but abandoned when stakeholders failed to reach a consensus on how to develop the cache despite years of negotiations and hundreds of millions of dollars in spending. Now plans for an all-weather road to connect the region to the highway network are reigniting the fireworks. In this colorful tale, Virginia Heffernan draws on her bush and newsroom experiences to illustrate the complexities of resource development at a time when Indigenous rights are becoming enshrined globally. The Ring of Fire presents an opportunity for Canada to leave behind centuries of plunder and set the global standard for responsible development of minerals critical to the green energy revolution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Islas de abandono: Cómo se recupera la naturalezaen el paisaje posthumano by Cal Flyn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Islas de abandono: Cómo se recupera la naturalezaen el paisaje posthumano
Author: Cal Flyn
Narrator: Lorena De La Torre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
hermosa y lírica exploración de lugares donde la naturaleza ?orece en nuestra ausencia. Algunas de las únicas reses verdaderamente asilvestradas del mundo deambulan por una isla abandonada desde hace tiempo en el extremo norte de Escocia. En los terrenos irradiados de Chernóbil ha resurgido una variedad de vida silvestre que no se había visto en mucho tiempo. En la estrecha zona desmilitarizada de la península de Corea, un exuberante bosque alberga miles de especies extinguidas o en peligro de extinción en cualquier otro lugar. Flyn visita los lugares más sombríos y desolados de la Tierra que, debido a la guerra, la catástrofe, la enfermedad o la decadencia económica, han sido abandonados por los humanos. Lo que encuentra en cada ocasión es una «isla» de nueva vida: la naturaleza se ha apresurado a llenar el vacío más rápido y con mayor profundidad que las proyecciones más optimistas de los científcos. Islas de abandono es un recorrido por estos nuevos ecosistemas, como lugares de inesperada importancia medioambiental, donde el mundo natural ha reafrmado su poder salvaje.</description>
      <author>Cal Flyn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886571349.mp3" length="1234909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886571349.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Islas de abandono: Cómo se recupera la naturalezaen el paisaje posthumano
Author: Cal Flyn
Narrator: Lorena De La Torre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
hermosa y lírica exploración de lugares donde la naturaleza ?orece en nuestra ausencia. Algunas de las únicas reses verdaderamente asilvestradas del mundo deambulan por una isla abandonada desde hace tiempo en el extremo norte de Escocia. En los terrenos irradiados de Chernóbil ha resurgido una variedad de vida silvestre que no se había visto en mucho tiempo. En la estrecha zona desmilitarizada de la península de Corea, un exuberante bosque alberga miles de especies extinguidas o en peligro de extinción en cualquier otro lugar. Flyn visita los lugares más sombríos y desolados de la Tierra que, debido a la guerra, la catástrofe, la enfermedad o la decadencia económica, han sido abandonados por los humanos. Lo que encuentra en cada ocasión es una «isla» de nueva vida: la naturaleza se ha apresurado a llenar el vacío más rápido y con mayor profundidad que las proyecciones más optimistas de los científcos. Islas de abandono es un recorrido por estos nuevos ecosistemas, como lugares de inesperada importancia medioambiental, donde el mundo natural ha reafrmado su poder salvaje.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651160</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Islas de abandono: Cómo se recupera la naturalezaen el paisaje posthumano
Author: Cal Flyn
Narrator: Lorena De La Torre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
hermosa y lírica exploración de lugares donde la naturaleza ?orece en nuestra ausencia. Algunas de las únicas reses verdaderamente asilvestradas del mundo deambulan por una isla abandonada desde hace tiempo en el extremo norte de Escocia. En los terrenos irradiados de Chernóbil ha resurgido una variedad de vida silvestre que no se había visto en mucho tiempo. En la estrecha zona desmilitarizada de la península de Corea, un exuberante bosque alberga miles de especies extinguidas o en peligro de extinción en cualquier otro lugar. Flyn visita los lugares más sombríos y desolados de la Tierra que, debido a la guerra, la catástrofe, la enfermedad o la decadencia económica, han sido abandonados por los humanos. Lo que encuentra en cada ocasión es una «isla» de nueva vida: la naturaleza se ha apresurado a llenar el vacío más rápido y con mayor profundidad que las proyecciones más optimistas de los científcos. Islas de abandono es un recorrido por estos nuevos ecosistemas, como lugares de inesperada importancia medioambiental, donde el mundo natural ha reafrmado su poder salvaje.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Remnants of Ancient Life: The New Science of Old Fossils by Dale E. Greenwalt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Remnants of Ancient Life: The New Science of Old Fossils
Author: Dale E. Greenwalt
Narrator: Christopher Ragland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Christopher Ragland describes the revolution in science that is transforming our understanding of extinct life We used to think of fossils as being composed of nothing but rock and minerals, all molecular traces of life having vanished long ago. We were wrong. Remnants of Ancient Life reveals how the new science of ancient biomolecules—pigments, proteins, and DNA that once functioned in living organisms tens of millions of years ago—is opening a new window onto the evolution of life on Earth. Paleobiologists are now uncovering these ancient remnants in the fossil record with increasing frequency, shedding vital new light on long-extinct creatures and the lost world they inhabited. Dale Greenwalt is your guide to these astonishing breakthroughs. He explains how ancient biomolecules hold the secrets to how mammoths dealt with the bitter cold, what colors dinosaurs exhibited in mating displays, how ancient viruses evolved to become more dangerous, and much more. Each chapter discusses different types of biomolecules and the insights they provide about the physiology, behavior, and evolution of extinct organisms, many of which existed long before the age of dinosaurs. A marvelous adventure of discovery, Remnants of Ancient Life offers an unparalleled look at an emerging science that is transforming our picture of the remote past. You will never think of fossils in the same way again.</description>
      <author>Dale E. Greenwalt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691250038.mp3" length="1430223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691250038.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Remnants of Ancient Life: The New Science of Old Fossils
Author: Dale E. Greenwalt
Narrator: Christopher Ragland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Christopher Ragland describes the revolution in science that is transforming our understanding of extinct life We used to think of fossils as being composed of nothing but rock and minerals, all molecular traces of life having vanished long ago. We were wrong. Remnants of Ancient Life reveals how the new science of ancient biomolecules—pigments, proteins, and DNA that once functioned in living organisms tens of millions of years ago—is opening a new window onto the evolution of life on Earth. Paleobiologists are now uncovering these ancient remnants in the fossil record with increasing frequency, shedding vital new light on long-extinct creatures and the lost world they inhabited. Dale Greenwalt is your guide to these astonishing breakthroughs. He explains how ancient biomolecules hold the secrets to how mammoths dealt with the bitter cold, what colors dinosaurs exhibited in mating displays, how ancient viruses evolved to become more dangerous, and much more. Each chapter discusses different types of biomolecules and the insights they provide about the physiology, behavior, and evolution of extinct organisms, many of which existed long before the age of dinosaurs. A marvelous adventure of discovery, Remnants of Ancient Life offers an unparalleled look at an emerging science that is transforming our picture of the remote past. You will never think of fossils in the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/651080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Remnants of Ancient Life: The New Science of Old Fossils
Author: Dale E. Greenwalt
Narrator: Christopher Ragland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Christopher Ragland describes the revolution in science that is transforming our understanding of extinct life We used to think of fossils as being composed of nothing but rock and minerals, all molecular traces of life having vanished long ago. We were wrong. Remnants of Ancient Life reveals how the new science of ancient biomolecules—pigments, proteins, and DNA that once functioned in living organisms tens of millions of years ago—is opening a new window onto the evolution of life on Earth. Paleobiologists are now uncovering these ancient remnants in the fossil record with increasing frequency, shedding vital new light on long-extinct creatures and the lost world they inhabited. Dale Greenwalt is your guide to these astonishing breakthroughs. He explains how ancient biomolecules hold the secrets to how mammoths dealt with the bitter cold, what colors dinosaurs exhibited in mating displays, how ancient viruses evolved to become more dangerous, and much more. Each chapter discusses different types of biomolecules and the insights they provide about the physiology, behavior, and evolution of extinct organisms, many of which existed long before the age of dinosaurs. A marvelous adventure of discovery, Remnants of Ancient Life offers an unparalleled look at an emerging science that is transforming our picture of the remote past. You will never think of fossils in the same way again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Aufs Land: Wege aus Klimakrise, Monokultur und Konsumzwang by Ernst Paul Dörfler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aufs Land: Wege aus Klimakrise, Monokultur und Konsumzwang
Author: Ernst Paul Dörfler
Narrator: Clemens Benke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir haben den Blick für das Wesentliche verloren: unser Wohlergehen und das der Natur. Wir leben in engen Städten. Wir arbeiten viel, um immer mehr zu konsumieren. Leidenschaftlich und kompetent ruft der Ökologe Ernst Paul Dörfler dazu auf, endlich auszubrechen und nachhaltige Lösungen zu finden. Der Weg dorthin führt aufs Land. Als unbequemer Umweltschützer vermittelt er glaubhaft wie kein Zweiter, was freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben bedeutet und wie es gehen kann. Wer weniger braucht, muss weniger arbeiten und verdienen, schont zugleich die natürlichen Lebensgrundlagen, lebt zufriedener und gesünder. Ob Stadt- oder Landmensch, dieses Hörbuch rüttelt auf und zeigt Perspektiven für ein freies, umwelt- und klimafreundliches Leben.-</description>
      <author>Ernst Paul Dörfler</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728568071.mp3" length="1466302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728568071.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aufs Land: Wege aus Klimakrise, Monokultur und Konsumzwang
Author: Ernst Paul Dörfler
Narrator: Clemens Benke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir haben den Blick für das Wesentliche verloren: unser Wohlergehen und das der Natur. Wir leben in engen Städten. Wir arbeiten viel, um immer mehr zu konsumieren. Leidenschaftlich und kompetent ruft der Ökologe Ernst Paul Dörfler dazu auf, endlich auszubrechen und nachhaltige Lösungen zu finden. Der Weg dorthin führt aufs Land. Als unbequemer Umweltschützer vermittelt er glaubhaft wie kein Zweiter, was freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben bedeutet und wie es gehen kann. Wer weniger braucht, muss weniger arbeiten und verdienen, schont zugleich die natürlichen Lebensgrundlagen, lebt zufriedener und gesünder. Ob Stadt- oder Landmensch, dieses Hörbuch rüttelt auf und zeigt Perspektiven für ein freies, umwelt- und klimafreundliches Leben.-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aufs Land: Wege aus Klimakrise, Monokultur und Konsumzwang
Author: Ernst Paul Dörfler
Narrator: Clemens Benke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir haben den Blick für das Wesentliche verloren: unser Wohlergehen und das der Natur. Wir leben in engen Städten. Wir arbeiten viel, um immer mehr zu konsumieren. Leidenschaftlich und kompetent ruft der Ökologe Ernst Paul Dörfler dazu auf, endlich auszubrechen und nachhaltige Lösungen zu finden. Der Weg dorthin führt aufs Land. Als unbequemer Umweltschützer vermittelt er glaubhaft wie kein Zweiter, was freies und selbstbestimmtes Leben bedeutet und wie es gehen kann. Wer weniger braucht, muss weniger arbeiten und verdienen, schont zugleich die natürlichen Lebensgrundlagen, lebt zufriedener und gesünder. Ob Stadt- oder Landmensch, dieses Hörbuch rüttelt auf und zeigt Perspektiven für ein freies, umwelt- und klimafreundliches Leben.-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flying Green: On the Frontiers of New Aviation by Christopher De Bellaigue</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying Green: On the Frontiers of New Aviation
Author: Christopher De Bellaigue
Narrator: Christopher De Bellaigue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Can flying be green? Everyone loves to travel, and the industry’s room for growth seems almost limitless—except that flying will soon be responsible for 19 percent of global emissions. Some people have even decided never to fly. Over the coming decades, aviation will witness more innovation than at any time since the invention of the jet engine in the 1940s, transforming the way planes are powered and the way they look. In Flying Green, Christopher de Bellaigue meets the inventors, visionaries, and entrepreneurs who are at the frontier of new technologies, from a European startup that makes fuel out of thin air, to a California firm using hydrogen to power flight, and an airship called the Flying Whale. What will it take for a new generation of travelers to fly guilt-free? This is the story of the search for a way to fly green.</description>
      <author>Christopher De Bellaigue</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593787625.mp3" length="2804971" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593787625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying Green: On the Frontiers of New Aviation
Author: Christopher De Bellaigue
Narrator: Christopher De Bellaigue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Can flying be green? Everyone loves to travel, and the industry’s room for growth seems almost limitless—except that flying will soon be responsible for 19 percent of global emissions. Some people have even decided never to fly. Over the coming decades, aviation will witness more innovation than at any time since the invention of the jet engine in the 1940s, transforming the way planes are powered and the way they look. In Flying Green, Christopher de Bellaigue meets the inventors, visionaries, and entrepreneurs who are at the frontier of new technologies, from a European startup that makes fuel out of thin air, to a California firm using hydrogen to power flight, and an airship called the Flying Whale. What will it take for a new generation of travelers to fly guilt-free? This is the story of the search for a way to fly green.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650466</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying Green: On the Frontiers of New Aviation
Author: Christopher De Bellaigue
Narrator: Christopher De Bellaigue
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Can flying be green? Everyone loves to travel, and the industry’s room for growth seems almost limitless—except that flying will soon be responsible for 19 percent of global emissions. Some people have even decided never to fly. Over the coming decades, aviation will witness more innovation than at any time since the invention of the jet engine in the 1940s, transforming the way planes are powered and the way they look. In Flying Green, Christopher de Bellaigue meets the inventors, visionaries, and entrepreneurs who are at the frontier of new technologies, from a European startup that makes fuel out of thin air, to a California firm using hydrogen to power flight, and an airship called the Flying Whale. What will it take for a new generation of travelers to fly guilt-free? This is the story of the search for a way to fly green.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trail of the Lost: The Relentless Search to Bring Home the Missing Hikers of the Pacific Crest Trail by Andrea Lankford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trail of the Lost: The Relentless Search to Bring Home the Missing Hikers of the Pacific Crest Trail
Author: Andrea Lankford
Narrator: Kristi Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From an award-winning former law enforcement park ranger and investigator, this female-driven true crime adventure follows the author’s quest to find missing hikers along the Pacific Crest Trail by pairing up with an eclectic group of unlikely allies.  ​     As a park ranger with the National Park Service&amp;#039;s law enforcement team, Andrea Lankford led search and rescue missions in some of the most beautiful (and dangerous) landscapes across America, from Yosemite to the Grand Canyon. But though she had the support of the agency, Andrea grew frustrated with the service&amp;#039;s bureaucratic idiosyncrasies, and left the force after twelve years. Two decades later, however, she stumbles across a mystery that pulls her right back where she left off: three young men have vanished from the Pacific Crest Trail, the 2,650-mile trek made famous by Cheryl Strayed&amp;#039;s Wild, and no one has been able to find them. It’s bugging the hell out of her.     Andrea’s concern soon leads her to a wild environment unlike any she’s ever encountered: missing person Facebook groups. Andrea launches an investigation, joining forces with an eclectic team of amateurs who are determined to solve the cases by land and by screen: a mother of the missing, a retired pharmacy manager, and a mapmaker who monitors terrorist activity for the government. Together, they track the activities of kidnappers and murderers, investigate a cult, rescue a psychic in peril, cross paths with an unconventional scientist, and reunite an international fugitive with his family. Searching for the missing is a brutal psychological and physical test with the highest stakes, but eventually their hardships begin to bear strange fruits—ones that lead them to places and people they never saw coming.     Beautifully written, heartfelt, and at times harrowing, TRAIL OF THE LOST paints a vivid picture of hiker culture and its complicated relationship with the ever-expanding online realm, all while exploring the power and limits of determination, generosity, and hope. It also offers a deep awe of the natural world, even as it unearths just how vast and treacherous it can be.      On the TRAIL OF THE LOST, you may not find what you are looking for, but you will certainly find more than you seek.  ** THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER **</description>
      <author>Andrea Lankford</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626788.mp3" length="846568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626788.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trail of the Lost: The Relentless Search to Bring Home the Missing Hikers of the Pacific Crest Trail
Author: Andrea Lankford
Narrator: Kristi Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From an award-winning former law enforcement park ranger and investigator, this female-driven true crime adventure follows the author’s quest to find missing hikers along the Pacific Crest Trail by pairing up with an eclectic group of unlikely allies.  ​     As a park ranger with the National Park Service&amp;#039;s law enforcement team, Andrea Lankford led search and rescue missions in some of the most beautiful (and dangerous) landscapes across America, from Yosemite to the Grand Canyon. But though she had the support of the agency, Andrea grew frustrated with the service&amp;#039;s bureaucratic idiosyncrasies, and left the force after twelve years. Two decades later, however, she stumbles across a mystery that pulls her right back where she left off: three young men have vanished from the Pacific Crest Trail, the 2,650-mile trek made famous by Cheryl Strayed&amp;#039;s Wild, and no one has been able to find them. It’s bugging the hell out of her.     Andrea’s concern soon leads her to a wild environment unlike any she’s ever encountered: missing person Facebook groups. Andrea launches an investigation, joining forces with an eclectic team of amateurs who are determined to solve the cases by land and by screen: a mother of the missing, a retired pharmacy manager, and a mapmaker who monitors terrorist activity for the government. Together, they track the activities of kidnappers and murderers, investigate a cult, rescue a psychic in peril, cross paths with an unconventional scientist, and reunite an international fugitive with his family. Searching for the missing is a brutal psychological and physical test with the highest stakes, but eventually their hardships begin to bear strange fruits—ones that lead them to places and people they never saw coming.     Beautifully written, heartfelt, and at times harrowing, TRAIL OF THE LOST paints a vivid picture of hiker culture and its complicated relationship with the ever-expanding online realm, all while exploring the power and limits of determination, generosity, and hope. It also offers a deep awe of the natural world, even as it unearths just how vast and treacherous it can be.      On the TRAIL OF THE LOST, you may not find what you are looking for, but you will certainly find more than you seek.  ** THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER **</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trail of the Lost: The Relentless Search to Bring Home the Missing Hikers of the Pacific Crest Trail
Author: Andrea Lankford
Narrator: Kristi Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 3 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From an award-winning former law enforcement park ranger and investigator, this female-driven true crime adventure follows the author’s quest to find missing hikers along the Pacific Crest Trail by pairing up with an eclectic group of unlikely allies.  ​     As a park ranger with the National Park Service&amp;#039;s law enforcement team, Andrea Lankford led search and rescue missions in some of the most beautiful (and dangerous) landscapes across America, from Yosemite to the Grand Canyon. But though she had the support of the agency, Andrea grew frustrated with the service&amp;#039;s bureaucratic idiosyncrasies, and left the force after twelve years. Two decades later, however, she stumbles across a mystery that pulls her right back where she left off: three young men have vanished from the Pacific Crest Trail, the 2,650-mile trek made famous by Cheryl Strayed&amp;#039;s Wild, and no one has been able to find them. It’s bugging the hell out of her.     Andrea’s concern soon leads her to a wild environment unlike any she’s ever encountered: missing person Facebook groups. Andrea launches an investigation, joining forces with an eclectic team of amateurs who are determined to solve the cases by land and by screen: a mother of the missing, a retired pharmacy manager, and a mapmaker who monitors terrorist activity for the government. Together, they track the activities of kidnappers and murderers, investigate a cult, rescue a psychic in peril, cross paths with an unconventional scientist, and reunite an international fugitive with his family. Searching for the missing is a brutal psychological and physical test with the highest stakes, but eventually their hardships begin to bear strange fruits—ones that lead them to places and people they never saw coming.     Beautifully written, heartfelt, and at times harrowing, TRAIL OF THE LOST paints a vivid picture of hiker culture and its complicated relationship with the ever-expanding online realm, all while exploring the power and limits of determination, generosity, and hope. It also offers a deep awe of the natural world, even as it unearths just how vast and treacherous it can be.      On the TRAIL OF THE LOST, you may not find what you are looking for, but you will certainly find more than you seek.  ** THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER **</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Cooperación o extinción by Noam Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cooperación o extinción
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Diego Vélez García, Germán Jaramillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Una obra imprescindible para tomar conciencia y pasar a la acción.  Cooperación o extinción es la última novedad del lingüista, filósofo, politólogo Noam Chomsky, también uno de los activistas más influyentes del mundo. En esta ocasión, se trata de una recopilación que nace de un llamado «Encuentro Chomsky» celebrado en Boston y dedicado a las amenazas a la supervivencia planetaria, cuyos tres temas fundamentales son la emergencia climática, la amenaza nuclear y el peligro que entraña el debilitamiento del sistema democrático en todo el mundo.  La solución pasa, según indica Chomsky, por el activismo social e internacional: una serie de movimientos populares que ya se están organizando por todo el globo para forzar acuerdos internacionales y afrontar este reto sin precedentes por la supervivencia de la civilización.  «No se puede pasar por alto la alarma de una extinción inminente». Debería constituir un eje central firme de todo programa de concienciación, organización y activismo; figurar como trasfondo de cualquier forma de participación en todas las demás luchas. Y algo así presupone una sensibilidad más amplia hacia los problemas e injusticias que hostigan al mundo, una toma de conciencia más profunda, que sirva para inspirar un activismo comprometido, con un enfoque más penetrante sobre las raíces de tales asuntos y las interrelaciones que entre ellos se dan.  La crítica ha dicho: «Para cualquiera que quiera descubrir más sobre el mundo en que vivimos [...] hay una respuesta simple: lee a Noam Chomsky.» New Statesman</description>
      <author>Noam Chomsky</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788466674195.mp3" length="1297300" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788466674195.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cooperación o extinción
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Diego Vélez García, Germán Jaramillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Una obra imprescindible para tomar conciencia y pasar a la acción.  Cooperación o extinción es la última novedad del lingüista, filósofo, politólogo Noam Chomsky, también uno de los activistas más influyentes del mundo. En esta ocasión, se trata de una recopilación que nace de un llamado «Encuentro Chomsky» celebrado en Boston y dedicado a las amenazas a la supervivencia planetaria, cuyos tres temas fundamentales son la emergencia climática, la amenaza nuclear y el peligro que entraña el debilitamiento del sistema democrático en todo el mundo.  La solución pasa, según indica Chomsky, por el activismo social e internacional: una serie de movimientos populares que ya se están organizando por todo el globo para forzar acuerdos internacionales y afrontar este reto sin precedentes por la supervivencia de la civilización.  «No se puede pasar por alto la alarma de una extinción inminente». Debería constituir un eje central firme de todo programa de concienciación, organización y activismo; figurar como trasfondo de cualquier forma de participación en todas las demás luchas. Y algo así presupone una sensibilidad más amplia hacia los problemas e injusticias que hostigan al mundo, una toma de conciencia más profunda, que sirva para inspirar un activismo comprometido, con un enfoque más penetrante sobre las raíces de tales asuntos y las interrelaciones que entre ellos se dan.  La crítica ha dicho: «Para cualquiera que quiera descubrir más sobre el mundo en que vivimos [...] hay una respuesta simple: lee a Noam Chomsky.» New Statesman</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cooperación o extinción
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Diego Vélez García, Germán Jaramillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Una obra imprescindible para tomar conciencia y pasar a la acción.  Cooperación o extinción es la última novedad del lingüista, filósofo, politólogo Noam Chomsky, también uno de los activistas más influyentes del mundo. En esta ocasión, se trata de una recopilación que nace de un llamado «Encuentro Chomsky» celebrado en Boston y dedicado a las amenazas a la supervivencia planetaria, cuyos tres temas fundamentales son la emergencia climática, la amenaza nuclear y el peligro que entraña el debilitamiento del sistema democrático en todo el mundo.  La solución pasa, según indica Chomsky, por el activismo social e internacional: una serie de movimientos populares que ya se están organizando por todo el globo para forzar acuerdos internacionales y afrontar este reto sin precedentes por la supervivencia de la civilización.  «No se puede pasar por alto la alarma de una extinción inminente». Debería constituir un eje central firme de todo programa de concienciación, organización y activismo; figurar como trasfondo de cualquier forma de participación en todas las demás luchas. Y algo así presupone una sensibilidad más amplia hacia los problemas e injusticias que hostigan al mundo, una toma de conciencia más profunda, que sirva para inspirar un activismo comprometido, con un enfoque más penetrante sobre las raíces de tales asuntos y las interrelaciones que entre ellos se dan.  La crítica ha dicho: «Para cualquiera que quiera descubrir más sobre el mundo en que vivimos [...] hay una respuesta simple: lee a Noam Chomsky.» New Statesman</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene får besøk av Fetter Felix by Anne-Lene Bleken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene får besøk av Fetter Felix
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den sjette historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en helt forferdelig dag i sitt liv, da hun fikk besøk av Fetter Felix. Han er intet mindre enn en fryktelig irriterende bølle, og til slutt gir Miss Susie ham en lærepenge som han nok aldri glemmer.</description>
      <author>Anne-Lene Bleken</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788293576631.mp3" length="591210" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788293576631.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene får besøk av Fetter Felix
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den sjette historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en helt forferdelig dag i sitt liv, da hun fikk besøk av Fetter Felix. Han er intet mindre enn en fryktelig irriterende bølle, og til slutt gir Miss Susie ham en lærepenge som han nok aldri glemmer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene får besøk av Fetter Felix
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den sjette historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en helt forferdelig dag i sitt liv, da hun fikk besøk av Fetter Felix. Han er intet mindre enn en fryktelig irriterende bølle, og til slutt gir Miss Susie ham en lærepenge som han nok aldri glemmer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene by Anne-Lene Bleken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den første historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Miss Susie er den mest bedårende katten i hele universet. Det synes hun i hvert fall selv, selv om dem hun møter, ikke alltid er helt enige. Faktisk synes de fleste at hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den verste dagen i sitt liv, da de magiske solbrillene hennes forsvant. Når hun har sine store, blå solbriller på, blir verden til et vakkert, morsomt og magisk sted. Det motsatte skjer når hun ikke har dem på, og alt går forferdelig galt da Miss Susie våkner fra skjønnhetssøvnen sin og solbrillene er sporløst forsvunnet.</description>
      <author>Anne-Lene Bleken</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788293576532.mp3" length="564844" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788293576532.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den første historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Miss Susie er den mest bedårende katten i hele universet. Det synes hun i hvert fall selv, selv om dem hun møter, ikke alltid er helt enige. Faktisk synes de fleste at hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den verste dagen i sitt liv, da de magiske solbrillene hennes forsvant. Når hun har sine store, blå solbriller på, blir verden til et vakkert, morsomt og magisk sted. Det motsatte skjer når hun ikke har dem på, og alt går forferdelig galt da Miss Susie våkner fra skjønnhetssøvnen sin og solbrillene er sporløst forsvunnet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den første historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Miss Susie er den mest bedårende katten i hele universet. Det synes hun i hvert fall selv, selv om dem hun møter, ikke alltid er helt enige. Faktisk synes de fleste at hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den verste dagen i sitt liv, da de magiske solbrillene hennes forsvant. Når hun har sine store, blå solbriller på, blir verden til et vakkert, morsomt og magisk sted. Det motsatte skjer når hun ikke har dem på, og alt går forferdelig galt da Miss Susie våkner fra skjønnhetssøvnen sin og solbrillene er sporløst forsvunnet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene blir forelsket i Prins Pomeroy by Anne-Lene Bleken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene blir forelsket i Prins Pomeroy
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den fjerde historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den gangen hun ble forelsket i Prins Pomeroy. Det var en fryktelig feiltagelse, og hun forstår fortsatt ikke hvordan en så sjarmerende hannkatt kunne forvandle seg til en uforskammet, grådig slukhals, uten at hun hadde gjort noe som helst.</description>
      <author>Anne-Lene Bleken</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788293576617.mp3" length="543734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788293576617.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene blir forelsket i Prins Pomeroy
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den fjerde historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den gangen hun ble forelsket i Prins Pomeroy. Det var en fryktelig feiltagelse, og hun forstår fortsatt ikke hvordan en så sjarmerende hannkatt kunne forvandle seg til en uforskammet, grådig slukhals, uten at hun hadde gjort noe som helst.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650223</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene blir forelsket i Prins Pomeroy
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den fjerde historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den gangen hun ble forelsket i Prins Pomeroy. Det var en fryktelig feiltagelse, og hun forstår fortsatt ikke hvordan en så sjarmerende hannkatt kunne forvandle seg til en uforskammet, grådig slukhals, uten at hun hadde gjort noe som helst.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Monsteret Max by Anne-Lene Bleken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Monsteret Max
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den andre historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en helt forferdelig dag i sitt liv, da et monster ved navn Max stjal hennes magiske solbriller og hun selv nesten holdt på å drukne i sikkel.</description>
      <author>Anne-Lene Bleken</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788293576594.mp3" length="555736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788293576594.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Monsteret Max
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den andre historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en helt forferdelig dag i sitt liv, da et monster ved navn Max stjal hennes magiske solbriller og hun selv nesten holdt på å drukne i sikkel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650224</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Monsteret Max
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den andre historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en helt forferdelig dag i sitt liv, da et monster ved navn Max stjal hennes magiske solbriller og hun selv nesten holdt på å drukne i sikkel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene på selvutviklingskurs by Anne-Lene Bleken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene på selvutviklingskurs
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den femte historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den gangen hun var på selvutviklingskurs og møtte en skrekkelig healerkatt, som blandet seg i ting som hun på ingen måte hadde noe med å gjøre. Det var en forferdelig opplevelse for stakkars Miss Susie, som ikke skjønner hvorfor den slags alltid skjer for henne.</description>
      <author>Anne-Lene Bleken</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788293576624.mp3" length="593298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788293576624.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene på selvutviklingskurs
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den femte historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den gangen hun var på selvutviklingskurs og møtte en skrekkelig healerkatt, som blandet seg i ting som hun på ingen måte hadde noe med å gjøre. Det var en forferdelig opplevelse for stakkars Miss Susie, som ikke skjønner hvorfor den slags alltid skjer for henne.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650225</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene på selvutviklingskurs
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den femte historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Hun elsker sine solbriller og er ikke et sekund i tvil om at hun er den yndigste katten i hele universet. Det er bare det at dem hun møter på sin vei, synes noe helt annet. De tror hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om den gangen hun var på selvutviklingskurs og møtte en skrekkelig healerkatt, som blandet seg i ting som hun på ingen måte hadde noe med å gjøre. Det var en forferdelig opplevelse for stakkars Miss Susie, som ikke skjønner hvorfor den slags alltid skjer for henne.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Miss Maggie med den røde hatten by Anne-Lene Bleken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Miss Maggie med den røde hatten
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den tredje historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Miss Susie er den mest bedårende katten i hele universet. Det synes hun i hvert fall selv, selv om dem hun møter, ikke alltid er helt enige. Faktisk synes de fleste at hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en skrekkelig dag i sitt liv, da hun møtte Miss Maggie med den røde hatten. Det går så galt at de to til slutt ryker i tottene på hverandre.</description>
      <author>Anne-Lene Bleken</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788293576556.mp3" length="541964" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788293576556.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Miss Maggie med den røde hatten
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den tredje historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Miss Susie er den mest bedårende katten i hele universet. Det synes hun i hvert fall selv, selv om dem hun møter, ikke alltid er helt enige. Faktisk synes de fleste at hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en skrekkelig dag i sitt liv, da hun møtte Miss Maggie med den røde hatten. Det går så galt at de to til slutt ryker i tottene på hverandre.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/650221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Norwegian Bokmål] - Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene møter Miss Maggie med den røde hatten
Author: Anne-Lene Bleken
Narrator: Anne-Lene Bleken
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dette er den tredje historien i serien om Miss Susie med de magiske solbrillene. Miss Susie er den mest bedårende katten i hele universet. Det synes hun i hvert fall selv, selv om dem hun møter, ikke alltid er helt enige. Faktisk synes de fleste at hun er spenna gæren. I denne historien forteller hun om en skrekkelig dag i sitt liv, da hun møtte Miss Maggie med den røde hatten. Det går så galt at de to til slutt ryker i tottene på hverandre.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Message in a Bottle: Ocean Dispatches from a Seabird Biologist by Holly Hogan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Message in a Bottle: Ocean Dispatches from a Seabird Biologist
Author: Holly Hogan
Narrator: Holly Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE 2023 BMO WINTERSET AWARD FINALIST FOR THE 2023 GOVERNOR GENERAL&amp;#039;S LITERARY AWARD FOR NONFICTION SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2023 SCIENCE WRITERS AND COMMUNICATORS BOOK AWARD SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2024 LANE ANDERSON AWARD From the heart of the Labrador Current to the furthest reaches of our global oceans, Message in a Bottle conjures an exquisite diversity of marine life and warns of a central threat to its survival: ocean plastic. The dovekie is a stocky seabird the size of a child’s heart that spends its winters on the coast of Newfoundland, thriving in one of the toughest climates on Earth. The polar bear is an apex predator, designed to persevere in the Arctic&amp;#039;s extreme conditions. The North Atlantic right whale outweighs the humpback by more than twenty tons and feeds on enormous quantities of tiny plankton in northeastern waters before migrating south for the winter. In Message in a Bottle, wildlife biologist and writer Holly Hogan brings to life the wonder of these creatures and many other birds, fish and marine mammals she has encountered in her thirty years of ocean travel. On these voyages, Hogan has noticed a troubling pattern: the constant presence of plastic, in the form of adrift fishing gear (&amp;#039;ghost gear&amp;#039;), garbage and micro-plastics that create an invisible but pervasive smog in our oceans and threaten even the most seemingly resilient forms of sea life. Bringing together nature, science and adventure writing, Hogan shines a light on our plastic-addicted lifestyle, offering an eyewitness account of its devastating effects on the marine environment—and highlighting international efforts to combat it. With lyrical prose and a reverential eye for the majesty and fragility of our natural world, Message in a Bottle is a clarion call to protect global oceans and the life they sustain, including our own.</description>
      <author>Holly Hogan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781039009189.mp3" length="2698893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781039009189.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Message in a Bottle: Ocean Dispatches from a Seabird Biologist
Author: Holly Hogan
Narrator: Holly Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE 2023 BMO WINTERSET AWARD FINALIST FOR THE 2023 GOVERNOR GENERAL&amp;#039;S LITERARY AWARD FOR NONFICTION SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2023 SCIENCE WRITERS AND COMMUNICATORS BOOK AWARD SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2024 LANE ANDERSON AWARD From the heart of the Labrador Current to the furthest reaches of our global oceans, Message in a Bottle conjures an exquisite diversity of marine life and warns of a central threat to its survival: ocean plastic. The dovekie is a stocky seabird the size of a child’s heart that spends its winters on the coast of Newfoundland, thriving in one of the toughest climates on Earth. The polar bear is an apex predator, designed to persevere in the Arctic&amp;#039;s extreme conditions. The North Atlantic right whale outweighs the humpback by more than twenty tons and feeds on enormous quantities of tiny plankton in northeastern waters before migrating south for the winter. In Message in a Bottle, wildlife biologist and writer Holly Hogan brings to life the wonder of these creatures and many other birds, fish and marine mammals she has encountered in her thirty years of ocean travel. On these voyages, Hogan has noticed a troubling pattern: the constant presence of plastic, in the form of adrift fishing gear (&amp;#039;ghost gear&amp;#039;), garbage and micro-plastics that create an invisible but pervasive smog in our oceans and threaten even the most seemingly resilient forms of sea life. Bringing together nature, science and adventure writing, Hogan shines a light on our plastic-addicted lifestyle, offering an eyewitness account of its devastating effects on the marine environment—and highlighting international efforts to combat it. With lyrical prose and a reverential eye for the majesty and fragility of our natural world, Message in a Bottle is a clarion call to protect global oceans and the life they sustain, including our own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Message in a Bottle: Ocean Dispatches from a Seabird Biologist
Author: Holly Hogan
Narrator: Holly Hogan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE 2023 BMO WINTERSET AWARD FINALIST FOR THE 2023 GOVERNOR GENERAL&amp;#039;S LITERARY AWARD FOR NONFICTION SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2023 SCIENCE WRITERS AND COMMUNICATORS BOOK AWARD SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2024 LANE ANDERSON AWARD From the heart of the Labrador Current to the furthest reaches of our global oceans, Message in a Bottle conjures an exquisite diversity of marine life and warns of a central threat to its survival: ocean plastic. The dovekie is a stocky seabird the size of a child’s heart that spends its winters on the coast of Newfoundland, thriving in one of the toughest climates on Earth. The polar bear is an apex predator, designed to persevere in the Arctic&amp;#039;s extreme conditions. The North Atlantic right whale outweighs the humpback by more than twenty tons and feeds on enormous quantities of tiny plankton in northeastern waters before migrating south for the winter. In Message in a Bottle, wildlife biologist and writer Holly Hogan brings to life the wonder of these creatures and many other birds, fish and marine mammals she has encountered in her thirty years of ocean travel. On these voyages, Hogan has noticed a troubling pattern: the constant presence of plastic, in the form of adrift fishing gear (&amp;#039;ghost gear&amp;#039;), garbage and micro-plastics that create an invisible but pervasive smog in our oceans and threaten even the most seemingly resilient forms of sea life. Bringing together nature, science and adventure writing, Hogan shines a light on our plastic-addicted lifestyle, offering an eyewitness account of its devastating effects on the marine environment—and highlighting international efforts to combat it. With lyrical prose and a reverential eye for the majesty and fragility of our natural world, Message in a Bottle is a clarion call to protect global oceans and the life they sustain, including our own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Year of No Garbage by Eve O. Schaub</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Year of No Garbage
Author: Eve O. Schaub
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, Eve O. Schaub, humorist and stunt memoirist extraordinaire, tackles her most difficult challenge to date: garbage. Convincing her husband and two daughters to go along with her, Schaub attempts the seemingly impossible: living in the modern world without creating any trash at all—for an entire year and, as it turns out, during a pandemic. In the process, Schaub learns some startling things: that modern recycling is broken and single stream recycling is a lie, that flushable wipes aren’t flushable and compostables aren’t compostable, and that plastic drives climate change, fosters racism, and is poisoning the environment and our bodies at alarming rates, as microplastics are being found everywhere, from the top of Mount Everest to the placenta of unborn babies. If you’ve ever thought twice about that plastic straw in your drink, you’re gonna wanna read this book.</description>
      <author>Eve O. Schaub</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666632408.mp3" length="864138" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666632408.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Year of No Garbage
Author: Eve O. Schaub
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, Eve O. Schaub, humorist and stunt memoirist extraordinaire, tackles her most difficult challenge to date: garbage. Convincing her husband and two daughters to go along with her, Schaub attempts the seemingly impossible: living in the modern world without creating any trash at all—for an entire year and, as it turns out, during a pandemic. In the process, Schaub learns some startling things: that modern recycling is broken and single stream recycling is a lie, that flushable wipes aren’t flushable and compostables aren’t compostable, and that plastic drives climate change, fosters racism, and is poisoning the environment and our bodies at alarming rates, as microplastics are being found everywhere, from the top of Mount Everest to the placenta of unborn babies. If you’ve ever thought twice about that plastic straw in your drink, you’re gonna wanna read this book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Year of No Garbage
Author: Eve O. Schaub
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, Eve O. Schaub, humorist and stunt memoirist extraordinaire, tackles her most difficult challenge to date: garbage. Convincing her husband and two daughters to go along with her, Schaub attempts the seemingly impossible: living in the modern world without creating any trash at all—for an entire year and, as it turns out, during a pandemic. In the process, Schaub learns some startling things: that modern recycling is broken and single stream recycling is a lie, that flushable wipes aren’t flushable and compostables aren’t compostable, and that plastic drives climate change, fosters racism, and is poisoning the environment and our bodies at alarming rates, as microplastics are being found everywhere, from the top of Mount Everest to the placenta of unborn babies. If you’ve ever thought twice about that plastic straw in your drink, you’re gonna wanna read this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe by Alessio Terzi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe
Author: Alessio Terzi
Narrator: Mitch Crawford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Economic growth is wrecking the planet. It&amp;#039;s the engine driving climate change, pollution, and the shrinking of natural spaces. To save the environment, will we have to shrink the economy? Might this lead to a better society, helping us break free from an obsession with material wealth that only benefits the few? Alessio Terzi takes these questions as a starting point for a journey into the socioeconomic, evolutionary, and cultural origins of our need for growth. Terzi ranges across centuries and diverse civilizations to show that focus on economic expansion is interwoven with the human quest for happiness, wellbeing, and self-determination. Growth is underpinned by core principles and dynamics behind the West&amp;#039;s rise to affluence. Today growth contributes to the stability of liberal democracy, the peaceful conduct of international relations, and the way our society is organized. Abandoning growth would not only prove impractical, but would also sow chaos, exacerbating conflict. This does not mean we have to choose between chaos and environmental destruction. Growth for Good presents a credible agenda to enroll capitalism in the fight against climate catastrophe. With the right policies and the help of engaged citizens, pioneering nations can set in motion a global decarbonization wave and create good jobs and a better world.</description>
      <author>Alessio Terzi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765041987.mp3" length="2756664" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765041987.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe
Author: Alessio Terzi
Narrator: Mitch Crawford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Economic growth is wrecking the planet. It&amp;#039;s the engine driving climate change, pollution, and the shrinking of natural spaces. To save the environment, will we have to shrink the economy? Might this lead to a better society, helping us break free from an obsession with material wealth that only benefits the few? Alessio Terzi takes these questions as a starting point for a journey into the socioeconomic, evolutionary, and cultural origins of our need for growth. Terzi ranges across centuries and diverse civilizations to show that focus on economic expansion is interwoven with the human quest for happiness, wellbeing, and self-determination. Growth is underpinned by core principles and dynamics behind the West&amp;#039;s rise to affluence. Today growth contributes to the stability of liberal democracy, the peaceful conduct of international relations, and the way our society is organized. Abandoning growth would not only prove impractical, but would also sow chaos, exacerbating conflict. This does not mean we have to choose between chaos and environmental destruction. Growth for Good presents a credible agenda to enroll capitalism in the fight against climate catastrophe. With the right policies and the help of engaged citizens, pioneering nations can set in motion a global decarbonization wave and create good jobs and a better world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649614</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growth for Good: Reshaping Capitalism to Save Humanity from Climate Catastrophe
Author: Alessio Terzi
Narrator: Mitch Crawford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Economic growth is wrecking the planet. It&amp;#039;s the engine driving climate change, pollution, and the shrinking of natural spaces. To save the environment, will we have to shrink the economy? Might this lead to a better society, helping us break free from an obsession with material wealth that only benefits the few? Alessio Terzi takes these questions as a starting point for a journey into the socioeconomic, evolutionary, and cultural origins of our need for growth. Terzi ranges across centuries and diverse civilizations to show that focus on economic expansion is interwoven with the human quest for happiness, wellbeing, and self-determination. Growth is underpinned by core principles and dynamics behind the West&amp;#039;s rise to affluence. Today growth contributes to the stability of liberal democracy, the peaceful conduct of international relations, and the way our society is organized. Abandoning growth would not only prove impractical, but would also sow chaos, exacerbating conflict. This does not mean we have to choose between chaos and environmental destruction. Growth for Good presents a credible agenda to enroll capitalism in the fight against climate catastrophe. With the right policies and the help of engaged citizens, pioneering nations can set in motion a global decarbonization wave and create good jobs and a better world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Against the Seas: Saving Civilizations from Rising Waters by Mary Soderstrom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against the Seas: Saving Civilizations from Rising Waters
Author: Mary Soderstrom
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The scenario we are facing is scary: within a few decades, sea levels around the world may well rise by a meter or more as glaciers and ice caps melt due to climate change. Large parts of our coastal cities will be flooded, the basic outline of our world will be changed, and torrential rains will present their own challenges. But this is not the first time that people have had to cope with threatening waters, because sea levels have been rising for thousands of years, ever since the end of the last Ice Age. Stories told by the Indigenous people of Australia and the Pacific coast of North America, and those found in the Bible and the Epic of Gilgamesh, as well as Roman and Chinese histories all bear witness to just how traumatic these experiences were. The responses to these challenges varied: people adapted by building dikes, canals, and seawalls, by resorting to prayer or magic, and, very often, by moving out of the way of the rushing waters. Against the Seas explores these stories as well as the various measures being taken today to combat rising waters, focusing on five regions: Indonesia, Shanghai, the Sundarbans of Bangladesh, the Salish Sea, and the estuary of the St. Lawrence River. What happened in the past and what is being tried today may help us in the future, and, if nothing else, give us hope that we will survive.</description>
      <author>Mary Soderstrom</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350803785.mp3" length="7880406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350803785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against the Seas: Saving Civilizations from Rising Waters
Author: Mary Soderstrom
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The scenario we are facing is scary: within a few decades, sea levels around the world may well rise by a meter or more as glaciers and ice caps melt due to climate change. Large parts of our coastal cities will be flooded, the basic outline of our world will be changed, and torrential rains will present their own challenges. But this is not the first time that people have had to cope with threatening waters, because sea levels have been rising for thousands of years, ever since the end of the last Ice Age. Stories told by the Indigenous people of Australia and the Pacific coast of North America, and those found in the Bible and the Epic of Gilgamesh, as well as Roman and Chinese histories all bear witness to just how traumatic these experiences were. The responses to these challenges varied: people adapted by building dikes, canals, and seawalls, by resorting to prayer or magic, and, very often, by moving out of the way of the rushing waters. Against the Seas explores these stories as well as the various measures being taken today to combat rising waters, focusing on five regions: Indonesia, Shanghai, the Sundarbans of Bangladesh, the Salish Sea, and the estuary of the St. Lawrence River. What happened in the past and what is being tried today may help us in the future, and, if nothing else, give us hope that we will survive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Against the Seas: Saving Civilizations from Rising Waters
Author: Mary Soderstrom
Narrator: Susan Ericksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The scenario we are facing is scary: within a few decades, sea levels around the world may well rise by a meter or more as glaciers and ice caps melt due to climate change. Large parts of our coastal cities will be flooded, the basic outline of our world will be changed, and torrential rains will present their own challenges. But this is not the first time that people have had to cope with threatening waters, because sea levels have been rising for thousands of years, ever since the end of the last Ice Age. Stories told by the Indigenous people of Australia and the Pacific coast of North America, and those found in the Bible and the Epic of Gilgamesh, as well as Roman and Chinese histories all bear witness to just how traumatic these experiences were. The responses to these challenges varied: people adapted by building dikes, canals, and seawalls, by resorting to prayer or magic, and, very often, by moving out of the way of the rushing waters. Against the Seas explores these stories as well as the various measures being taken today to combat rising waters, focusing on five regions: Indonesia, Shanghai, the Sundarbans of Bangladesh, the Salish Sea, and the estuary of the St. Lawrence River. What happened in the past and what is being tried today may help us in the future, and, if nothing else, give us hope that we will survive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Underworld: Journeys to the Depths of the Ocean by Susan Casey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Underworld: Journeys to the Depths of the Ocean
Author: Susan Casey
Narrator: Susan Casey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK TO READ THIS SUMMER • From bestselling author Susan Casey, an awe-inspiring portrait of the mysterious world beneath the waves, and the men and women who seek to uncover its secrets “An irresistible mix of splendid scholarship, heart-stopping adventure writing, and vivid, visceral prose.&amp;#039; —Sy Montgomery, New York Times best-selling author of The Soul of an Octopus For all of human history, the deep ocean has been a source of wonder and terror, an unknown realm that evoked a singular, compelling question: What’s down there? Unable to answer this for centuries, people believed the deep was a sinister realm of fiendish creatures and deadly peril. But now, cutting-edge technologies allow scientists and explorers to dive miles beneath the surface, and we are beginning to understand this strange and exotic underworld:  A place of soaring mountains, smoldering volcanoes, and valleys 7,000 feet deeper than Everest is high, where tectonic plates collide and separate, and extraordinary life forms operate under different rules. Far from a dark void, the deep is a vibrant realm that’s home to pink gelatinous predators and shimmering creatures a hundred feet long and ancient animals with glass skeletons and sharks that live for half a millennium—among countless other marvels. Susan Casey is our premiere chronicler of the aquatic world. For The Underworld she traversed the globe, joining scientists and explorers on dives to the deepest places on the planet, interviewing the marine geologists, marine biologists, and oceanographers who are searching for knowledge in this vast unseen realm. She takes us on a fascinating journey through the history of deep-sea exploration, from the myths and legends of the ancient world to storied shipwrecks we can now reach on the bottom, to the first intrepid bathysphere pilots, to the scientists who are just beginning to understand the mind-blowing complexity and ecological importance of the quadrillions of creatures who live in realms long thought to be devoid of life. Throughout this journey, she learned how vital the deep is to the future of the planet, and how urgent it is that we understand it in a time of increasing threats from climate change, industrial fishing, pollution, and the mining companies that are also exploring its depths. The Underworld is Susan Casey’s most beautiful and thrilling book yet, a gorgeous evocation of the natural world and a powerful call to arms. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF with photos, images, a Bibliography, and resources from the book.</description>
      <author>Susan Casey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593154571.mp3" length="2655645" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593154571.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Underworld: Journeys to the Depths of the Ocean
Author: Susan Casey
Narrator: Susan Casey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK TO READ THIS SUMMER • From bestselling author Susan Casey, an awe-inspiring portrait of the mysterious world beneath the waves, and the men and women who seek to uncover its secrets “An irresistible mix of splendid scholarship, heart-stopping adventure writing, and vivid, visceral prose.&amp;#039; —Sy Montgomery, New York Times best-selling author of The Soul of an Octopus For all of human history, the deep ocean has been a source of wonder and terror, an unknown realm that evoked a singular, compelling question: What’s down there? Unable to answer this for centuries, people believed the deep was a sinister realm of fiendish creatures and deadly peril. But now, cutting-edge technologies allow scientists and explorers to dive miles beneath the surface, and we are beginning to understand this strange and exotic underworld:  A place of soaring mountains, smoldering volcanoes, and valleys 7,000 feet deeper than Everest is high, where tectonic plates collide and separate, and extraordinary life forms operate under different rules. Far from a dark void, the deep is a vibrant realm that’s home to pink gelatinous predators and shimmering creatures a hundred feet long and ancient animals with glass skeletons and sharks that live for half a millennium—among countless other marvels. Susan Casey is our premiere chronicler of the aquatic world. For The Underworld she traversed the globe, joining scientists and explorers on dives to the deepest places on the planet, interviewing the marine geologists, marine biologists, and oceanographers who are searching for knowledge in this vast unseen realm. She takes us on a fascinating journey through the history of deep-sea exploration, from the myths and legends of the ancient world to storied shipwrecks we can now reach on the bottom, to the first intrepid bathysphere pilots, to the scientists who are just beginning to understand the mind-blowing complexity and ecological importance of the quadrillions of creatures who live in realms long thought to be devoid of life. Throughout this journey, she learned how vital the deep is to the future of the planet, and how urgent it is that we understand it in a time of increasing threats from climate change, industrial fishing, pollution, and the mining companies that are also exploring its depths. The Underworld is Susan Casey’s most beautiful and thrilling book yet, a gorgeous evocation of the natural world and a powerful call to arms. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF with photos, images, a Bibliography, and resources from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Underworld: Journeys to the Depths of the Ocean
Author: Susan Casey
Narrator: Susan Casey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK TO READ THIS SUMMER • From bestselling author Susan Casey, an awe-inspiring portrait of the mysterious world beneath the waves, and the men and women who seek to uncover its secrets “An irresistible mix of splendid scholarship, heart-stopping adventure writing, and vivid, visceral prose.&amp;#039; —Sy Montgomery, New York Times best-selling author of The Soul of an Octopus For all of human history, the deep ocean has been a source of wonder and terror, an unknown realm that evoked a singular, compelling question: What’s down there? Unable to answer this for centuries, people believed the deep was a sinister realm of fiendish creatures and deadly peril. But now, cutting-edge technologies allow scientists and explorers to dive miles beneath the surface, and we are beginning to understand this strange and exotic underworld:  A place of soaring mountains, smoldering volcanoes, and valleys 7,000 feet deeper than Everest is high, where tectonic plates collide and separate, and extraordinary life forms operate under different rules. Far from a dark void, the deep is a vibrant realm that’s home to pink gelatinous predators and shimmering creatures a hundred feet long and ancient animals with glass skeletons and sharks that live for half a millennium—among countless other marvels. Susan Casey is our premiere chronicler of the aquatic world. For The Underworld she traversed the globe, joining scientists and explorers on dives to the deepest places on the planet, interviewing the marine geologists, marine biologists, and oceanographers who are searching for knowledge in this vast unseen realm. She takes us on a fascinating journey through the history of deep-sea exploration, from the myths and legends of the ancient world to storied shipwrecks we can now reach on the bottom, to the first intrepid bathysphere pilots, to the scientists who are just beginning to understand the mind-blowing complexity and ecological importance of the quadrillions of creatures who live in realms long thought to be devoid of life. Throughout this journey, she learned how vital the deep is to the future of the planet, and how urgent it is that we understand it in a time of increasing threats from climate change, industrial fishing, pollution, and the mining companies that are also exploring its depths. The Underworld is Susan Casey’s most beautiful and thrilling book yet, a gorgeous evocation of the natural world and a powerful call to arms. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF with photos, images, a Bibliography, and resources from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Their Bark &amp;amp; Their Bite: Over 300 Facts About Dogs by Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Their Bark &amp;amp; Their Bite: Over 300 Facts About Dogs
Author: Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What do you know about your dog? Or dogs in general? Learn more from over 300 facts, trivia bits, factoids (and even some jokes) all about humans’ most loyal companion: the dog. Sit down, read up and be informed.</description>
      <author>Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773110233.mp3" length="1165518" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773110233.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Their Bark &amp;amp; Their Bite: Over 300 Facts About Dogs
Author: Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What do you know about your dog? Or dogs in general? Learn more from over 300 facts, trivia bits, factoids (and even some jokes) all about humans’ most loyal companion: the dog. Sit down, read up and be informed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649181</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Their Bark &amp;amp; Their Bite: Over 300 Facts About Dogs
Author: Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What do you know about your dog? Or dogs in general? Learn more from over 300 facts, trivia bits, factoids (and even some jokes) all about humans’ most loyal companion: the dog. Sit down, read up and be informed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Worldly Cats: Stories about Cats From Around the World and the Breeds of Each Continent by Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Worldly Cats: Stories about Cats From Around the World and the Breeds of Each Continent
Author: Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There are more than 220 million cats in the world, and this book has stories about the world’s favourite pet from all across the globe. From an owner with 96 cats in Calgary, Alberta, Canada to a daring cat-escape from Lebanon to the Middle East, the book tells many fine feline tales. We4 also list over 20 different breeds from around the world, where they’re from and a short description. Truly a global cat reference for any cat-lover.</description>
      <author>Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773110240.mp3" length="1276723" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773110240.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Worldly Cats: Stories about Cats From Around the World and the Breeds of Each Continent
Author: Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There are more than 220 million cats in the world, and this book has stories about the world’s favourite pet from all across the globe. From an owner with 96 cats in Calgary, Alberta, Canada to a daring cat-escape from Lebanon to the Middle East, the book tells many fine feline tales. We4 also list over 20 different breeds from around the world, where they’re from and a short description. Truly a global cat reference for any cat-lover.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Worldly Cats: Stories about Cats From Around the World and the Breeds of Each Continent
Author: Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There are more than 220 million cats in the world, and this book has stories about the world’s favourite pet from all across the globe. From an owner with 96 cats in Calgary, Alberta, Canada to a daring cat-escape from Lebanon to the Middle East, the book tells many fine feline tales. We4 also list over 20 different breeds from around the world, where they’re from and a short description. Truly a global cat reference for any cat-lover.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cats with Character: Writer&amp;#039;s Cats, Cats in Literature, Cats in Power and Other Interesting Kitties by Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cats with Character: Writer&amp;#039;s Cats, Cats in Literature, Cats in Power and Other Interesting Kitties
Author: Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 15 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Authors like cats because they are such quiet, lovable, wise creatures, and cats like authors for the same reasons.” -Robertson Davies. So many of our greatest authors have had cats that it seems a cat is next to the pen in importance to writers. Similarly cats have appeared all through great literature and all through more mainstream modern entertainment. This book tells the stories of these cats in story, and of their writers.</description>
      <author>Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773110257.mp3" length="1252085" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773110257.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cats with Character: Writer&amp;#039;s Cats, Cats in Literature, Cats in Power and Other Interesting Kitties
Author: Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 15 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Authors like cats because they are such quiet, lovable, wise creatures, and cats like authors for the same reasons.” -Robertson Davies. So many of our greatest authors have had cats that it seems a cat is next to the pen in importance to writers. Similarly cats have appeared all through great literature and all through more mainstream modern entertainment. This book tells the stories of these cats in story, and of their writers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cats with Character: Writer&amp;#039;s Cats, Cats in Literature, Cats in Power and Other Interesting Kitties
Author: Omar Wouallem, Diana Mcleod, Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 15 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Authors like cats because they are such quiet, lovable, wise creatures, and cats like authors for the same reasons.” -Robertson Davies. So many of our greatest authors have had cats that it seems a cat is next to the pen in importance to writers. Similarly cats have appeared all through great literature and all through more mainstream modern entertainment. This book tells the stories of these cats in story, and of their writers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dogs with Jobs: Hardworking Pooches by Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dogs with Jobs: Hardworking Pooches
Author: Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most pets’ main job is to provide companionship to their human companions. But many dogs have other, very important jobs as well. Dogs’ keen sense of smell, their intelligence and willingness to learn and their strong dispositions make them irreplaceable as K-9 police officers, as seeing eye dogs for the blind, therapy and companion dogs for seniors and as soldiers’’ helpers in times of war. A few even work with politicians or as mascots on television! Here are over fifty, easy-to-read stories about these hardworking dogs.</description>
      <author>Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773110226.mp3" length="1274867" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773110226.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dogs with Jobs: Hardworking Pooches
Author: Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most pets’ main job is to provide companionship to their human companions. But many dogs have other, very important jobs as well. Dogs’ keen sense of smell, their intelligence and willingness to learn and their strong dispositions make them irreplaceable as K-9 police officers, as seeing eye dogs for the blind, therapy and companion dogs for seniors and as soldiers’’ helpers in times of war. A few even work with politicians or as mascots on television! Here are over fifty, easy-to-read stories about these hardworking dogs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/649180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dogs with Jobs: Hardworking Pooches
Author: Tyler Mudrey, Wendy Pirk, Janice Ryan, Lisa Wojna
Narrator: Dana Negrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Most pets’ main job is to provide companionship to their human companions. But many dogs have other, very important jobs as well. Dogs’ keen sense of smell, their intelligence and willingness to learn and their strong dispositions make them irreplaceable as K-9 police officers, as seeing eye dogs for the blind, therapy and companion dogs for seniors and as soldiers’’ helpers in times of war. A few even work with politicians or as mascots on television! Here are over fifty, easy-to-read stories about these hardworking dogs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ugochukwu: Birds of Pray by Nkechi Ani Igwe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ugochukwu: Birds of Pray
Author: Nkechi Ani Igwe
Narrator: Mami Ani Igwe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ugochukwu: Birds of Pray is a collection of poems that elucidate the journey of connecting with God through elements of nature, and the uncertainty that we experience when we are called to express faith in our path, even the parts of the path that we cannot see or prepare for. Moving prose written with the intent to stretch the English language and its punctuation for those who have grown weary of a language that limits expression. This book is a reminder that there are no rules in writing if you do not want them. Journey into the pages of this forbidden book.</description>
      <author>Nkechi Ani Igwe</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823433730.mp3" length="725764" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823433730.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ugochukwu: Birds of Pray
Author: Nkechi Ani Igwe
Narrator: Mami Ani Igwe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ugochukwu: Birds of Pray is a collection of poems that elucidate the journey of connecting with God through elements of nature, and the uncertainty that we experience when we are called to express faith in our path, even the parts of the path that we cannot see or prepare for. Moving prose written with the intent to stretch the English language and its punctuation for those who have grown weary of a language that limits expression. This book is a reminder that there are no rules in writing if you do not want them. Journey into the pages of this forbidden book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ugochukwu: Birds of Pray
Author: Nkechi Ani Igwe
Narrator: Mami Ani Igwe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ugochukwu: Birds of Pray is a collection of poems that elucidate the journey of connecting with God through elements of nature, and the uncertainty that we experience when we are called to express faith in our path, even the parts of the path that we cannot see or prepare for. Moving prose written with the intent to stretch the English language and its punctuation for those who have grown weary of a language that limits expression. This book is a reminder that there are no rules in writing if you do not want them. Journey into the pages of this forbidden book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Labrador Retriever Dog Bible: 2 In 1 by Kimberly Lawrence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Dog Bible: 2 In 1
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to add the best qualities of America’s top dog to your household, you’ll need to know how to avoid the potential quirks of the breed. The high popularity rating of Labrador Retrievers results from characteristics that include a large and whimsical personality, gentle nature and friendly disposition. When you find the ideal pup, and you know the right methods to bring out the best qualities, life with a Lab can prove comically unpredictable!  This is a must-have guide for all beginner Labrador Retriever puppy owners and individuals who are thinking of getting a Labrador Retriever puppy. Be the best friend to your best friend by knowing what it takes to find, feed, train and raise a Labrador.  America’s top dog won the rank for being an all-around companion for single owners or an entire family. But not all lifestyles will suit the needs of this spirited, attention seeking breed.  Don’t look any further for a training guide. This will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!</description>
      <author>Kimberly Lawrence</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823433273.mp3" length="1278538" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823433273.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Dog Bible: 2 In 1
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to add the best qualities of America’s top dog to your household, you’ll need to know how to avoid the potential quirks of the breed. The high popularity rating of Labrador Retrievers results from characteristics that include a large and whimsical personality, gentle nature and friendly disposition. When you find the ideal pup, and you know the right methods to bring out the best qualities, life with a Lab can prove comically unpredictable!  This is a must-have guide for all beginner Labrador Retriever puppy owners and individuals who are thinking of getting a Labrador Retriever puppy. Be the best friend to your best friend by knowing what it takes to find, feed, train and raise a Labrador.  America’s top dog won the rank for being an all-around companion for single owners or an entire family. But not all lifestyles will suit the needs of this spirited, attention seeking breed.  Don’t look any further for a training guide. This will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648973</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Dog Bible: 2 In 1
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to add the best qualities of America’s top dog to your household, you’ll need to know how to avoid the potential quirks of the breed. The high popularity rating of Labrador Retrievers results from characteristics that include a large and whimsical personality, gentle nature and friendly disposition. When you find the ideal pup, and you know the right methods to bring out the best qualities, life with a Lab can prove comically unpredictable!  This is a must-have guide for all beginner Labrador Retriever puppy owners and individuals who are thinking of getting a Labrador Retriever puppy. Be the best friend to your best friend by knowing what it takes to find, feed, train and raise a Labrador.  America’s top dog won the rank for being an all-around companion for single owners or an entire family. But not all lifestyles will suit the needs of this spirited, attention seeking breed.  Don’t look any further for a training guide. This will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Labrador Retriever Handbook by Kimberly Lawrence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Handbook
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to add the best qualities of America’s top dog to your household, you’ll need to know how to avoid the potential quirks of the breed. The high popularity rating of Labrador Retrievers results from characteristics that include a large and whimsical personality, gentle nature and friendly disposition. Use caution, though, when choosing the right puppy for you. Poor breeding practices and hereditary health issues present the possibility of lifelong challenges, both in behavior and disease. When you find the ideal pup, and you know the right methods to bring out the best qualities, life with a Lab can prove comically unpredictable.  This is a must-have guide for all beginner Labrador Retriever puppy owners and individuals who are thinking of getting a Labrador Retriever puppy. Be the best friend to your best friend by knowing what it takes to find, feed, train and raise a Labrador.  America’s top dog won the rank for being an all-around companion for single owners or an entire family. But not all lifestyles will suit the needs of this spirited, attention seeking breed.  Don’t look any further for another guide on this subject. This audiobook will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!  If you want to find the best Labrador, don’t wait any longer and buy this audiobook today!</description>
      <author>Kimberly Lawrence</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823433235.mp3" length="1300788" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823433235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Handbook
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to add the best qualities of America’s top dog to your household, you’ll need to know how to avoid the potential quirks of the breed. The high popularity rating of Labrador Retrievers results from characteristics that include a large and whimsical personality, gentle nature and friendly disposition. Use caution, though, when choosing the right puppy for you. Poor breeding practices and hereditary health issues present the possibility of lifelong challenges, both in behavior and disease. When you find the ideal pup, and you know the right methods to bring out the best qualities, life with a Lab can prove comically unpredictable.  This is a must-have guide for all beginner Labrador Retriever puppy owners and individuals who are thinking of getting a Labrador Retriever puppy. Be the best friend to your best friend by knowing what it takes to find, feed, train and raise a Labrador.  America’s top dog won the rank for being an all-around companion for single owners or an entire family. But not all lifestyles will suit the needs of this spirited, attention seeking breed.  Don’t look any further for another guide on this subject. This audiobook will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!  If you want to find the best Labrador, don’t wait any longer and buy this audiobook today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Handbook
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you want to add the best qualities of America’s top dog to your household, you’ll need to know how to avoid the potential quirks of the breed. The high popularity rating of Labrador Retrievers results from characteristics that include a large and whimsical personality, gentle nature and friendly disposition. Use caution, though, when choosing the right puppy for you. Poor breeding practices and hereditary health issues present the possibility of lifelong challenges, both in behavior and disease. When you find the ideal pup, and you know the right methods to bring out the best qualities, life with a Lab can prove comically unpredictable.  This is a must-have guide for all beginner Labrador Retriever puppy owners and individuals who are thinking of getting a Labrador Retriever puppy. Be the best friend to your best friend by knowing what it takes to find, feed, train and raise a Labrador.  America’s top dog won the rank for being an all-around companion for single owners or an entire family. But not all lifestyles will suit the needs of this spirited, attention seeking breed.  Don’t look any further for another guide on this subject. This audiobook will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!  If you want to find the best Labrador, don’t wait any longer and buy this audiobook today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Labrador Retriever Training Handbook by Kimberly Lawrence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Training Handbook
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking to learn how to train your Labrador? Are you looking to train your Labrador puppy? Are you looking to train an adult Labrador? Are you simply considering getting a Labrador? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this audiobook is for you! Well-trained Labs live longer. They’re much less likely to be given up or removed from the family.  The number one reason dog owners have to give up their friends is because of behavioral issues. A bad-behaved dog can be the source of a lot of stress and heartache. Even dogs that aren’t necessarily badly behaved can cause problems in both their owners and their own lives.  The benefits of training go far beyond having a well-trained Lab. Labs that are trained have a much stronger bond with their owners than non-trained ones do. It also means the time you spend together will be more fulfilling, for both of you.  Training a Labrador is one of the best things you can do as a Labrador owner. It gives your Lab a sense of purpose and strengthens the bond between the two of you. It challenges your dog and improves your relationship. This is the complete guide to training your Labrador. The advice in this audiobook is well-known and trusted by professional dog trainers, and now it’s available to you! Even you just have a few things you’d like to train your Labrador to do, this audiobook will give you the best ways to do it. Don’t look any further for a training guide. This will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!</description>
      <author>Kimberly Lawrence</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823433259.mp3" length="1314275" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823433259.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Training Handbook
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking to learn how to train your Labrador? Are you looking to train your Labrador puppy? Are you looking to train an adult Labrador? Are you simply considering getting a Labrador? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this audiobook is for you! Well-trained Labs live longer. They’re much less likely to be given up or removed from the family.  The number one reason dog owners have to give up their friends is because of behavioral issues. A bad-behaved dog can be the source of a lot of stress and heartache. Even dogs that aren’t necessarily badly behaved can cause problems in both their owners and their own lives.  The benefits of training go far beyond having a well-trained Lab. Labs that are trained have a much stronger bond with their owners than non-trained ones do. It also means the time you spend together will be more fulfilling, for both of you.  Training a Labrador is one of the best things you can do as a Labrador owner. It gives your Lab a sense of purpose and strengthens the bond between the two of you. It challenges your dog and improves your relationship. This is the complete guide to training your Labrador. The advice in this audiobook is well-known and trusted by professional dog trainers, and now it’s available to you! Even you just have a few things you’d like to train your Labrador to do, this audiobook will give you the best ways to do it. Don’t look any further for a training guide. This will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/648971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Labrador Retriever Training Handbook
Author: Kimberly Lawrence
Narrator: Shaina Summerville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you looking to learn how to train your Labrador? Are you looking to train your Labrador puppy? Are you looking to train an adult Labrador? Are you simply considering getting a Labrador? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then this audiobook is for you! Well-trained Labs live longer. They’re much less likely to be given up or removed from the family.  The number one reason dog owners have to give up their friends is because of behavioral issues. A bad-behaved dog can be the source of a lot of stress and heartache. Even dogs that aren’t necessarily badly behaved can cause problems in both their owners and their own lives.  The benefits of training go far beyond having a well-trained Lab. Labs that are trained have a much stronger bond with their owners than non-trained ones do. It also means the time you spend together will be more fulfilling, for both of you.  Training a Labrador is one of the best things you can do as a Labrador owner. It gives your Lab a sense of purpose and strengthens the bond between the two of you. It challenges your dog and improves your relationship. This is the complete guide to training your Labrador. The advice in this audiobook is well-known and trusted by professional dog trainers, and now it’s available to you! Even you just have a few things you’d like to train your Labrador to do, this audiobook will give you the best ways to do it. Don’t look any further for a training guide. This will answer any questions you might have, and will teach you how to do everything you need plus tons more!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Hund im Stress? Entspannter Hund - Entspannter Alltag by Sarah Both</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hund im Stress? Entspannter Hund - Entspannter Alltag
Author: Sarah Both
Narrator: Heike Kiszio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Jetzt beruhig dich endlich!&amp;#039; - wenn dein aufgeregter Hund dich an deine Grenzen bringt... Immer mehr Hunde sind aufgedreht, nervös und kein Training scheint zu helfen. Die Symptome von gestressten Hunden sind vielfältig:  ➟ Sie können gelerntes nur schwer umsetzen, wenn es &amp;#039;ernst wird&amp;#039; ➟ laufen ihren Menschen in der Wohnung ständig hinterher, ➟ können sich nicht konzentrieren, ➟ bellen häufig, ➟ sind leicht reizbar und aggressiv, ➟ Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz scheinen nicht vorhanden, ➟ ziehen an der Leine, ➟ sind draußen ständig im Renntempo unterwegs, ...   Die Antwort auf die Frage  &amp;#039;Wie bekomme ich meinen Hund ruhiger?&amp;#039;  lautet häufig &amp;#039;du musst ihn beschäftigen und richtig auslasten&amp;#039; oder &amp;#039;Du musst Impulskontrolle üben&amp;#039;. Ein müder Hund ist ein glücklicher Hund  - das scheint sich als Mantra in vielen Köpfen eingebrannt zu haben.    Meine Antwort lautet anders!  Die Hektik unserer Menschenwelt ist auch im Hundealltag angekommen.  Wir versuchen Stress durch noch mehr Aktivität aufzulösen und verlernen völlig auch entspannen zu können.  Ähnlich geht es auch unseren Hunden. Wir dürfen Entspannung wieder in den Alltag des Hundes integrieren und ihm beibringen sie für sich zu nutzen. Ich zeige in diesem Hörbuch Wege auf, wie du mit deinem Hund einen entspannten Alltag leben kannst. Wie du deine eigenen Lösungen findest, um  deinen Hund mehr zu entspannen . Du wirst lernen,  warum hyperaktive Hunden in den letzten Jahren immer häufiger auftauchen  und warum Umdenken gefragt ist, warum  die alten Lösungsansätze  (&amp;#039;Du musst den nur mal auspowern.&amp;#039;)  nicht langfristig funktionieren . Du wirst lernen, deinem  Hund Ruhe beizubringen  und erfahren, warum das überhaupt nötig ist. Du wirst lernen dein  Bauchgefühl  wieder zu trainieren, um die Entscheidungen für dich und deinen Hund so zu treffen, dass es  für euch  gut ist. Abseits der Empfehlungen, die von außen oder auch von mir kommen.    Im Hörbuch findest du jede Menge hilfreiche Informationen über:  ➟  Ursachen für den Stress  im Hundealltag ➟ Gründe warum es wichtig ist, dem  Hund Entspannung beizubringen  und warum viele Hunde das nicht von alleine können. ➟  Zahlreiche Übungen  für Entspannung drinnen und draußen. ➟  Praktische Anleitung  wie du  euren eigenen Weg in einen entspannteren Alltag  findest.</description>
      <author>Sarah Both</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987471384.mp3" length="814539" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987471384.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hund im Stress? Entspannter Hund - Entspannter Alltag
Author: Sarah Both
Narrator: Heike Kiszio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Jetzt beruhig dich endlich!&amp;#039; - wenn dein aufgeregter Hund dich an deine Grenzen bringt... Immer mehr Hunde sind aufgedreht, nervös und kein Training scheint zu helfen. Die Symptome von gestressten Hunden sind vielfältig:  ➟ Sie können gelerntes nur schwer umsetzen, wenn es &amp;#039;ernst wird&amp;#039; ➟ laufen ihren Menschen in der Wohnung ständig hinterher, ➟ können sich nicht konzentrieren, ➟ bellen häufig, ➟ sind leicht reizbar und aggressiv, ➟ Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz scheinen nicht vorhanden, ➟ ziehen an der Leine, ➟ sind draußen ständig im Renntempo unterwegs, ...   Die Antwort auf die Frage  &amp;#039;Wie bekomme ich meinen Hund ruhiger?&amp;#039;  lautet häufig &amp;#039;du musst ihn beschäftigen und richtig auslasten&amp;#039; oder &amp;#039;Du musst Impulskontrolle üben&amp;#039;. Ein müder Hund ist ein glücklicher Hund  - das scheint sich als Mantra in vielen Köpfen eingebrannt zu haben.    Meine Antwort lautet anders!  Die Hektik unserer Menschenwelt ist auch im Hundealltag angekommen.  Wir versuchen Stress durch noch mehr Aktivität aufzulösen und verlernen völlig auch entspannen zu können.  Ähnlich geht es auch unseren Hunden. Wir dürfen Entspannung wieder in den Alltag des Hundes integrieren und ihm beibringen sie für sich zu nutzen. Ich zeige in diesem Hörbuch Wege auf, wie du mit deinem Hund einen entspannten Alltag leben kannst. Wie du deine eigenen Lösungen findest, um  deinen Hund mehr zu entspannen . Du wirst lernen,  warum hyperaktive Hunden in den letzten Jahren immer häufiger auftauchen  und warum Umdenken gefragt ist, warum  die alten Lösungsansätze  (&amp;#039;Du musst den nur mal auspowern.&amp;#039;)  nicht langfristig funktionieren . Du wirst lernen, deinem  Hund Ruhe beizubringen  und erfahren, warum das überhaupt nötig ist. Du wirst lernen dein  Bauchgefühl  wieder zu trainieren, um die Entscheidungen für dich und deinen Hund so zu treffen, dass es  für euch  gut ist. Abseits der Empfehlungen, die von außen oder auch von mir kommen.    Im Hörbuch findest du jede Menge hilfreiche Informationen über:  ➟  Ursachen für den Stress  im Hundealltag ➟ Gründe warum es wichtig ist, dem  Hund Entspannung beizubringen  und warum viele Hunde das nicht von alleine können. ➟  Zahlreiche Übungen  für Entspannung drinnen und draußen. ➟  Praktische Anleitung  wie du  euren eigenen Weg in einen entspannteren Alltag  findest.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hund im Stress? Entspannter Hund - Entspannter Alltag
Author: Sarah Both
Narrator: Heike Kiszio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Jetzt beruhig dich endlich!&amp;#039; - wenn dein aufgeregter Hund dich an deine Grenzen bringt... Immer mehr Hunde sind aufgedreht, nervös und kein Training scheint zu helfen. Die Symptome von gestressten Hunden sind vielfältig:  ➟ Sie können gelerntes nur schwer umsetzen, wenn es &amp;#039;ernst wird&amp;#039; ➟ laufen ihren Menschen in der Wohnung ständig hinterher, ➟ können sich nicht konzentrieren, ➟ bellen häufig, ➟ sind leicht reizbar und aggressiv, ➟ Impulskontrolle und Frustrationstoleranz scheinen nicht vorhanden, ➟ ziehen an der Leine, ➟ sind draußen ständig im Renntempo unterwegs, ...   Die Antwort auf die Frage  &amp;#039;Wie bekomme ich meinen Hund ruhiger?&amp;#039;  lautet häufig &amp;#039;du musst ihn beschäftigen und richtig auslasten&amp;#039; oder &amp;#039;Du musst Impulskontrolle üben&amp;#039;. Ein müder Hund ist ein glücklicher Hund  - das scheint sich als Mantra in vielen Köpfen eingebrannt zu haben.    Meine Antwort lautet anders!  Die Hektik unserer Menschenwelt ist auch im Hundealltag angekommen.  Wir versuchen Stress durch noch mehr Aktivität aufzulösen und verlernen völlig auch entspannen zu können.  Ähnlich geht es auch unseren Hunden. Wir dürfen Entspannung wieder in den Alltag des Hundes integrieren und ihm beibringen sie für sich zu nutzen. Ich zeige in diesem Hörbuch Wege auf, wie du mit deinem Hund einen entspannten Alltag leben kannst. Wie du deine eigenen Lösungen findest, um  deinen Hund mehr zu entspannen . Du wirst lernen,  warum hyperaktive Hunden in den letzten Jahren immer häufiger auftauchen  und warum Umdenken gefragt ist, warum  die alten Lösungsansätze  (&amp;#039;Du musst den nur mal auspowern.&amp;#039;)  nicht langfristig funktionieren . Du wirst lernen, deinem  Hund Ruhe beizubringen  und erfahren, warum das überhaupt nötig ist. Du wirst lernen dein  Bauchgefühl  wieder zu trainieren, um die Entscheidungen für dich und deinen Hund so zu treffen, dass es  für euch  gut ist. Abseits der Empfehlungen, die von außen oder auch von mir kommen.    Im Hörbuch findest du jede Menge hilfreiche Informationen über:  ➟  Ursachen für den Stress  im Hundealltag ➟ Gründe warum es wichtig ist, dem  Hund Entspannung beizubringen  und warum viele Hunde das nicht von alleine können. ➟  Zahlreiche Übungen  für Entspannung drinnen und draußen. ➟  Praktische Anleitung  wie du  euren eigenen Weg in einen entspannteren Alltag  findest.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Animales ejemplares by Yolanda González, Juan Ignacio Pérez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Animales ejemplares
Author: Yolanda González, Juan Ignacio Pérez
Narrator: Francesc Góngora
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cada capítulo de este fascinante libro ejemplifica algún aspecto del funcionamiento de los animales. Descubrirás cómo se las arreglan para mantener un balance equilibrado de agua y de sales; aprenderás que prácticamente todos los materiales orgánicos pueden servir de alimento; conocerás los mecanismos que han permitido a no pocas especies frecuentar enclaves donde prácticamente no hay oxígeno; sabrás de sus proezas desempeñando actividades a un nivel de exigencia asombroso para nosotros; te sorprenderás con los mecanismos que ayudan a muchas especies a vivir en entornos muy fríos o, lo contrario, muy cálidos; te encontrarás con verdaderas carreras de armamentos entre especies, cuyos integrantes luchan por devorar e intentan no ser devorados; entenderás que todas esas tareas, quehaceres y empeños adquieren pleno significado en virtud de su consecuencia última y razón de ser: procrear nuevos individuos que porten en su interior la información genética de quienes les antecedieron. Y comprobarás, finalmente, que los considerados irracionales tienen capacidades cognitivas que hace bien poco tiempo no podíamos ni llegar a sospechar. Esta es, en cierto modo, una colección de historias ejemplares. Y, aunque pueda resultarte extraño, no son pocas las enseñanzas que podrás extraer del modo en que los animales resuelven los retos a los que se enfrentan.</description>
      <author>Yolanda González, Juan Ignacio Pérez</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788412489408.mp3" length="786420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788412489408.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Animales ejemplares
Author: Yolanda González, Juan Ignacio Pérez
Narrator: Francesc Góngora
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cada capítulo de este fascinante libro ejemplifica algún aspecto del funcionamiento de los animales. Descubrirás cómo se las arreglan para mantener un balance equilibrado de agua y de sales; aprenderás que prácticamente todos los materiales orgánicos pueden servir de alimento; conocerás los mecanismos que han permitido a no pocas especies frecuentar enclaves donde prácticamente no hay oxígeno; sabrás de sus proezas desempeñando actividades a un nivel de exigencia asombroso para nosotros; te sorprenderás con los mecanismos que ayudan a muchas especies a vivir en entornos muy fríos o, lo contrario, muy cálidos; te encontrarás con verdaderas carreras de armamentos entre especies, cuyos integrantes luchan por devorar e intentan no ser devorados; entenderás que todas esas tareas, quehaceres y empeños adquieren pleno significado en virtud de su consecuencia última y razón de ser: procrear nuevos individuos que porten en su interior la información genética de quienes les antecedieron. Y comprobarás, finalmente, que los considerados irracionales tienen capacidades cognitivas que hace bien poco tiempo no podíamos ni llegar a sospechar. Esta es, en cierto modo, una colección de historias ejemplares. Y, aunque pueda resultarte extraño, no son pocas las enseñanzas que podrás extraer del modo en que los animales resuelven los retos a los que se enfrentan.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Animales ejemplares
Author: Yolanda González, Juan Ignacio Pérez
Narrator: Francesc Góngora
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Cada capítulo de este fascinante libro ejemplifica algún aspecto del funcionamiento de los animales. Descubrirás cómo se las arreglan para mantener un balance equilibrado de agua y de sales; aprenderás que prácticamente todos los materiales orgánicos pueden servir de alimento; conocerás los mecanismos que han permitido a no pocas especies frecuentar enclaves donde prácticamente no hay oxígeno; sabrás de sus proezas desempeñando actividades a un nivel de exigencia asombroso para nosotros; te sorprenderás con los mecanismos que ayudan a muchas especies a vivir en entornos muy fríos o, lo contrario, muy cálidos; te encontrarás con verdaderas carreras de armamentos entre especies, cuyos integrantes luchan por devorar e intentan no ser devorados; entenderás que todas esas tareas, quehaceres y empeños adquieren pleno significado en virtud de su consecuencia última y razón de ser: procrear nuevos individuos que porten en su interior la información genética de quienes les antecedieron. Y comprobarás, finalmente, que los considerados irracionales tienen capacidades cognitivas que hace bien poco tiempo no podíamos ni llegar a sospechar. Esta es, en cierto modo, una colección de historias ejemplares. Y, aunque pueda resultarte extraño, no son pocas las enseñanzas que podrás extraer del modo en que los animales resuelven los retos a los que se enfrentan.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - O Poder transformador dos Biocombustíveis: janela de oportunidades para o desenvolvimento sustentável by Donizete Tokarski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O Poder transformador dos Biocombustíveis: janela de oportunidades para o desenvolvimento sustentável
Author: Donizete Tokarski
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nesta obra, buscamos apresentar as diversas variáveis que devem compor a equação para a decisão de qual o melhor combustível a usar. Alguns fatores relevantes estão presentes na legislação, em acordos internacionais, tendências mundiais, oportunidade de mercado e em análises sociais, econômicas, ambientais e de saúde pública. Tratamos uma questão fundamental para a perspectiva do consumidor: a diferenciação entre o preço e o valor dos biocombustíveis. Analisamos as externalidades que os combustíveis carregam desde a produção até o uso, incluindo os instrumentos que facilitam ou dificultam o consumo. Uma análise dos principais objetivos e princípios da Lei de Política Energética Nacional, a Lei nº 9.478/97, relacionados com os biocombustíveis, articulada com um grupo de autores formado por parlamentares, lideranças empresariais, acadêmicos, especialistas e agentes públicos. Apresentamos as tendências mundiais de uso de biocombustíveis e evidenciamos que nenhum país do mundo pode concorrer com as potencialidades brasileiras, diante das nossas características de produção em função da nossa megabiodiversidade. Assim, esperamos proporcionar ao leitor uma análise cada vez mais crítica, com uma múltipla interpretação, e contribuir com o processo de formulação de decisões que interferem na política de combustíveis.</description>
      <author>Donizete Tokarski</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525255118.mp3" length="807446" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525255118.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O Poder transformador dos Biocombustíveis: janela de oportunidades para o desenvolvimento sustentável
Author: Donizete Tokarski
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nesta obra, buscamos apresentar as diversas variáveis que devem compor a equação para a decisão de qual o melhor combustível a usar. Alguns fatores relevantes estão presentes na legislação, em acordos internacionais, tendências mundiais, oportunidade de mercado e em análises sociais, econômicas, ambientais e de saúde pública. Tratamos uma questão fundamental para a perspectiva do consumidor: a diferenciação entre o preço e o valor dos biocombustíveis. Analisamos as externalidades que os combustíveis carregam desde a produção até o uso, incluindo os instrumentos que facilitam ou dificultam o consumo. Uma análise dos principais objetivos e princípios da Lei de Política Energética Nacional, a Lei nº 9.478/97, relacionados com os biocombustíveis, articulada com um grupo de autores formado por parlamentares, lideranças empresariais, acadêmicos, especialistas e agentes públicos. Apresentamos as tendências mundiais de uso de biocombustíveis e evidenciamos que nenhum país do mundo pode concorrer com as potencialidades brasileiras, diante das nossas características de produção em função da nossa megabiodiversidade. Assim, esperamos proporcionar ao leitor uma análise cada vez mais crítica, com uma múltipla interpretação, e contribuir com o processo de formulação de decisões que interferem na política de combustíveis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O Poder transformador dos Biocombustíveis: janela de oportunidades para o desenvolvimento sustentável
Author: Donizete Tokarski
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nesta obra, buscamos apresentar as diversas variáveis que devem compor a equação para a decisão de qual o melhor combustível a usar. Alguns fatores relevantes estão presentes na legislação, em acordos internacionais, tendências mundiais, oportunidade de mercado e em análises sociais, econômicas, ambientais e de saúde pública. Tratamos uma questão fundamental para a perspectiva do consumidor: a diferenciação entre o preço e o valor dos biocombustíveis. Analisamos as externalidades que os combustíveis carregam desde a produção até o uso, incluindo os instrumentos que facilitam ou dificultam o consumo. Uma análise dos principais objetivos e princípios da Lei de Política Energética Nacional, a Lei nº 9.478/97, relacionados com os biocombustíveis, articulada com um grupo de autores formado por parlamentares, lideranças empresariais, acadêmicos, especialistas e agentes públicos. Apresentamos as tendências mundiais de uso de biocombustíveis e evidenciamos que nenhum país do mundo pode concorrer com as potencialidades brasileiras, diante das nossas características de produção em função da nossa megabiodiversidade. Assim, esperamos proporcionar ao leitor uma análise cada vez mais crítica, com uma múltipla interpretação, e contribuir com o processo de formulação de decisões que interferem na política de combustíveis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Flat Place by Noreen Masud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Flat Place
Author: Noreen Masud
Narrator: Shazia Nicholls
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE WOMEN&amp;#039;S PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION Raw and radical, strange and beguiling - a love letter to Britain&amp;#039;s breathtaking flatlands, from Orford Ness to Orkney, and a reckoning with the painful, hidden histories they contain For readers of W. G. Sebald&amp;#039;s Rings of Saturn, Amy Liptrot&amp;#039;s The Outrun and Richard Mabey&amp;#039;s Nature Cure Noreen Masud has always loved flatlands. Her earliest memory is of a wide, flat field glimpsed from the back seat of her father&amp;#039;s car in Lahore. As an adult in Britain she has discovered many more flat landscapes to love: Orford Ness, the Cambridgeshire Fens, Morecambe Bay, Orkney. These bare, haunted expanses remind her of the flat place inside herself: the place created by trauma. Noreen suffers from complex post traumatic stress disorder: the product of a profoundly disrupted and unstable childhood. It flattens her emotions, blanks out parts of her memory, and colours her world with anxiety. Undertaking a pilgrimage around Britain&amp;#039;s flatlands, seeking solace and belonging, she weaves her impressions of the natural world with poetry, folklore and history, and with recollections of her own early life. Noreen&amp;#039;s British Pakistani heritage makes her a partial outsider in these landscapes: both coloniser and colonised, inheritor and dispossessed. Here violence lies beneath the fantasy of pastoral innocence, and histories of harm are interwoven with nature&amp;#039;s power to heal. Here, as in her own family history, are many stories that resist the telling. She pursues these paradoxes fearlessly across the flat, haunted spaces she loves, offering a startlingly strange, vivid and intimate account of the land beneath her feet. ©2023 Noreen Masud (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Noreen Masud</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241646687.mp3" length="1352782" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241646687.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Flat Place
Author: Noreen Masud
Narrator: Shazia Nicholls
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE WOMEN&amp;#039;S PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION Raw and radical, strange and beguiling - a love letter to Britain&amp;#039;s breathtaking flatlands, from Orford Ness to Orkney, and a reckoning with the painful, hidden histories they contain For readers of W. G. Sebald&amp;#039;s Rings of Saturn, Amy Liptrot&amp;#039;s The Outrun and Richard Mabey&amp;#039;s Nature Cure Noreen Masud has always loved flatlands. Her earliest memory is of a wide, flat field glimpsed from the back seat of her father&amp;#039;s car in Lahore. As an adult in Britain she has discovered many more flat landscapes to love: Orford Ness, the Cambridgeshire Fens, Morecambe Bay, Orkney. These bare, haunted expanses remind her of the flat place inside herself: the place created by trauma. Noreen suffers from complex post traumatic stress disorder: the product of a profoundly disrupted and unstable childhood. It flattens her emotions, blanks out parts of her memory, and colours her world with anxiety. Undertaking a pilgrimage around Britain&amp;#039;s flatlands, seeking solace and belonging, she weaves her impressions of the natural world with poetry, folklore and history, and with recollections of her own early life. Noreen&amp;#039;s British Pakistani heritage makes her a partial outsider in these landscapes: both coloniser and colonised, inheritor and dispossessed. Here violence lies beneath the fantasy of pastoral innocence, and histories of harm are interwoven with nature&amp;#039;s power to heal. Here, as in her own family history, are many stories that resist the telling. She pursues these paradoxes fearlessly across the flat, haunted spaces she loves, offering a startlingly strange, vivid and intimate account of the land beneath her feet. ©2023 Noreen Masud (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Flat Place
Author: Noreen Masud
Narrator: Shazia Nicholls
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. SHORTLISTED FOR THE WOMEN&amp;#039;S PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION Raw and radical, strange and beguiling - a love letter to Britain&amp;#039;s breathtaking flatlands, from Orford Ness to Orkney, and a reckoning with the painful, hidden histories they contain For readers of W. G. Sebald&amp;#039;s Rings of Saturn, Amy Liptrot&amp;#039;s The Outrun and Richard Mabey&amp;#039;s Nature Cure Noreen Masud has always loved flatlands. Her earliest memory is of a wide, flat field glimpsed from the back seat of her father&amp;#039;s car in Lahore. As an adult in Britain she has discovered many more flat landscapes to love: Orford Ness, the Cambridgeshire Fens, Morecambe Bay, Orkney. These bare, haunted expanses remind her of the flat place inside herself: the place created by trauma. Noreen suffers from complex post traumatic stress disorder: the product of a profoundly disrupted and unstable childhood. It flattens her emotions, blanks out parts of her memory, and colours her world with anxiety. Undertaking a pilgrimage around Britain&amp;#039;s flatlands, seeking solace and belonging, she weaves her impressions of the natural world with poetry, folklore and history, and with recollections of her own early life. Noreen&amp;#039;s British Pakistani heritage makes her a partial outsider in these landscapes: both coloniser and colonised, inheritor and dispossessed. Here violence lies beneath the fantasy of pastoral innocence, and histories of harm are interwoven with nature&amp;#039;s power to heal. Here, as in her own family history, are many stories that resist the telling. She pursues these paradoxes fearlessly across the flat, haunted spaces she loves, offering a startlingly strange, vivid and intimate account of the land beneath her feet. ©2023 Noreen Masud (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healthy Homemade Dog Foods by Jayne Maury</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Homemade Dog Foods
Author: Jayne Maury
Narrator: Aadam Smyth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Healthy Homemade Dog Foods: The Essential Guide on Make Your Dogs Healthy Through Homemade Dog Food Choosing the right kind of dog food you provide is probably the most critical decision you&amp;#039;ll ever make for your dog- puppy or senior. Dog food nutrition without delay impacts every facet of your dog&amp;#039;s life. Aspects such as how pups grow, their behavior practices, health, overall well-being, and physical appearance are all tightly linked to the nutrition dog owners provide. Needless to say, this is an enormous responsibility. Considering the latest news concerning the dog food recall and associated issues with commercial dog foods, the homemade dog food alternative has really come to the forefront. Planning and preparing your dog&amp;#039;s meals from scratch has numerous benefits, which include full control of all meals served. You know precisely what goes into every meal and where the produce and ingredients were sourced. In addition to knowing that it has been prepared in clean surroundings. In this audiobook, you will learn The Essential Guide on Make Your Dogs Healthy Through Homemade Dog Food. So what are you waiting for, download a copy of Healthy Homemade Dog Foods today!</description>
      <author>Jayne Maury</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823432054.mp3" length="531507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823432054.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Homemade Dog Foods
Author: Jayne Maury
Narrator: Aadam Smyth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Healthy Homemade Dog Foods: The Essential Guide on Make Your Dogs Healthy Through Homemade Dog Food Choosing the right kind of dog food you provide is probably the most critical decision you&amp;#039;ll ever make for your dog- puppy or senior. Dog food nutrition without delay impacts every facet of your dog&amp;#039;s life. Aspects such as how pups grow, their behavior practices, health, overall well-being, and physical appearance are all tightly linked to the nutrition dog owners provide. Needless to say, this is an enormous responsibility. Considering the latest news concerning the dog food recall and associated issues with commercial dog foods, the homemade dog food alternative has really come to the forefront. Planning and preparing your dog&amp;#039;s meals from scratch has numerous benefits, which include full control of all meals served. You know precisely what goes into every meal and where the produce and ingredients were sourced. In addition to knowing that it has been prepared in clean surroundings. In this audiobook, you will learn The Essential Guide on Make Your Dogs Healthy Through Homemade Dog Food. So what are you waiting for, download a copy of Healthy Homemade Dog Foods today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthy Homemade Dog Foods
Author: Jayne Maury
Narrator: Aadam Smyth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Healthy Homemade Dog Foods: The Essential Guide on Make Your Dogs Healthy Through Homemade Dog Food Choosing the right kind of dog food you provide is probably the most critical decision you&amp;#039;ll ever make for your dog- puppy or senior. Dog food nutrition without delay impacts every facet of your dog&amp;#039;s life. Aspects such as how pups grow, their behavior practices, health, overall well-being, and physical appearance are all tightly linked to the nutrition dog owners provide. Needless to say, this is an enormous responsibility. Considering the latest news concerning the dog food recall and associated issues with commercial dog foods, the homemade dog food alternative has really come to the forefront. Planning and preparing your dog&amp;#039;s meals from scratch has numerous benefits, which include full control of all meals served. You know precisely what goes into every meal and where the produce and ingredients were sourced. In addition to knowing that it has been prepared in clean surroundings. In this audiobook, you will learn The Essential Guide on Make Your Dogs Healthy Through Homemade Dog Food. So what are you waiting for, download a copy of Healthy Homemade Dog Foods today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Train Your Cat by Daanyaal Miles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Train Your Cat
Author: Daanyaal Miles
Narrator: Aadam Smyth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Train Your Cat: Learn Effective Ways and Steps How to Take Care of and Effectively Train Your Cats Cats are less demonstrative in the love and warmth when compared to dogs. Therefore in order to be committed to the idea of physically keeping a pet cat, the future owner should be totally well informed of every aspect of its care and temperament. Anything that is small and cuddly is usually easily to consider as a pet, but once the cat is grown it may not seem very cute anymore and even worse, cats have a tendency to have an off standish demeanor which can be very frustrating for the pet owner that is more into the cuddly and nuzzling displays of warmth and love. In this audiobook, you will learn Effective Ways and Steps How to Take Care of and Effectively Train Your Cats! So what are you waiting for, download a copy of Train Your Cat today!</description>
      <author>Daanyaal Miles</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823432016.mp3" length="515880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823432016.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Train Your Cat
Author: Daanyaal Miles
Narrator: Aadam Smyth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Train Your Cat: Learn Effective Ways and Steps How to Take Care of and Effectively Train Your Cats Cats are less demonstrative in the love and warmth when compared to dogs. Therefore in order to be committed to the idea of physically keeping a pet cat, the future owner should be totally well informed of every aspect of its care and temperament. Anything that is small and cuddly is usually easily to consider as a pet, but once the cat is grown it may not seem very cute anymore and even worse, cats have a tendency to have an off standish demeanor which can be very frustrating for the pet owner that is more into the cuddly and nuzzling displays of warmth and love. In this audiobook, you will learn Effective Ways and Steps How to Take Care of and Effectively Train Your Cats! So what are you waiting for, download a copy of Train Your Cat today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/647228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Train Your Cat
Author: Daanyaal Miles
Narrator: Aadam Smyth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Train Your Cat: Learn Effective Ways and Steps How to Take Care of and Effectively Train Your Cats Cats are less demonstrative in the love and warmth when compared to dogs. Therefore in order to be committed to the idea of physically keeping a pet cat, the future owner should be totally well informed of every aspect of its care and temperament. Anything that is small and cuddly is usually easily to consider as a pet, but once the cat is grown it may not seem very cute anymore and even worse, cats have a tendency to have an off standish demeanor which can be very frustrating for the pet owner that is more into the cuddly and nuzzling displays of warmth and love. In this audiobook, you will learn Effective Ways and Steps How to Take Care of and Effectively Train Your Cats! So what are you waiting for, download a copy of Train Your Cat today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars: Cheating and Deception in the Living World by Lixing Sun</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars: Cheating and Deception in the Living World
Author: Lixing Sun
Narrator: Jason Vu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nature is rife with cheating. Possums play possum, feigning death to cheat predators. Crows cry wolf to scare off rivals. Amphibians and reptiles are inveterate impostors. Even genes and cells cheat. The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars explores the evolution of cheating in the natural world, revealing how dishonesty has given rise to wondrous diversity. Blending cutting-edge science with a wealth of illuminating examples—from microscopic organisms to highly intelligent birds and mammals—Lixing Sun shows how cheating in nature relies on two basic rules. One is lying, by which cheaters exploit honest messages in communication signals and use them to serve their own interests. The other is deceiving, by which cheaters exploit the biases and loopholes in the sensory systems of other creatures. Sun demonstrates that cheating serves as a potent catalyst in the evolutionary arms race between the cheating and the cheated, resulting in a biological world teeming with complexity and beauty. Brimming with insight and humor, The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars also looks at the prevalence of cheating in human society, identifying the kinds of cheating that spur innovation and cultural vitality and laying down a blueprint for combatting malicious cheating such as fake news and disinformation.</description>
      <author>Lixing Sun</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765094860.mp3" length="8036376" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765094860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars: Cheating and Deception in the Living World
Author: Lixing Sun
Narrator: Jason Vu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nature is rife with cheating. Possums play possum, feigning death to cheat predators. Crows cry wolf to scare off rivals. Amphibians and reptiles are inveterate impostors. Even genes and cells cheat. The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars explores the evolution of cheating in the natural world, revealing how dishonesty has given rise to wondrous diversity. Blending cutting-edge science with a wealth of illuminating examples—from microscopic organisms to highly intelligent birds and mammals—Lixing Sun shows how cheating in nature relies on two basic rules. One is lying, by which cheaters exploit honest messages in communication signals and use them to serve their own interests. The other is deceiving, by which cheaters exploit the biases and loopholes in the sensory systems of other creatures. Sun demonstrates that cheating serves as a potent catalyst in the evolutionary arms race between the cheating and the cheated, resulting in a biological world teeming with complexity and beauty. Brimming with insight and humor, The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars also looks at the prevalence of cheating in human society, identifying the kinds of cheating that spur innovation and cultural vitality and laying down a blueprint for combatting malicious cheating such as fake news and disinformation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars: Cheating and Deception in the Living World
Author: Lixing Sun
Narrator: Jason Vu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nature is rife with cheating. Possums play possum, feigning death to cheat predators. Crows cry wolf to scare off rivals. Amphibians and reptiles are inveterate impostors. Even genes and cells cheat. The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars explores the evolution of cheating in the natural world, revealing how dishonesty has given rise to wondrous diversity. Blending cutting-edge science with a wealth of illuminating examples—from microscopic organisms to highly intelligent birds and mammals—Lixing Sun shows how cheating in nature relies on two basic rules. One is lying, by which cheaters exploit honest messages in communication signals and use them to serve their own interests. The other is deceiving, by which cheaters exploit the biases and loopholes in the sensory systems of other creatures. Sun demonstrates that cheating serves as a potent catalyst in the evolutionary arms race between the cheating and the cheated, resulting in a biological world teeming with complexity and beauty. Brimming with insight and humor, The Liars of Nature and the Nature of Liars also looks at the prevalence of cheating in human society, identifying the kinds of cheating that spur innovation and cultural vitality and laying down a blueprint for combatting malicious cheating such as fake news and disinformation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Planting Our World by Stefano Mancuso</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planting Our World
Author: Stefano Mancuso
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
It all begins and ends with plants. From the chance to live on this planet to the pleasure of listening to the sound of a violin—every story begins with a plant. We animals account for a paltry 0.3% of the planet&amp;#039;s biomass while plants add up to 85%. It is obvious that every story on this planet has a plant as its protagonist. Our world is a green world; Earth is the planet of plants. And when, with just a little training, we are able to look at the world without seeing it solely as humanity&amp;#039;s playground, we cannot help but notice the ubiquity of plants. They are everywhere and their stories are inevitably wound up with ours. Not to see this plan, or even worse, to ignore its existence, is one of the most serious threats to the survival of our species. Neurobiologist Stefano Mancuso is back with a book to tell us about the greenprint of our world. He does it through unforgettable stories starring plants; stories combining an inimitable narrative style and remarkable scientific rigor. From the story of the red spruce that gave Stradivarius the wood for his fourteen violins, to the Kauri tree stump, kept alive for decades by the interconnected root system of nearby trees. From the story of the slipperiness of the banana skin to the plant that solved the &amp;#039;crime of the century,&amp;#039; the Lindbergh kidnapping, by way of wooden ladder rungs.</description>
      <author>Stefano Mancuso</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765096284.mp3" length="7699821" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765096284.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planting Our World
Author: Stefano Mancuso
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
It all begins and ends with plants. From the chance to live on this planet to the pleasure of listening to the sound of a violin—every story begins with a plant. We animals account for a paltry 0.3% of the planet&amp;#039;s biomass while plants add up to 85%. It is obvious that every story on this planet has a plant as its protagonist. Our world is a green world; Earth is the planet of plants. And when, with just a little training, we are able to look at the world without seeing it solely as humanity&amp;#039;s playground, we cannot help but notice the ubiquity of plants. They are everywhere and their stories are inevitably wound up with ours. Not to see this plan, or even worse, to ignore its existence, is one of the most serious threats to the survival of our species. Neurobiologist Stefano Mancuso is back with a book to tell us about the greenprint of our world. He does it through unforgettable stories starring plants; stories combining an inimitable narrative style and remarkable scientific rigor. From the story of the red spruce that gave Stradivarius the wood for his fourteen violins, to the Kauri tree stump, kept alive for decades by the interconnected root system of nearby trees. From the story of the slipperiness of the banana skin to the plant that solved the &amp;#039;crime of the century,&amp;#039; the Lindbergh kidnapping, by way of wooden ladder rungs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Planting Our World
Author: Stefano Mancuso
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
It all begins and ends with plants. From the chance to live on this planet to the pleasure of listening to the sound of a violin—every story begins with a plant. We animals account for a paltry 0.3% of the planet&amp;#039;s biomass while plants add up to 85%. It is obvious that every story on this planet has a plant as its protagonist. Our world is a green world; Earth is the planet of plants. And when, with just a little training, we are able to look at the world without seeing it solely as humanity&amp;#039;s playground, we cannot help but notice the ubiquity of plants. They are everywhere and their stories are inevitably wound up with ours. Not to see this plan, or even worse, to ignore its existence, is one of the most serious threats to the survival of our species. Neurobiologist Stefano Mancuso is back with a book to tell us about the greenprint of our world. He does it through unforgettable stories starring plants; stories combining an inimitable narrative style and remarkable scientific rigor. From the story of the red spruce that gave Stradivarius the wood for his fourteen violins, to the Kauri tree stump, kept alive for decades by the interconnected root system of nearby trees. From the story of the slipperiness of the banana skin to the plant that solved the &amp;#039;crime of the century,&amp;#039; the Lindbergh kidnapping, by way of wooden ladder rungs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Magic of Mushrooms: Fungi in Folklore, Superstition and Traditional Medicine by Sandra Lawrence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Magic of Mushrooms: Fungi in Folklore, Superstition and Traditional Medicine
Author: Sandra Lawrence
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Explore the wonderful world of some of the most incredible natural forms on our planet—fungi. At the center of countless superstitions, folkloric tales, and magical beliefs, as well as appearing in recipes and medicines both traditional and modern, mushrooms have incredible powers. The Magic of Mushrooms shows that from saving lives to expanding the mind, the potential of these fascinating organisms should not be underestimated.</description>
      <author>Sandra Lawrence</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765082287.mp3" length="8430246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765082287.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Magic of Mushrooms: Fungi in Folklore, Superstition and Traditional Medicine
Author: Sandra Lawrence
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Explore the wonderful world of some of the most incredible natural forms on our planet—fungi. At the center of countless superstitions, folkloric tales, and magical beliefs, as well as appearing in recipes and medicines both traditional and modern, mushrooms have incredible powers. The Magic of Mushrooms shows that from saving lives to expanding the mind, the potential of these fascinating organisms should not be underestimated.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Magic of Mushrooms: Fungi in Folklore, Superstition and Traditional Medicine
Author: Sandra Lawrence
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Explore the wonderful world of some of the most incredible natural forms on our planet—fungi. At the center of countless superstitions, folkloric tales, and magical beliefs, as well as appearing in recipes and medicines both traditional and modern, mushrooms have incredible powers. The Magic of Mushrooms shows that from saving lives to expanding the mind, the potential of these fascinating organisms should not be underestimated.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden: Plants in Folklore, Magic and Traditional Medicine by Sandra Lawrence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden: Plants in Folklore, Magic and Traditional Medicine
Author: Sandra Lawrence
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden describes over fifty of the world&amp;#039;s most powerful, harmful, legendary, and storied plants—from the screaming mandrake to calming St John&amp;#039;s Wort, to predicting the weather with seaweed, the creation of salves for broken hearts, sore heads, protection from evil spirits, and to even induce immortality. Wise women, apothecaries, witches, herbalists: whatever you like to call them, those who cultivate plants for their apparent mystical properties have existed for thousands of years. The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden tells the story of our folkloric fascination with these magical specimens, documenting the beliefs and rituals surrounding the natural world. This book beautifully evokes the bewitching nature of mysterious plants.</description>
      <author>Sandra Lawrence</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765082263.mp3" length="8362004" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765082263.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden: Plants in Folklore, Magic and Traditional Medicine
Author: Sandra Lawrence
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden describes over fifty of the world&amp;#039;s most powerful, harmful, legendary, and storied plants—from the screaming mandrake to calming St John&amp;#039;s Wort, to predicting the weather with seaweed, the creation of salves for broken hearts, sore heads, protection from evil spirits, and to even induce immortality. Wise women, apothecaries, witches, herbalists: whatever you like to call them, those who cultivate plants for their apparent mystical properties have existed for thousands of years. The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden tells the story of our folkloric fascination with these magical specimens, documenting the beliefs and rituals surrounding the natural world. This book beautifully evokes the bewitching nature of mysterious plants.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden: Plants in Folklore, Magic and Traditional Medicine
Author: Sandra Lawrence
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden describes over fifty of the world&amp;#039;s most powerful, harmful, legendary, and storied plants—from the screaming mandrake to calming St John&amp;#039;s Wort, to predicting the weather with seaweed, the creation of salves for broken hearts, sore heads, protection from evil spirits, and to even induce immortality. Wise women, apothecaries, witches, herbalists: whatever you like to call them, those who cultivate plants for their apparent mystical properties have existed for thousands of years. The Witch&amp;#039;s Garden tells the story of our folkloric fascination with these magical specimens, documenting the beliefs and rituals surrounding the natural world. This book beautifully evokes the bewitching nature of mysterious plants.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - No matarás. Manifiesto + Cookbook by Reinas Y Repollos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No matarás. Manifiesto + Cookbook
Author: Reinas Y Repollos
Narrator: María De Ancos Rivera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hay otra manera de estar y relacionarse con el mundo muy distinta a la que rige nuestra sociedad, dominada por un consumismo desbocado que nos está llevando a una catástrofe medioambiental sin precedentes y que tiene en los animales a una de sus principales víctimas. Y esta necesidad de cambio es el espíritu que anima el presente libro. Por un lado, se demuestra que se puede comer bien, de un modo fácil, sabroso y delicioso, sin que sea necesario matar a nadie. Para ello el lector encontrará un amplio recetario que abarca desde desayunos hasta postres, con el objeto de ofrecer un sugerente abanico de posibilidades para el día a día, así como para ocasiones especiales. Y, por otro, se apuesta por el zero waste, la reducción al mínimo de los residuos fruto de nuestra actividad cotidiana, y nada mejor para llevarlo a la práctica que el método OPA: observar un problema, pensar una solución y actuar para llevarla a cabo. No queremos ser esclavos, ni esclavizar. No queremos seguir el camino que nos han marcado cual zombis. Queremos un futuro, ni más ni menos.</description>
      <author>Reinas Y Repollos</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180122863.mp3" length="1204081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180122863.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No matarás. Manifiesto + Cookbook
Author: Reinas Y Repollos
Narrator: María De Ancos Rivera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hay otra manera de estar y relacionarse con el mundo muy distinta a la que rige nuestra sociedad, dominada por un consumismo desbocado que nos está llevando a una catástrofe medioambiental sin precedentes y que tiene en los animales a una de sus principales víctimas. Y esta necesidad de cambio es el espíritu que anima el presente libro. Por un lado, se demuestra que se puede comer bien, de un modo fácil, sabroso y delicioso, sin que sea necesario matar a nadie. Para ello el lector encontrará un amplio recetario que abarca desde desayunos hasta postres, con el objeto de ofrecer un sugerente abanico de posibilidades para el día a día, así como para ocasiones especiales. Y, por otro, se apuesta por el zero waste, la reducción al mínimo de los residuos fruto de nuestra actividad cotidiana, y nada mejor para llevarlo a la práctica que el método OPA: observar un problema, pensar una solución y actuar para llevarla a cabo. No queremos ser esclavos, ni esclavizar. No queremos seguir el camino que nos han marcado cual zombis. Queremos un futuro, ni más ni menos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No matarás. Manifiesto + Cookbook
Author: Reinas Y Repollos
Narrator: María De Ancos Rivera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hay otra manera de estar y relacionarse con el mundo muy distinta a la que rige nuestra sociedad, dominada por un consumismo desbocado que nos está llevando a una catástrofe medioambiental sin precedentes y que tiene en los animales a una de sus principales víctimas. Y esta necesidad de cambio es el espíritu que anima el presente libro. Por un lado, se demuestra que se puede comer bien, de un modo fácil, sabroso y delicioso, sin que sea necesario matar a nadie. Para ello el lector encontrará un amplio recetario que abarca desde desayunos hasta postres, con el objeto de ofrecer un sugerente abanico de posibilidades para el día a día, así como para ocasiones especiales. Y, por otro, se apuesta por el zero waste, la reducción al mínimo de los residuos fruto de nuestra actividad cotidiana, y nada mejor para llevarlo a la práctica que el método OPA: observar un problema, pensar una solución y actuar para llevarla a cabo. No queremos ser esclavos, ni esclavizar. No queremos seguir el camino que nos han marcado cual zombis. Queremos un futuro, ni más ni menos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Koala: A Life in Trees by Danielle Clode</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Koala: A Life in Trees
Author: Danielle Clode
Narrator: Jessica Douglas-Henry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An immersive, entertaining journey into the hidden life of the koala, revealing what life is really like up in the trees Despite their iconic status and celebrity, koalas remain something of a mystery. Often affectionate in captivity, they seek out human assistance when in need of water or care yet can also be fierce and belligerent. They are beloved worldwide and feature in popular children&amp;#039;s stories, but are also plagued by sexually transmitted diseases and maligned for a lack of intelligence. Their diet consists solely of leaves that are full of toxins. In some states they are threatened with extinction, while in others they are dying from overpopulation. Fuelled by her biologist&amp;#039;s background and deep curiosity, Danielle Clode delves into the world of koalas to discover what&amp;#039;s behind the sweet face on thousands of postcards. From their megafaunal ancestors to the disastrous effects of colonisation, from remarkable conservation success in the 1920s to the devastating bushfires of 2019–2020, Clode tells the story of koalas and their complex relationship with humans. Sharing the latest scientific insights and myth-busting facts, all woven through Clode&amp;#039;s award-winning storytelling, Koala takes readers up into the trees to reveal the truth about this extraordinary animal and what must be done to ensure its survival. ‘The tree-dwelling koala is one of Australia&amp;#039;s most iconic species, yet it is threatened by habitat loss. Danielle Clode, a natural storyteller, has written an insightful book that deepens our understanding of this fascinating animal and highlights the urgency of its survival.&amp;#039; —PETER WOHLLEBEN, author of The Hidden Life of Trees</description>
      <author>Danielle Clode</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004111916.mp3" length="749326" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004111916.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Koala: A Life in Trees
Author: Danielle Clode
Narrator: Jessica Douglas-Henry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An immersive, entertaining journey into the hidden life of the koala, revealing what life is really like up in the trees Despite their iconic status and celebrity, koalas remain something of a mystery. Often affectionate in captivity, they seek out human assistance when in need of water or care yet can also be fierce and belligerent. They are beloved worldwide and feature in popular children&amp;#039;s stories, but are also plagued by sexually transmitted diseases and maligned for a lack of intelligence. Their diet consists solely of leaves that are full of toxins. In some states they are threatened with extinction, while in others they are dying from overpopulation. Fuelled by her biologist&amp;#039;s background and deep curiosity, Danielle Clode delves into the world of koalas to discover what&amp;#039;s behind the sweet face on thousands of postcards. From their megafaunal ancestors to the disastrous effects of colonisation, from remarkable conservation success in the 1920s to the devastating bushfires of 2019–2020, Clode tells the story of koalas and their complex relationship with humans. Sharing the latest scientific insights and myth-busting facts, all woven through Clode&amp;#039;s award-winning storytelling, Koala takes readers up into the trees to reveal the truth about this extraordinary animal and what must be done to ensure its survival. ‘The tree-dwelling koala is one of Australia&amp;#039;s most iconic species, yet it is threatened by habitat loss. Danielle Clode, a natural storyteller, has written an insightful book that deepens our understanding of this fascinating animal and highlights the urgency of its survival.&amp;#039; —PETER WOHLLEBEN, author of The Hidden Life of Trees</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Koala: A Life in Trees
Author: Danielle Clode
Narrator: Jessica Douglas-Henry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An immersive, entertaining journey into the hidden life of the koala, revealing what life is really like up in the trees Despite their iconic status and celebrity, koalas remain something of a mystery. Often affectionate in captivity, they seek out human assistance when in need of water or care yet can also be fierce and belligerent. They are beloved worldwide and feature in popular children&amp;#039;s stories, but are also plagued by sexually transmitted diseases and maligned for a lack of intelligence. Their diet consists solely of leaves that are full of toxins. In some states they are threatened with extinction, while in others they are dying from overpopulation. Fuelled by her biologist&amp;#039;s background and deep curiosity, Danielle Clode delves into the world of koalas to discover what&amp;#039;s behind the sweet face on thousands of postcards. From their megafaunal ancestors to the disastrous effects of colonisation, from remarkable conservation success in the 1920s to the devastating bushfires of 2019–2020, Clode tells the story of koalas and their complex relationship with humans. Sharing the latest scientific insights and myth-busting facts, all woven through Clode&amp;#039;s award-winning storytelling, Koala takes readers up into the trees to reveal the truth about this extraordinary animal and what must be done to ensure its survival. ‘The tree-dwelling koala is one of Australia&amp;#039;s most iconic species, yet it is threatened by habitat loss. Danielle Clode, a natural storyteller, has written an insightful book that deepens our understanding of this fascinating animal and highlights the urgency of its survival.&amp;#039; —PETER WOHLLEBEN, author of The Hidden Life of Trees</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anthropocene: A Very Short Introduction by Erle C. Ellis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anthropocene: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Erle C. Ellis
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The proposal that the impact of humanity on the planet has left a distinct footprint, even on the scale of geological time, has recently gained much ground. Global climate change, shifting global cycles of the weather, widespread pollution, radioactive fallout, plastic accumulation, species invasions, the mass extinction of species—these are just some of the many indicators that we will leave a lasting record in rock, the scientific basis for recognizing new time intervals in Earth&amp;#039;s history. The Anthropocene, as the proposed new epoch has been named, is regularly in the news. Even with such robust evidence, the proposal to formally recognize our current time as the Anthropocene remains controversial both inside and outside the scholarly world. Instead, the Anthropocene has emerged as a powerful new narrative, a concept through which age-old questions about the meaning of nature and even the nature of humanity are being revisited and radically revised. This Very Short Introduction explains the science behind the Anthropocene and the many proposals about when to mark its beginning: the nuclear tests of the 1950s? The beginnings of agriculture? The origins of humans as a species? The Anthropocene remains a work in progress. Is this the story of an unprecedented planetary disaster? Or of newfound wisdom and redemption?</description>
      <author>Erle C. Ellis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765099223.mp3" length="8099470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765099223.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anthropocene: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Erle C. Ellis
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The proposal that the impact of humanity on the planet has left a distinct footprint, even on the scale of geological time, has recently gained much ground. Global climate change, shifting global cycles of the weather, widespread pollution, radioactive fallout, plastic accumulation, species invasions, the mass extinction of species—these are just some of the many indicators that we will leave a lasting record in rock, the scientific basis for recognizing new time intervals in Earth&amp;#039;s history. The Anthropocene, as the proposed new epoch has been named, is regularly in the news. Even with such robust evidence, the proposal to formally recognize our current time as the Anthropocene remains controversial both inside and outside the scholarly world. Instead, the Anthropocene has emerged as a powerful new narrative, a concept through which age-old questions about the meaning of nature and even the nature of humanity are being revisited and radically revised. This Very Short Introduction explains the science behind the Anthropocene and the many proposals about when to mark its beginning: the nuclear tests of the 1950s? The beginnings of agriculture? The origins of humans as a species? The Anthropocene remains a work in progress. Is this the story of an unprecedented planetary disaster? Or of newfound wisdom and redemption?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anthropocene: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Erle C. Ellis
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The proposal that the impact of humanity on the planet has left a distinct footprint, even on the scale of geological time, has recently gained much ground. Global climate change, shifting global cycles of the weather, widespread pollution, radioactive fallout, plastic accumulation, species invasions, the mass extinction of species—these are just some of the many indicators that we will leave a lasting record in rock, the scientific basis for recognizing new time intervals in Earth&amp;#039;s history. The Anthropocene, as the proposed new epoch has been named, is regularly in the news. Even with such robust evidence, the proposal to formally recognize our current time as the Anthropocene remains controversial both inside and outside the scholarly world. Instead, the Anthropocene has emerged as a powerful new narrative, a concept through which age-old questions about the meaning of nature and even the nature of humanity are being revisited and radically revised. This Very Short Introduction explains the science behind the Anthropocene and the many proposals about when to mark its beginning: the nuclear tests of the 1950s? The beginnings of agriculture? The origins of humans as a species? The Anthropocene remains a work in progress. Is this the story of an unprecedented planetary disaster? Or of newfound wisdom and redemption?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change by Maria Cristina Garcia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change
Author: Maria Cristina Garcia
Narrator: Joana Garcia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Natural disasters and the dire effects of climate change cause massive population displacements and lead to some of the most intractable political and humanitarian challenges seen today. Yet, as Maria Cristina Garcia observes in this critical history of U.S. policy on migration in the Global South, there is actually no such thing as a &amp;#039;climate refugee&amp;#039; under current U.S. law. Most initiatives intended to assist those who must migrate are flawed and ineffective from inception because they are derived from outmoded policies. In a world of climate change, U.S. refugee policy simply does not work. Garcia focuses on Central America and the Caribbean, where natural disasters have repeatedly worsened poverty, inequality, and domestic and international political tensions. She explains that the creation of better U.S. policy for those escaping disasters is severely limited by the 1980 Refugee Act, which continues to be applied almost exclusively for reasons of persecution directly related to politics, race, religion, and identity. Garcia contends that the United States must transform its outdated migration policies to address today&amp;#039;s realities. Climate change and natural disasters are here to stay, and much of the human devastation left in their wake is essentially a policy choice.</description>
      <author>Maria Cristina Garcia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765057582.mp3" length="8381288" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765057582.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change
Author: Maria Cristina Garcia
Narrator: Joana Garcia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Natural disasters and the dire effects of climate change cause massive population displacements and lead to some of the most intractable political and humanitarian challenges seen today. Yet, as Maria Cristina Garcia observes in this critical history of U.S. policy on migration in the Global South, there is actually no such thing as a &amp;#039;climate refugee&amp;#039; under current U.S. law. Most initiatives intended to assist those who must migrate are flawed and ineffective from inception because they are derived from outmoded policies. In a world of climate change, U.S. refugee policy simply does not work. Garcia focuses on Central America and the Caribbean, where natural disasters have repeatedly worsened poverty, inequality, and domestic and international political tensions. She explains that the creation of better U.S. policy for those escaping disasters is severely limited by the 1980 Refugee Act, which continues to be applied almost exclusively for reasons of persecution directly related to politics, race, religion, and identity. Garcia contends that the United States must transform its outdated migration policies to address today&amp;#039;s realities. Climate change and natural disasters are here to stay, and much of the human devastation left in their wake is essentially a policy choice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of Disaster: The Failure of U.S. Migration Policy in an Age of Climate Change
Author: Maria Cristina Garcia
Narrator: Joana Garcia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Natural disasters and the dire effects of climate change cause massive population displacements and lead to some of the most intractable political and humanitarian challenges seen today. Yet, as Maria Cristina Garcia observes in this critical history of U.S. policy on migration in the Global South, there is actually no such thing as a &amp;#039;climate refugee&amp;#039; under current U.S. law. Most initiatives intended to assist those who must migrate are flawed and ineffective from inception because they are derived from outmoded policies. In a world of climate change, U.S. refugee policy simply does not work. Garcia focuses on Central America and the Caribbean, where natural disasters have repeatedly worsened poverty, inequality, and domestic and international political tensions. She explains that the creation of better U.S. policy for those escaping disasters is severely limited by the 1980 Refugee Act, which continues to be applied almost exclusively for reasons of persecution directly related to politics, race, religion, and identity. Garcia contends that the United States must transform its outdated migration policies to address today&amp;#039;s realities. Climate change and natural disasters are here to stay, and much of the human devastation left in their wake is essentially a policy choice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Insects: A Very Short Introduction by Simon Leather</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insects: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Simon Leather
Narrator: Gareth Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
To date, more than a million insect species have been described, with probably at least another 5-8 million species waiting in the wings for a name. Insects are a fascinatingly diverse and beautiful spectrum of animals. They range in size from the tiny parasitic wasp, measuring a mere 139µm, to the aptly named Titan beetle, which can reach lengths of up to 17cm. They can be found on all continents of the world, from the Sahara Desert to the frozen wastes of Antarctica. While no insects live beneath the waves, the intrepid sea skaters skim the surface of some of the world&amp;#039;s oceans. This Very Short Introduction explores the extraordinary world of insects. It analyses insect evolution, taxonomy, and development, and describes their behavior, their life styles, and the interactions they have with other insects and other animals. As Simon Leather shows, insects are the bedrock on which human civilization rests; without them we would almost certainly not exist. Although they can be seen as pests of our crops plants, they are also invaluable for pollinating our flowering plants and are an invaluable link in all land ecosystems. As they face challenges from climate change and pesticides it has never been more important to understand these oft-dismissed creatures.</description>
      <author>Simon Leather</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765005088.mp3" length="8309580" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765005088.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insects: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Simon Leather
Narrator: Gareth Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
To date, more than a million insect species have been described, with probably at least another 5-8 million species waiting in the wings for a name. Insects are a fascinatingly diverse and beautiful spectrum of animals. They range in size from the tiny parasitic wasp, measuring a mere 139µm, to the aptly named Titan beetle, which can reach lengths of up to 17cm. They can be found on all continents of the world, from the Sahara Desert to the frozen wastes of Antarctica. While no insects live beneath the waves, the intrepid sea skaters skim the surface of some of the world&amp;#039;s oceans. This Very Short Introduction explores the extraordinary world of insects. It analyses insect evolution, taxonomy, and development, and describes their behavior, their life styles, and the interactions they have with other insects and other animals. As Simon Leather shows, insects are the bedrock on which human civilization rests; without them we would almost certainly not exist. Although they can be seen as pests of our crops plants, they are also invaluable for pollinating our flowering plants and are an invaluable link in all land ecosystems. As they face challenges from climate change and pesticides it has never been more important to understand these oft-dismissed creatures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insects: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Simon Leather
Narrator: Gareth Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
To date, more than a million insect species have been described, with probably at least another 5-8 million species waiting in the wings for a name. Insects are a fascinatingly diverse and beautiful spectrum of animals. They range in size from the tiny parasitic wasp, measuring a mere 139µm, to the aptly named Titan beetle, which can reach lengths of up to 17cm. They can be found on all continents of the world, from the Sahara Desert to the frozen wastes of Antarctica. While no insects live beneath the waves, the intrepid sea skaters skim the surface of some of the world&amp;#039;s oceans. This Very Short Introduction explores the extraordinary world of insects. It analyses insect evolution, taxonomy, and development, and describes their behavior, their life styles, and the interactions they have with other insects and other animals. As Simon Leather shows, insects are the bedrock on which human civilization rests; without them we would almost certainly not exist. Although they can be seen as pests of our crops plants, they are also invaluable for pollinating our flowering plants and are an invaluable link in all land ecosystems. As they face challenges from climate change and pesticides it has never been more important to understand these oft-dismissed creatures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World by Zahra Biabani</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World
Author: Zahra Biabani
Narrator: Jeed Saddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Change the way you think about the future. The fate of humanity can be daunting, but we don&amp;#039;t need to live in that space. First, we need to change our attitude in order to implement nature-based solutions to deal with climate change. Good news: there are environmental trends and examples to change the way you think about how we can protect the planet.   Get to know Zahra Biabani, a climate activist, influencer, CEO, and writer. After unexpectedly establishing a career as an online sustainability educator and influencer, Zahra decided to jump headfirst into the waters of entrepreneurship and authorship. Climate Optimism is her way to spread hope. Inside, you&amp;#039;ll find: ● Real stories on environmental sustainability in other countries that are working ● A mix of unique solutions and practical advice on how to face climate change ● Good news on how to change the way you think and feel about the climate crisis If you&amp;#039;re looking for a sustainable living book or books for activists centered on environmentalism like A Field Guide to Climate Anxiety, The Intersectional Environmentalist, or Sustainable Badass, you&amp;#039;ll love Climate Optimism.</description>
      <author>Zahra Biabani</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765093641.mp3" length="7778803" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765093641.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World
Author: Zahra Biabani
Narrator: Jeed Saddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Change the way you think about the future. The fate of humanity can be daunting, but we don&amp;#039;t need to live in that space. First, we need to change our attitude in order to implement nature-based solutions to deal with climate change. Good news: there are environmental trends and examples to change the way you think about how we can protect the planet.   Get to know Zahra Biabani, a climate activist, influencer, CEO, and writer. After unexpectedly establishing a career as an online sustainability educator and influencer, Zahra decided to jump headfirst into the waters of entrepreneurship and authorship. Climate Optimism is her way to spread hope. Inside, you&amp;#039;ll find: ● Real stories on environmental sustainability in other countries that are working ● A mix of unique solutions and practical advice on how to face climate change ● Good news on how to change the way you think and feel about the climate crisis If you&amp;#039;re looking for a sustainable living book or books for activists centered on environmentalism like A Field Guide to Climate Anxiety, The Intersectional Environmentalist, or Sustainable Badass, you&amp;#039;ll love Climate Optimism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climate Optimism: Celebrating Systemic Change Around the World
Author: Zahra Biabani
Narrator: Jeed Saddy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Change the way you think about the future. The fate of humanity can be daunting, but we don&amp;#039;t need to live in that space. First, we need to change our attitude in order to implement nature-based solutions to deal with climate change. Good news: there are environmental trends and examples to change the way you think about how we can protect the planet.   Get to know Zahra Biabani, a climate activist, influencer, CEO, and writer. After unexpectedly establishing a career as an online sustainability educator and influencer, Zahra decided to jump headfirst into the waters of entrepreneurship and authorship. Climate Optimism is her way to spread hope. Inside, you&amp;#039;ll find: ● Real stories on environmental sustainability in other countries that are working ● A mix of unique solutions and practical advice on how to face climate change ● Good news on how to change the way you think and feel about the climate crisis If you&amp;#039;re looking for a sustainable living book or books for activists centered on environmentalism like A Field Guide to Climate Anxiety, The Intersectional Environmentalist, or Sustainable Badass, you&amp;#039;ll love Climate Optimism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jewels: A Secret History by Victoria Finlay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jewels: A Secret History
Author: Victoria Finlay
Narrator: Victoria Finlay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 21 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout history, precious stones have inspired passions and poetry, quests and curses, sacred writings and unsacred actions. In this scintillating book, journalist Victoria Finlay embarks on her own globe-circling search for the real stories behind some of the gems we prize most. Blending adventure travel, geology, exciting new research, and her own irresistible charm, Finlay has fashioned a treasure hunt for some of the most valuable, glamorous, and mysterious substances on earth. With the same intense curiosity and narrative flair she displayed in her widely-praised book Color, Finlay journeys from the underground opal churches of outback Australia to the once pearl-rich rivers of Scotland; from the peridot mines on an Apache reservation in Arizona to the remote ruby mines in the mountains of northern Burma. She risks confronting scorpions to crawl through Cleopatra’s long-deserted emerald mines, tries her hand at gem cutting in the dusty Sri Lankan city where Marco Polo bartered for sapphires, and investigates a rumor that fifty years ago most of the world’s amber was mined by prisoners in a Soviet gulag. Jewels is a unique and often exhilarating voyage through history, across cultures, deep into the earth’s mantle, and up to the glittering heights of fame, power, and wealth. From the fabled curse of the Hope Diamond, to the disturbing truths about how pearls are cultured, to the peasants who were once executed for carrying amber to the centuries-old quest by magicians and scientists to make a perfect diamond, Jewels tells dazzling stories with a wonderment and brilliance truly worthy of its subjects.</description>
      <author>Victoria Finlay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593748855.mp3" length="2555186" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593748855.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jewels: A Secret History
Author: Victoria Finlay
Narrator: Victoria Finlay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 21 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout history, precious stones have inspired passions and poetry, quests and curses, sacred writings and unsacred actions. In this scintillating book, journalist Victoria Finlay embarks on her own globe-circling search for the real stories behind some of the gems we prize most. Blending adventure travel, geology, exciting new research, and her own irresistible charm, Finlay has fashioned a treasure hunt for some of the most valuable, glamorous, and mysterious substances on earth. With the same intense curiosity and narrative flair she displayed in her widely-praised book Color, Finlay journeys from the underground opal churches of outback Australia to the once pearl-rich rivers of Scotland; from the peridot mines on an Apache reservation in Arizona to the remote ruby mines in the mountains of northern Burma. She risks confronting scorpions to crawl through Cleopatra’s long-deserted emerald mines, tries her hand at gem cutting in the dusty Sri Lankan city where Marco Polo bartered for sapphires, and investigates a rumor that fifty years ago most of the world’s amber was mined by prisoners in a Soviet gulag. Jewels is a unique and often exhilarating voyage through history, across cultures, deep into the earth’s mantle, and up to the glittering heights of fame, power, and wealth. From the fabled curse of the Hope Diamond, to the disturbing truths about how pearls are cultured, to the peasants who were once executed for carrying amber to the centuries-old quest by magicians and scientists to make a perfect diamond, Jewels tells dazzling stories with a wonderment and brilliance truly worthy of its subjects.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jewels: A Secret History
Author: Victoria Finlay
Narrator: Victoria Finlay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 21 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Throughout history, precious stones have inspired passions and poetry, quests and curses, sacred writings and unsacred actions. In this scintillating book, journalist Victoria Finlay embarks on her own globe-circling search for the real stories behind some of the gems we prize most. Blending adventure travel, geology, exciting new research, and her own irresistible charm, Finlay has fashioned a treasure hunt for some of the most valuable, glamorous, and mysterious substances on earth. With the same intense curiosity and narrative flair she displayed in her widely-praised book Color, Finlay journeys from the underground opal churches of outback Australia to the once pearl-rich rivers of Scotland; from the peridot mines on an Apache reservation in Arizona to the remote ruby mines in the mountains of northern Burma. She risks confronting scorpions to crawl through Cleopatra’s long-deserted emerald mines, tries her hand at gem cutting in the dusty Sri Lankan city where Marco Polo bartered for sapphires, and investigates a rumor that fifty years ago most of the world’s amber was mined by prisoners in a Soviet gulag. Jewels is a unique and often exhilarating voyage through history, across cultures, deep into the earth’s mantle, and up to the glittering heights of fame, power, and wealth. From the fabled curse of the Hope Diamond, to the disturbing truths about how pearls are cultured, to the peasants who were once executed for carrying amber to the centuries-old quest by magicians and scientists to make a perfect diamond, Jewels tells dazzling stories with a wonderment and brilliance truly worthy of its subjects.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of the Barn Owl by Sally Coulthard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of the Barn Owl
Author: Sally Coulthard
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With its heart-shaped face and silent, graceful flight, the barn owl regularly tops the nation&amp;#039;s list of favourite birds. But how much do we really know about this sublime tenant of the night? Here, bestselling author Sally Coulthard shines a light on the barn owl. Full of fascinating insights, conservation advice and the latest research, this affectionate and timely guide also tells the story of a barn owl&amp;#039;s early life – from first pip of the shell to leaving the nest – a fascinating time in this captivating creature&amp;#039;s journey. “Fascinating insights... An endearing book for lovers of the barn owl” DAILY MAIL “Enjoyable and lyrical... enhanced by Vanessa Lubach&amp;#039;s arresting lino prints” COUNTRY LIFE “Packs in everything the amateur nature enthusiast would want to know” YORKSHIRE LIFE</description>
      <author>Sally Coulthard</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781800247536.mp3" length="821510" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781800247536.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of the Barn Owl
Author: Sally Coulthard
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With its heart-shaped face and silent, graceful flight, the barn owl regularly tops the nation&amp;#039;s list of favourite birds. But how much do we really know about this sublime tenant of the night? Here, bestselling author Sally Coulthard shines a light on the barn owl. Full of fascinating insights, conservation advice and the latest research, this affectionate and timely guide also tells the story of a barn owl&amp;#039;s early life – from first pip of the shell to leaving the nest – a fascinating time in this captivating creature&amp;#039;s journey. “Fascinating insights... An endearing book for lovers of the barn owl” DAILY MAIL “Enjoyable and lyrical... enhanced by Vanessa Lubach&amp;#039;s arresting lino prints” COUNTRY LIFE “Packs in everything the amateur nature enthusiast would want to know” YORKSHIRE LIFE</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646115</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of the Barn Owl
Author: Sally Coulthard
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With its heart-shaped face and silent, graceful flight, the barn owl regularly tops the nation&amp;#039;s list of favourite birds. But how much do we really know about this sublime tenant of the night? Here, bestselling author Sally Coulthard shines a light on the barn owl. Full of fascinating insights, conservation advice and the latest research, this affectionate and timely guide also tells the story of a barn owl&amp;#039;s early life – from first pip of the shell to leaving the nest – a fascinating time in this captivating creature&amp;#039;s journey. “Fascinating insights... An endearing book for lovers of the barn owl” DAILY MAIL “Enjoyable and lyrical... enhanced by Vanessa Lubach&amp;#039;s arresting lino prints” COUNTRY LIFE “Packs in everything the amateur nature enthusiast would want to know” YORKSHIRE LIFE</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dog Training and Behaviour Solutions: The stress-free way to live in harmony with your dog by Various</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Training and Behaviour Solutions: The stress-free way to live in harmony with your dog
Author: Various
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan, Ben Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of articles, based on modern science, using force free and fear free methods Solutions to common issues from pre-puppy to adulthood The book is a compilation of articles written by these professionals on various aspects of puppy and dog ownership, care, training, and managing and treating behavior problems. As such, you do not need to read the book cover to cover, but the articles are compiled in such a way that it will take you through in a sensible order if that&amp;#039;s what you wish to do. Alternatively, you can skip to whichever issue you wish to look up and read articles about it. If previous knowledge of a preceding article is required, it is usually mentioned in the article you&amp;#039;re reading. A Collaboration of Force-Free Professionals It is good to see some articles referring back to others written by a different author, proving that this is indeed a collaboration between like-minded professionals and the advice isn&amp;#039;t coming from a singular source. All of the writers do well at maintaining an overall ‘tone&amp;#039; but of course, they write as individuals so you do get different voices. You may find you prefer some to others. Despite a generally professional voice, the tone is friendly, and at (appropriate) times, humorous. From a grammar perspective, it is well written, so easy to read. Something for Everyone Some of the articles are brief and provide a quick and easy read; others are more lengthy, but the formatting and editing breaks them up well with subheadings making the text much easier to take in. The advice is well presented without complex jargon and easy for anyone to take in, from people brand new to dog training to seasoned professionals looking for another way of presenting their information or an alternative method. Easy to understand anecdotes and comparisons help people to understand their dogs&amp;#039; perceptions of situations.</description>
      <author>Various</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004111893.mp3" length="762750" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004111893.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Training and Behaviour Solutions: The stress-free way to live in harmony with your dog
Author: Various
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan, Ben Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of articles, based on modern science, using force free and fear free methods Solutions to common issues from pre-puppy to adulthood The book is a compilation of articles written by these professionals on various aspects of puppy and dog ownership, care, training, and managing and treating behavior problems. As such, you do not need to read the book cover to cover, but the articles are compiled in such a way that it will take you through in a sensible order if that&amp;#039;s what you wish to do. Alternatively, you can skip to whichever issue you wish to look up and read articles about it. If previous knowledge of a preceding article is required, it is usually mentioned in the article you&amp;#039;re reading. A Collaboration of Force-Free Professionals It is good to see some articles referring back to others written by a different author, proving that this is indeed a collaboration between like-minded professionals and the advice isn&amp;#039;t coming from a singular source. All of the writers do well at maintaining an overall ‘tone&amp;#039; but of course, they write as individuals so you do get different voices. You may find you prefer some to others. Despite a generally professional voice, the tone is friendly, and at (appropriate) times, humorous. From a grammar perspective, it is well written, so easy to read. Something for Everyone Some of the articles are brief and provide a quick and easy read; others are more lengthy, but the formatting and editing breaks them up well with subheadings making the text much easier to take in. The advice is well presented without complex jargon and easy for anyone to take in, from people brand new to dog training to seasoned professionals looking for another way of presenting their information or an alternative method. Easy to understand anecdotes and comparisons help people to understand their dogs&amp;#039; perceptions of situations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog Training and Behaviour Solutions: The stress-free way to live in harmony with your dog
Author: Various
Narrator: Deirdra Whelan, Ben Allen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of articles, based on modern science, using force free and fear free methods Solutions to common issues from pre-puppy to adulthood The book is a compilation of articles written by these professionals on various aspects of puppy and dog ownership, care, training, and managing and treating behavior problems. As such, you do not need to read the book cover to cover, but the articles are compiled in such a way that it will take you through in a sensible order if that&amp;#039;s what you wish to do. Alternatively, you can skip to whichever issue you wish to look up and read articles about it. If previous knowledge of a preceding article is required, it is usually mentioned in the article you&amp;#039;re reading. A Collaboration of Force-Free Professionals It is good to see some articles referring back to others written by a different author, proving that this is indeed a collaboration between like-minded professionals and the advice isn&amp;#039;t coming from a singular source. All of the writers do well at maintaining an overall ‘tone&amp;#039; but of course, they write as individuals so you do get different voices. You may find you prefer some to others. Despite a generally professional voice, the tone is friendly, and at (appropriate) times, humorous. From a grammar perspective, it is well written, so easy to read. Something for Everyone Some of the articles are brief and provide a quick and easy read; others are more lengthy, but the formatting and editing breaks them up well with subheadings making the text much easier to take in. The advice is well presented without complex jargon and easy for anyone to take in, from people brand new to dog training to seasoned professionals looking for another way of presenting their information or an alternative method. Easy to understand anecdotes and comparisons help people to understand their dogs&amp;#039; perceptions of situations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Secret Language of Flowers by Dk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Language of Flowers
Author: Dk
Narrator: Lesley Dessalles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the uses and symbolic meanings of flowers over the centuries and across the globe. Flowers have been depicted as objects of beauty and wonder in countless paintings and poems, exchanged as tokens of love and affection, and displayed as symbols of both celebration and remembrance - &amp;#039;saying it with flowers&amp;#039; is truly part of the human experience. But how does the significance of flowers vary across cultures and at different points in history? And what makes certain flowers special? The Secret Language of Flowers explores the meaning of more than 80 flowers, tracing their history as symbols and charting their role in folklore and mythology around the world. Uncover the rich and fascinating histories of individual flowers - the sunflower, for example, which was regarded by the Aztecs as a symbol of war, but became a symbol of devotion in 19th-century painting due to the fact that it &amp;#039;turns its head&amp;#039; to follow the sun. Learn about the function of flowers in society, from the practical to the playful - flowers have been used as remedies - to soothe burns and aid digestion, for example - and as a means of sending cryptic communications. From the humble marigold to the complex orchid, the flowers in this book are arranged by season. The rose is celebrated in a dedicated chapter, reflecting its popularity in a variety of cultures and societies. Quirky, accessible, and informative, The Secret Language of Flowers is an entertaining guide to the rich stories that lie beyond the seductive aromas and dazzling beauty of flowers of all kinds. © 2023 DK © 2022 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Dk</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241646359.mp3" length="1342475" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241646359.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Language of Flowers
Author: Dk
Narrator: Lesley Dessalles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the uses and symbolic meanings of flowers over the centuries and across the globe. Flowers have been depicted as objects of beauty and wonder in countless paintings and poems, exchanged as tokens of love and affection, and displayed as symbols of both celebration and remembrance - &amp;#039;saying it with flowers&amp;#039; is truly part of the human experience. But how does the significance of flowers vary across cultures and at different points in history? And what makes certain flowers special? The Secret Language of Flowers explores the meaning of more than 80 flowers, tracing their history as symbols and charting their role in folklore and mythology around the world. Uncover the rich and fascinating histories of individual flowers - the sunflower, for example, which was regarded by the Aztecs as a symbol of war, but became a symbol of devotion in 19th-century painting due to the fact that it &amp;#039;turns its head&amp;#039; to follow the sun. Learn about the function of flowers in society, from the practical to the playful - flowers have been used as remedies - to soothe burns and aid digestion, for example - and as a means of sending cryptic communications. From the humble marigold to the complex orchid, the flowers in this book are arranged by season. The rose is celebrated in a dedicated chapter, reflecting its popularity in a variety of cultures and societies. Quirky, accessible, and informative, The Secret Language of Flowers is an entertaining guide to the rich stories that lie beyond the seductive aromas and dazzling beauty of flowers of all kinds. © 2023 DK © 2022 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Language of Flowers
Author: Dk
Narrator: Lesley Dessalles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the uses and symbolic meanings of flowers over the centuries and across the globe. Flowers have been depicted as objects of beauty and wonder in countless paintings and poems, exchanged as tokens of love and affection, and displayed as symbols of both celebration and remembrance - &amp;#039;saying it with flowers&amp;#039; is truly part of the human experience. But how does the significance of flowers vary across cultures and at different points in history? And what makes certain flowers special? The Secret Language of Flowers explores the meaning of more than 80 flowers, tracing their history as symbols and charting their role in folklore and mythology around the world. Uncover the rich and fascinating histories of individual flowers - the sunflower, for example, which was regarded by the Aztecs as a symbol of war, but became a symbol of devotion in 19th-century painting due to the fact that it &amp;#039;turns its head&amp;#039; to follow the sun. Learn about the function of flowers in society, from the practical to the playful - flowers have been used as remedies - to soothe burns and aid digestion, for example - and as a means of sending cryptic communications. From the humble marigold to the complex orchid, the flowers in this book are arranged by season. The rose is celebrated in a dedicated chapter, reflecting its popularity in a variety of cultures and societies. Quirky, accessible, and informative, The Secret Language of Flowers is an entertaining guide to the rich stories that lie beyond the seductive aromas and dazzling beauty of flowers of all kinds. © 2023 DK © 2022 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Gesang in den Meeren (Ungekürzt) by Doreen Cunningham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Gesang in den Meeren (Ungekürzt)
Author: Doreen Cunningham
Narrator: Julia Nachtmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Von den Lagunen in Baja California bis zu den Gletschern des Nordpolarmeers legen Grauwalmütter mit ihren Kälbern jährlich Tausende von Meilen in dem sich aufgrund des Klimawandels erwärmenden Meer zurück. Es ist die längste Wanderung eines Säugetiers auf unserem Planeten. Doreen Cunningham, selbst alleinerziehende Mutter, folgt den Walen auf dieser gefährlichen Reise, zusammen mit ihrem zweijährigen Sohn Max - in Bussen, Zügen und auf Schiffen, allein und auf sich gestellt.  Den Plan zu diesem Abenteuer hat sie an einem Tiefpunkt ihres Lebens gefasst: Gestrandet in einem Heim für obdachlose Mütter, erinnert sie sich an ihren Aufenthalt bei den Iñupiat im Norden Alaskas, an die unbändige Natur, die ihr schon einmal im Leben half. Nun will sie es mit Max erneut versuchen, ihm zeigen, wie Mensch und Wal verbunden sind, was Freiheit und Liebe bedeuten. Doreen Cunningham ist eine einzigartige Mischung aus Memoir, Reisebericht und wissenschaftlicher Dokumentation gelungen. SOUNDINGS Copyright (C) 2022 by Doreen Walton Die Originalausgabe erschien 2022 unter dem Titel SOUNDINGS bei Virago Press, London.</description>
      <author>Doreen Cunningham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783754005422.mp3" length="775966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783754005422.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Gesang in den Meeren (Ungekürzt)
Author: Doreen Cunningham
Narrator: Julia Nachtmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Von den Lagunen in Baja California bis zu den Gletschern des Nordpolarmeers legen Grauwalmütter mit ihren Kälbern jährlich Tausende von Meilen in dem sich aufgrund des Klimawandels erwärmenden Meer zurück. Es ist die längste Wanderung eines Säugetiers auf unserem Planeten. Doreen Cunningham, selbst alleinerziehende Mutter, folgt den Walen auf dieser gefährlichen Reise, zusammen mit ihrem zweijährigen Sohn Max - in Bussen, Zügen und auf Schiffen, allein und auf sich gestellt.  Den Plan zu diesem Abenteuer hat sie an einem Tiefpunkt ihres Lebens gefasst: Gestrandet in einem Heim für obdachlose Mütter, erinnert sie sich an ihren Aufenthalt bei den Iñupiat im Norden Alaskas, an die unbändige Natur, die ihr schon einmal im Leben half. Nun will sie es mit Max erneut versuchen, ihm zeigen, wie Mensch und Wal verbunden sind, was Freiheit und Liebe bedeuten. Doreen Cunningham ist eine einzigartige Mischung aus Memoir, Reisebericht und wissenschaftlicher Dokumentation gelungen. SOUNDINGS Copyright (C) 2022 by Doreen Walton Die Originalausgabe erschien 2022 unter dem Titel SOUNDINGS bei Virago Press, London.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/646008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Gesang in den Meeren (Ungekürzt)
Author: Doreen Cunningham
Narrator: Julia Nachtmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 12 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Von den Lagunen in Baja California bis zu den Gletschern des Nordpolarmeers legen Grauwalmütter mit ihren Kälbern jährlich Tausende von Meilen in dem sich aufgrund des Klimawandels erwärmenden Meer zurück. Es ist die längste Wanderung eines Säugetiers auf unserem Planeten. Doreen Cunningham, selbst alleinerziehende Mutter, folgt den Walen auf dieser gefährlichen Reise, zusammen mit ihrem zweijährigen Sohn Max - in Bussen, Zügen und auf Schiffen, allein und auf sich gestellt.  Den Plan zu diesem Abenteuer hat sie an einem Tiefpunkt ihres Lebens gefasst: Gestrandet in einem Heim für obdachlose Mütter, erinnert sie sich an ihren Aufenthalt bei den Iñupiat im Norden Alaskas, an die unbändige Natur, die ihr schon einmal im Leben half. Nun will sie es mit Max erneut versuchen, ihm zeigen, wie Mensch und Wal verbunden sind, was Freiheit und Liebe bedeuten. Doreen Cunningham ist eine einzigartige Mischung aus Memoir, Reisebericht und wissenschaftlicher Dokumentation gelungen. SOUNDINGS Copyright (C) 2022 by Doreen Walton Die Originalausgabe erschien 2022 unter dem Titel SOUNDINGS bei Virago Press, London.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El hombre corzo: 7 años de vida salvaje (Seven Years of Living in the Wild) by Geoffroy Delorme</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El hombre corzo: 7 años de vida salvaje (Seven Years of Living in the Wild)
Author: Geoffroy Delorme
Narrator: Santiago Padilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Amoureux de la nature, Geoffroy Delorme n&amp;#039;a pas vingt ans quand il aperçoit, dans la forêt de Louviers en Normandie, un chevreuil curieux et joueur. Le jeune homme et l&amp;#039;animal s&amp;#039;apprivoisent. Geoffroy lui donne un nom, Daguet, et le chevreuil lui ouvre les portes de la forêt et du monde fascinant de ses semblables. Geoffroy s&amp;#039;installe parmi eux et son expérience immersive va durer sept ans. Vivre seul en forêt sans tente, ni abri, ni même un sac de couchage ou une couverture, c&amp;#039;est surtout apprendre à survivre. Geoffroy Delorme suit l&amp;#039;exemple des chevreuils. Il adopte leurs comportements, apprend à se nourrir, à dormir et à se protéger comme eux. Il acquiert une connaissance unique de ces animaux et de leur mode de vie, il les observe, les photographie et communique avec eux. Il apprend à partager leurs joies, leurs peines et leurs peurs. Aujourd&amp;#039;hui, il raconte.</description>
      <author>Geoffroy Delorme</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638118060.mp3" length="1205829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638118060.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El hombre corzo: 7 años de vida salvaje (Seven Years of Living in the Wild)
Author: Geoffroy Delorme
Narrator: Santiago Padilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Amoureux de la nature, Geoffroy Delorme n&amp;#039;a pas vingt ans quand il aperçoit, dans la forêt de Louviers en Normandie, un chevreuil curieux et joueur. Le jeune homme et l&amp;#039;animal s&amp;#039;apprivoisent. Geoffroy lui donne un nom, Daguet, et le chevreuil lui ouvre les portes de la forêt et du monde fascinant de ses semblables. Geoffroy s&amp;#039;installe parmi eux et son expérience immersive va durer sept ans. Vivre seul en forêt sans tente, ni abri, ni même un sac de couchage ou une couverture, c&amp;#039;est surtout apprendre à survivre. Geoffroy Delorme suit l&amp;#039;exemple des chevreuils. Il adopte leurs comportements, apprend à se nourrir, à dormir et à se protéger comme eux. Il acquiert une connaissance unique de ces animaux et de leur mode de vie, il les observe, les photographie et communique avec eux. Il apprend à partager leurs joies, leurs peines et leurs peurs. Aujourd&amp;#039;hui, il raconte.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644911</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El hombre corzo: 7 años de vida salvaje (Seven Years of Living in the Wild)
Author: Geoffroy Delorme
Narrator: Santiago Padilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Amoureux de la nature, Geoffroy Delorme n&amp;#039;a pas vingt ans quand il aperçoit, dans la forêt de Louviers en Normandie, un chevreuil curieux et joueur. Le jeune homme et l&amp;#039;animal s&amp;#039;apprivoisent. Geoffroy lui donne un nom, Daguet, et le chevreuil lui ouvre les portes de la forêt et du monde fascinant de ses semblables. Geoffroy s&amp;#039;installe parmi eux et son expérience immersive va durer sept ans. Vivre seul en forêt sans tente, ni abri, ni même un sac de couchage ou une couverture, c&amp;#039;est surtout apprendre à survivre. Geoffroy Delorme suit l&amp;#039;exemple des chevreuils. Il adopte leurs comportements, apprend à se nourrir, à dormir et à se protéger comme eux. Il acquiert une connaissance unique de ces animaux et de leur mode de vie, il les observe, les photographie et communique avec eux. Il apprend à partager leurs joies, leurs peines et leurs peurs. Aujourd&amp;#039;hui, il raconte.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Little Book of Dog Care: Expert Advice on Giving Your Dogs Their Best Life by Ace Tilton Ratcliff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Little Book of Dog Care: Expert Advice on Giving Your Dogs Their Best Life
Author: Ace Tilton Ratcliff
Narrator: Gail Shalan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential guide to caring for your dog, filled with expert-backed tips and nuggets of advice to help every dog owner understand what their canine companion needs in order to be happy and healthy. In the Little Book of Dog Care, life-long dog lover and deathcare veterinary practice owner Ace Tilton Ratcliff delivers a must-have primer for every dog parent. What should you do when your dog is scared during a thunderstorm? How can you make clipping their nails less miserable? When do they like to eat? What can’t you feed them? Endless questions, expert-certified answers.   Thoughtfully divided into chapters that focus on a specific aspect of care, from sleeping to grooming and beyond, these tips and tricks are applicable to any breed of dog. By the last page, every dog owner will better understand what their dog might be feeling—and how to best assist, using your enviable opposable thumbs.</description>
      <author>Ace Tilton Ratcliff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797160221.mp3" length="800284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797160221.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Little Book of Dog Care: Expert Advice on Giving Your Dogs Their Best Life
Author: Ace Tilton Ratcliff
Narrator: Gail Shalan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential guide to caring for your dog, filled with expert-backed tips and nuggets of advice to help every dog owner understand what their canine companion needs in order to be happy and healthy. In the Little Book of Dog Care, life-long dog lover and deathcare veterinary practice owner Ace Tilton Ratcliff delivers a must-have primer for every dog parent. What should you do when your dog is scared during a thunderstorm? How can you make clipping their nails less miserable? When do they like to eat? What can’t you feed them? Endless questions, expert-certified answers.   Thoughtfully divided into chapters that focus on a specific aspect of care, from sleeping to grooming and beyond, these tips and tricks are applicable to any breed of dog. By the last page, every dog owner will better understand what their dog might be feeling—and how to best assist, using your enviable opposable thumbs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Little Book of Dog Care: Expert Advice on Giving Your Dogs Their Best Life
Author: Ace Tilton Ratcliff
Narrator: Gail Shalan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An essential guide to caring for your dog, filled with expert-backed tips and nuggets of advice to help every dog owner understand what their canine companion needs in order to be happy and healthy. In the Little Book of Dog Care, life-long dog lover and deathcare veterinary practice owner Ace Tilton Ratcliff delivers a must-have primer for every dog parent. What should you do when your dog is scared during a thunderstorm? How can you make clipping their nails less miserable? When do they like to eat? What can’t you feed them? Endless questions, expert-certified answers.   Thoughtfully divided into chapters that focus on a specific aspect of care, from sleeping to grooming and beyond, these tips and tricks are applicable to any breed of dog. By the last page, every dog owner will better understand what their dog might be feeling—and how to best assist, using your enviable opposable thumbs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World by Steven Hawley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World
Author: Steven Hawley
Narrator: Steven Hawley, Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The ugly truth about dams is about to be revealed. During the first two decades of the twenty-first century, the whole messy truth about the legacy of last century’s big dam building binge has come to light. What started out as an arguably good government project has drifted oceans away from that original virtuous intent. Governments plugged the nation’s rivers in a misguided attempt to turn them into revenue streams. Water control projects’ main legacy will be one of needless ecological destruction, fostering a host of unnecessary injustices. The estimated 800,000 dams in the world can’t be blamed for destroying the earth’s entire biological inheritance, but they play an outsized role in that destruction. Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Crazy World is a kind of speed date with the history of water control -- its dams, diversions and canals, and just as importantly, the politics and power that evolved with them. Examples from the American West reveal that the costs of building and maintaining a sprawling water storage and delivery complex in an arid world—growing increasingly arid under the ravages of climate chaos—is well beyond the benefits furnished. Success stories from Patagonia and the Blue Heart of Europe point to a possible future where rivers run free and the earth restores itself. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF that includes definitions and illustrations from the book.</description>
      <author>Steven Hawley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593748251.mp3" length="2729084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593748251.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World
Author: Steven Hawley
Narrator: Steven Hawley, Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The ugly truth about dams is about to be revealed. During the first two decades of the twenty-first century, the whole messy truth about the legacy of last century’s big dam building binge has come to light. What started out as an arguably good government project has drifted oceans away from that original virtuous intent. Governments plugged the nation’s rivers in a misguided attempt to turn them into revenue streams. Water control projects’ main legacy will be one of needless ecological destruction, fostering a host of unnecessary injustices. The estimated 800,000 dams in the world can’t be blamed for destroying the earth’s entire biological inheritance, but they play an outsized role in that destruction. Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Crazy World is a kind of speed date with the history of water control -- its dams, diversions and canals, and just as importantly, the politics and power that evolved with them. Examples from the American West reveal that the costs of building and maintaining a sprawling water storage and delivery complex in an arid world—growing increasingly arid under the ravages of climate chaos—is well beyond the benefits furnished. Success stories from Patagonia and the Blue Heart of Europe point to a possible future where rivers run free and the earth restores itself. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF that includes definitions and illustrations from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Chaotic World
Author: Steven Hawley
Narrator: Steven Hawley, Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The ugly truth about dams is about to be revealed. During the first two decades of the twenty-first century, the whole messy truth about the legacy of last century’s big dam building binge has come to light. What started out as an arguably good government project has drifted oceans away from that original virtuous intent. Governments plugged the nation’s rivers in a misguided attempt to turn them into revenue streams. Water control projects’ main legacy will be one of needless ecological destruction, fostering a host of unnecessary injustices. The estimated 800,000 dams in the world can’t be blamed for destroying the earth’s entire biological inheritance, but they play an outsized role in that destruction. Cracked: The Future of Dams in a Hot, Crazy World is a kind of speed date with the history of water control -- its dams, diversions and canals, and just as importantly, the politics and power that evolved with them. Examples from the American West reveal that the costs of building and maintaining a sprawling water storage and delivery complex in an arid world—growing increasingly arid under the ravages of climate chaos—is well beyond the benefits furnished. Success stories from Patagonia and the Blue Heart of Europe point to a possible future where rivers run free and the earth restores itself. * This audiobook edition contains a downloadable PDF that includes definitions and illustrations from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Forest Journey: The Role of Trees in the Fate of Civilization by John Perlin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Forest Journey: The Role of Trees in the Fate of Civilization
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: John Perlin
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A Foundational Conservation Story Revived. Ancient writers observed that forests always recede as civilizations develop and grow. The great Roman poet Ovid wrote that before civilization began, “even the pine tree stood on its own very hills” but when civilization took over, “the mountain oak, the pine were felled.” This happened for a simple reason: trees have been the principal fuel and building material of every society over the millennia, from the time urban areas were settled until the middle of the nineteenth century. To this day trees still fulfill these roles for a good portion of the world’s population. Without vast supplies of wood from forests, the great civilizations of Sumer, Assyria, Egypt, Crete, Greece, Rome, the Islamic World, Western Europe, and North America would have never emerged. Wood, in fact, is the unsung hero of the technological revolution that has brought us from a stone and bone culture to our present age. Until the ascendancy of fossil fuels, wood was the principal fuel and building material from the dawn of civilization. Its abundance or scarcity greatly shaped, as A Forest Journey ably relates, the culture, demographics, economy, internal and external politics and technology of successive societies over the millennia. The Forest Journey was originally published in 1989 and updated in 2005. The book&amp;#039;s comprehensive coverage of the major role forests have played in human life -- told with grace, fluency, imagination, and humor -- gained it recognition as a Harvard Classic in Science and World History and as one of Harvard&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;One Hundred Great Books.&amp;#039; Others receiving the honor include such luminaries as Stephen Jay Gould and E.O. Wilson. This is a foundational conservation story that should not be lost in the archives. This new, updated and revised edition emphasizes the importance of forests in the fight against global warming and the urgency to protect what remains of the great trees and forests of the world.</description>
      <author>John Perlin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593748237.mp3" length="2681541" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593748237.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Forest Journey: The Role of Trees in the Fate of Civilization
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: John Perlin
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A Foundational Conservation Story Revived. Ancient writers observed that forests always recede as civilizations develop and grow. The great Roman poet Ovid wrote that before civilization began, “even the pine tree stood on its own very hills” but when civilization took over, “the mountain oak, the pine were felled.” This happened for a simple reason: trees have been the principal fuel and building material of every society over the millennia, from the time urban areas were settled until the middle of the nineteenth century. To this day trees still fulfill these roles for a good portion of the world’s population. Without vast supplies of wood from forests, the great civilizations of Sumer, Assyria, Egypt, Crete, Greece, Rome, the Islamic World, Western Europe, and North America would have never emerged. Wood, in fact, is the unsung hero of the technological revolution that has brought us from a stone and bone culture to our present age. Until the ascendancy of fossil fuels, wood was the principal fuel and building material from the dawn of civilization. Its abundance or scarcity greatly shaped, as A Forest Journey ably relates, the culture, demographics, economy, internal and external politics and technology of successive societies over the millennia. The Forest Journey was originally published in 1989 and updated in 2005. The book&amp;#039;s comprehensive coverage of the major role forests have played in human life -- told with grace, fluency, imagination, and humor -- gained it recognition as a Harvard Classic in Science and World History and as one of Harvard&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;One Hundred Great Books.&amp;#039; Others receiving the honor include such luminaries as Stephen Jay Gould and E.O. Wilson. This is a foundational conservation story that should not be lost in the archives. This new, updated and revised edition emphasizes the importance of forests in the fight against global warming and the urgency to protect what remains of the great trees and forests of the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Forest Journey: The Role of Trees in the Fate of Civilization
Series: Part of Patagonia
Author: John Perlin
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 2 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A Foundational Conservation Story Revived. Ancient writers observed that forests always recede as civilizations develop and grow. The great Roman poet Ovid wrote that before civilization began, “even the pine tree stood on its own very hills” but when civilization took over, “the mountain oak, the pine were felled.” This happened for a simple reason: trees have been the principal fuel and building material of every society over the millennia, from the time urban areas were settled until the middle of the nineteenth century. To this day trees still fulfill these roles for a good portion of the world’s population. Without vast supplies of wood from forests, the great civilizations of Sumer, Assyria, Egypt, Crete, Greece, Rome, the Islamic World, Western Europe, and North America would have never emerged. Wood, in fact, is the unsung hero of the technological revolution that has brought us from a stone and bone culture to our present age. Until the ascendancy of fossil fuels, wood was the principal fuel and building material from the dawn of civilization. Its abundance or scarcity greatly shaped, as A Forest Journey ably relates, the culture, demographics, economy, internal and external politics and technology of successive societies over the millennia. The Forest Journey was originally published in 1989 and updated in 2005. The book&amp;#039;s comprehensive coverage of the major role forests have played in human life -- told with grace, fluency, imagination, and humor -- gained it recognition as a Harvard Classic in Science and World History and as one of Harvard&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;One Hundred Great Books.&amp;#039; Others receiving the honor include such luminaries as Stephen Jay Gould and E.O. Wilson. This is a foundational conservation story that should not be lost in the archives. This new, updated and revised edition emphasizes the importance of forests in the fight against global warming and the urgency to protect what remains of the great trees and forests of the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Devil&amp;#039;s Element: Phosphorus and a World Out of Balance by Dan Egan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Element: Phosphorus and a World Out of Balance
Author: Dan Egan
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times best-selling author on the source of great bounty—and now great peril—all over the world.    Phosphorus has played a critical role in some of the most lethal substances on earth: firebombs, rat poison, nerve gas. But it’s also the key component of one of the most vital: fertilizer, which has sustained life for billions of people. In this major work of explanatory science and environmental journalism, Pulitzer Prize finalist Dan Egan investigates the past, present, and future of what has been called “the oil of our time.”  The story of phosphorus spans the globe and vast tracts of human history. First discovered in a seventeenth-century alchemy lab in Hamburg, it soon became a highly sought-after resource. The race to mine phosphorus took people from the battlefields of Waterloo, which were looted for the bones of fallen soldiers, to the fabled guano islands off Peru, the Bone Valley of Florida, and the sand dunes of the Western Sahara. Over the past century, phosphorus has made farming vastly more productive, feeding the enormous increase in the human population. Yet, as Egan harrowingly reports, our overreliance on this vital crop nutrient is today causing toxic algae blooms and “dead zones” in waterways from the coasts of Florida to the Mississippi River basin to the Great Lakes and beyond. Egan also explores the alarming reality that diminishing access to phosphorus poses a threat to the food system worldwide—which risks rising conflict and even war.  With The Devil’s Element, Egan has written an essential and eye-opening account that urges us to pay attention to one of the most perilous but little-known environmental issues of our time.</description>
      <author>Dan Egan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593748176.mp3" length="2758501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593748176.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Element: Phosphorus and a World Out of Balance
Author: Dan Egan
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times best-selling author on the source of great bounty—and now great peril—all over the world.    Phosphorus has played a critical role in some of the most lethal substances on earth: firebombs, rat poison, nerve gas. But it’s also the key component of one of the most vital: fertilizer, which has sustained life for billions of people. In this major work of explanatory science and environmental journalism, Pulitzer Prize finalist Dan Egan investigates the past, present, and future of what has been called “the oil of our time.”  The story of phosphorus spans the globe and vast tracts of human history. First discovered in a seventeenth-century alchemy lab in Hamburg, it soon became a highly sought-after resource. The race to mine phosphorus took people from the battlefields of Waterloo, which were looted for the bones of fallen soldiers, to the fabled guano islands off Peru, the Bone Valley of Florida, and the sand dunes of the Western Sahara. Over the past century, phosphorus has made farming vastly more productive, feeding the enormous increase in the human population. Yet, as Egan harrowingly reports, our overreliance on this vital crop nutrient is today causing toxic algae blooms and “dead zones” in waterways from the coasts of Florida to the Mississippi River basin to the Great Lakes and beyond. Egan also explores the alarming reality that diminishing access to phosphorus poses a threat to the food system worldwide—which risks rising conflict and even war.  With The Devil’s Element, Egan has written an essential and eye-opening account that urges us to pay attention to one of the most perilous but little-known environmental issues of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644134</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Devil&amp;#039;s Element: Phosphorus and a World Out of Balance
Author: Dan Egan
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times best-selling author on the source of great bounty—and now great peril—all over the world.    Phosphorus has played a critical role in some of the most lethal substances on earth: firebombs, rat poison, nerve gas. But it’s also the key component of one of the most vital: fertilizer, which has sustained life for billions of people. In this major work of explanatory science and environmental journalism, Pulitzer Prize finalist Dan Egan investigates the past, present, and future of what has been called “the oil of our time.”  The story of phosphorus spans the globe and vast tracts of human history. First discovered in a seventeenth-century alchemy lab in Hamburg, it soon became a highly sought-after resource. The race to mine phosphorus took people from the battlefields of Waterloo, which were looted for the bones of fallen soldiers, to the fabled guano islands off Peru, the Bone Valley of Florida, and the sand dunes of the Western Sahara. Over the past century, phosphorus has made farming vastly more productive, feeding the enormous increase in the human population. Yet, as Egan harrowingly reports, our overreliance on this vital crop nutrient is today causing toxic algae blooms and “dead zones” in waterways from the coasts of Florida to the Mississippi River basin to the Great Lakes and beyond. Egan also explores the alarming reality that diminishing access to phosphorus poses a threat to the food system worldwide—which risks rising conflict and even war.  With The Devil’s Element, Egan has written an essential and eye-opening account that urges us to pay attention to one of the most perilous but little-known environmental issues of our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Museum of the Wood Age by Max Adams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Museum of the Wood Age
Author: Max Adams
Narrator: Max Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A passionate and imaginative exploration of wood – the material that shaped human history. As a material, wood has no equal in strength, resilience, adaptability and availability. It has been our partner in the cultural evolution from woodland foragers to engineers of our own destiny. Tracing that partnership through tools, devices, construction and artistic expression, Max Adams explores the role that wood has played in our own history as an imaginative, curious and resourceful species. Beginning with an investigation of the material properties of various species of wood, The Museum of the Wood Age investigates the influence of six basic devices – wedge, inclined plane, screw, lever, wheel, axle and pulley – and in so doing reveals the myriad ways in which wood has been worked throughout human history. From the simple bivouacs of hunter-gatherers to sophisticated wooden buildings such as stave churches; from the decorative arts to the humble woodworking of rustic furniture; Max Adams fashions a lattice of interconnected stories and objects that trace a path of human ingenuity across half a million years of history.</description>
      <author>Max Adams</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781800247789.mp3" length="755748" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781800247789.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Museum of the Wood Age
Author: Max Adams
Narrator: Max Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A passionate and imaginative exploration of wood – the material that shaped human history. As a material, wood has no equal in strength, resilience, adaptability and availability. It has been our partner in the cultural evolution from woodland foragers to engineers of our own destiny. Tracing that partnership through tools, devices, construction and artistic expression, Max Adams explores the role that wood has played in our own history as an imaginative, curious and resourceful species. Beginning with an investigation of the material properties of various species of wood, The Museum of the Wood Age investigates the influence of six basic devices – wedge, inclined plane, screw, lever, wheel, axle and pulley – and in so doing reveals the myriad ways in which wood has been worked throughout human history. From the simple bivouacs of hunter-gatherers to sophisticated wooden buildings such as stave churches; from the decorative arts to the humble woodworking of rustic furniture; Max Adams fashions a lattice of interconnected stories and objects that trace a path of human ingenuity across half a million years of history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644132</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Museum of the Wood Age
Author: Max Adams
Narrator: Max Adams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A passionate and imaginative exploration of wood – the material that shaped human history. As a material, wood has no equal in strength, resilience, adaptability and availability. It has been our partner in the cultural evolution from woodland foragers to engineers of our own destiny. Tracing that partnership through tools, devices, construction and artistic expression, Max Adams explores the role that wood has played in our own history as an imaginative, curious and resourceful species. Beginning with an investigation of the material properties of various species of wood, The Museum of the Wood Age investigates the influence of six basic devices – wedge, inclined plane, screw, lever, wheel, axle and pulley – and in so doing reveals the myriad ways in which wood has been worked throughout human history. From the simple bivouacs of hunter-gatherers to sophisticated wooden buildings such as stave churches; from the decorative arts to the humble woodworking of rustic furniture; Max Adams fashions a lattice of interconnected stories and objects that trace a path of human ingenuity across half a million years of history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - CO2 - Welt ohne Morgen (Ungekürzt) by Tom Roth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - CO2 - Welt ohne Morgen (Ungekürzt)
Author: Tom Roth
Narrator: Christian Baumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der hochaktuelle Thriller um eines der wichtigsten Themen unserer Zeit: Zwölf Kinder aus zwölf Nationen, Teilnehmer eines Klima-Camps in Australien, werden entführt. Die Drohung der Kidnapper: Einigt sich die Weltgemeinschaft nicht binnen kürzester Zeit auf drastische Klimaziele, stirbt ein Kind. Vor laufender Kamera. Dann Woche für Woche ein weiteres. Die Welt hält den Atem an. Kann so erreicht werden, was in unzähligen Versuchen zuvor gescheitert ist? Werden die Regierungen nachgeben, wenn das Leben unschuldiger Kinder auf dem Spiel steht? Bald wird klar: Bei diesem Wettlauf geht es um weitaus mehr als das Leben Einzelner - und die Zeit läuft ab ...</description>
      <author>Tom Roth</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Dec 2020 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783838796208.mp3" length="721412" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783838796208.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - CO2 - Welt ohne Morgen (Ungekürzt)
Author: Tom Roth
Narrator: Christian Baumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der hochaktuelle Thriller um eines der wichtigsten Themen unserer Zeit: Zwölf Kinder aus zwölf Nationen, Teilnehmer eines Klima-Camps in Australien, werden entführt. Die Drohung der Kidnapper: Einigt sich die Weltgemeinschaft nicht binnen kürzester Zeit auf drastische Klimaziele, stirbt ein Kind. Vor laufender Kamera. Dann Woche für Woche ein weiteres. Die Welt hält den Atem an. Kann so erreicht werden, was in unzähligen Versuchen zuvor gescheitert ist? Werden die Regierungen nachgeben, wenn das Leben unschuldiger Kinder auf dem Spiel steht? Bald wird klar: Bei diesem Wettlauf geht es um weitaus mehr als das Leben Einzelner - und die Zeit läuft ab ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/644114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - CO2 - Welt ohne Morgen (Ungekürzt)
Author: Tom Roth
Narrator: Christian Baumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der hochaktuelle Thriller um eines der wichtigsten Themen unserer Zeit: Zwölf Kinder aus zwölf Nationen, Teilnehmer eines Klima-Camps in Australien, werden entführt. Die Drohung der Kidnapper: Einigt sich die Weltgemeinschaft nicht binnen kürzester Zeit auf drastische Klimaziele, stirbt ein Kind. Vor laufender Kamera. Dann Woche für Woche ein weiteres. Die Welt hält den Atem an. Kann so erreicht werden, was in unzähligen Versuchen zuvor gescheitert ist? Werden die Regierungen nachgeben, wenn das Leben unschuldiger Kinder auf dem Spiel steht? Bald wird klar: Bei diesem Wettlauf geht es um weitaus mehr als das Leben Einzelner - und die Zeit läuft ab ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cougars on the Cliff: One Man&amp;#039;s Pioneering Quest to Understand the Mythical Mountain Lion, A Memoir by Maurice Hornocker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cougars on the Cliff: One Man&amp;#039;s Pioneering Quest to Understand the Mythical Mountain Lion, A Memoir
Author: Maurice Hornocker
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Maurice Hornocker is recognized worldwide as the first scientist to unravel the secrets of America&amp;#039;s most enigmatic predator—the mountain lion. A story of redemption, this book is a memoir about the never-before-told adventures, challenges, and controversies surrounding Hornocker&amp;#039;s groundbreaking study of cougars in the remote reaches of the Idaho Primitive Area. North America&amp;#039;s biggest cat was once killed for bounty dollars, slaughtered with impunity and driven toward extinction. But today&amp;#039;s cat of intrigue, despite our lingering fears and misconceptions, has returned to much of its native range in the western United States and gained respect as a predator integral and necessary to wild ecosystems. This turnaround was triggered by one man: Maurice Hornocker. Cougars on the Cliff recounts the early years of his research when he tracked lions following a dog&amp;#039;s nose and footprints in the snow—before telemetry was available. Hornocker was first to learn that mountain lions living in stable populations limit their own numbers through territoriality and a concept he called &amp;#039;mutual avoidance.&amp;#039; This insight flew in the face of long-held beliefs that cougars were prolific and wanton killers that needed to be controlled as vermin. Thanks to Hornocker&amp;#039;s work, today cougars can be found throughout the West and have even started to reclaim their place in New England.</description>
      <author>Maurice Hornocker</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696609623.mp3" length="7404216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696609623.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cougars on the Cliff: One Man&amp;#039;s Pioneering Quest to Understand the Mythical Mountain Lion, A Memoir
Author: Maurice Hornocker
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Maurice Hornocker is recognized worldwide as the first scientist to unravel the secrets of America&amp;#039;s most enigmatic predator—the mountain lion. A story of redemption, this book is a memoir about the never-before-told adventures, challenges, and controversies surrounding Hornocker&amp;#039;s groundbreaking study of cougars in the remote reaches of the Idaho Primitive Area. North America&amp;#039;s biggest cat was once killed for bounty dollars, slaughtered with impunity and driven toward extinction. But today&amp;#039;s cat of intrigue, despite our lingering fears and misconceptions, has returned to much of its native range in the western United States and gained respect as a predator integral and necessary to wild ecosystems. This turnaround was triggered by one man: Maurice Hornocker. Cougars on the Cliff recounts the early years of his research when he tracked lions following a dog&amp;#039;s nose and footprints in the snow—before telemetry was available. Hornocker was first to learn that mountain lions living in stable populations limit their own numbers through territoriality and a concept he called &amp;#039;mutual avoidance.&amp;#039; This insight flew in the face of long-held beliefs that cougars were prolific and wanton killers that needed to be controlled as vermin. Thanks to Hornocker&amp;#039;s work, today cougars can be found throughout the West and have even started to reclaim their place in New England.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643259</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cougars on the Cliff: One Man&amp;#039;s Pioneering Quest to Understand the Mythical Mountain Lion, A Memoir
Author: Maurice Hornocker
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Maurice Hornocker is recognized worldwide as the first scientist to unravel the secrets of America&amp;#039;s most enigmatic predator—the mountain lion. A story of redemption, this book is a memoir about the never-before-told adventures, challenges, and controversies surrounding Hornocker&amp;#039;s groundbreaking study of cougars in the remote reaches of the Idaho Primitive Area. North America&amp;#039;s biggest cat was once killed for bounty dollars, slaughtered with impunity and driven toward extinction. But today&amp;#039;s cat of intrigue, despite our lingering fears and misconceptions, has returned to much of its native range in the western United States and gained respect as a predator integral and necessary to wild ecosystems. This turnaround was triggered by one man: Maurice Hornocker. Cougars on the Cliff recounts the early years of his research when he tracked lions following a dog&amp;#039;s nose and footprints in the snow—before telemetry was available. Hornocker was first to learn that mountain lions living in stable populations limit their own numbers through territoriality and a concept he called &amp;#039;mutual avoidance.&amp;#039; This insight flew in the face of long-held beliefs that cougars were prolific and wanton killers that needed to be controlled as vermin. Thanks to Hornocker&amp;#039;s work, today cougars can be found throughout the West and have even started to reclaim their place in New England.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good News, Planet Earth: What’s Being Done to Save Our World, and What You Can Do Too! by Sam Bentley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good News, Planet Earth: What’s Being Done to Save Our World, and What You Can Do Too!
Author: Sam Bentley
Narrator: Sam Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sustainability enthusiast and climate activist Sam Bentley shares details on the hopeful developments combatting the effects of climate change, while giving readers actionable steps to help play their part. If you feel like climate change and the state of our planet just keeps getting worse and there&amp;#039;s nothing we can do to stop it then you&amp;#039;ve picked up the right book-because tons of efforts are already underway to save our planet, and we&amp;#039;d love for you to join the fight. Good News, Planet Earth is your go-to guide to learn about all the amazing sustainable developments that are being put in place worldwide to combat warming temperatures, pollution, deforestation, the use of wasteful products, and threats to our diverse wildlife. Sustainability enthusiast Sam Bentley takes you on a journey around the world to teach you about everything from the net-free zone established in the Great Barrier Reef, a road that charges electric vehicles while they drive in Detroit, and the opening of carbon capturing plants in Europe that suck CO2 out of the air and store it safely underground. Good News, Planet Earth includes: - 25 categories covering topics like recycling, energy use, and food consumption - 100 actionable steps you can take to fight climate change and live more sustainably Whether you&amp;#039;re seeking an uplifting and hopeful climate action book for yourself, or the perfect gift for the environmentally conscious person in your life, Good News, Planet Earth is the small but mighty book that might just help save the world. © 2023 Sam Bentley © 2023 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Sam Bentley</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241644669.mp3" length="1456826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241644669.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good News, Planet Earth: What’s Being Done to Save Our World, and What You Can Do Too!
Author: Sam Bentley
Narrator: Sam Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sustainability enthusiast and climate activist Sam Bentley shares details on the hopeful developments combatting the effects of climate change, while giving readers actionable steps to help play their part. If you feel like climate change and the state of our planet just keeps getting worse and there&amp;#039;s nothing we can do to stop it then you&amp;#039;ve picked up the right book-because tons of efforts are already underway to save our planet, and we&amp;#039;d love for you to join the fight. Good News, Planet Earth is your go-to guide to learn about all the amazing sustainable developments that are being put in place worldwide to combat warming temperatures, pollution, deforestation, the use of wasteful products, and threats to our diverse wildlife. Sustainability enthusiast Sam Bentley takes you on a journey around the world to teach you about everything from the net-free zone established in the Great Barrier Reef, a road that charges electric vehicles while they drive in Detroit, and the opening of carbon capturing plants in Europe that suck CO2 out of the air and store it safely underground. Good News, Planet Earth includes: - 25 categories covering topics like recycling, energy use, and food consumption - 100 actionable steps you can take to fight climate change and live more sustainably Whether you&amp;#039;re seeking an uplifting and hopeful climate action book for yourself, or the perfect gift for the environmentally conscious person in your life, Good News, Planet Earth is the small but mighty book that might just help save the world. © 2023 Sam Bentley © 2023 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/643237</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good News, Planet Earth: What’s Being Done to Save Our World, and What You Can Do Too!
Author: Sam Bentley
Narrator: Sam Bentley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sustainability enthusiast and climate activist Sam Bentley shares details on the hopeful developments combatting the effects of climate change, while giving readers actionable steps to help play their part. If you feel like climate change and the state of our planet just keeps getting worse and there&amp;#039;s nothing we can do to stop it then you&amp;#039;ve picked up the right book-because tons of efforts are already underway to save our planet, and we&amp;#039;d love for you to join the fight. Good News, Planet Earth is your go-to guide to learn about all the amazing sustainable developments that are being put in place worldwide to combat warming temperatures, pollution, deforestation, the use of wasteful products, and threats to our diverse wildlife. Sustainability enthusiast Sam Bentley takes you on a journey around the world to teach you about everything from the net-free zone established in the Great Barrier Reef, a road that charges electric vehicles while they drive in Detroit, and the opening of carbon capturing plants in Europe that suck CO2 out of the air and store it safely underground. Good News, Planet Earth includes: - 25 categories covering topics like recycling, energy use, and food consumption - 100 actionable steps you can take to fight climate change and live more sustainably Whether you&amp;#039;re seeking an uplifting and hopeful climate action book for yourself, or the perfect gift for the environmentally conscious person in your life, Good News, Planet Earth is the small but mighty book that might just help save the world. © 2023 Sam Bentley © 2023 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La Canción de P by Prashant Trivedi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La Canción de P
Author: Prashant Trivedi
Narrator: Dinorah Peña-Duran
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La Canción de P del gurú Prashant Trivedi es una lectura esencial para estos tiempos. Prashant ha extraído la esencia de la sabiduría Védica y la ha aplicado a los tiempos actuales. En esta publicación podrás encontrar consejos prácticos para mejorar tu calidad de vida basados en el sistema Védico milenario original, el cual es un sistema científico y verificable que te ayudará en el camino hacia tu evolución espiritual.</description>
      <author>Prashant Trivedi</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823430678.mp3" length="1302526" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823430678.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La Canción de P
Author: Prashant Trivedi
Narrator: Dinorah Peña-Duran
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La Canción de P del gurú Prashant Trivedi es una lectura esencial para estos tiempos. Prashant ha extraído la esencia de la sabiduría Védica y la ha aplicado a los tiempos actuales. En esta publicación podrás encontrar consejos prácticos para mejorar tu calidad de vida basados en el sistema Védico milenario original, el cual es un sistema científico y verificable que te ayudará en el camino hacia tu evolución espiritual.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La Canción de P
Author: Prashant Trivedi
Narrator: Dinorah Peña-Duran
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La Canción de P del gurú Prashant Trivedi es una lectura esencial para estos tiempos. Prashant ha extraído la esencia de la sabiduría Védica y la ha aplicado a los tiempos actuales. En esta publicación podrás encontrar consejos prácticos para mejorar tu calidad de vida basados en el sistema Védico milenario original, el cual es un sistema científico y verificable que te ayudará en el camino hacia tu evolución espiritual.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - 47 Geräusche in Stereo - Mensch, Freizeit, Tier by Geräusche In Stereo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 47 Geräusche in Stereo - Mensch, Freizeit, Tier
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
47 Geräusche aus dem Alltagsleben, von Menschenansammlungen in einem Raum oder auf dem Fußballplatz, Beifallklatschen oder Silvesterknallerei über Nähmaschine, Staubsauger und Haustürgong bis hin zu Hundegebell und Grillenzirpen sind hier zu hören.</description>
      <author>Geräusche In Stereo</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Oct 2020 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4260507160492.mp3" length="900677" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4260507160492.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 47 Geräusche in Stereo - Mensch, Freizeit, Tier
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
47 Geräusche aus dem Alltagsleben, von Menschenansammlungen in einem Raum oder auf dem Fußballplatz, Beifallklatschen oder Silvesterknallerei über Nähmaschine, Staubsauger und Haustürgong bis hin zu Hundegebell und Grillenzirpen sind hier zu hören.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 47 Geräusche in Stereo - Mensch, Freizeit, Tier
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
47 Geräusche aus dem Alltagsleben, von Menschenansammlungen in einem Raum oder auf dem Fußballplatz, Beifallklatschen oder Silvesterknallerei über Nähmaschine, Staubsauger und Haustürgong bis hin zu Hundegebell und Grillenzirpen sind hier zu hören.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wasteland: The Secret World of Waste and the Urgent Search for a Cleaner Future by Oliver Franklin-Wallis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wasteland: The Secret World of Waste and the Urgent Search for a Cleaner Future
Author: Oliver Franklin-Wallis
Narrator: Chris Harper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning investigative journalist takes a deep dive into the global waste crisis, exposing the hidden world that enables our modern economy—and finds out the dirty truth behind a simple question: what really happens to what we throw away?  In Wasteland, journalist Oliver Franklin-Wallis takes us on a shocking journey inside the waste industry—the secretive multi-billion dollar world that underpins the modern economy, quietly profiting from what we leave behind. In India, he meets the waste-pickers on the front line of the plastic crisis. In the UK, he journeys down sewers to confront our oldest—and newest—waste crisis, and comes face-to-face with nuclear waste. In Ghana, he follows the after-life of our technology and explores the global export network that results in goodwill donations clogging African landfills. From an incinerator to an Oklahoma ghost-town, Franklin-Wallis travels in search of the people and companies that really handle waste—and on the way, meets the innovators and campaigners pushing for a cleaner and less wasteful future.       With this mesmerizing, thought-provoking, and occasionally terrifying investigation, Oliver Franklin-Wallis tells a new story of humanity based on what we leave behind, and along the way, he shares a blueprint for building a healthier, more sustainable world—before we’re all buried in trash.</description>
      <author>Oliver Franklin-Wallis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626801.mp3" length="912688" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wasteland: The Secret World of Waste and the Urgent Search for a Cleaner Future
Author: Oliver Franklin-Wallis
Narrator: Chris Harper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning investigative journalist takes a deep dive into the global waste crisis, exposing the hidden world that enables our modern economy—and finds out the dirty truth behind a simple question: what really happens to what we throw away?  In Wasteland, journalist Oliver Franklin-Wallis takes us on a shocking journey inside the waste industry—the secretive multi-billion dollar world that underpins the modern economy, quietly profiting from what we leave behind. In India, he meets the waste-pickers on the front line of the plastic crisis. In the UK, he journeys down sewers to confront our oldest—and newest—waste crisis, and comes face-to-face with nuclear waste. In Ghana, he follows the after-life of our technology and explores the global export network that results in goodwill donations clogging African landfills. From an incinerator to an Oklahoma ghost-town, Franklin-Wallis travels in search of the people and companies that really handle waste—and on the way, meets the innovators and campaigners pushing for a cleaner and less wasteful future.       With this mesmerizing, thought-provoking, and occasionally terrifying investigation, Oliver Franklin-Wallis tells a new story of humanity based on what we leave behind, and along the way, he shares a blueprint for building a healthier, more sustainable world—before we’re all buried in trash.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wasteland: The Secret World of Waste and the Urgent Search for a Cleaner Future
Author: Oliver Franklin-Wallis
Narrator: Chris Harper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 2 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning investigative journalist takes a deep dive into the global waste crisis, exposing the hidden world that enables our modern economy—and finds out the dirty truth behind a simple question: what really happens to what we throw away?  In Wasteland, journalist Oliver Franklin-Wallis takes us on a shocking journey inside the waste industry—the secretive multi-billion dollar world that underpins the modern economy, quietly profiting from what we leave behind. In India, he meets the waste-pickers on the front line of the plastic crisis. In the UK, he journeys down sewers to confront our oldest—and newest—waste crisis, and comes face-to-face with nuclear waste. In Ghana, he follows the after-life of our technology and explores the global export network that results in goodwill donations clogging African landfills. From an incinerator to an Oklahoma ghost-town, Franklin-Wallis travels in search of the people and companies that really handle waste—and on the way, meets the innovators and campaigners pushing for a cleaner and less wasteful future.       With this mesmerizing, thought-provoking, and occasionally terrifying investigation, Oliver Franklin-Wallis tells a new story of humanity based on what we leave behind, and along the way, he shares a blueprint for building a healthier, more sustainable world—before we’re all buried in trash.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Heat Will Kill You First: Life and Death on a Scorched Planet by Jeff Goodell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heat Will Kill You First: Life and Death on a Scorched Planet
Author: Jeff Goodell
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times best-selling journalist Jeff Goodell presents a &amp;quot;masterful, bracing&amp;quot; (David Wallace-Wells) examination of the impact that temperature rise will have on our lives and on our planet, offering a vital new perspective on where we are headed, how we can prepare, and what is at stake if we fail to act.​   “When heat comes, it’s invisible. It doesn’t bend tree branches or blow hair across your face to let you know it’s arrived…. The sun feels like the barrel of a gun pointed at you.”      The world is waking up to a new reality: wildfires are now seasonal in California, the Northeast is getting less and less snow each winter, and the ice sheets in the Arctic and Antarctica are melting fast.  Heat is the first order threat that drives all other impacts of the climate crisis.  And as the temperature rises, it is revealing fault lines in our governments, our politics, our economy, and our values. The basic science is not complicated: Stop burning fossil fuels tomorrow, and the global temperature will stop rising tomorrow. Stop burning fossil fuels in 50 years, and the temperature will keep rising for 50 years, making parts of our planet virtually uninhabitable.  It’s up to us.  The hotter it gets, the deeper and wider our fault lines will open.      The Heat Will Kill You First is about the extreme ways in which our planet is already changing. It is about why spring is coming a few weeks earlier and fall is coming a few weeks later and the impact that will have on everything from our food supply to disease outbreaks. It is about what will happen to our lives and our communities when typical summer days in Chicago or Boston go from 90° F to 110°F. A heatwave, Goodell explains, is a predatory event— one that culls out the most vulnerable people.  But that is changing. As heatwaves become more intense and more common, they will become more democratic.       As an award-winning journalist who has been at the forefront of environmental journalism for decades, Goodell’s new book may be his most provocative yet, explaining how extreme heat will dramatically change the world as we know it.  Masterfully reported, mixing the latest scientific insight with on-the-ground storytelling, Jeff Goodell tackles the big questions and uncovers how extreme heat is a force beyond anything we have reckoned with before.</description>
      <author>Jeff Goodell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549156199.mp3" length="848955" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549156199.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heat Will Kill You First: Life and Death on a Scorched Planet
Author: Jeff Goodell
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times best-selling journalist Jeff Goodell presents a &amp;quot;masterful, bracing&amp;quot; (David Wallace-Wells) examination of the impact that temperature rise will have on our lives and on our planet, offering a vital new perspective on where we are headed, how we can prepare, and what is at stake if we fail to act.​   “When heat comes, it’s invisible. It doesn’t bend tree branches or blow hair across your face to let you know it’s arrived…. The sun feels like the barrel of a gun pointed at you.”      The world is waking up to a new reality: wildfires are now seasonal in California, the Northeast is getting less and less snow each winter, and the ice sheets in the Arctic and Antarctica are melting fast.  Heat is the first order threat that drives all other impacts of the climate crisis.  And as the temperature rises, it is revealing fault lines in our governments, our politics, our economy, and our values. The basic science is not complicated: Stop burning fossil fuels tomorrow, and the global temperature will stop rising tomorrow. Stop burning fossil fuels in 50 years, and the temperature will keep rising for 50 years, making parts of our planet virtually uninhabitable.  It’s up to us.  The hotter it gets, the deeper and wider our fault lines will open.      The Heat Will Kill You First is about the extreme ways in which our planet is already changing. It is about why spring is coming a few weeks earlier and fall is coming a few weeks later and the impact that will have on everything from our food supply to disease outbreaks. It is about what will happen to our lives and our communities when typical summer days in Chicago or Boston go from 90° F to 110°F. A heatwave, Goodell explains, is a predatory event— one that culls out the most vulnerable people.  But that is changing. As heatwaves become more intense and more common, they will become more democratic.       As an award-winning journalist who has been at the forefront of environmental journalism for decades, Goodell’s new book may be his most provocative yet, explaining how extreme heat will dramatically change the world as we know it.  Masterfully reported, mixing the latest scientific insight with on-the-ground storytelling, Jeff Goodell tackles the big questions and uncovers how extreme heat is a force beyond anything we have reckoned with before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Heat Will Kill You First: Life and Death on a Scorched Planet
Author: Jeff Goodell
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times best-selling journalist Jeff Goodell presents a &amp;quot;masterful, bracing&amp;quot; (David Wallace-Wells) examination of the impact that temperature rise will have on our lives and on our planet, offering a vital new perspective on where we are headed, how we can prepare, and what is at stake if we fail to act.​   “When heat comes, it’s invisible. It doesn’t bend tree branches or blow hair across your face to let you know it’s arrived…. The sun feels like the barrel of a gun pointed at you.”      The world is waking up to a new reality: wildfires are now seasonal in California, the Northeast is getting less and less snow each winter, and the ice sheets in the Arctic and Antarctica are melting fast.  Heat is the first order threat that drives all other impacts of the climate crisis.  And as the temperature rises, it is revealing fault lines in our governments, our politics, our economy, and our values. The basic science is not complicated: Stop burning fossil fuels tomorrow, and the global temperature will stop rising tomorrow. Stop burning fossil fuels in 50 years, and the temperature will keep rising for 50 years, making parts of our planet virtually uninhabitable.  It’s up to us.  The hotter it gets, the deeper and wider our fault lines will open.      The Heat Will Kill You First is about the extreme ways in which our planet is already changing. It is about why spring is coming a few weeks earlier and fall is coming a few weeks later and the impact that will have on everything from our food supply to disease outbreaks. It is about what will happen to our lives and our communities when typical summer days in Chicago or Boston go from 90° F to 110°F. A heatwave, Goodell explains, is a predatory event— one that culls out the most vulnerable people.  But that is changing. As heatwaves become more intense and more common, they will become more democratic.       As an award-winning journalist who has been at the forefront of environmental journalism for decades, Goodell’s new book may be his most provocative yet, explaining how extreme heat will dramatically change the world as we know it.  Masterfully reported, mixing the latest scientific insight with on-the-ground storytelling, Jeff Goodell tackles the big questions and uncovers how extreme heat is a force beyond anything we have reckoned with before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Nalas Welt - Ein Mann, eine Straßenkatze und eine Freundschaft, die alles ändert (Gekürzt) by Dean Nicholson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nalas Welt - Ein Mann, eine Straßenkatze und eine Freundschaft, die alles ändert (Gekürzt)
Author: Dean Nicholson
Narrator: Julian Horeyseck
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwei freie Geister. Eine lebensverändernde Freundschaft. Eine ganze, weite Welt zu entdecken.  Als Dean von seiner Heimat Schottland aus zu einer Weltreise aufbrach, wollte er so viel wie möglich über den Zustand unseres unruhigen Planeten erfahren. Er war schon eine Weile unterwegs, hatte keinen richtigen Plan mehr und etwas Heimweh, als er auf einem Berg zwischen Bosnien und Montenegro auf ein zerrupftes Kätzchen mit klaren Augen und struppigem Fell traf. Dean nahm das kleine Bündel an Bord, nannte es Nala, und seitdem sind die beiden unzertrennlich. Gemeinsam erleben sie unvergessliche Freundschaften und die unglaubliche Freundlichkeit von Fremden, sie retten Hunde, säubern Strände und verbringen Zeit mit Flüchtlingen. Wo sie hinkommen, bewegen sie etwas im Leben der Menschen, die ihnen begegnen. Ihre Clips auf TheDodo und Youtube bezaubern die Menschen auf der ganzen Welt. &amp;#039;Bevor ich mich auf diese epische Fahrradreise begab, drohte ich den falschen Weg in meinem Leben einzuschlagen. Seit ich mich mit Nala zusammengetan habe, hat sie mir einen Lebenszweck und einen Grund gegeben, erwachsen zu werden. Ich bin ein 100% besserer Mensch.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Dean Nicholson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783838795287.mp3" length="821526" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783838795287.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nalas Welt - Ein Mann, eine Straßenkatze und eine Freundschaft, die alles ändert (Gekürzt)
Author: Dean Nicholson
Narrator: Julian Horeyseck
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwei freie Geister. Eine lebensverändernde Freundschaft. Eine ganze, weite Welt zu entdecken.  Als Dean von seiner Heimat Schottland aus zu einer Weltreise aufbrach, wollte er so viel wie möglich über den Zustand unseres unruhigen Planeten erfahren. Er war schon eine Weile unterwegs, hatte keinen richtigen Plan mehr und etwas Heimweh, als er auf einem Berg zwischen Bosnien und Montenegro auf ein zerrupftes Kätzchen mit klaren Augen und struppigem Fell traf. Dean nahm das kleine Bündel an Bord, nannte es Nala, und seitdem sind die beiden unzertrennlich. Gemeinsam erleben sie unvergessliche Freundschaften und die unglaubliche Freundlichkeit von Fremden, sie retten Hunde, säubern Strände und verbringen Zeit mit Flüchtlingen. Wo sie hinkommen, bewegen sie etwas im Leben der Menschen, die ihnen begegnen. Ihre Clips auf TheDodo und Youtube bezaubern die Menschen auf der ganzen Welt. &amp;#039;Bevor ich mich auf diese epische Fahrradreise begab, drohte ich den falschen Weg in meinem Leben einzuschlagen. Seit ich mich mit Nala zusammengetan habe, hat sie mir einen Lebenszweck und einen Grund gegeben, erwachsen zu werden. Ich bin ein 100% besserer Mensch.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/642292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nalas Welt - Ein Mann, eine Straßenkatze und eine Freundschaft, die alles ändert (Gekürzt)
Author: Dean Nicholson
Narrator: Julian Horeyseck
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwei freie Geister. Eine lebensverändernde Freundschaft. Eine ganze, weite Welt zu entdecken.  Als Dean von seiner Heimat Schottland aus zu einer Weltreise aufbrach, wollte er so viel wie möglich über den Zustand unseres unruhigen Planeten erfahren. Er war schon eine Weile unterwegs, hatte keinen richtigen Plan mehr und etwas Heimweh, als er auf einem Berg zwischen Bosnien und Montenegro auf ein zerrupftes Kätzchen mit klaren Augen und struppigem Fell traf. Dean nahm das kleine Bündel an Bord, nannte es Nala, und seitdem sind die beiden unzertrennlich. Gemeinsam erleben sie unvergessliche Freundschaften und die unglaubliche Freundlichkeit von Fremden, sie retten Hunde, säubern Strände und verbringen Zeit mit Flüchtlingen. Wo sie hinkommen, bewegen sie etwas im Leben der Menschen, die ihnen begegnen. Ihre Clips auf TheDodo und Youtube bezaubern die Menschen auf der ganzen Welt. &amp;#039;Bevor ich mich auf diese epische Fahrradreise begab, drohte ich den falschen Weg in meinem Leben einzuschlagen. Seit ich mich mit Nala zusammengetan habe, hat sie mir einen Lebenszweck und einen Grund gegeben, erwachsen zu werden. Ich bin ein 100% besserer Mensch.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dog is Love Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle by Rich Maskey, Sherman Tomsen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog is Love Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle
Author: Rich Maskey, Sherman Tomsen
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dog is Love Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Family Dog and Adopting a Dog I&amp;#039;m sure no explanation is needed on why you should get yourself a dog. There are many cliches surrounding the benefits of having a dog but the reason they may sound cliches already is because they&amp;#039;re all really true! One cannot emphasize enough the life-enhancing benefits of owning a dog. Dogs are not only the perfect companions for us but they actually bring a lot of great health benefits as well. They lower stress and can bring an immense amount of happiness. Most people would immediately think of buying a dog but maybe you can look into adopting one instead. When you are planning to adopt a dog, there are some very important points to keep in mind to make sure that you are delighted with your new dog. But as a dog-owner, you should know the proper way of caring for your dog. It&amp;#039;s not all about playing catch with them. This bundle will teach you everything you need to know about owning a dog and taking care of one. You will also learn everything you need to consider when adopting a dog. Learn everything you need to know and prepare so that everything will run smoothly when you bring your dog home.  This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Family Dog: The Ultimate Guide On Caring For Your Family Dog, Learn The Essentials and Useful Tips You Need to Take Perfect Care Of Your Dog 2. Adopting a Dog: Get All the Tips and Tricks You Should Know Before Adopting a Dog If you want to learn more, download your copy of Dog is Love 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Rich Maskey, Sherman Tomsen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823427562.mp3" length="489588" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823427562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog is Love Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle
Author: Rich Maskey, Sherman Tomsen
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dog is Love Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Family Dog and Adopting a Dog I&amp;#039;m sure no explanation is needed on why you should get yourself a dog. There are many cliches surrounding the benefits of having a dog but the reason they may sound cliches already is because they&amp;#039;re all really true! One cannot emphasize enough the life-enhancing benefits of owning a dog. Dogs are not only the perfect companions for us but they actually bring a lot of great health benefits as well. They lower stress and can bring an immense amount of happiness. Most people would immediately think of buying a dog but maybe you can look into adopting one instead. When you are planning to adopt a dog, there are some very important points to keep in mind to make sure that you are delighted with your new dog. But as a dog-owner, you should know the proper way of caring for your dog. It&amp;#039;s not all about playing catch with them. This bundle will teach you everything you need to know about owning a dog and taking care of one. You will also learn everything you need to consider when adopting a dog. Learn everything you need to know and prepare so that everything will run smoothly when you bring your dog home.  This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Family Dog: The Ultimate Guide On Caring For Your Family Dog, Learn The Essentials and Useful Tips You Need to Take Perfect Care Of Your Dog 2. Adopting a Dog: Get All the Tips and Tricks You Should Know Before Adopting a Dog If you want to learn more, download your copy of Dog is Love 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641914</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dog is Love Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle
Author: Rich Maskey, Sherman Tomsen
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dog is Love Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Family Dog and Adopting a Dog I&amp;#039;m sure no explanation is needed on why you should get yourself a dog. There are many cliches surrounding the benefits of having a dog but the reason they may sound cliches already is because they&amp;#039;re all really true! One cannot emphasize enough the life-enhancing benefits of owning a dog. Dogs are not only the perfect companions for us but they actually bring a lot of great health benefits as well. They lower stress and can bring an immense amount of happiness. Most people would immediately think of buying a dog but maybe you can look into adopting one instead. When you are planning to adopt a dog, there are some very important points to keep in mind to make sure that you are delighted with your new dog. But as a dog-owner, you should know the proper way of caring for your dog. It&amp;#039;s not all about playing catch with them. This bundle will teach you everything you need to know about owning a dog and taking care of one. You will also learn everything you need to consider when adopting a dog. Learn everything you need to know and prepare so that everything will run smoothly when you bring your dog home.  This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Family Dog: The Ultimate Guide On Caring For Your Family Dog, Learn The Essentials and Useful Tips You Need to Take Perfect Care Of Your Dog 2. Adopting a Dog: Get All the Tips and Tricks You Should Know Before Adopting a Dog If you want to learn more, download your copy of Dog is Love 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of the Universe, Stars, Sun, Earth, Life and Humanity by Terrence Meaden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of the Universe, Stars, Sun, Earth, Life and Humanity
Author: Terrence Meaden
Narrator: Frank Meaden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the story of the Universe including life as we know it. It is a book of origins, prehistory and history … arranged in Three Testaments to honour the supreme achievements of the talented men and women who have been unravelling the mysteries of the cosmos, evolution, human antiquity and world history. Composed in biblical-prose format, the volume presents the facts of science and, as best as possible, relevant truths of history. The scientific facts rest on proven principles gained by observation, instrumentation, insight, intelligence, reason, and the application of physical laws and the formulation of harmonious, logical models. In defining the latest wisdom, they spell out the fundamentals of the physics of the wonders of the Universe?regarding which ever more exact details are improving all the time. It is testimony and eulogy, in praise of high scholarship and logic?the ultimate Enlightenment. Testament 1 tells the story of the Universe, the Stars, the Solar System and Planet Earth. Testament 2 examines the Origins of Life on Earth. The Third Testament treats the story of humanity as it proceeds to the present day?humans enriched with intelligence and a genetically-promising future. Yet, despite the successes, the story concludes with an Epilogue contemplating “How did it come about that Homo sapiens in the course of 160,000 years manage to get itself into the current mess?”?referring to the amalgam of authoritative religions, undemocratic governments, reckless overpopulation and irresponsible worldwide waste on land and ocean.</description>
      <author>Terrence Meaden</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823428576.mp3" length="1224829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823428576.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of the Universe, Stars, Sun, Earth, Life and Humanity
Author: Terrence Meaden
Narrator: Frank Meaden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the story of the Universe including life as we know it. It is a book of origins, prehistory and history … arranged in Three Testaments to honour the supreme achievements of the talented men and women who have been unravelling the mysteries of the cosmos, evolution, human antiquity and world history. Composed in biblical-prose format, the volume presents the facts of science and, as best as possible, relevant truths of history. The scientific facts rest on proven principles gained by observation, instrumentation, insight, intelligence, reason, and the application of physical laws and the formulation of harmonious, logical models. In defining the latest wisdom, they spell out the fundamentals of the physics of the wonders of the Universe?regarding which ever more exact details are improving all the time. It is testimony and eulogy, in praise of high scholarship and logic?the ultimate Enlightenment. Testament 1 tells the story of the Universe, the Stars, the Solar System and Planet Earth. Testament 2 examines the Origins of Life on Earth. The Third Testament treats the story of humanity as it proceeds to the present day?humans enriched with intelligence and a genetically-promising future. Yet, despite the successes, the story concludes with an Epilogue contemplating “How did it come about that Homo sapiens in the course of 160,000 years manage to get itself into the current mess?”?referring to the amalgam of authoritative religions, undemocratic governments, reckless overpopulation and irresponsible worldwide waste on land and ocean.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of the Universe, Stars, Sun, Earth, Life and Humanity
Author: Terrence Meaden
Narrator: Frank Meaden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the story of the Universe including life as we know it. It is a book of origins, prehistory and history … arranged in Three Testaments to honour the supreme achievements of the talented men and women who have been unravelling the mysteries of the cosmos, evolution, human antiquity and world history. Composed in biblical-prose format, the volume presents the facts of science and, as best as possible, relevant truths of history. The scientific facts rest on proven principles gained by observation, instrumentation, insight, intelligence, reason, and the application of physical laws and the formulation of harmonious, logical models. In defining the latest wisdom, they spell out the fundamentals of the physics of the wonders of the Universe?regarding which ever more exact details are improving all the time. It is testimony and eulogy, in praise of high scholarship and logic?the ultimate Enlightenment. Testament 1 tells the story of the Universe, the Stars, the Solar System and Planet Earth. Testament 2 examines the Origins of Life on Earth. The Third Testament treats the story of humanity as it proceeds to the present day?humans enriched with intelligence and a genetically-promising future. Yet, despite the successes, the story concludes with an Epilogue contemplating “How did it come about that Homo sapiens in the course of 160,000 years manage to get itself into the current mess?”?referring to the amalgam of authoritative religions, undemocratic governments, reckless overpopulation and irresponsible worldwide waste on land and ocean.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Family Dog by Rich Maskey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Family Dog
Author: Rich Maskey
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Family Dog: The Ultimate Guide On Caring For Your Family Dog, Learn The Essentials and Useful Tips You Need to Take Perfect Care Of Your Dog I&amp;#039;m sure no explanation is needed on why you should get yourself a dog. There are many cliches surrounding the benefits of having a dog but the reason they may sound cliches already is because they&amp;#039;re all really true! One cannot emphasize enough the life-enhancing benefits of owning a dog. Dogs are not only the perfect companions for us but they actually bring a lot of great health benefits as well. They lower stress and can bring an immense amount of happiness. But as a dog-owner, you should know the proper way of caring for your dog. It&amp;#039;s not all about playing catch with them. This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know about owning a dog and taking care of one. This audiobook will teach you about the following topics: - What People Need to Know About Dog Behavior - Dogs During Labor - When Your Best Friend Gets Lost - Tips in Finding Your Dog  - The Naming Game - Preventing Your Dog From Catching Diseases - Tips For Buying Dog Food - Essential Care Tips for Your Dog - Five Simple Tips To Get Your Dog Ready For Dog Shows - Adopting a Dog - Puppy or Adult Having a dog is a great investment for you and your family. Aside from constant entertainment, their unconditional love and devoted companionship can do wonders for the physical, emotional and mental health of your family. If you want to learn the ways on how to properly care for your dog, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Rich Maskey</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823427906.mp3" length="504530" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823427906.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Family Dog
Author: Rich Maskey
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Family Dog: The Ultimate Guide On Caring For Your Family Dog, Learn The Essentials and Useful Tips You Need to Take Perfect Care Of Your Dog I&amp;#039;m sure no explanation is needed on why you should get yourself a dog. There are many cliches surrounding the benefits of having a dog but the reason they may sound cliches already is because they&amp;#039;re all really true! One cannot emphasize enough the life-enhancing benefits of owning a dog. Dogs are not only the perfect companions for us but they actually bring a lot of great health benefits as well. They lower stress and can bring an immense amount of happiness. But as a dog-owner, you should know the proper way of caring for your dog. It&amp;#039;s not all about playing catch with them. This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know about owning a dog and taking care of one. This audiobook will teach you about the following topics: - What People Need to Know About Dog Behavior - Dogs During Labor - When Your Best Friend Gets Lost - Tips in Finding Your Dog  - The Naming Game - Preventing Your Dog From Catching Diseases - Tips For Buying Dog Food - Essential Care Tips for Your Dog - Five Simple Tips To Get Your Dog Ready For Dog Shows - Adopting a Dog - Puppy or Adult Having a dog is a great investment for you and your family. Aside from constant entertainment, their unconditional love and devoted companionship can do wonders for the physical, emotional and mental health of your family. If you want to learn the ways on how to properly care for your dog, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Family Dog
Author: Rich Maskey
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Family Dog: The Ultimate Guide On Caring For Your Family Dog, Learn The Essentials and Useful Tips You Need to Take Perfect Care Of Your Dog I&amp;#039;m sure no explanation is needed on why you should get yourself a dog. There are many cliches surrounding the benefits of having a dog but the reason they may sound cliches already is because they&amp;#039;re all really true! One cannot emphasize enough the life-enhancing benefits of owning a dog. Dogs are not only the perfect companions for us but they actually bring a lot of great health benefits as well. They lower stress and can bring an immense amount of happiness. But as a dog-owner, you should know the proper way of caring for your dog. It&amp;#039;s not all about playing catch with them. This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know about owning a dog and taking care of one. This audiobook will teach you about the following topics: - What People Need to Know About Dog Behavior - Dogs During Labor - When Your Best Friend Gets Lost - Tips in Finding Your Dog  - The Naming Game - Preventing Your Dog From Catching Diseases - Tips For Buying Dog Food - Essential Care Tips for Your Dog - Five Simple Tips To Get Your Dog Ready For Dog Shows - Adopting a Dog - Puppy or Adult Having a dog is a great investment for you and your family. Aside from constant entertainment, their unconditional love and devoted companionship can do wonders for the physical, emotional and mental health of your family. If you want to learn the ways on how to properly care for your dog, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adopting a Dog by Sherman Tomsen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adopting a Dog
Author: Sherman Tomsen
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Adopting a Dog: Get All the Tips and Tricks You Should Know Before Adopting a Dog When you are planning to adopt a dog, there are some very important points to keep in mind to make sure that you are delighted with your new dog.  They can mean the difference between regretting your decision and having a wonderful new friend whom you will enjoy and cherish. This audiobook will teach you all the information you should consider when adopting a new dog. You will learn everything you need to know and prepare so that everything will run smoothly when you bring your dog home.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Tips to Avoid Disappointment - Comparing Breeds - Considering a Mixed Breed - Being Reasonable - Networking with Others - Getting the Facts: Researching Your Breed - Getting to Know Your Dog - Preparing Your Home &amp;amp; Family for Your New Dog! - Purchasing Your Dog’s Supplies - Where are the Breeders? - Is Your Dog in Good Condition? - Your Dog is a Long-Term Investment! - Bringing Your New Dog Home! - Enjoying Your New Dog! - And many more! Adopting a new dog can be a great experience and owning a dog can greatly enhance your life. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Sherman Tomsen</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823428040.mp3" length="520888" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823428040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adopting a Dog
Author: Sherman Tomsen
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Adopting a Dog: Get All the Tips and Tricks You Should Know Before Adopting a Dog When you are planning to adopt a dog, there are some very important points to keep in mind to make sure that you are delighted with your new dog.  They can mean the difference between regretting your decision and having a wonderful new friend whom you will enjoy and cherish. This audiobook will teach you all the information you should consider when adopting a new dog. You will learn everything you need to know and prepare so that everything will run smoothly when you bring your dog home.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Tips to Avoid Disappointment - Comparing Breeds - Considering a Mixed Breed - Being Reasonable - Networking with Others - Getting the Facts: Researching Your Breed - Getting to Know Your Dog - Preparing Your Home &amp;amp; Family for Your New Dog! - Purchasing Your Dog’s Supplies - Where are the Breeders? - Is Your Dog in Good Condition? - Your Dog is a Long-Term Investment! - Bringing Your New Dog Home! - Enjoying Your New Dog! - And many more! Adopting a new dog can be a great experience and owning a dog can greatly enhance your life. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adopting a Dog
Author: Sherman Tomsen
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Adopting a Dog: Get All the Tips and Tricks You Should Know Before Adopting a Dog When you are planning to adopt a dog, there are some very important points to keep in mind to make sure that you are delighted with your new dog.  They can mean the difference between regretting your decision and having a wonderful new friend whom you will enjoy and cherish. This audiobook will teach you all the information you should consider when adopting a new dog. You will learn everything you need to know and prepare so that everything will run smoothly when you bring your dog home.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Tips to Avoid Disappointment - Comparing Breeds - Considering a Mixed Breed - Being Reasonable - Networking with Others - Getting the Facts: Researching Your Breed - Getting to Know Your Dog - Preparing Your Home &amp;amp; Family for Your New Dog! - Purchasing Your Dog’s Supplies - Where are the Breeders? - Is Your Dog in Good Condition? - Your Dog is a Long-Term Investment! - Bringing Your New Dog Home! - Enjoying Your New Dog! - And many more! Adopting a new dog can be a great experience and owning a dog can greatly enhance your life. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - 44 Geräusche aus Stadt und Land by Geräusche In Stereo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 44 Geräusche aus Stadt und Land
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Folge 4 der &amp;#039;Geräusche in Stereo&amp;#039; hören Sie alle Sounds aus Stadt und Land - etwa Klänge von Autos, Bahnhof, Flughafen, Baustelle, Büro, Druckerei oder Gemüsemarkt, Strand und Rummelplatz!</description>
      <author>Geräusche In Stereo</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2020 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4260507161192.mp3" length="896517" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4260507161192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 44 Geräusche aus Stadt und Land
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Folge 4 der &amp;#039;Geräusche in Stereo&amp;#039; hören Sie alle Sounds aus Stadt und Land - etwa Klänge von Autos, Bahnhof, Flughafen, Baustelle, Büro, Druckerei oder Gemüsemarkt, Strand und Rummelplatz!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 44 Geräusche aus Stadt und Land
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November  6, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Folge 4 der &amp;#039;Geräusche in Stereo&amp;#039; hören Sie alle Sounds aus Stadt und Land - etwa Klänge von Autos, Bahnhof, Flughafen, Baustelle, Büro, Druckerei oder Gemüsemarkt, Strand und Rummelplatz!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - 44 Geräusche aus Wald und Flur by Geräusche In Stereo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 44 Geräusche aus Wald und Flur
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lieber Film- und Dia-Freund! Mit den vorliegenden &amp;#039;44 Geräuschen aus Wald und Flur&amp;#039; in Super-Stereo können Sie Ihr Hobby noch lebendiger machen! Von dem Sound einer Nacht im Wald über Wasserplätschern am See bis zu Pfauenschreien und Wolfsgeheul sind alle wichtigen Naturgeräusche hier zu hören.</description>
      <author>Geräusche In Stereo</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2020 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4260507160645.mp3" length="912541" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4260507160645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 44 Geräusche aus Wald und Flur
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lieber Film- und Dia-Freund! Mit den vorliegenden &amp;#039;44 Geräuschen aus Wald und Flur&amp;#039; in Super-Stereo können Sie Ihr Hobby noch lebendiger machen! Von dem Sound einer Nacht im Wald über Wasserplätschern am See bis zu Pfauenschreien und Wolfsgeheul sind alle wichtigen Naturgeräusche hier zu hören.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 44 Geräusche aus Wald und Flur
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lieber Film- und Dia-Freund! Mit den vorliegenden &amp;#039;44 Geräuschen aus Wald und Flur&amp;#039; in Super-Stereo können Sie Ihr Hobby noch lebendiger machen! Von dem Sound einer Nacht im Wald über Wasserplätschern am See bis zu Pfauenschreien und Wolfsgeheul sind alle wichtigen Naturgeräusche hier zu hören.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - 59 Geräusche in Stereo - Abenteuer und Militär by Geräusche In Stereo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 59 Geräusche in Stereo - Abenteuer und Militär
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In dieser dritten Folge der &amp;#039;Geräusche in Stereo&amp;#039; hören Sie alle Sounds, die mit &amp;#039;Abenteuer und Militär&amp;#039; verbunden sind - von Explosionen, Kanonenschüssen über Wildwestszenen bis zu Polizeisirenen und quietschenden Türen!</description>
      <author>Geräusche In Stereo</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4260507160652.mp3" length="905968" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4260507160652.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 59 Geräusche in Stereo - Abenteuer und Militär
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In dieser dritten Folge der &amp;#039;Geräusche in Stereo&amp;#039; hören Sie alle Sounds, die mit &amp;#039;Abenteuer und Militär&amp;#039; verbunden sind - von Explosionen, Kanonenschüssen über Wildwestszenen bis zu Polizeisirenen und quietschenden Türen!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 59 Geräusche in Stereo - Abenteuer und Militär
Author: Geräusche In Stereo
Narrator: Geräusche In Stereo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In dieser dritten Folge der &amp;#039;Geräusche in Stereo&amp;#039; hören Sie alle Sounds, die mit &amp;#039;Abenteuer und Militär&amp;#039; verbunden sind - von Explosionen, Kanonenschüssen über Wildwestszenen bis zu Polizeisirenen und quietschenden Türen!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Über Schmuck und Stein: Ein literarischer Ausflug in die Welt der Edelsteine und des Schmucks by Volker Schwarz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Über Schmuck und Stein: Ein literarischer Ausflug in die Welt der Edelsteine und des Schmucks
Author: Volker Schwarz
Narrator: Volker Schwarz, Klaus Maria Dechant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Goldschmied und Gemmologe Volker Schwarz entführt Sie auf äußerst vergnügliche Weise für eine knappe Spielfilmlänge in die Welt des Schmucks und der Edelsteine, also in die Welt des völlig Überflüssigen, aber absolut Notwendigen. Erfahren Sie in den folgenden etwa 70 Minuten, warum es Halbedelsteine gar nicht gibt, der Rubin in der Imperial State Crown in London gar kein Rubin ist und warum eine Goldschmiede immer noch die Nummer eins ist, wenn es um Schmuck und Stein geht.</description>
      <author>Volker Schwarz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783985760312.mp3" length="864522" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783985760312.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Über Schmuck und Stein: Ein literarischer Ausflug in die Welt der Edelsteine und des Schmucks
Author: Volker Schwarz
Narrator: Volker Schwarz, Klaus Maria Dechant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Goldschmied und Gemmologe Volker Schwarz entführt Sie auf äußerst vergnügliche Weise für eine knappe Spielfilmlänge in die Welt des Schmucks und der Edelsteine, also in die Welt des völlig Überflüssigen, aber absolut Notwendigen. Erfahren Sie in den folgenden etwa 70 Minuten, warum es Halbedelsteine gar nicht gibt, der Rubin in der Imperial State Crown in London gar kein Rubin ist und warum eine Goldschmiede immer noch die Nummer eins ist, wenn es um Schmuck und Stein geht.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/641279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Über Schmuck und Stein: Ein literarischer Ausflug in die Welt der Edelsteine und des Schmucks
Author: Volker Schwarz
Narrator: Volker Schwarz, Klaus Maria Dechant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Goldschmied und Gemmologe Volker Schwarz entführt Sie auf äußerst vergnügliche Weise für eine knappe Spielfilmlänge in die Welt des Schmucks und der Edelsteine, also in die Welt des völlig Überflüssigen, aber absolut Notwendigen. Erfahren Sie in den folgenden etwa 70 Minuten, warum es Halbedelsteine gar nicht gibt, der Rubin in der Imperial State Crown in London gar kein Rubin ist und warum eine Goldschmiede immer noch die Nummer eins ist, wenn es um Schmuck und Stein geht.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Petrocalipsis: Crisis energética global y cómo (no) la vamos a solucionar by Antonio Turiel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Petrocalipsis: Crisis energética global y cómo (no) la vamos a solucionar
Author: Antonio Turiel
Narrator: German Gijón
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Petrocalipsis es un análisis crudo y claro de las posibles alternativas a nuestro sistema energético actual. Frente al triunfalismo que muchas veces exhiben las noticias sobre la futura utilización de nuevas fuentes energéticas, el libro plantea con concisión por qué no funcionan ni funcionarán cada una de las falsas soluciones que se han venido discutiendo durante las últimas dos décadas. No hay soluciones sencillas ni atajos al dilema que plantea la transición energética, doblemente necesaria no solo por el impacto ambiental de los combustibles fósiles, sino también por un factor a menudo ignorado: su próxima escasez.</description>
      <author>Antonio Turiel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788417951368.mp3" length="954736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788417951368.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Petrocalipsis: Crisis energética global y cómo (no) la vamos a solucionar
Author: Antonio Turiel
Narrator: German Gijón
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Petrocalipsis es un análisis crudo y claro de las posibles alternativas a nuestro sistema energético actual. Frente al triunfalismo que muchas veces exhiben las noticias sobre la futura utilización de nuevas fuentes energéticas, el libro plantea con concisión por qué no funcionan ni funcionarán cada una de las falsas soluciones que se han venido discutiendo durante las últimas dos décadas. No hay soluciones sencillas ni atajos al dilema que plantea la transición energética, doblemente necesaria no solo por el impacto ambiental de los combustibles fósiles, sino también por un factor a menudo ignorado: su próxima escasez.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640613</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Petrocalipsis: Crisis energética global y cómo (no) la vamos a solucionar
Author: Antonio Turiel
Narrator: German Gijón
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Petrocalipsis es un análisis crudo y claro de las posibles alternativas a nuestro sistema energético actual. Frente al triunfalismo que muchas veces exhiben las noticias sobre la futura utilización de nuevas fuentes energéticas, el libro plantea con concisión por qué no funcionan ni funcionarán cada una de las falsas soluciones que se han venido discutiendo durante las últimas dos décadas. No hay soluciones sencillas ni atajos al dilema que plantea la transición energética, doblemente necesaria no solo por el impacto ambiental de los combustibles fósiles, sino también por un factor a menudo ignorado: su próxima escasez.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>George: A Magpie Memoir by Frieda Hughes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George: A Magpie Memoir
Author: Frieda Hughes
Narrator: Frieda Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Poignant and funny…a passionate book about unconditional love and commitment.” —The Washington Post * “Captivating.” —Associated Press * “Rich with imagery…It’s impossible not to be smitten.” —Star Tribune (Minneapolis)   From poet and painter Frieda Hughes, an intimate, charming, and humorous memoir recounting her experience rescuing and raising an abandoned baby magpie in the Welsh countryside. When Frieda Hughes moved to a ramshackle estate in the wilds of Wales, she was expecting to take on a few projects: planting a garden, painting, writing her poetry column for The Times (London), and possibly even breathing new life into her ailing marriage. But instead, she found herself rescuing a baby magpie, the sole survivor of a nest destroyed in a storm—and embarking on an obsession that would change the course of her life.   As the magpie, George, grows from a shrieking scrap of feathers and bones into an intelligent, unruly companion, Frieda finds herself captivated—and apprehensive of what will happen when the time comes to finally set him free.   With irresistible humor and heart, Frieda invites us along on her unlikely journey toward joy and connection in the wake of sadness and loss; a journey that began with saving a tiny wild creature and ended with her being saved in return.</description>
      <author>Frieda Hughes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797159737.mp3" length="767478" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797159737.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George: A Magpie Memoir
Author: Frieda Hughes
Narrator: Frieda Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Poignant and funny…a passionate book about unconditional love and commitment.” —The Washington Post * “Captivating.” —Associated Press * “Rich with imagery…It’s impossible not to be smitten.” —Star Tribune (Minneapolis)   From poet and painter Frieda Hughes, an intimate, charming, and humorous memoir recounting her experience rescuing and raising an abandoned baby magpie in the Welsh countryside. When Frieda Hughes moved to a ramshackle estate in the wilds of Wales, she was expecting to take on a few projects: planting a garden, painting, writing her poetry column for The Times (London), and possibly even breathing new life into her ailing marriage. But instead, she found herself rescuing a baby magpie, the sole survivor of a nest destroyed in a storm—and embarking on an obsession that would change the course of her life.   As the magpie, George, grows from a shrieking scrap of feathers and bones into an intelligent, unruly companion, Frieda finds herself captivated—and apprehensive of what will happen when the time comes to finally set him free.   With irresistible humor and heart, Frieda invites us along on her unlikely journey toward joy and connection in the wake of sadness and loss; a journey that began with saving a tiny wild creature and ended with her being saved in return.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640598</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: George: A Magpie Memoir
Author: Frieda Hughes
Narrator: Frieda Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Poignant and funny…a passionate book about unconditional love and commitment.” —The Washington Post * “Captivating.” —Associated Press * “Rich with imagery…It’s impossible not to be smitten.” —Star Tribune (Minneapolis)   From poet and painter Frieda Hughes, an intimate, charming, and humorous memoir recounting her experience rescuing and raising an abandoned baby magpie in the Welsh countryside. When Frieda Hughes moved to a ramshackle estate in the wilds of Wales, she was expecting to take on a few projects: planting a garden, painting, writing her poetry column for The Times (London), and possibly even breathing new life into her ailing marriage. But instead, she found herself rescuing a baby magpie, the sole survivor of a nest destroyed in a storm—and embarking on an obsession that would change the course of her life.   As the magpie, George, grows from a shrieking scrap of feathers and bones into an intelligent, unruly companion, Frieda finds herself captivated—and apprehensive of what will happen when the time comes to finally set him free.   With irresistible humor and heart, Frieda invites us along on her unlikely journey toward joy and connection in the wake of sadness and loss; a journey that began with saving a tiny wild creature and ended with her being saved in return.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas by Karen Pinchin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas
Author: Karen Pinchin
Narrator: Karen Pinchin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
**THE INSTANT INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER** Winner of the Evelyn Richardson Non-Fiction Award, the Margaret and John Savage First Book Award, and the 2024 Taste Canada Culinary Narrative Award  Shortlisted for the 2024 Kobo Emerging Writer Prize and the Taste Canada Award for Culinary Narrative This is a tale of human obsession, one intrepid tuna, the dedicated fisherman who caught and set her free, the promises and limits of ocean science, and the big truth of how our insatiable appetite for bluefin transformed a cottage industry into a global dilemma.     In 2004, an enigmatic charter captain named Al Anderson caught and marked one Atlantic bluefin tuna off New England’s coast with a plastic fish tag. Fourteen years later that fish—dubbed Amelia for her ocean-spanning journeys—died in a Mediterranean fish trap, sparking Karen Pinchin’s riveting investigation into the marvels, struggles, and prehistoric legacy of this remarkable species.     Over his fishing career Al marked more than sixty thousand fish with plastic tags, an obsession that made him nearly as many enemies as it did friends. His quest landed him in the crossfire of an ongoing fight between a booming bluefin tuna industry and desperate conservation efforts, a conflict that is once again heating up as overfishing and climate change threaten the fish’s fate. Kings of Their Own Ocean is an urgent investigation that combines science, business, crime, and environmental justice. As Pinchin writes, “as a global community, we are collectively only ever a few terrible choices away from wiping out any ocean species.” Through her exclusive access and interdisciplinary, mesmerizing lens, readers will join her on boats and docks as she visits tuna hot spots and scientists from Portugal to Japan, New Jersey to Nova Scotia, and glimpse, as the author does, rays of dazzling hope for the future of our oceans.</description>
      <author>Karen Pinchin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593742563.mp3" length="2670169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593742563.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas
Author: Karen Pinchin
Narrator: Karen Pinchin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
**THE INSTANT INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER** Winner of the Evelyn Richardson Non-Fiction Award, the Margaret and John Savage First Book Award, and the 2024 Taste Canada Culinary Narrative Award  Shortlisted for the 2024 Kobo Emerging Writer Prize and the Taste Canada Award for Culinary Narrative This is a tale of human obsession, one intrepid tuna, the dedicated fisherman who caught and set her free, the promises and limits of ocean science, and the big truth of how our insatiable appetite for bluefin transformed a cottage industry into a global dilemma.     In 2004, an enigmatic charter captain named Al Anderson caught and marked one Atlantic bluefin tuna off New England’s coast with a plastic fish tag. Fourteen years later that fish—dubbed Amelia for her ocean-spanning journeys—died in a Mediterranean fish trap, sparking Karen Pinchin’s riveting investigation into the marvels, struggles, and prehistoric legacy of this remarkable species.     Over his fishing career Al marked more than sixty thousand fish with plastic tags, an obsession that made him nearly as many enemies as it did friends. His quest landed him in the crossfire of an ongoing fight between a booming bluefin tuna industry and desperate conservation efforts, a conflict that is once again heating up as overfishing and climate change threaten the fish’s fate. Kings of Their Own Ocean is an urgent investigation that combines science, business, crime, and environmental justice. As Pinchin writes, “as a global community, we are collectively only ever a few terrible choices away from wiping out any ocean species.” Through her exclusive access and interdisciplinary, mesmerizing lens, readers will join her on boats and docks as she visits tuna hot spots and scientists from Portugal to Japan, New Jersey to Nova Scotia, and glimpse, as the author does, rays of dazzling hope for the future of our oceans.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas
Author: Karen Pinchin
Narrator: Karen Pinchin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
**THE INSTANT INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER** Winner of the Evelyn Richardson Non-Fiction Award, the Margaret and John Savage First Book Award, and the 2024 Taste Canada Culinary Narrative Award  Shortlisted for the 2024 Kobo Emerging Writer Prize and the Taste Canada Award for Culinary Narrative This is a tale of human obsession, one intrepid tuna, the dedicated fisherman who caught and set her free, the promises and limits of ocean science, and the big truth of how our insatiable appetite for bluefin transformed a cottage industry into a global dilemma.     In 2004, an enigmatic charter captain named Al Anderson caught and marked one Atlantic bluefin tuna off New England’s coast with a plastic fish tag. Fourteen years later that fish—dubbed Amelia for her ocean-spanning journeys—died in a Mediterranean fish trap, sparking Karen Pinchin’s riveting investigation into the marvels, struggles, and prehistoric legacy of this remarkable species.     Over his fishing career Al marked more than sixty thousand fish with plastic tags, an obsession that made him nearly as many enemies as it did friends. His quest landed him in the crossfire of an ongoing fight between a booming bluefin tuna industry and desperate conservation efforts, a conflict that is once again heating up as overfishing and climate change threaten the fish’s fate. Kings of Their Own Ocean is an urgent investigation that combines science, business, crime, and environmental justice. As Pinchin writes, “as a global community, we are collectively only ever a few terrible choices away from wiping out any ocean species.” Through her exclusive access and interdisciplinary, mesmerizing lens, readers will join her on boats and docks as she visits tuna hot spots and scientists from Portugal to Japan, New Jersey to Nova Scotia, and glimpse, as the author does, rays of dazzling hope for the future of our oceans.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Writers on Walks: A BBC Radio 3 Collection: 30 Reflections from Exploring on Foot by Kirsty Gunn, Ian Samson, Sophie Coulombeau, Michèle Roberts, Nat Segnit, Michael Donkor, Christopher Hope, Ross Raisin, Erica Wagner, Kamila Shamsie, Owen Sheers, Jenn Ashworth, Deborah Levy, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Nicola Barker, Robert MacFarlane, Nicholas Shakespeare, Scarlett Thomas, Philip Hoare</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writers on Walks: A BBC Radio 3 Collection: 30 Reflections from Exploring on Foot
Author: Kirsty Gunn, Ian Samson, Sophie Coulombeau, Michèle Roberts, Nat Segnit, Michael Donkor, Christopher Hope, Ross Raisin, Erica Wagner, Kamila Shamsie, Owen Sheers, Jenn Ashworth, Deborah Levy, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Nicola Barker, Robert MacFarlane, Nicholas Shakespeare, Scarlett Thomas, Philip Hoare
Narrator: Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
22 writers talk about their memorable excursions and the act of walking, and share their creative observations In these six series, taken from BBC Radio 3&amp;#039;s The Essay, an array of novelists, poets, journalists and biographers chart the varied and inspiring walks they have taken around Britain and elsewhere. Here are treks taken at daybreak and after dark; in winter and in spring; in the footsteps of the past; and - in the case of Robert Macfarlane - along the ridges of the South Downs. Dawnwalks and Night Walks find Nicholas Shakespeare, Nicola Barker, Kamila Shamsie, Ian Sansom, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Owen Sheers, Janice Galloway and John Walsh taking early morning and late-night strolls around locations ranging from their back garden and local cemetery to Manhattan, Paris, Tasmania and the Antarctic. Springwalks and Winterwalks feature Michele Roberts, Ross Raisin, John Walsh, Kirsty Gunn, Philip Hoare, Deborah Levy, Christopher Hope, Scarlett Thomas, Erica Wagner and Owen Sheers, as they sample the transforming qualities of spring and the wonders of winter. From Poland and the Languedoc to Hampstead Heath and the Yorkshire Wolds, they delight in the details of the landscape and reflect on what it means to them. Strange Strolls sees Jenn Ashworth, Michael Donkor, Stephanie Victoire, Nat Segnit and Sophie Coulombeau embarking on walks of entertaining eccentricity, revisiting favourite places including Wandsworth Bridge, the Blue Ridge mountains of Appalachia and Ibiza. And in A Five-Day Journey, Robert Macfarlane walks the length of the South Downs in monsoon rain and in sunshine, discovering its chalk trails and its ghosts. He ponders the relationship between paths and stories; explores the poet Edward Thomas&amp;#039; love affair with tracks; considers the concept of the Aboriginal Australian songline; re-imagines the life of artist Eric Ravilious; and contemplates the sometimes eerie relationship between walking, collecting and creation. Intimate, evocative and immersive, these 30 uplifting programmes transport us to a wealth of wonderful places, and offer fascinating personal insight into the inner worlds of our walker-writers. Production credits Produced by Duncan Minshull, Ciaran Bermingham and Tim Dee First broadcast on BBC Radio 3 on the following dates: Dawnwalks Nicholas Shakespeare 28 March 2016 Nicola Barker 29 March 2016 Kamila Shamsie 30 March 2016 Ian Sansom  31 March 2016 Lucy Hughes-Hallett 1 April 2016 Night Walks Nicholas Shakespeare 27 October 2008 Owen Sheers  28 October 2008 Janice Galloway  29 October 2008 Kamila Shamsie  30 October 2008 John Walsh  31 October 2008 Springwalks Michele Roberts in Poznan  31 March 2014 Ross Raisin in the Yorkshire Wolds 1 April 2014 John Walsh 2 April 2014 Kirsty Gunn in Sutherland 3 April 2014 Philip Hoare in Sholing 4 April 2014 Winterwalks Deborah Levy on Hampstead Heath 18 February 2013 Christopher Hope in Languedoc 19 February 2013 Scarlett Thomas 20 February 2013 Erica Wagner 21 February 2013 Owen Sheers in Poland 22 February 2013 Strange Strolls Jenn Ashworth - The Abiding Mental Riches of Preston 10 February 2020 Michael Donkor - On Westminster Bridge 11 February 2020 Stephanie Victoire - Dark Hollow Falls 12 February 2020 Nat Segnit - The Other Ibiza 13 February 2020 Sophie Coulombeau - Walking Matilda 14 February 2020 A Five-Day Journey Marking 2 November 2009 Haunting 3 November 2009 Singing 4 November 2009 Flying 5 November 2009 Collecting 6 November 2009 © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</description>
      <author>Kirsty Gunn, Ian Samson, Sophie Coulombeau, Michèle Roberts, Nat Segnit, Michael Donkor, Christopher Hope, Ross Raisin, Erica Wagner, Kamila Shamsie, Owen Sheers, Jenn Ashworth, Deborah Levy, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Nicola Barker, Robert MacFarlane, Nicholas Shakespeare, Scarlett Thomas, Philip Hoare</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529906967.mp3" length="1439117" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529906967.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writers on Walks: A BBC Radio 3 Collection: 30 Reflections from Exploring on Foot
Author: Kirsty Gunn, Ian Samson, Sophie Coulombeau, Michèle Roberts, Nat Segnit, Michael Donkor, Christopher Hope, Ross Raisin, Erica Wagner, Kamila Shamsie, Owen Sheers, Jenn Ashworth, Deborah Levy, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Nicola Barker, Robert MacFarlane, Nicholas Shakespeare, Scarlett Thomas, Philip Hoare
Narrator: Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
22 writers talk about their memorable excursions and the act of walking, and share their creative observations In these six series, taken from BBC Radio 3&amp;#039;s The Essay, an array of novelists, poets, journalists and biographers chart the varied and inspiring walks they have taken around Britain and elsewhere. Here are treks taken at daybreak and after dark; in winter and in spring; in the footsteps of the past; and - in the case of Robert Macfarlane - along the ridges of the South Downs. Dawnwalks and Night Walks find Nicholas Shakespeare, Nicola Barker, Kamila Shamsie, Ian Sansom, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Owen Sheers, Janice Galloway and John Walsh taking early morning and late-night strolls around locations ranging from their back garden and local cemetery to Manhattan, Paris, Tasmania and the Antarctic. Springwalks and Winterwalks feature Michele Roberts, Ross Raisin, John Walsh, Kirsty Gunn, Philip Hoare, Deborah Levy, Christopher Hope, Scarlett Thomas, Erica Wagner and Owen Sheers, as they sample the transforming qualities of spring and the wonders of winter. From Poland and the Languedoc to Hampstead Heath and the Yorkshire Wolds, they delight in the details of the landscape and reflect on what it means to them. Strange Strolls sees Jenn Ashworth, Michael Donkor, Stephanie Victoire, Nat Segnit and Sophie Coulombeau embarking on walks of entertaining eccentricity, revisiting favourite places including Wandsworth Bridge, the Blue Ridge mountains of Appalachia and Ibiza. And in A Five-Day Journey, Robert Macfarlane walks the length of the South Downs in monsoon rain and in sunshine, discovering its chalk trails and its ghosts. He ponders the relationship between paths and stories; explores the poet Edward Thomas&amp;#039; love affair with tracks; considers the concept of the Aboriginal Australian songline; re-imagines the life of artist Eric Ravilious; and contemplates the sometimes eerie relationship between walking, collecting and creation. Intimate, evocative and immersive, these 30 uplifting programmes transport us to a wealth of wonderful places, and offer fascinating personal insight into the inner worlds of our walker-writers. Production credits Produced by Duncan Minshull, Ciaran Bermingham and Tim Dee First broadcast on BBC Radio 3 on the following dates: Dawnwalks Nicholas Shakespeare 28 March 2016 Nicola Barker 29 March 2016 Kamila Shamsie 30 March 2016 Ian Sansom  31 March 2016 Lucy Hughes-Hallett 1 April 2016 Night Walks Nicholas Shakespeare 27 October 2008 Owen Sheers  28 October 2008 Janice Galloway  29 October 2008 Kamila Shamsie  30 October 2008 John Walsh  31 October 2008 Springwalks Michele Roberts in Poznan  31 March 2014 Ross Raisin in the Yorkshire Wolds 1 April 2014 John Walsh 2 April 2014 Kirsty Gunn in Sutherland 3 April 2014 Philip Hoare in Sholing 4 April 2014 Winterwalks Deborah Levy on Hampstead Heath 18 February 2013 Christopher Hope in Languedoc 19 February 2013 Scarlett Thomas 20 February 2013 Erica Wagner 21 February 2013 Owen Sheers in Poland 22 February 2013 Strange Strolls Jenn Ashworth - The Abiding Mental Riches of Preston 10 February 2020 Michael Donkor - On Westminster Bridge 11 February 2020 Stephanie Victoire - Dark Hollow Falls 12 February 2020 Nat Segnit - The Other Ibiza 13 February 2020 Sophie Coulombeau - Walking Matilda 14 February 2020 A Five-Day Journey Marking 2 November 2009 Haunting 3 November 2009 Singing 4 November 2009 Flying 5 November 2009 Collecting 6 November 2009 © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writers on Walks: A BBC Radio 3 Collection: 30 Reflections from Exploring on Foot
Author: Kirsty Gunn, Ian Samson, Sophie Coulombeau, Michèle Roberts, Nat Segnit, Michael Donkor, Christopher Hope, Ross Raisin, Erica Wagner, Kamila Shamsie, Owen Sheers, Jenn Ashworth, Deborah Levy, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Nicola Barker, Robert MacFarlane, Nicholas Shakespeare, Scarlett Thomas, Philip Hoare
Narrator: Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
22 writers talk about their memorable excursions and the act of walking, and share their creative observations In these six series, taken from BBC Radio 3&amp;#039;s The Essay, an array of novelists, poets, journalists and biographers chart the varied and inspiring walks they have taken around Britain and elsewhere. Here are treks taken at daybreak and after dark; in winter and in spring; in the footsteps of the past; and - in the case of Robert Macfarlane - along the ridges of the South Downs. Dawnwalks and Night Walks find Nicholas Shakespeare, Nicola Barker, Kamila Shamsie, Ian Sansom, Lucy Hughes-Hallett, Owen Sheers, Janice Galloway and John Walsh taking early morning and late-night strolls around locations ranging from their back garden and local cemetery to Manhattan, Paris, Tasmania and the Antarctic. Springwalks and Winterwalks feature Michele Roberts, Ross Raisin, John Walsh, Kirsty Gunn, Philip Hoare, Deborah Levy, Christopher Hope, Scarlett Thomas, Erica Wagner and Owen Sheers, as they sample the transforming qualities of spring and the wonders of winter. From Poland and the Languedoc to Hampstead Heath and the Yorkshire Wolds, they delight in the details of the landscape and reflect on what it means to them. Strange Strolls sees Jenn Ashworth, Michael Donkor, Stephanie Victoire, Nat Segnit and Sophie Coulombeau embarking on walks of entertaining eccentricity, revisiting favourite places including Wandsworth Bridge, the Blue Ridge mountains of Appalachia and Ibiza. And in A Five-Day Journey, Robert Macfarlane walks the length of the South Downs in monsoon rain and in sunshine, discovering its chalk trails and its ghosts. He ponders the relationship between paths and stories; explores the poet Edward Thomas&amp;#039; love affair with tracks; considers the concept of the Aboriginal Australian songline; re-imagines the life of artist Eric Ravilious; and contemplates the sometimes eerie relationship between walking, collecting and creation. Intimate, evocative and immersive, these 30 uplifting programmes transport us to a wealth of wonderful places, and offer fascinating personal insight into the inner worlds of our walker-writers. Production credits Produced by Duncan Minshull, Ciaran Bermingham and Tim Dee First broadcast on BBC Radio 3 on the following dates: Dawnwalks Nicholas Shakespeare 28 March 2016 Nicola Barker 29 March 2016 Kamila Shamsie 30 March 2016 Ian Sansom  31 March 2016 Lucy Hughes-Hallett 1 April 2016 Night Walks Nicholas Shakespeare 27 October 2008 Owen Sheers  28 October 2008 Janice Galloway  29 October 2008 Kamila Shamsie  30 October 2008 John Walsh  31 October 2008 Springwalks Michele Roberts in Poznan  31 March 2014 Ross Raisin in the Yorkshire Wolds 1 April 2014 John Walsh 2 April 2014 Kirsty Gunn in Sutherland 3 April 2014 Philip Hoare in Sholing 4 April 2014 Winterwalks Deborah Levy on Hampstead Heath 18 February 2013 Christopher Hope in Languedoc 19 February 2013 Scarlett Thomas 20 February 2013 Erica Wagner 21 February 2013 Owen Sheers in Poland 22 February 2013 Strange Strolls Jenn Ashworth - The Abiding Mental Riches of Preston 10 February 2020 Michael Donkor - On Westminster Bridge 11 February 2020 Stephanie Victoire - Dark Hollow Falls 12 February 2020 Nat Segnit - The Other Ibiza 13 February 2020 Sophie Coulombeau - Walking Matilda 14 February 2020 A Five-Day Journey Marking 2 November 2009 Haunting 3 November 2009 Singing 4 November 2009 Flying 5 November 2009 Collecting 6 November 2009 © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Only Kayak: A Journey Into The Heart Of Alaska by Kim Heacox</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Only Kayak: A Journey Into The Heart Of Alaska
Author: Kim Heacox
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2020 National Outdoor Book Award for Outdoor Classic! In this coming-of-middle-age memoir, Kim Heacox, writing in the tradition of Abbey, McPhee, and Thoreau, discovers an Alaska reborn from beneath a massive glacier, where flowers emerge from boulders, moose swim fjords, and bears cross crevasses with Homeric resolve. In such a place Heacox finds that people are reborn too, and their lives begin anew with incredible journeys, epiphanies, and successes. All in an America free of crass commercialism and overdevelopment. Braided through the larger story are tales of gold prospectors and the cabin they built sixty years ago; John Muir and his intrepid terrier, Stickeen; and a dynamic geology professor who teaches earth science &amp;#039;as if every day were a geological epoch.&amp;#039; Nearly two million people come to Alaska every summer, some on large cruise ships, some in single kayaks—all in search of the last great wilderness, the Africa of America. It is exactly the America Heacox finds in this story of paradox, love, and loss.</description>
      <author>Kim Heacox</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765007365.mp3" length="8141182" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765007365.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Only Kayak: A Journey Into The Heart Of Alaska
Author: Kim Heacox
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2020 National Outdoor Book Award for Outdoor Classic! In this coming-of-middle-age memoir, Kim Heacox, writing in the tradition of Abbey, McPhee, and Thoreau, discovers an Alaska reborn from beneath a massive glacier, where flowers emerge from boulders, moose swim fjords, and bears cross crevasses with Homeric resolve. In such a place Heacox finds that people are reborn too, and their lives begin anew with incredible journeys, epiphanies, and successes. All in an America free of crass commercialism and overdevelopment. Braided through the larger story are tales of gold prospectors and the cabin they built sixty years ago; John Muir and his intrepid terrier, Stickeen; and a dynamic geology professor who teaches earth science &amp;#039;as if every day were a geological epoch.&amp;#039; Nearly two million people come to Alaska every summer, some on large cruise ships, some in single kayaks—all in search of the last great wilderness, the Africa of America. It is exactly the America Heacox finds in this story of paradox, love, and loss.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/640480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Only Kayak: A Journey Into The Heart Of Alaska
Author: Kim Heacox
Narrator: Matthew Josdal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2020 National Outdoor Book Award for Outdoor Classic! In this coming-of-middle-age memoir, Kim Heacox, writing in the tradition of Abbey, McPhee, and Thoreau, discovers an Alaska reborn from beneath a massive glacier, where flowers emerge from boulders, moose swim fjords, and bears cross crevasses with Homeric resolve. In such a place Heacox finds that people are reborn too, and their lives begin anew with incredible journeys, epiphanies, and successes. All in an America free of crass commercialism and overdevelopment. Braided through the larger story are tales of gold prospectors and the cabin they built sixty years ago; John Muir and his intrepid terrier, Stickeen; and a dynamic geology professor who teaches earth science &amp;#039;as if every day were a geological epoch.&amp;#039; Nearly two million people come to Alaska every summer, some on large cruise ships, some in single kayaks—all in search of the last great wilderness, the Africa of America. It is exactly the America Heacox finds in this story of paradox, love, and loss.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Audio Bundle: The Dog Whisperer &amp;amp; Dogs Will Be Dogs by St. Hubert&amp;#039;s Animal Welfare Center, Norma Eckroate, Paul Owens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Audio Bundle: The Dog Whisperer &amp;amp; Dogs Will Be Dogs
Author: St. Hubert&amp;#039;s Animal Welfare Center, Norma Eckroate, Paul Owens
Narrator: Peter Jacobs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE DOG WHISPERER: With guidance from Paul Owens, The Original Dog Whisperer, you&amp;#039;ll learn compassionate training methods for even the most sensitive dogs. This revolutionary, humane, and logical approach to raising and teaching promises to make training your dog the most positive experience possible!  You&amp;#039;ll learn:  How to &amp;quot;dog speak&amp;quot; -- the body language and vocalizations needed to effectively communicate with your dog; how to train your dog without jerking, hitting, kicking, shocking or shaking your dog; how to turn affection, play, toys, praise, and social freedom into powerful rewards; and five key ways to establish a leadership role so your dog will happily follow your lead!  DOGS WILL  BE DOGS: Jumping, barking, digging, chewing and house soiling are just a few of the topics covered in Dogs Will Be Dogs. * Leader of the Pack  * Good House Manners  * The Art of Housebreaking  * My Destructive Dog  The first step in establishing a healthy, happy relationship with your dog is understanding why he behaves the way he does. This entertaining audio program — designed for all ages — will teach you about &amp;quot;dogs being dogs.&amp;quot;  Experts from St. Hubert’s Dog Training School in Madison, New Jersey — one of the largest dog training schools in America--share simple and humane techniques for gently but effectively training your four-footed friend. Hear directly from the dog’s mouth the straight scoop on canine motives and how he perceives your behavior. Learn how to communicate to your dog what you want him to do and what behaviors are acceptable.  Helping your dog become a well-behaved member of your household can be fun and rewarding — for both of you!</description>
      <author>St. Hubert&amp;#039;s Animal Welfare Center, Norma Eckroate, Paul Owens</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886420685.mp3" length="592737" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886420685.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Audio Bundle: The Dog Whisperer &amp;amp; Dogs Will Be Dogs
Author: St. Hubert&amp;#039;s Animal Welfare Center, Norma Eckroate, Paul Owens
Narrator: Peter Jacobs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE DOG WHISPERER: With guidance from Paul Owens, The Original Dog Whisperer, you&amp;#039;ll learn compassionate training methods for even the most sensitive dogs. This revolutionary, humane, and logical approach to raising and teaching promises to make training your dog the most positive experience possible!  You&amp;#039;ll learn:  How to &amp;quot;dog speak&amp;quot; -- the body language and vocalizations needed to effectively communicate with your dog; how to train your dog without jerking, hitting, kicking, shocking or shaking your dog; how to turn affection, play, toys, praise, and social freedom into powerful rewards; and five key ways to establish a leadership role so your dog will happily follow your lead!  DOGS WILL  BE DOGS: Jumping, barking, digging, chewing and house soiling are just a few of the topics covered in Dogs Will Be Dogs. * Leader of the Pack  * Good House Manners  * The Art of Housebreaking  * My Destructive Dog  The first step in establishing a healthy, happy relationship with your dog is understanding why he behaves the way he does. This entertaining audio program — designed for all ages — will teach you about &amp;quot;dogs being dogs.&amp;quot;  Experts from St. Hubert’s Dog Training School in Madison, New Jersey — one of the largest dog training schools in America--share simple and humane techniques for gently but effectively training your four-footed friend. Hear directly from the dog’s mouth the straight scoop on canine motives and how he perceives your behavior. Learn how to communicate to your dog what you want him to do and what behaviors are acceptable.  Helping your dog become a well-behaved member of your household can be fun and rewarding — for both of you!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Audio Bundle: The Dog Whisperer &amp;amp; Dogs Will Be Dogs
Author: St. Hubert&amp;#039;s Animal Welfare Center, Norma Eckroate, Paul Owens
Narrator: Peter Jacobs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE DOG WHISPERER: With guidance from Paul Owens, The Original Dog Whisperer, you&amp;#039;ll learn compassionate training methods for even the most sensitive dogs. This revolutionary, humane, and logical approach to raising and teaching promises to make training your dog the most positive experience possible!  You&amp;#039;ll learn:  How to &amp;quot;dog speak&amp;quot; -- the body language and vocalizations needed to effectively communicate with your dog; how to train your dog without jerking, hitting, kicking, shocking or shaking your dog; how to turn affection, play, toys, praise, and social freedom into powerful rewards; and five key ways to establish a leadership role so your dog will happily follow your lead!  DOGS WILL  BE DOGS: Jumping, barking, digging, chewing and house soiling are just a few of the topics covered in Dogs Will Be Dogs. * Leader of the Pack  * Good House Manners  * The Art of Housebreaking  * My Destructive Dog  The first step in establishing a healthy, happy relationship with your dog is understanding why he behaves the way he does. This entertaining audio program — designed for all ages — will teach you about &amp;quot;dogs being dogs.&amp;quot;  Experts from St. Hubert’s Dog Training School in Madison, New Jersey — one of the largest dog training schools in America--share simple and humane techniques for gently but effectively training your four-footed friend. Hear directly from the dog’s mouth the straight scoop on canine motives and how he perceives your behavior. Learn how to communicate to your dog what you want him to do and what behaviors are acceptable.  Helping your dog become a well-behaved member of your household can be fun and rewarding — for both of you!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In This Together: Connecting with Your Community to Combat the Climate Crisis by Marianne E. Krasny</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In This Together: Connecting with Your Community to Combat the Climate Crisis
Author: Marianne E. Krasny
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In This Together explores how we can harness our social networks to make a real impact fighting the climate crisis. Against notions of the lone environmental crusader, Marianne E. Krasny shows us the power of “network climate action&amp;#039;―the idea that our own ordinary acts can influence and inspire those close to us. Through this spread of climate-conscious practices, our individual actions become collective ones that can eventually effect widespread change. Weaving examples of everyday climate-forward initiatives in with insights on behavioral and structural change, Krasny demonstrates how we can scale up the impact of our efforts through leveraging our community connections. Whether by inviting family, friends, or colleagues to a plant-rich meal or by becoming activists at climate nonprofits, we can forge the social norms and shared identities that can lead to change. With easy-to-follow dos and don’ts, In This Together shows us a practical and hopeful way forward into our shared future.</description>
      <author>Marianne E. Krasny</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212387064.mp3" length="845211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212387064.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In This Together: Connecting with Your Community to Combat the Climate Crisis
Author: Marianne E. Krasny
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In This Together explores how we can harness our social networks to make a real impact fighting the climate crisis. Against notions of the lone environmental crusader, Marianne E. Krasny shows us the power of “network climate action&amp;#039;―the idea that our own ordinary acts can influence and inspire those close to us. Through this spread of climate-conscious practices, our individual actions become collective ones that can eventually effect widespread change. Weaving examples of everyday climate-forward initiatives in with insights on behavioral and structural change, Krasny demonstrates how we can scale up the impact of our efforts through leveraging our community connections. Whether by inviting family, friends, or colleagues to a plant-rich meal or by becoming activists at climate nonprofits, we can forge the social norms and shared identities that can lead to change. With easy-to-follow dos and don’ts, In This Together shows us a practical and hopeful way forward into our shared future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In This Together: Connecting with Your Community to Combat the Climate Crisis
Author: Marianne E. Krasny
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In This Together explores how we can harness our social networks to make a real impact fighting the climate crisis. Against notions of the lone environmental crusader, Marianne E. Krasny shows us the power of “network climate action&amp;#039;―the idea that our own ordinary acts can influence and inspire those close to us. Through this spread of climate-conscious practices, our individual actions become collective ones that can eventually effect widespread change. Weaving examples of everyday climate-forward initiatives in with insights on behavioral and structural change, Krasny demonstrates how we can scale up the impact of our efforts through leveraging our community connections. Whether by inviting family, friends, or colleagues to a plant-rich meal or by becoming activists at climate nonprofits, we can forge the social norms and shared identities that can lead to change. With easy-to-follow dos and don’ts, In This Together shows us a practical and hopeful way forward into our shared future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better Living Through Birding: Notes from a Black Man in the Natural World by Christian Cooper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better Living Through Birding: Notes from a Black Man in the Natural World
Author: Christian Cooper
Narrator: Christian Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Central Park birder Christian Cooper takes us beyond the viral video that shocked a nation and into a world of avian adventures, global excursions, and the unexpected lessons you can learn from a life spent looking up. &amp;#039;Wondrous . . . captivating.”—Ed Yong, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of An Immense World Christian Cooper is a self-described “Blerd” (Black nerd), an avid comics fan and expert birder who devotes every spring to gazing upon the migratory birds that stop to rest in Central Park, just a subway ride away from where he lives in New York City. While in the park one morning in May 2020, Cooper was engaged in the birdwatching ritual that had been a part of his life since he was ten years old when what might have been a routine encounter with a dog walker exploded age-oldracial tensions. Cooper’s viral video of the incident would send shock waves through the nation. In Better Living Through Birding, Cooper tells the story of his extraordinary life leading up to the now-infamous incident in Central Park and shows how a life spent looking up at the birds prepared him, in the most uncanny of ways, to be a gay, Black man in America today. From sharpened senses that work just as well at a protest as in a park to what a bird like the Common Grackle can teach us about self-acceptance, Better Living Through Birding exults in the pleasures of a life lived in pursuit of the natural world and invites you to discover them yourself. Equal parts memoir, travelogue, and primer on the art of birding, this is Cooper’s story of learning to claim and defend space for himself and others like him, from his days at Marvel Comics introducing the first gay storylines to vivid and life-changing birding expeditions through Africa, Australia, the Americas, and the Himalayas. Better Living Through Birding recounts Cooper’s journey through the wonderful world of birds and what they can teach us about life, if only we would look and listen. Bird audio provided by Macaulay Library at the Cornell Lab of Ornithology. Cover images: Christian Cooper by Brittainy Newman / The New York Times / Redux, bird and sky / Getty Images</description>
      <author>Christian Cooper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593684702.mp3" length="2656280" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593684702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better Living Through Birding: Notes from a Black Man in the Natural World
Author: Christian Cooper
Narrator: Christian Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Central Park birder Christian Cooper takes us beyond the viral video that shocked a nation and into a world of avian adventures, global excursions, and the unexpected lessons you can learn from a life spent looking up. &amp;#039;Wondrous . . . captivating.”—Ed Yong, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of An Immense World Christian Cooper is a self-described “Blerd” (Black nerd), an avid comics fan and expert birder who devotes every spring to gazing upon the migratory birds that stop to rest in Central Park, just a subway ride away from where he lives in New York City. While in the park one morning in May 2020, Cooper was engaged in the birdwatching ritual that had been a part of his life since he was ten years old when what might have been a routine encounter with a dog walker exploded age-oldracial tensions. Cooper’s viral video of the incident would send shock waves through the nation. In Better Living Through Birding, Cooper tells the story of his extraordinary life leading up to the now-infamous incident in Central Park and shows how a life spent looking up at the birds prepared him, in the most uncanny of ways, to be a gay, Black man in America today. From sharpened senses that work just as well at a protest as in a park to what a bird like the Common Grackle can teach us about self-acceptance, Better Living Through Birding exults in the pleasures of a life lived in pursuit of the natural world and invites you to discover them yourself. Equal parts memoir, travelogue, and primer on the art of birding, this is Cooper’s story of learning to claim and defend space for himself and others like him, from his days at Marvel Comics introducing the first gay storylines to vivid and life-changing birding expeditions through Africa, Australia, the Americas, and the Himalayas. Better Living Through Birding recounts Cooper’s journey through the wonderful world of birds and what they can teach us about life, if only we would look and listen. Bird audio provided by Macaulay Library at the Cornell Lab of Ornithology. Cover images: Christian Cooper by Brittainy Newman / The New York Times / Redux, bird and sky / Getty Images</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better Living Through Birding: Notes from a Black Man in the Natural World
Author: Christian Cooper
Narrator: Christian Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Central Park birder Christian Cooper takes us beyond the viral video that shocked a nation and into a world of avian adventures, global excursions, and the unexpected lessons you can learn from a life spent looking up. &amp;#039;Wondrous . . . captivating.”—Ed Yong, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of An Immense World Christian Cooper is a self-described “Blerd” (Black nerd), an avid comics fan and expert birder who devotes every spring to gazing upon the migratory birds that stop to rest in Central Park, just a subway ride away from where he lives in New York City. While in the park one morning in May 2020, Cooper was engaged in the birdwatching ritual that had been a part of his life since he was ten years old when what might have been a routine encounter with a dog walker exploded age-oldracial tensions. Cooper’s viral video of the incident would send shock waves through the nation. In Better Living Through Birding, Cooper tells the story of his extraordinary life leading up to the now-infamous incident in Central Park and shows how a life spent looking up at the birds prepared him, in the most uncanny of ways, to be a gay, Black man in America today. From sharpened senses that work just as well at a protest as in a park to what a bird like the Common Grackle can teach us about self-acceptance, Better Living Through Birding exults in the pleasures of a life lived in pursuit of the natural world and invites you to discover them yourself. Equal parts memoir, travelogue, and primer on the art of birding, this is Cooper’s story of learning to claim and defend space for himself and others like him, from his days at Marvel Comics introducing the first gay storylines to vivid and life-changing birding expeditions through Africa, Australia, the Americas, and the Himalayas. Better Living Through Birding recounts Cooper’s journey through the wonderful world of birds and what they can teach us about life, if only we would look and listen. Bird audio provided by Macaulay Library at the Cornell Lab of Ornithology. Cover images: Christian Cooper by Brittainy Newman / The New York Times / Redux, bird and sky / Getty Images</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fire Weather: A True Story from a Hotter World by John Vaillant</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Weather: A True Story from a Hotter World
Author: John Vaillant
Narrator: Alan Carlson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A stunning account of a colossal wildfire and a panoramic exploration of the rapidly changing relationship between fire and humankind from the award-winning, best-selling author of The Tiger and The Golden Spruce “Riveting, spellbinding, astounding on every page…Captures the majesty and horror of one of [our] great disasters.” —David Wallace-Wells, #1 bestselling author of The Uninhabitable Earth In May 2016, Fort McMurray, the hub of Canada’s oil industry and America’s biggest foreign supplier, was overrun by wildfire. The multi-billion-dollar disaster melted vehicles, turned entire neighborhoods into firebombs, and drove 88,000 people from their homes in a single afternoon. Through the lens of this apocalyptic conflagration—the wildfire equivalent of Hurricane Katrina—John Vaillant warns that this was not a unique event, but a shocking preview of what we must prepare for in a hotter, more flammable world. For hundreds of millennia, fire has been a partner in our evolution, shaping culture, civilization, and, very likely, our brains. Fire has enabled us to cook our food, defend and heat our homes, and power the machines that drive our titanic economy. Yet this volatile energy source has always threatened to elude our control, and in our new age of intensifying climate change, we are seeing its destructive power unleashed in previously unimaginable ways. With masterly prose and a cinematic eye, Vaillant takes us on a riveting journey through the intertwined histories of North America’s oil industry and the birth of climate science, to the unprecedented devastation wrought by modern forest fires, and into lives forever changed by these disasters. John Vaillant’s urgent work is a book for—and from—our new century of fire, which has only just begun. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of maps, images, and charts from the book.</description>
      <author>John Vaillant</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593740491.mp3" length="2660317" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593740491.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Weather: A True Story from a Hotter World
Author: John Vaillant
Narrator: Alan Carlson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A stunning account of a colossal wildfire and a panoramic exploration of the rapidly changing relationship between fire and humankind from the award-winning, best-selling author of The Tiger and The Golden Spruce “Riveting, spellbinding, astounding on every page…Captures the majesty and horror of one of [our] great disasters.” —David Wallace-Wells, #1 bestselling author of The Uninhabitable Earth In May 2016, Fort McMurray, the hub of Canada’s oil industry and America’s biggest foreign supplier, was overrun by wildfire. The multi-billion-dollar disaster melted vehicles, turned entire neighborhoods into firebombs, and drove 88,000 people from their homes in a single afternoon. Through the lens of this apocalyptic conflagration—the wildfire equivalent of Hurricane Katrina—John Vaillant warns that this was not a unique event, but a shocking preview of what we must prepare for in a hotter, more flammable world. For hundreds of millennia, fire has been a partner in our evolution, shaping culture, civilization, and, very likely, our brains. Fire has enabled us to cook our food, defend and heat our homes, and power the machines that drive our titanic economy. Yet this volatile energy source has always threatened to elude our control, and in our new age of intensifying climate change, we are seeing its destructive power unleashed in previously unimaginable ways. With masterly prose and a cinematic eye, Vaillant takes us on a riveting journey through the intertwined histories of North America’s oil industry and the birth of climate science, to the unprecedented devastation wrought by modern forest fires, and into lives forever changed by these disasters. John Vaillant’s urgent work is a book for—and from—our new century of fire, which has only just begun. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of maps, images, and charts from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639049</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire Weather: A True Story from a Hotter World
Author: John Vaillant
Narrator: Alan Carlson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A stunning account of a colossal wildfire and a panoramic exploration of the rapidly changing relationship between fire and humankind from the award-winning, best-selling author of The Tiger and The Golden Spruce “Riveting, spellbinding, astounding on every page…Captures the majesty and horror of one of [our] great disasters.” —David Wallace-Wells, #1 bestselling author of The Uninhabitable Earth In May 2016, Fort McMurray, the hub of Canada’s oil industry and America’s biggest foreign supplier, was overrun by wildfire. The multi-billion-dollar disaster melted vehicles, turned entire neighborhoods into firebombs, and drove 88,000 people from their homes in a single afternoon. Through the lens of this apocalyptic conflagration—the wildfire equivalent of Hurricane Katrina—John Vaillant warns that this was not a unique event, but a shocking preview of what we must prepare for in a hotter, more flammable world. For hundreds of millennia, fire has been a partner in our evolution, shaping culture, civilization, and, very likely, our brains. Fire has enabled us to cook our food, defend and heat our homes, and power the machines that drive our titanic economy. Yet this volatile energy source has always threatened to elude our control, and in our new age of intensifying climate change, we are seeing its destructive power unleashed in previously unimaginable ways. With masterly prose and a cinematic eye, Vaillant takes us on a riveting journey through the intertwined histories of North America’s oil industry and the birth of climate science, to the unprecedented devastation wrought by modern forest fires, and into lives forever changed by these disasters. John Vaillant’s urgent work is a book for—and from—our new century of fire, which has only just begun. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of maps, images, and charts from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Earth Transformed: An Untold History by Peter Frankopan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Earth Transformed: An Untold History
Author: Peter Frankopan
Narrator: Peter Frankopan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary new history that reveals how climate change has dramatically shaped the development—and demise—of civilizations across time Global warming is one of the greatest dangers mankind faces today. Even as temperatures increase, sea levels rise, and natural disasters escalate, our current environmental crisis feels difficult to predict and understand. But climate change and its effects on us are not new. In a bold narrative that spans centuries and continents, Peter Frankopan argues that nature has always played a fundamental role in the writing of history. From the fall of the Moche civilization in South America that came about because of the cyclical pressures of El Niño to volcanic eruptions in Iceland that affected Egypt and helped bring the Ottoman empire to its knees, climate change and its influences have always been with us.  Frankopan explains how the Vikings emerged thanks to catastrophic crop failure, why the roots of regime change in eleventh-century Baghdad lay in the collapse of cotton prices resulting from unusual climate patterns, and why the western expansion of the frontiers in North America was directly affected by solar flare activity in the eighteenth century. Again and again, Frankopan shows that when past empires have failed to act sustainably, they have been met with catastrophe. Blending brilliant historical writing and cutting-edge scientific research, The Earth Transformed will radically reframe the way we look at the world and our future. *Includes a downloadable PDF of historic maps and global charts from the book, as well as the written acknowledgements</description>
      <author>Peter Frankopan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593740378.mp3" length="2494166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593740378.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Earth Transformed: An Untold History
Author: Peter Frankopan
Narrator: Peter Frankopan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary new history that reveals how climate change has dramatically shaped the development—and demise—of civilizations across time Global warming is one of the greatest dangers mankind faces today. Even as temperatures increase, sea levels rise, and natural disasters escalate, our current environmental crisis feels difficult to predict and understand. But climate change and its effects on us are not new. In a bold narrative that spans centuries and continents, Peter Frankopan argues that nature has always played a fundamental role in the writing of history. From the fall of the Moche civilization in South America that came about because of the cyclical pressures of El Niño to volcanic eruptions in Iceland that affected Egypt and helped bring the Ottoman empire to its knees, climate change and its influences have always been with us.  Frankopan explains how the Vikings emerged thanks to catastrophic crop failure, why the roots of regime change in eleventh-century Baghdad lay in the collapse of cotton prices resulting from unusual climate patterns, and why the western expansion of the frontiers in North America was directly affected by solar flare activity in the eighteenth century. Again and again, Frankopan shows that when past empires have failed to act sustainably, they have been met with catastrophe. Blending brilliant historical writing and cutting-edge scientific research, The Earth Transformed will radically reframe the way we look at the world and our future. *Includes a downloadable PDF of historic maps and global charts from the book, as well as the written acknowledgements</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639039</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Earth Transformed: An Untold History
Author: Peter Frankopan
Narrator: Peter Frankopan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary new history that reveals how climate change has dramatically shaped the development—and demise—of civilizations across time Global warming is one of the greatest dangers mankind faces today. Even as temperatures increase, sea levels rise, and natural disasters escalate, our current environmental crisis feels difficult to predict and understand. But climate change and its effects on us are not new. In a bold narrative that spans centuries and continents, Peter Frankopan argues that nature has always played a fundamental role in the writing of history. From the fall of the Moche civilization in South America that came about because of the cyclical pressures of El Niño to volcanic eruptions in Iceland that affected Egypt and helped bring the Ottoman empire to its knees, climate change and its influences have always been with us.  Frankopan explains how the Vikings emerged thanks to catastrophic crop failure, why the roots of regime change in eleventh-century Baghdad lay in the collapse of cotton prices resulting from unusual climate patterns, and why the western expansion of the frontiers in North America was directly affected by solar flare activity in the eighteenth century. Again and again, Frankopan shows that when past empires have failed to act sustainably, they have been met with catastrophe. Blending brilliant historical writing and cutting-edge scientific research, The Earth Transformed will radically reframe the way we look at the world and our future. *Includes a downloadable PDF of historic maps and global charts from the book, as well as the written acknowledgements</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reading the Rocks: The Autobiography of the Earth by Marcia Bjornerud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reading the Rocks: The Autobiography of the Earth
Author: Marcia Bjornerud
Narrator: Alma Cuervo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
To many of us, the Earth&amp;#039;s crust is a relic of ancient, unknowable history. But to a geologist, stones are richly illustrated narratives, telling gothic tales of cataclysm and reincarnation. For more than four billion years, in beach sand, granite, and garnet schists, the planet has kept a rich and idiosyncratic journal of its past. Fulbright Scholar Marcia Bjornerud takes the reader along on an eye-opening tour of Deep Time, explaining in elegant prose what we see and feel beneath our feet. Both scientist and storyteller, Bjornerud uses anecdotes and metaphors to remind us that our home is a living thing with lessons to teach. She shows how our planet has long maintained a delicate balance, and how the global give-and-take has sustained life on Earth through numerous upheavals. But with the rapidly escalating effects of human beings on their home planet, that cosmic balance is being threatened -- and the consequences may be catastrophic. Containing a glossary and detailed timescale, as well as vivid descriptions and historic accounts, Reading the Rocks is literally a history of the world, for all friends of the Earth.</description>
      <author>Marcia Bjornerud</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668630167.mp3" length="907544" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668630167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reading the Rocks: The Autobiography of the Earth
Author: Marcia Bjornerud
Narrator: Alma Cuervo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
To many of us, the Earth&amp;#039;s crust is a relic of ancient, unknowable history. But to a geologist, stones are richly illustrated narratives, telling gothic tales of cataclysm and reincarnation. For more than four billion years, in beach sand, granite, and garnet schists, the planet has kept a rich and idiosyncratic journal of its past. Fulbright Scholar Marcia Bjornerud takes the reader along on an eye-opening tour of Deep Time, explaining in elegant prose what we see and feel beneath our feet. Both scientist and storyteller, Bjornerud uses anecdotes and metaphors to remind us that our home is a living thing with lessons to teach. She shows how our planet has long maintained a delicate balance, and how the global give-and-take has sustained life on Earth through numerous upheavals. But with the rapidly escalating effects of human beings on their home planet, that cosmic balance is being threatened -- and the consequences may be catastrophic. Containing a glossary and detailed timescale, as well as vivid descriptions and historic accounts, Reading the Rocks is literally a history of the world, for all friends of the Earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/639020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reading the Rocks: The Autobiography of the Earth
Author: Marcia Bjornerud
Narrator: Alma Cuervo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
To many of us, the Earth&amp;#039;s crust is a relic of ancient, unknowable history. But to a geologist, stones are richly illustrated narratives, telling gothic tales of cataclysm and reincarnation. For more than four billion years, in beach sand, granite, and garnet schists, the planet has kept a rich and idiosyncratic journal of its past. Fulbright Scholar Marcia Bjornerud takes the reader along on an eye-opening tour of Deep Time, explaining in elegant prose what we see and feel beneath our feet. Both scientist and storyteller, Bjornerud uses anecdotes and metaphors to remind us that our home is a living thing with lessons to teach. She shows how our planet has long maintained a delicate balance, and how the global give-and-take has sustained life on Earth through numerous upheavals. But with the rapidly escalating effects of human beings on their home planet, that cosmic balance is being threatened -- and the consequences may be catastrophic. Containing a glossary and detailed timescale, as well as vivid descriptions and historic accounts, Reading the Rocks is literally a history of the world, for all friends of the Earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - So isser brav!: Aus dem Leben verzweifelter Menschen und ihrer Hunde by Conny Sporrer, Anna Maria Sanders</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - So isser brav!: Aus dem Leben verzweifelter Menschen und ihrer Hunde
Author: Conny Sporrer, Anna Maria Sanders
Narrator: Marc Lindhorst, Conny Sporrer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mischlingsrüde Benji hat sich zu einem ziemlichen Terrorbolzen entwickelt. Menschen anspringen, Passanten verbellen, an der Leine ziehen, Ohren auf Durchzug stellen – all das beherrscht er in Perfektion. Als Frauchen trotz einer Odyssee durch fragwürdige Erziehungstheorien am Ende ihres Hundelateins ist, erfährt sie schließlich, wo in ihrer Beziehung zu Benji der Hund begraben liegt. In diesem Hörbuch wird mit einer Reihe von Mythen und Irrtümern zum Thema Hundeerziehung aufgeräumt. Aus Perspektive der Hunde und ihrer Menschen wird der Hörer in die Geheimnisse einer entspannten Mensch-Hund-Beziehung eingeführt.</description>
      <author>Conny Sporrer, Anna Maria Sanders</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783745321562.mp3" length="829309" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783745321562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - So isser brav!: Aus dem Leben verzweifelter Menschen und ihrer Hunde
Author: Conny Sporrer, Anna Maria Sanders
Narrator: Marc Lindhorst, Conny Sporrer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mischlingsrüde Benji hat sich zu einem ziemlichen Terrorbolzen entwickelt. Menschen anspringen, Passanten verbellen, an der Leine ziehen, Ohren auf Durchzug stellen – all das beherrscht er in Perfektion. Als Frauchen trotz einer Odyssee durch fragwürdige Erziehungstheorien am Ende ihres Hundelateins ist, erfährt sie schließlich, wo in ihrer Beziehung zu Benji der Hund begraben liegt. In diesem Hörbuch wird mit einer Reihe von Mythen und Irrtümern zum Thema Hundeerziehung aufgeräumt. Aus Perspektive der Hunde und ihrer Menschen wird der Hörer in die Geheimnisse einer entspannten Mensch-Hund-Beziehung eingeführt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - So isser brav!: Aus dem Leben verzweifelter Menschen und ihrer Hunde
Author: Conny Sporrer, Anna Maria Sanders
Narrator: Marc Lindhorst, Conny Sporrer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Mischlingsrüde Benji hat sich zu einem ziemlichen Terrorbolzen entwickelt. Menschen anspringen, Passanten verbellen, an der Leine ziehen, Ohren auf Durchzug stellen – all das beherrscht er in Perfektion. Als Frauchen trotz einer Odyssee durch fragwürdige Erziehungstheorien am Ende ihres Hundelateins ist, erfährt sie schließlich, wo in ihrer Beziehung zu Benji der Hund begraben liegt. In diesem Hörbuch wird mit einer Reihe von Mythen und Irrtümern zum Thema Hundeerziehung aufgeräumt. Aus Perspektive der Hunde und ihrer Menschen wird der Hörer in die Geheimnisse einer entspannten Mensch-Hund-Beziehung eingeführt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grass-Fed Beef for a Post-Pandemic World: How Regenerative Grazing Can Restore Soils and Stabilize the Climate by Lynn Pledger, Ridge Shinn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grass-Fed Beef for a Post-Pandemic World: How Regenerative Grazing Can Restore Soils and Stabilize the Climate
Author: Lynn Pledger, Ridge Shinn
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The COVID-19 pandemic exposed the vulnerabilities of our globalized food system and highlighted the desperate need for local and regional supplies of healthy meat. We must replace corn-based feedlots, which are responsible for significant climate emissions, nitrogen pollution, and animal suffering. Grass-Fed Beef for a Post-Pandemic World outlines a hopeful path out of our broken food system via regional networks of regeneratively produced meat. In 2017, Ridge Shinn and Lynne Pledger went to market with Big Picture Beef, a company that partners with farmers across the Northeast to increase access to wholesale markets while promoting holistic grazing management techniques. The result? Increased health benefits for consumers, the environment, and livestock. This book compiles information from the fields of ecology, climate science, nutrition, and animal welfare, along with on-the-farm stories from Ridge’s travels as a consultant all over the world. It reveals that regenerative grazing can restore degraded farmland, protect against droughts and floods, increase biodiversity, combat climate change by reducing emissions and sequestering carbon, contribute to regional economic development, and produce nutrient-dense meat for consumers. This book is for anyone wondering how our farmers and ranchers can raise cattle while also caring for the local and global environment. It includes a foreword by Gabe Brown, the bestselling author of Dirt to Soil.</description>
      <author>Lynn Pledger, Ridge Shinn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645021261.mp3" length="906638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645021261.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grass-Fed Beef for a Post-Pandemic World: How Regenerative Grazing Can Restore Soils and Stabilize the Climate
Author: Lynn Pledger, Ridge Shinn
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The COVID-19 pandemic exposed the vulnerabilities of our globalized food system and highlighted the desperate need for local and regional supplies of healthy meat. We must replace corn-based feedlots, which are responsible for significant climate emissions, nitrogen pollution, and animal suffering. Grass-Fed Beef for a Post-Pandemic World outlines a hopeful path out of our broken food system via regional networks of regeneratively produced meat. In 2017, Ridge Shinn and Lynne Pledger went to market with Big Picture Beef, a company that partners with farmers across the Northeast to increase access to wholesale markets while promoting holistic grazing management techniques. The result? Increased health benefits for consumers, the environment, and livestock. This book compiles information from the fields of ecology, climate science, nutrition, and animal welfare, along with on-the-farm stories from Ridge’s travels as a consultant all over the world. It reveals that regenerative grazing can restore degraded farmland, protect against droughts and floods, increase biodiversity, combat climate change by reducing emissions and sequestering carbon, contribute to regional economic development, and produce nutrient-dense meat for consumers. This book is for anyone wondering how our farmers and ranchers can raise cattle while also caring for the local and global environment. It includes a foreword by Gabe Brown, the bestselling author of Dirt to Soil.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grass-Fed Beef for a Post-Pandemic World: How Regenerative Grazing Can Restore Soils and Stabilize the Climate
Author: Lynn Pledger, Ridge Shinn
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The COVID-19 pandemic exposed the vulnerabilities of our globalized food system and highlighted the desperate need for local and regional supplies of healthy meat. We must replace corn-based feedlots, which are responsible for significant climate emissions, nitrogen pollution, and animal suffering. Grass-Fed Beef for a Post-Pandemic World outlines a hopeful path out of our broken food system via regional networks of regeneratively produced meat. In 2017, Ridge Shinn and Lynne Pledger went to market with Big Picture Beef, a company that partners with farmers across the Northeast to increase access to wholesale markets while promoting holistic grazing management techniques. The result? Increased health benefits for consumers, the environment, and livestock. This book compiles information from the fields of ecology, climate science, nutrition, and animal welfare, along with on-the-farm stories from Ridge’s travels as a consultant all over the world. It reveals that regenerative grazing can restore degraded farmland, protect against droughts and floods, increase biodiversity, combat climate change by reducing emissions and sequestering carbon, contribute to regional economic development, and produce nutrient-dense meat for consumers. This book is for anyone wondering how our farmers and ranchers can raise cattle while also caring for the local and global environment. It includes a foreword by Gabe Brown, the bestselling author of Dirt to Soil.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La vida de las termitas by Maurice Maeterlink</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La vida de las termitas
Author: Maurice Maeterlink
Narrator: Mario De Candia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Al igual que La vida de las abejas, de la cual todas las afirmaciones que se han hecho han sido reconocidas como exactas por los especialistas, La vida de las termitas no es una biografía novelesca, tan de moda en estos momentos. He permanecido fiel al principio que me ha guiado en la obra precedente, que ha consistido en no ceder jamás a la tentación de añadir a lo maravilloso real un maravilloso imaginado. Al ser menos joven, me es más fácil resistir a esta tentación, porque los años enseñan poco a poco a todo hombre que sólo la verdad es maravillosa. Entre otras cosas, también enseñan los años al escritor que los ornamentos del estilo envejecen más pronta y rápidamente que él, y que sólo los hechos estrictamente expuestos y las reflexiones sobria y netamente formuladas pueden tener mañana casi el mismo aspecto que hoy. La literatura consagrada a las termitas está lejos de ser tan rica como la que se ha acumulado alrededor de las abejas y de las hormigas. El primer entomólogo que se ha dedicado seriamente a este estudio fue J. G. Koenig, que vivió largo tiempo en las Indias, en Tranquebar, distrito de Madras, donde pudo hacerlo a gusto. Murió en 1785. Vino a continuación Henry Smeathmann, que es, con Hermann Hagen, el verdadero padre de la termitología. Su célebre memoria sobre ciertas termitas africanas, publicada en 1781, encierra un verdadero tesoro de observaciones e interpretaciones, de donde han bebido sin agotarlo todos los que se han ocupado del insecto, y los trabajos de sus sucesores, singularmente los de G. B. Haviland y de T. J. Savage, han confirmado casi siempre la exactitud de sus investigaciones. Por lo que se refiere a Hermann Hagen, de Königsberg, en 1855, publicó en la Linnea Entomologica de Berlín una monografía metódica y completa, en la que analiza con la precisión, minuciosidad y conciencia que es forzoso reconocer que los alemanes aportan a este género de trabajos, todo lo que se ha escrito sobre las termitas desde la India y el Egipto antiguos hasta nuestros días. Se encuentran en ella reunidas y criticadas centenas de observaciones hechas por todos los viajeros que los han estudiado en Asia, África, América y Australia.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Maurice Maeterlink</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Aug 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179736262.mp3" length="1257124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179736262.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La vida de las termitas
Author: Maurice Maeterlink
Narrator: Mario De Candia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Al igual que La vida de las abejas, de la cual todas las afirmaciones que se han hecho han sido reconocidas como exactas por los especialistas, La vida de las termitas no es una biografía novelesca, tan de moda en estos momentos. He permanecido fiel al principio que me ha guiado en la obra precedente, que ha consistido en no ceder jamás a la tentación de añadir a lo maravilloso real un maravilloso imaginado. Al ser menos joven, me es más fácil resistir a esta tentación, porque los años enseñan poco a poco a todo hombre que sólo la verdad es maravillosa. Entre otras cosas, también enseñan los años al escritor que los ornamentos del estilo envejecen más pronta y rápidamente que él, y que sólo los hechos estrictamente expuestos y las reflexiones sobria y netamente formuladas pueden tener mañana casi el mismo aspecto que hoy. La literatura consagrada a las termitas está lejos de ser tan rica como la que se ha acumulado alrededor de las abejas y de las hormigas. El primer entomólogo que se ha dedicado seriamente a este estudio fue J. G. Koenig, que vivió largo tiempo en las Indias, en Tranquebar, distrito de Madras, donde pudo hacerlo a gusto. Murió en 1785. Vino a continuación Henry Smeathmann, que es, con Hermann Hagen, el verdadero padre de la termitología. Su célebre memoria sobre ciertas termitas africanas, publicada en 1781, encierra un verdadero tesoro de observaciones e interpretaciones, de donde han bebido sin agotarlo todos los que se han ocupado del insecto, y los trabajos de sus sucesores, singularmente los de G. B. Haviland y de T. J. Savage, han confirmado casi siempre la exactitud de sus investigaciones. Por lo que se refiere a Hermann Hagen, de Königsberg, en 1855, publicó en la Linnea Entomologica de Berlín una monografía metódica y completa, en la que analiza con la precisión, minuciosidad y conciencia que es forzoso reconocer que los alemanes aportan a este género de trabajos, todo lo que se ha escrito sobre las termitas desde la India y el Egipto antiguos hasta nuestros días. Se encuentran en ella reunidas y criticadas centenas de observaciones hechas por todos los viajeros que los han estudiado en Asia, África, América y Australia.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La vida de las termitas
Author: Maurice Maeterlink
Narrator: Mario De Candia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Al igual que La vida de las abejas, de la cual todas las afirmaciones que se han hecho han sido reconocidas como exactas por los especialistas, La vida de las termitas no es una biografía novelesca, tan de moda en estos momentos. He permanecido fiel al principio que me ha guiado en la obra precedente, que ha consistido en no ceder jamás a la tentación de añadir a lo maravilloso real un maravilloso imaginado. Al ser menos joven, me es más fácil resistir a esta tentación, porque los años enseñan poco a poco a todo hombre que sólo la verdad es maravillosa. Entre otras cosas, también enseñan los años al escritor que los ornamentos del estilo envejecen más pronta y rápidamente que él, y que sólo los hechos estrictamente expuestos y las reflexiones sobria y netamente formuladas pueden tener mañana casi el mismo aspecto que hoy. La literatura consagrada a las termitas está lejos de ser tan rica como la que se ha acumulado alrededor de las abejas y de las hormigas. El primer entomólogo que se ha dedicado seriamente a este estudio fue J. G. Koenig, que vivió largo tiempo en las Indias, en Tranquebar, distrito de Madras, donde pudo hacerlo a gusto. Murió en 1785. Vino a continuación Henry Smeathmann, que es, con Hermann Hagen, el verdadero padre de la termitología. Su célebre memoria sobre ciertas termitas africanas, publicada en 1781, encierra un verdadero tesoro de observaciones e interpretaciones, de donde han bebido sin agotarlo todos los que se han ocupado del insecto, y los trabajos de sus sucesores, singularmente los de G. B. Haviland y de T. J. Savage, han confirmado casi siempre la exactitud de sus investigaciones. Por lo que se refiere a Hermann Hagen, de Königsberg, en 1855, publicó en la Linnea Entomologica de Berlín una monografía metódica y completa, en la que analiza con la precisión, minuciosidad y conciencia que es forzoso reconocer que los alemanes aportan a este género de trabajos, todo lo que se ha escrito sobre las termitas desde la India y el Egipto antiguos hasta nuestros días. Se encuentran en ella reunidas y criticadas centenas de observaciones hechas por todos los viajeros que los han estudiado en Asia, África, América y Australia.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Drop: Solving the World&amp;#039;s Water Crisis by Tim Smedley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Drop: Solving the World&amp;#039;s Water Crisis
Author: Tim Smedley
Narrator: Tim Smedley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Smart, sobering, and scholarly.&amp;#039; - Steve Brusatte, the Sunday Times bestselling author of The Rise and Fall of Dinosaurs A gripping, thought-provoking and ultimately optimistic investigation into the world’s next great climate crisis - the scarcity of water. Read by the author, Tim Smedley. Water scarcity is the next big climate crisis. Water stress – not just scarcity, but also water-quality issues caused by pollution – is already driving the first waves of climate refugees. Rivers are drying out before they meet the oceans and ancient lakes are disappearing. It’s increasingly clear that human mismanagement of water is dangerously unsustainable, for both ecological and human survival. And yet in recent years some key countries have been quietly and very successfully addressing water stress. How are Singapore and Israel, for example – both severely water-stressed countries – not in the same predicament as Chennai or California? In The Last Drop, award-winning environmental journalist Tim Smedley meets experts, victims, activists and pioneers to find out how we can mend the water table that our survival depends upon. He offers a fascinating, universally relevant account of the environmental and human factors that have led us to this point, and suggests practical ways to address the crisis, before it’s too late.</description>
      <author>Tim Smedley</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529058161.mp3" length="1412216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529058161.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Drop: Solving the World&amp;#039;s Water Crisis
Author: Tim Smedley
Narrator: Tim Smedley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Smart, sobering, and scholarly.&amp;#039; - Steve Brusatte, the Sunday Times bestselling author of The Rise and Fall of Dinosaurs A gripping, thought-provoking and ultimately optimistic investigation into the world’s next great climate crisis - the scarcity of water. Read by the author, Tim Smedley. Water scarcity is the next big climate crisis. Water stress – not just scarcity, but also water-quality issues caused by pollution – is already driving the first waves of climate refugees. Rivers are drying out before they meet the oceans and ancient lakes are disappearing. It’s increasingly clear that human mismanagement of water is dangerously unsustainable, for both ecological and human survival. And yet in recent years some key countries have been quietly and very successfully addressing water stress. How are Singapore and Israel, for example – both severely water-stressed countries – not in the same predicament as Chennai or California? In The Last Drop, award-winning environmental journalist Tim Smedley meets experts, victims, activists and pioneers to find out how we can mend the water table that our survival depends upon. He offers a fascinating, universally relevant account of the environmental and human factors that have led us to this point, and suggests practical ways to address the crisis, before it’s too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Drop: Solving the World&amp;#039;s Water Crisis
Author: Tim Smedley
Narrator: Tim Smedley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Smart, sobering, and scholarly.&amp;#039; - Steve Brusatte, the Sunday Times bestselling author of The Rise and Fall of Dinosaurs A gripping, thought-provoking and ultimately optimistic investigation into the world’s next great climate crisis - the scarcity of water. Read by the author, Tim Smedley. Water scarcity is the next big climate crisis. Water stress – not just scarcity, but also water-quality issues caused by pollution – is already driving the first waves of climate refugees. Rivers are drying out before they meet the oceans and ancient lakes are disappearing. It’s increasingly clear that human mismanagement of water is dangerously unsustainable, for both ecological and human survival. And yet in recent years some key countries have been quietly and very successfully addressing water stress. How are Singapore and Israel, for example – both severely water-stressed countries – not in the same predicament as Chennai or California? In The Last Drop, award-winning environmental journalist Tim Smedley meets experts, victims, activists and pioneers to find out how we can mend the water table that our survival depends upon. He offers a fascinating, universally relevant account of the environmental and human factors that have led us to this point, and suggests practical ways to address the crisis, before it’s too late.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Soil: The Story of a Black Mother&amp;#039;s Garden by Camille T Dungy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soil: The Story of a Black Mother&amp;#039;s Garden
Author: Camille T Dungy
Narrator: Camille T Dungy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A “heartfelt and thoroughly enriching” (Aimee Nezhukumatathil, New York Times bestselling author of World of Wonders) work that expands on how we talk about the natural world and the environment as National Book Critics Circle finalist Camille T. Dungy diversifies her garden to reflect her heritage. In Soil: The Story of a Black Mother’s Garden poet and scholar Camille T. Dungy recounts the seven-year odyssey to diversify her garden in the predominantly white community of Fort Collins, Colorado. When she moved there in 2013, with her husband and daughter, the community held strict restrictions about what residents could and could not plant in their gardens.   In resistance to the homogenous policies that limited the possibility and wonder that grows from the earth, Dungy employs the various plants, herbs, vegetables, and flowers she grows in her garden as metaphor and treatise for how homogeneity threatens the future of our planet, and why cultivating diverse and intersectional language in our national discourse about the environment is the best means of protecting it.   “Brilliant and beautiful” (Ross Gay, New York Times bestselling author of The Book of Delights), Soil functions as the nexus of nature writing, environmental justice, and prose to encourage you to recognize the relationship between the people of the African diaspora and the land on which they live, and to understand that wherever soil rests beneath their feet is home.</description>
      <author>Camille T Dungy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797159355.mp3" length="846471" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797159355.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soil: The Story of a Black Mother&amp;#039;s Garden
Author: Camille T Dungy
Narrator: Camille T Dungy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A “heartfelt and thoroughly enriching” (Aimee Nezhukumatathil, New York Times bestselling author of World of Wonders) work that expands on how we talk about the natural world and the environment as National Book Critics Circle finalist Camille T. Dungy diversifies her garden to reflect her heritage. In Soil: The Story of a Black Mother’s Garden poet and scholar Camille T. Dungy recounts the seven-year odyssey to diversify her garden in the predominantly white community of Fort Collins, Colorado. When she moved there in 2013, with her husband and daughter, the community held strict restrictions about what residents could and could not plant in their gardens.   In resistance to the homogenous policies that limited the possibility and wonder that grows from the earth, Dungy employs the various plants, herbs, vegetables, and flowers she grows in her garden as metaphor and treatise for how homogeneity threatens the future of our planet, and why cultivating diverse and intersectional language in our national discourse about the environment is the best means of protecting it.   “Brilliant and beautiful” (Ross Gay, New York Times bestselling author of The Book of Delights), Soil functions as the nexus of nature writing, environmental justice, and prose to encourage you to recognize the relationship between the people of the African diaspora and the land on which they live, and to understand that wherever soil rests beneath their feet is home.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soil: The Story of a Black Mother&amp;#039;s Garden
Author: Camille T Dungy
Narrator: Camille T Dungy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A “heartfelt and thoroughly enriching” (Aimee Nezhukumatathil, New York Times bestselling author of World of Wonders) work that expands on how we talk about the natural world and the environment as National Book Critics Circle finalist Camille T. Dungy diversifies her garden to reflect her heritage. In Soil: The Story of a Black Mother’s Garden poet and scholar Camille T. Dungy recounts the seven-year odyssey to diversify her garden in the predominantly white community of Fort Collins, Colorado. When she moved there in 2013, with her husband and daughter, the community held strict restrictions about what residents could and could not plant in their gardens.   In resistance to the homogenous policies that limited the possibility and wonder that grows from the earth, Dungy employs the various plants, herbs, vegetables, and flowers she grows in her garden as metaphor and treatise for how homogeneity threatens the future of our planet, and why cultivating diverse and intersectional language in our national discourse about the environment is the best means of protecting it.   “Brilliant and beautiful” (Ross Gay, New York Times bestselling author of The Book of Delights), Soil functions as the nexus of nature writing, environmental justice, and prose to encourage you to recognize the relationship between the people of the African diaspora and the land on which they live, and to understand that wherever soil rests beneath their feet is home.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Country Life: A story of peaks and troughs by Giles Wood, Mary Killen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Country Life: A story of peaks and troughs
Author: Giles Wood, Mary Killen
Narrator: Mary Killen, Giles Wood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The Nutty Idyll Former townies Giles and Mary swapped city life for rural Wiltshire over thirty years ago, and they&amp;#039;ve each embraced it in their own very different ways. Mary has happily traded sophisticated London salons for monthly lectures at the Farmers&amp;#039; Club, competitive school quizzes, church interactions and local Auction House sales. While Giles has immersed himself in the catastrophic consequences of conventional farming, his organic no-dig veg-patch, the increasingly disproportionate response by local landlords to harmless trespassers and the strange death of the village house martins. For recent city escapees and indigenous country folk alike, Giles and Mary sift through the unhelpful dreamy myths and offer a practical reality, with robust back and forth on every aspect of life in rural outposts, including but not limited to planning wars, class wars, dog thefts, tree-felling fights, misunderstandings between incomers and natives and the role of the Heron Appreciation Society. The much-loved Wiltshire couple share their combined, hard-earned lessons, so we can learn the secret skills of grumbling and bumbling our way towards a new contented country life. ©2023 Giles Wood &amp;amp; Mary Killen (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Giles Wood, Mary Killen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529901382.mp3" length="1378222" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529901382.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Country Life: A story of peaks and troughs
Author: Giles Wood, Mary Killen
Narrator: Mary Killen, Giles Wood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The Nutty Idyll Former townies Giles and Mary swapped city life for rural Wiltshire over thirty years ago, and they&amp;#039;ve each embraced it in their own very different ways. Mary has happily traded sophisticated London salons for monthly lectures at the Farmers&amp;#039; Club, competitive school quizzes, church interactions and local Auction House sales. While Giles has immersed himself in the catastrophic consequences of conventional farming, his organic no-dig veg-patch, the increasingly disproportionate response by local landlords to harmless trespassers and the strange death of the village house martins. For recent city escapees and indigenous country folk alike, Giles and Mary sift through the unhelpful dreamy myths and offer a practical reality, with robust back and forth on every aspect of life in rural outposts, including but not limited to planning wars, class wars, dog thefts, tree-felling fights, misunderstandings between incomers and natives and the role of the Heron Appreciation Society. The much-loved Wiltshire couple share their combined, hard-earned lessons, so we can learn the secret skills of grumbling and bumbling our way towards a new contented country life. ©2023 Giles Wood &amp;amp; Mary Killen (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Country Life: A story of peaks and troughs
Author: Giles Wood, Mary Killen
Narrator: Mary Killen, Giles Wood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The Nutty Idyll Former townies Giles and Mary swapped city life for rural Wiltshire over thirty years ago, and they&amp;#039;ve each embraced it in their own very different ways. Mary has happily traded sophisticated London salons for monthly lectures at the Farmers&amp;#039; Club, competitive school quizzes, church interactions and local Auction House sales. While Giles has immersed himself in the catastrophic consequences of conventional farming, his organic no-dig veg-patch, the increasingly disproportionate response by local landlords to harmless trespassers and the strange death of the village house martins. For recent city escapees and indigenous country folk alike, Giles and Mary sift through the unhelpful dreamy myths and offer a practical reality, with robust back and forth on every aspect of life in rural outposts, including but not limited to planning wars, class wars, dog thefts, tree-felling fights, misunderstandings between incomers and natives and the role of the Heron Appreciation Society. The much-loved Wiltshire couple share their combined, hard-earned lessons, so we can learn the secret skills of grumbling and bumbling our way towards a new contented country life. ©2023 Giles Wood &amp;amp; Mary Killen (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Among Tigers: Fighting to Bring Back Asia&amp;#039;s Big Cats by K. Ullas Karanth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Among Tigers: Fighting to Bring Back Asia&amp;#039;s Big Cats
Author: K. Ullas Karanth
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Today ten times more tigers live in captivity than survive in the wild. For over five decades, K. Ullas Karanth has been engaged in the struggle to bring wild tigers back from the brink in India, their last remaining wild stronghold. He tells the story of the tiger itself—its incredible biology, its critical role in shaping natural ecosystems of Asia, and the unique place it holds in our collective imagination. Among Tigers is the story of how we wound up with fewer than 5,000 wild tigers, and how, with focused efforts, we can grow that population ten times or more in a few decades. In doing so, we would bring not only the world&amp;#039;s largest and most beloved feline back from the brink, but also save countless other species that share the tigers habitats from the freezing forests of Siberia to the tropics of India. Karanth shares the adventurous real-life story of his quest to save a species and, along the way, the hopeful realization that tiger conservation is a battle that can be won.  Ultimately, the book is a roadmap showing us how to not only to save the greatest of great cats, but to bring it roaring back at numbers never before seen in our lifetimes.</description>
      <author>K. Ullas Karanth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765075562.mp3" length="8398130" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765075562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Among Tigers: Fighting to Bring Back Asia&amp;#039;s Big Cats
Author: K. Ullas Karanth
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Today ten times more tigers live in captivity than survive in the wild. For over five decades, K. Ullas Karanth has been engaged in the struggle to bring wild tigers back from the brink in India, their last remaining wild stronghold. He tells the story of the tiger itself—its incredible biology, its critical role in shaping natural ecosystems of Asia, and the unique place it holds in our collective imagination. Among Tigers is the story of how we wound up with fewer than 5,000 wild tigers, and how, with focused efforts, we can grow that population ten times or more in a few decades. In doing so, we would bring not only the world&amp;#039;s largest and most beloved feline back from the brink, but also save countless other species that share the tigers habitats from the freezing forests of Siberia to the tropics of India. Karanth shares the adventurous real-life story of his quest to save a species and, along the way, the hopeful realization that tiger conservation is a battle that can be won.  Ultimately, the book is a roadmap showing us how to not only to save the greatest of great cats, but to bring it roaring back at numbers never before seen in our lifetimes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Among Tigers: Fighting to Bring Back Asia&amp;#039;s Big Cats
Author: K. Ullas Karanth
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Today ten times more tigers live in captivity than survive in the wild. For over five decades, K. Ullas Karanth has been engaged in the struggle to bring wild tigers back from the brink in India, their last remaining wild stronghold. He tells the story of the tiger itself—its incredible biology, its critical role in shaping natural ecosystems of Asia, and the unique place it holds in our collective imagination. Among Tigers is the story of how we wound up with fewer than 5,000 wild tigers, and how, with focused efforts, we can grow that population ten times or more in a few decades. In doing so, we would bring not only the world&amp;#039;s largest and most beloved feline back from the brink, but also save countless other species that share the tigers habitats from the freezing forests of Siberia to the tropics of India. Karanth shares the adventurous real-life story of his quest to save a species and, along the way, the hopeful realization that tiger conservation is a battle that can be won.  Ultimately, the book is a roadmap showing us how to not only to save the greatest of great cats, but to bring it roaring back at numbers never before seen in our lifetimes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Frases de fútbol by Miguel Gutiérrez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Frases de fútbol
Author: Miguel Gutiérrez
Narrator: Miguel Coll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Edición ampliada y actualizada de uno de los libros deportivos mejor valorados de la última década en España. Reflexiones filosóficas, exabruptos, bravuconadas, chispazos de genialidad o meteduras de pata. Las grandes frases con las que se ha escrito la historia del fútbol. Prólogo de Vicente Del Bosque. Todos sabemos que, según Bill Shankly, «el fútbol no es cuestión de vida o muerte, sino algo mucho más importante». Sin embargo, ¿sabemos también por qué se puso tan trascendental el mítico entrenador del Liverpool? ¿Y en qué pensaba Valdano cuando habló por primera vez del «miedo escénico»? ¿De verdad creía Helenio Herrera que se juega mejor con diez que con once? ¿Qué quiso decir Maradona con eso de que «la pelota no mancha»?* Este libro no es una mera recopilación de citas futbolísticas, sino un puñado de historias con la palabra como eje. De Javier Clemente a Johan Cruyff; de Brian Clough a José Mourinho, pasando por Jesús Gil o Juanma Lillo. Reflexiones filosóficas, exabruptos, bravuconadas, chispazos de genialidad o meteduras de pata. Las grandes frases con las que se ha escrito la historia del fútbol. Diez años después de la publicación de Frases de fútbol, Miguel Gutiérrez presenta esta edición actualizada y ampliada, con dos nuevos capítulos y el apéndice &amp;#039;Grandes barbaridades de la prensa deportiva&amp;#039;. - Miguel Gutiérrez (Madrid, 1977) es periodista, siempre con el «presunto» delante. Ha trabajado en prensa sectorial y económica —él tampoco se lo explica— antes de ocuparse del deporte en ADN y, sobre todo, Sportyou, diario del que fue redactor jefe. En 2004 creó La Libreta de Van Gaal (@lalibreta), marca personal con la que ha colaborado en Onda Cero, Yahoo Deportes, El Confidencial y Radio Marca. Tras Frases de fútbol (2011), que ahora se reedita en versión ampliada y actualizada, publicó Parecía un buen fichaje (2013) y Saber y empatar (2020), todos ellos en Córner.</description>
      <author>Miguel Gutiérrez</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728348161.mp3" length="1461959" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728348161.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Frases de fútbol
Author: Miguel Gutiérrez
Narrator: Miguel Coll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Edición ampliada y actualizada de uno de los libros deportivos mejor valorados de la última década en España. Reflexiones filosóficas, exabruptos, bravuconadas, chispazos de genialidad o meteduras de pata. Las grandes frases con las que se ha escrito la historia del fútbol. Prólogo de Vicente Del Bosque. Todos sabemos que, según Bill Shankly, «el fútbol no es cuestión de vida o muerte, sino algo mucho más importante». Sin embargo, ¿sabemos también por qué se puso tan trascendental el mítico entrenador del Liverpool? ¿Y en qué pensaba Valdano cuando habló por primera vez del «miedo escénico»? ¿De verdad creía Helenio Herrera que se juega mejor con diez que con once? ¿Qué quiso decir Maradona con eso de que «la pelota no mancha»?* Este libro no es una mera recopilación de citas futbolísticas, sino un puñado de historias con la palabra como eje. De Javier Clemente a Johan Cruyff; de Brian Clough a José Mourinho, pasando por Jesús Gil o Juanma Lillo. Reflexiones filosóficas, exabruptos, bravuconadas, chispazos de genialidad o meteduras de pata. Las grandes frases con las que se ha escrito la historia del fútbol. Diez años después de la publicación de Frases de fútbol, Miguel Gutiérrez presenta esta edición actualizada y ampliada, con dos nuevos capítulos y el apéndice &amp;#039;Grandes barbaridades de la prensa deportiva&amp;#039;. - Miguel Gutiérrez (Madrid, 1977) es periodista, siempre con el «presunto» delante. Ha trabajado en prensa sectorial y económica —él tampoco se lo explica— antes de ocuparse del deporte en ADN y, sobre todo, Sportyou, diario del que fue redactor jefe. En 2004 creó La Libreta de Van Gaal (@lalibreta), marca personal con la que ha colaborado en Onda Cero, Yahoo Deportes, El Confidencial y Radio Marca. Tras Frases de fútbol (2011), que ahora se reedita en versión ampliada y actualizada, publicó Parecía un buen fichaje (2013) y Saber y empatar (2020), todos ellos en Córner.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Frases de fútbol
Author: Miguel Gutiérrez
Narrator: Miguel Coll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Edición ampliada y actualizada de uno de los libros deportivos mejor valorados de la última década en España. Reflexiones filosóficas, exabruptos, bravuconadas, chispazos de genialidad o meteduras de pata. Las grandes frases con las que se ha escrito la historia del fútbol. Prólogo de Vicente Del Bosque. Todos sabemos que, según Bill Shankly, «el fútbol no es cuestión de vida o muerte, sino algo mucho más importante». Sin embargo, ¿sabemos también por qué se puso tan trascendental el mítico entrenador del Liverpool? ¿Y en qué pensaba Valdano cuando habló por primera vez del «miedo escénico»? ¿De verdad creía Helenio Herrera que se juega mejor con diez que con once? ¿Qué quiso decir Maradona con eso de que «la pelota no mancha»?* Este libro no es una mera recopilación de citas futbolísticas, sino un puñado de historias con la palabra como eje. De Javier Clemente a Johan Cruyff; de Brian Clough a José Mourinho, pasando por Jesús Gil o Juanma Lillo. Reflexiones filosóficas, exabruptos, bravuconadas, chispazos de genialidad o meteduras de pata. Las grandes frases con las que se ha escrito la historia del fútbol. Diez años después de la publicación de Frases de fútbol, Miguel Gutiérrez presenta esta edición actualizada y ampliada, con dos nuevos capítulos y el apéndice &amp;#039;Grandes barbaridades de la prensa deportiva&amp;#039;. - Miguel Gutiérrez (Madrid, 1977) es periodista, siempre con el «presunto» delante. Ha trabajado en prensa sectorial y económica —él tampoco se lo explica— antes de ocuparse del deporte en ADN y, sobre todo, Sportyou, diario del que fue redactor jefe. En 2004 creó La Libreta de Van Gaal (@lalibreta), marca personal con la que ha colaborado en Onda Cero, Yahoo Deportes, El Confidencial y Radio Marca. Tras Frases de fútbol (2011), que ahora se reedita en versión ampliada y actualizada, publicó Parecía un buen fichaje (2013) y Saber y empatar (2020), todos ellos en Córner.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El inconcebible universo by Jose Gordon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El inconcebible universo
Author: Jose Gordon
Narrator: Jose Gordon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Un viejo sueño cruza los cerebros de Albert Einstein, Edward Witten y Stephen Hawking; también los de Walt Whitman, Jorge Luis Borges y Octavio Paz. Es el sueño de que, más allá de las apariencias, todas las expresiones y fuerzas de la naturaleza podrían estar unificadas. En este fascinante ensayo, el escritor José Gordon nos interna en el ejercicio de imaginación que realizan ciencia y literatura, con sus respectivos instrumentos, para tratar de sondear un Universo que desafía todas nuestras nociones. Con información de primera mano de científicos de vanguardia como el premio Nobel de Física George Smoot o como Roger Penrose y Leonard Susskind, nos encontraremos con los mapas más audaces de nuestro tiempo que intentan abrir nuevas ventanas de la naturaleza. Estas indagaciones, algunas de ellas no exentas de polémicas, tienen el misterio y atractivo de un buen relato literario entremezclado magistralmente con las exploraciones de narradores como Isaac Bashevis Singer, Amos Oz o Fernando del Paso, que también rondan el sueño de un nivel de la existencia que rebasa las fronteras del espacio y del tiempo: ¡el Aleph de Borges a la vista! El inconcebible universo, maravillosamente ilustrado por Patricio Betteo, nos invita a asomarnos, por el ojo de la cerradura, a un memorable viaje poético y científico de múltiples cuerdas y dimensiones que se quedarán vibrando en la imaginación del lector.</description>
      <author>Jose Gordon</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Sep 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180128827.mp3" length="1146150" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180128827.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El inconcebible universo
Author: Jose Gordon
Narrator: Jose Gordon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Un viejo sueño cruza los cerebros de Albert Einstein, Edward Witten y Stephen Hawking; también los de Walt Whitman, Jorge Luis Borges y Octavio Paz. Es el sueño de que, más allá de las apariencias, todas las expresiones y fuerzas de la naturaleza podrían estar unificadas. En este fascinante ensayo, el escritor José Gordon nos interna en el ejercicio de imaginación que realizan ciencia y literatura, con sus respectivos instrumentos, para tratar de sondear un Universo que desafía todas nuestras nociones. Con información de primera mano de científicos de vanguardia como el premio Nobel de Física George Smoot o como Roger Penrose y Leonard Susskind, nos encontraremos con los mapas más audaces de nuestro tiempo que intentan abrir nuevas ventanas de la naturaleza. Estas indagaciones, algunas de ellas no exentas de polémicas, tienen el misterio y atractivo de un buen relato literario entremezclado magistralmente con las exploraciones de narradores como Isaac Bashevis Singer, Amos Oz o Fernando del Paso, que también rondan el sueño de un nivel de la existencia que rebasa las fronteras del espacio y del tiempo: ¡el Aleph de Borges a la vista! El inconcebible universo, maravillosamente ilustrado por Patricio Betteo, nos invita a asomarnos, por el ojo de la cerradura, a un memorable viaje poético y científico de múltiples cuerdas y dimensiones que se quedarán vibrando en la imaginación del lector.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El inconcebible universo
Author: Jose Gordon
Narrator: Jose Gordon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Un viejo sueño cruza los cerebros de Albert Einstein, Edward Witten y Stephen Hawking; también los de Walt Whitman, Jorge Luis Borges y Octavio Paz. Es el sueño de que, más allá de las apariencias, todas las expresiones y fuerzas de la naturaleza podrían estar unificadas. En este fascinante ensayo, el escritor José Gordon nos interna en el ejercicio de imaginación que realizan ciencia y literatura, con sus respectivos instrumentos, para tratar de sondear un Universo que desafía todas nuestras nociones. Con información de primera mano de científicos de vanguardia como el premio Nobel de Física George Smoot o como Roger Penrose y Leonard Susskind, nos encontraremos con los mapas más audaces de nuestro tiempo que intentan abrir nuevas ventanas de la naturaleza. Estas indagaciones, algunas de ellas no exentas de polémicas, tienen el misterio y atractivo de un buen relato literario entremezclado magistralmente con las exploraciones de narradores como Isaac Bashevis Singer, Amos Oz o Fernando del Paso, que también rondan el sueño de un nivel de la existencia que rebasa las fronteras del espacio y del tiempo: ¡el Aleph de Borges a la vista! El inconcebible universo, maravillosamente ilustrado por Patricio Betteo, nos invita a asomarnos, por el ojo de la cerradura, a un memorable viaje poético y científico de múltiples cuerdas y dimensiones que se quedarán vibrando en la imaginación del lector.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Blues para un planeta azul: El último desafío de la civilización para evitar el abismo del cambio climático by Juan Fueyo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Blues para un planeta azul: El último desafío de la civilización para evitar el abismo del cambio climático
Author: Juan Fueyo
Narrator: Eduardo Díez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cómo impacta el cambio climático en la salud y en el cáncer? Por el autor de Viral.  Escrito con una claridad extraordinaria, Blues para un planeta azul plantea, de modo conmovedor y elocuente, uno de los problemas más apremiantes de la actualidad.  En este nuevo libro, Juan Fueyo proporciona, con el tono divulgativo y humanista que lo caracteriza, una visión orientadora de la ciencia, la medicina, la virología y la ecología en relación con el cambio climático.  Blues para un planeta azul explora -entre datos científicos, entrevistas y anécdotas-, la historia de la ciencia del clima, las extinciones anteriores, la estrecha relación entre el cambio climático y las pandemias, hasta presagiar las consecuencias del cambio climático como una verdadera epidemia de cáncer, que se convertirá en una enfermedad más frecuente y letal.  «Precisamos una sociedad formada, que entienda lo que está en juego. Las consecuencias para nuestra salud son reales. Adoptar medidas rápidas y ambiciosas para revertir la crisis climática traerá muchos beneficios, también para la salud. Tal vez este sea el argumento definitivo para acelerar la acción en los asuntos del cambio climático.  Es importante que nos «llevemos bien» con el planeta; en esta lucha absurda los perdedores seremos siempre nosotros.»  María Neira, directora de Salud Pública y Medio Ambiente de la OMS</description>
      <author>Juan Fueyo</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788466674157.mp3" length="1428272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788466674157.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Blues para un planeta azul: El último desafío de la civilización para evitar el abismo del cambio climático
Author: Juan Fueyo
Narrator: Eduardo Díez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cómo impacta el cambio climático en la salud y en el cáncer? Por el autor de Viral.  Escrito con una claridad extraordinaria, Blues para un planeta azul plantea, de modo conmovedor y elocuente, uno de los problemas más apremiantes de la actualidad.  En este nuevo libro, Juan Fueyo proporciona, con el tono divulgativo y humanista que lo caracteriza, una visión orientadora de la ciencia, la medicina, la virología y la ecología en relación con el cambio climático.  Blues para un planeta azul explora -entre datos científicos, entrevistas y anécdotas-, la historia de la ciencia del clima, las extinciones anteriores, la estrecha relación entre el cambio climático y las pandemias, hasta presagiar las consecuencias del cambio climático como una verdadera epidemia de cáncer, que se convertirá en una enfermedad más frecuente y letal.  «Precisamos una sociedad formada, que entienda lo que está en juego. Las consecuencias para nuestra salud son reales. Adoptar medidas rápidas y ambiciosas para revertir la crisis climática traerá muchos beneficios, también para la salud. Tal vez este sea el argumento definitivo para acelerar la acción en los asuntos del cambio climático.  Es importante que nos «llevemos bien» con el planeta; en esta lucha absurda los perdedores seremos siempre nosotros.»  María Neira, directora de Salud Pública y Medio Ambiente de la OMS</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Blues para un planeta azul: El último desafío de la civilización para evitar el abismo del cambio climático
Author: Juan Fueyo
Narrator: Eduardo Díez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cómo impacta el cambio climático en la salud y en el cáncer? Por el autor de Viral.  Escrito con una claridad extraordinaria, Blues para un planeta azul plantea, de modo conmovedor y elocuente, uno de los problemas más apremiantes de la actualidad.  En este nuevo libro, Juan Fueyo proporciona, con el tono divulgativo y humanista que lo caracteriza, una visión orientadora de la ciencia, la medicina, la virología y la ecología en relación con el cambio climático.  Blues para un planeta azul explora -entre datos científicos, entrevistas y anécdotas-, la historia de la ciencia del clima, las extinciones anteriores, la estrecha relación entre el cambio climático y las pandemias, hasta presagiar las consecuencias del cambio climático como una verdadera epidemia de cáncer, que se convertirá en una enfermedad más frecuente y letal.  «Precisamos una sociedad formada, que entienda lo que está en juego. Las consecuencias para nuestra salud son reales. Adoptar medidas rápidas y ambiciosas para revertir la crisis climática traerá muchos beneficios, también para la salud. Tal vez este sea el argumento definitivo para acelerar la acción en los asuntos del cambio climático.  Es importante que nos «llevemos bien» con el planeta; en esta lucha absurda los perdedores seremos siempre nosotros.»  María Neira, directora de Salud Pública y Medio Ambiente de la OMS</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Holistic Homesteading: A Guide to a Sustainable and Regenerative Lifestyle by Roxanne Ahern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holistic Homesteading: A Guide to a Sustainable and Regenerative Lifestyle
Author: Roxanne Ahern
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Make healthier life choices to heal yourself and the environment through self-sufficiency. Holistic Homesteading by Roxanne Ahern provides the tools for living slowly, intentionally, and better through permaculture, edible gardening, and organic farming. Live the Homestead Life. Ahern&amp;#039;s book guides new and seasoned homesteaders in improving personal and environmental health. Holistic Homesteading is geared toward people who are interested in pursuing intentional lifestyles and organic farming methods. It is both for those who have access to land and those who are interested in retrofitting urban and suburban lifestyles and landscapes to shift towards sustainability. Utilize Sustainable Organic Farming Techniques. Learn about permaculture design, holistic nutrition, and sustainable farming in rural and urban settings. Holistic Homesteading covers how to use organic soil and zero chemicals to grow the best vegetables and fruits, responsible and humane animal husbandry that improves the ground and carbon sequestration, as well as the best canning and preserving techniques. Ahern also provides tips on safely foraging for flowers and mushrooms.</description>
      <author>Roxanne Ahern</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765093740.mp3" length="7187605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765093740.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holistic Homesteading: A Guide to a Sustainable and Regenerative Lifestyle
Author: Roxanne Ahern
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Make healthier life choices to heal yourself and the environment through self-sufficiency. Holistic Homesteading by Roxanne Ahern provides the tools for living slowly, intentionally, and better through permaculture, edible gardening, and organic farming. Live the Homestead Life. Ahern&amp;#039;s book guides new and seasoned homesteaders in improving personal and environmental health. Holistic Homesteading is geared toward people who are interested in pursuing intentional lifestyles and organic farming methods. It is both for those who have access to land and those who are interested in retrofitting urban and suburban lifestyles and landscapes to shift towards sustainability. Utilize Sustainable Organic Farming Techniques. Learn about permaculture design, holistic nutrition, and sustainable farming in rural and urban settings. Holistic Homesteading covers how to use organic soil and zero chemicals to grow the best vegetables and fruits, responsible and humane animal husbandry that improves the ground and carbon sequestration, as well as the best canning and preserving techniques. Ahern also provides tips on safely foraging for flowers and mushrooms.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holistic Homesteading: A Guide to a Sustainable and Regenerative Lifestyle
Author: Roxanne Ahern
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Make healthier life choices to heal yourself and the environment through self-sufficiency. Holistic Homesteading by Roxanne Ahern provides the tools for living slowly, intentionally, and better through permaculture, edible gardening, and organic farming. Live the Homestead Life. Ahern&amp;#039;s book guides new and seasoned homesteaders in improving personal and environmental health. Holistic Homesteading is geared toward people who are interested in pursuing intentional lifestyles and organic farming methods. It is both for those who have access to land and those who are interested in retrofitting urban and suburban lifestyles and landscapes to shift towards sustainability. Utilize Sustainable Organic Farming Techniques. Learn about permaculture design, holistic nutrition, and sustainable farming in rural and urban settings. Holistic Homesteading covers how to use organic soil and zero chemicals to grow the best vegetables and fruits, responsible and humane animal husbandry that improves the ground and carbon sequestration, as well as the best canning and preserving techniques. Ahern also provides tips on safely foraging for flowers and mushrooms.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lakes: Their Birth, Life, and Death by John Richard Saylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lakes: Their Birth, Life, and Death
Author: John Richard Saylor
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lakes might be the most misunderstood bodies of water on earth. And while they may seem commonplace, without lakes our world would never be the same. In this revealing look at these lifegiving treasures, John Richard Saylor shows us just how deep our connection to still waters run.     Lakes is an illuminating tour through the most fascinating lakes around the world. Whether it&amp;#039;s Lake Vostok, located more than two miles beneath the surface of Antarctica, whose water was last exposed to the atmosphere perhaps a million years ago; Lake Baikal in southern Siberia, the world&amp;#039;s deepest and oldest lake formed by a rift in the earth&amp;#039;s crust; or Lake Nyos, the so-called Killer Lake that exploded in 1986, resulting in hundreds of deaths, Saylor reveals to us the wonder that exists in lakes found throughout the world. Along the way we learn all the many forms that lakes take—how they come to be and how they feed and support ecosystems—and what happens when lakes vanish.</description>
      <author>John Richard Saylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765071366.mp3" length="8154362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765071366.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lakes: Their Birth, Life, and Death
Author: John Richard Saylor
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lakes might be the most misunderstood bodies of water on earth. And while they may seem commonplace, without lakes our world would never be the same. In this revealing look at these lifegiving treasures, John Richard Saylor shows us just how deep our connection to still waters run.     Lakes is an illuminating tour through the most fascinating lakes around the world. Whether it&amp;#039;s Lake Vostok, located more than two miles beneath the surface of Antarctica, whose water was last exposed to the atmosphere perhaps a million years ago; Lake Baikal in southern Siberia, the world&amp;#039;s deepest and oldest lake formed by a rift in the earth&amp;#039;s crust; or Lake Nyos, the so-called Killer Lake that exploded in 1986, resulting in hundreds of deaths, Saylor reveals to us the wonder that exists in lakes found throughout the world. Along the way we learn all the many forms that lakes take—how they come to be and how they feed and support ecosystems—and what happens when lakes vanish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636169</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lakes: Their Birth, Life, and Death
Author: John Richard Saylor
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lakes might be the most misunderstood bodies of water on earth. And while they may seem commonplace, without lakes our world would never be the same. In this revealing look at these lifegiving treasures, John Richard Saylor shows us just how deep our connection to still waters run.     Lakes is an illuminating tour through the most fascinating lakes around the world. Whether it&amp;#039;s Lake Vostok, located more than two miles beneath the surface of Antarctica, whose water was last exposed to the atmosphere perhaps a million years ago; Lake Baikal in southern Siberia, the world&amp;#039;s deepest and oldest lake formed by a rift in the earth&amp;#039;s crust; or Lake Nyos, the so-called Killer Lake that exploded in 1986, resulting in hundreds of deaths, Saylor reveals to us the wonder that exists in lakes found throughout the world. Along the way we learn all the many forms that lakes take—how they come to be and how they feed and support ecosystems—and what happens when lakes vanish.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Primacy of Doubt: From Quantum Physics to Climate Change, How the Science of Uncertainty Can Help Us Understand Our Chaotic World by Tim Palmer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Primacy of Doubt: From Quantum Physics to Climate Change, How the Science of Uncertainty Can Help Us Understand Our Chaotic World
Author: Tim Palmer
Narrator: Tim Palmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does your weather app say “there’s a 10 percent chance of rain” instead of “it will be sunny”? In large part, this is due to the insight of award-winning physicist Tim Palmer, who pioneered the introduction of uncertainty into weather and climate prediction. Now, he wants to apply it to how we study everything else.In The Primacy of Doubt, Palmer gives us a revolutionary vision of mathematical uncertainty that provides new insights into a range of practical problems and some of the deepest questions in science and philosophy. He draws connections that are in equal parts unexpected and fascinating: how ensemble forecasts can predict unpredictability, how the brain uses noise for creative thinking, how the geometry of chaos forces us to rewrite the laws of quantum mechanics, and in so doing reconciles determinism, free will, and moral responsibility. A tour de force from a brilliant mind, The Primacy of Doubt shows that the fundamental law of the universe might just be to expect the unexpected.</description>
      <author>Tim Palmer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705090466.mp3" length="1313547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705090466.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Primacy of Doubt: From Quantum Physics to Climate Change, How the Science of Uncertainty Can Help Us Understand Our Chaotic World
Author: Tim Palmer
Narrator: Tim Palmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does your weather app say “there’s a 10 percent chance of rain” instead of “it will be sunny”? In large part, this is due to the insight of award-winning physicist Tim Palmer, who pioneered the introduction of uncertainty into weather and climate prediction. Now, he wants to apply it to how we study everything else.In The Primacy of Doubt, Palmer gives us a revolutionary vision of mathematical uncertainty that provides new insights into a range of practical problems and some of the deepest questions in science and philosophy. He draws connections that are in equal parts unexpected and fascinating: how ensemble forecasts can predict unpredictability, how the brain uses noise for creative thinking, how the geometry of chaos forces us to rewrite the laws of quantum mechanics, and in so doing reconciles determinism, free will, and moral responsibility. A tour de force from a brilliant mind, The Primacy of Doubt shows that the fundamental law of the universe might just be to expect the unexpected.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Primacy of Doubt: From Quantum Physics to Climate Change, How the Science of Uncertainty Can Help Us Understand Our Chaotic World
Author: Tim Palmer
Narrator: Tim Palmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does your weather app say “there’s a 10 percent chance of rain” instead of “it will be sunny”? In large part, this is due to the insight of award-winning physicist Tim Palmer, who pioneered the introduction of uncertainty into weather and climate prediction. Now, he wants to apply it to how we study everything else.In The Primacy of Doubt, Palmer gives us a revolutionary vision of mathematical uncertainty that provides new insights into a range of practical problems and some of the deepest questions in science and philosophy. He draws connections that are in equal parts unexpected and fascinating: how ensemble forecasts can predict unpredictability, how the brain uses noise for creative thinking, how the geometry of chaos forces us to rewrite the laws of quantum mechanics, and in so doing reconciles determinism, free will, and moral responsibility. A tour de force from a brilliant mind, The Primacy of Doubt shows that the fundamental law of the universe might just be to expect the unexpected.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Original Audiobook Adaptation of Nourishment: What Animals Can Teach Us About Rediscovering Our Nutritional Wisdom by Fred Provenza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Original Audiobook Adaptation of Nourishment: What Animals Can Teach Us About Rediscovering Our Nutritional Wisdom
Author: Fred Provenza
Narrator: Fred Provenza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;In Nourishment a wise observer of the land and the animals becomes transformed to learn the meaning of life.&amp;#039;—Temple Grandin **Reflections on feeding body and spirit in a world of change, adapted from the book Nourishment, read by author Fred Provenza**  Animal scientists have long considered domestic livestock to be too dumb to know how to eat right, but the lifetime research of animal behaviorist Fred Provenza and his colleagues has debunked this myth. Their work shows that when given a choice of natural foods, livestock have an astoundingly refined palate, nibbling through the day on as many as fifty kinds of grasses, forbs, and shrubs to meet their nutritional needs with remarkable precision. In his book Nourishment, Provenza presents his thesis of the wisdom body, a wisdom that links flavor-feedback relationships at a cellular level with biochemically rich foods to meet the body’s nutritional and medicinal needs. Provenza explores the fascinating complexity of these relationships as he raises and answers thought-provoking questions about what we can learn from animals about nutritional wisdom. On a broader scale, Provenza explores the relationships among facets of complex, poorly understood, ever-changing ecological, social, and economic systems in light of an unpredictable future. This original audiobook program has been adapted from this groundbreaking research and book. Praise for Fred Provenza’s Nourishment: “Nourishment is a conversation between science, culture, and a greater spiritual or cosmological umbrella.”—Montana Public Radio “Nourishment will change the way you eat and the way you think.”—Mark Schatzker, author of The Dorito Effect “An absolutely fascinating topic, engagingly written. Fred Provenza will wholly up-end everything you think you know about what you are supposed to eat and why. Nourishment should be the first book read by every student of nutrition.”—Nicolette Hahn Niman, author of Defending Beef “Once again, Fred Provenza shows he is one of the freshest and most insightful thinkers about the role of herbivores (and omnivorous humans!) in our food and land management systems. His clear evolutionary thinking is matched by his keen powers of observation of ecological interactions. This book is a landmark contribution.”—Gary Paul Nabhan, author of Mesquite and Food from the Radical Center</description>
      <author>Fred Provenza</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645021759.mp3" length="880578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645021759.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Original Audiobook Adaptation of Nourishment: What Animals Can Teach Us About Rediscovering Our Nutritional Wisdom
Author: Fred Provenza
Narrator: Fred Provenza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;In Nourishment a wise observer of the land and the animals becomes transformed to learn the meaning of life.&amp;#039;—Temple Grandin **Reflections on feeding body and spirit in a world of change, adapted from the book Nourishment, read by author Fred Provenza**  Animal scientists have long considered domestic livestock to be too dumb to know how to eat right, but the lifetime research of animal behaviorist Fred Provenza and his colleagues has debunked this myth. Their work shows that when given a choice of natural foods, livestock have an astoundingly refined palate, nibbling through the day on as many as fifty kinds of grasses, forbs, and shrubs to meet their nutritional needs with remarkable precision. In his book Nourishment, Provenza presents his thesis of the wisdom body, a wisdom that links flavor-feedback relationships at a cellular level with biochemically rich foods to meet the body’s nutritional and medicinal needs. Provenza explores the fascinating complexity of these relationships as he raises and answers thought-provoking questions about what we can learn from animals about nutritional wisdom. On a broader scale, Provenza explores the relationships among facets of complex, poorly understood, ever-changing ecological, social, and economic systems in light of an unpredictable future. This original audiobook program has been adapted from this groundbreaking research and book. Praise for Fred Provenza’s Nourishment: “Nourishment is a conversation between science, culture, and a greater spiritual or cosmological umbrella.”—Montana Public Radio “Nourishment will change the way you eat and the way you think.”—Mark Schatzker, author of The Dorito Effect “An absolutely fascinating topic, engagingly written. Fred Provenza will wholly up-end everything you think you know about what you are supposed to eat and why. Nourishment should be the first book read by every student of nutrition.”—Nicolette Hahn Niman, author of Defending Beef “Once again, Fred Provenza shows he is one of the freshest and most insightful thinkers about the role of herbivores (and omnivorous humans!) in our food and land management systems. His clear evolutionary thinking is matched by his keen powers of observation of ecological interactions. This book is a landmark contribution.”—Gary Paul Nabhan, author of Mesquite and Food from the Radical Center</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Original Audiobook Adaptation of Nourishment: What Animals Can Teach Us About Rediscovering Our Nutritional Wisdom
Author: Fred Provenza
Narrator: Fred Provenza
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;In Nourishment a wise observer of the land and the animals becomes transformed to learn the meaning of life.&amp;#039;—Temple Grandin **Reflections on feeding body and spirit in a world of change, adapted from the book Nourishment, read by author Fred Provenza**  Animal scientists have long considered domestic livestock to be too dumb to know how to eat right, but the lifetime research of animal behaviorist Fred Provenza and his colleagues has debunked this myth. Their work shows that when given a choice of natural foods, livestock have an astoundingly refined palate, nibbling through the day on as many as fifty kinds of grasses, forbs, and shrubs to meet their nutritional needs with remarkable precision. In his book Nourishment, Provenza presents his thesis of the wisdom body, a wisdom that links flavor-feedback relationships at a cellular level with biochemically rich foods to meet the body’s nutritional and medicinal needs. Provenza explores the fascinating complexity of these relationships as he raises and answers thought-provoking questions about what we can learn from animals about nutritional wisdom. On a broader scale, Provenza explores the relationships among facets of complex, poorly understood, ever-changing ecological, social, and economic systems in light of an unpredictable future. This original audiobook program has been adapted from this groundbreaking research and book. Praise for Fred Provenza’s Nourishment: “Nourishment is a conversation between science, culture, and a greater spiritual or cosmological umbrella.”—Montana Public Radio “Nourishment will change the way you eat and the way you think.”—Mark Schatzker, author of The Dorito Effect “An absolutely fascinating topic, engagingly written. Fred Provenza will wholly up-end everything you think you know about what you are supposed to eat and why. Nourishment should be the first book read by every student of nutrition.”—Nicolette Hahn Niman, author of Defending Beef “Once again, Fred Provenza shows he is one of the freshest and most insightful thinkers about the role of herbivores (and omnivorous humans!) in our food and land management systems. His clear evolutionary thinking is matched by his keen powers of observation of ecological interactions. This book is a landmark contribution.”—Gary Paul Nabhan, author of Mesquite and Food from the Radical Center</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Tiempo para la vida by Jorge Riechmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Tiempo para la vida
Author: Jorge Riechmann
Narrator: Sergio Alberto Bustos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Tiempo para la vida habla de la ecología, la ética, el lugar de los animales en las sociedades industrializadas y la tecnociencia. Explora las causas y el sentido de la crisis ecológica que agobia al mundo desde una renovadora perspectiva de la filosofía moral.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Jorge Riechmann</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Jan 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179736316.mp3" length="1343166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179736316.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Tiempo para la vida
Author: Jorge Riechmann
Narrator: Sergio Alberto Bustos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Tiempo para la vida habla de la ecología, la ética, el lugar de los animales en las sociedades industrializadas y la tecnociencia. Explora las causas y el sentido de la crisis ecológica que agobia al mundo desde una renovadora perspectiva de la filosofía moral.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Tiempo para la vida
Author: Jorge Riechmann
Narrator: Sergio Alberto Bustos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Tiempo para la vida habla de la ecología, la ética, el lugar de los animales en las sociedades industrializadas y la tecnociencia. Explora las causas y el sentido de la crisis ecológica que agobia al mundo desde una renovadora perspectiva de la filosofía moral.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas by Karen Pinchin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas
Author: Karen Pinchin
Narrator: Karen Pinchin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE INSTANT INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • Winner of the Evelyn Richardson Non-Fiction Award • Winner of the Margaret and John Savage First Book Award for Non-Fiction • Shortlisted for the Kobo Emerging Writer Prize • Winner of the 2023 Science Writers and Communicators of Canada Paradigm Prize • Finalist for the 2024 Edna Staebler Award for Creative Non-Fiction • Silver medalist in Culinary Narratives for the Taste Canada Awards This is a tale of human obsession, one intrepid tuna, the dedicated fisherman who caught and set her free, the promises and limits of ocean science, and the big truth of how our insatiable appetite for bluefin transformed a cottage industry into a global dilemma. In 2004, an enigmatic charter captain named Al Anderson caught and tagged one Atlantic bluefin tuna off New England&amp;#039;s coast. Fourteen years later that same fish—dubbed Amelia for her ocean-spanning journeys—was caught again, this time in a Mediterranean fish trap.  Over his fishing career, Al marked more than sixty thousand fish with plastic tags, an obsession that made him nearly as many enemies as it did friends. His quest landed him in the crossfire of an ongoing fight between a booming bluefin tuna industry and desperate conservation efforts, a conflict that is once again heating up as overfishing and climate change threaten the fish&amp;#039;s fate. Kings of Their Own Ocean is an urgent investigation that combines science, business, crime, and environmental justice. Through Karen Pinchin&amp;#039;s exclusive interviews and access, interdisciplinary approach, and mesmerizing storytelling, readers join her on boats and docks as she visits tuna hot spots and scientists from Portugal to Japan, New Jersey to Nova Scotia, and glimpse, as Pinchin does, rays of dazzling hope for the future of our oceans.</description>
      <author>Karen Pinchin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781039008410.mp3" length="2675960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781039008410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas
Author: Karen Pinchin
Narrator: Karen Pinchin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE INSTANT INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • Winner of the Evelyn Richardson Non-Fiction Award • Winner of the Margaret and John Savage First Book Award for Non-Fiction • Shortlisted for the Kobo Emerging Writer Prize • Winner of the 2023 Science Writers and Communicators of Canada Paradigm Prize • Finalist for the 2024 Edna Staebler Award for Creative Non-Fiction • Silver medalist in Culinary Narratives for the Taste Canada Awards This is a tale of human obsession, one intrepid tuna, the dedicated fisherman who caught and set her free, the promises and limits of ocean science, and the big truth of how our insatiable appetite for bluefin transformed a cottage industry into a global dilemma. In 2004, an enigmatic charter captain named Al Anderson caught and tagged one Atlantic bluefin tuna off New England&amp;#039;s coast. Fourteen years later that same fish—dubbed Amelia for her ocean-spanning journeys—was caught again, this time in a Mediterranean fish trap.  Over his fishing career, Al marked more than sixty thousand fish with plastic tags, an obsession that made him nearly as many enemies as it did friends. His quest landed him in the crossfire of an ongoing fight between a booming bluefin tuna industry and desperate conservation efforts, a conflict that is once again heating up as overfishing and climate change threaten the fish&amp;#039;s fate. Kings of Their Own Ocean is an urgent investigation that combines science, business, crime, and environmental justice. Through Karen Pinchin&amp;#039;s exclusive interviews and access, interdisciplinary approach, and mesmerizing storytelling, readers join her on boats and docks as she visits tuna hot spots and scientists from Portugal to Japan, New Jersey to Nova Scotia, and glimpse, as Pinchin does, rays of dazzling hope for the future of our oceans.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kings of Their Own Ocean: Tuna, Obsession, and the Future of Our Seas
Author: Karen Pinchin
Narrator: Karen Pinchin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
THE INSTANT INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • Winner of the Evelyn Richardson Non-Fiction Award • Winner of the Margaret and John Savage First Book Award for Non-Fiction • Shortlisted for the Kobo Emerging Writer Prize • Winner of the 2023 Science Writers and Communicators of Canada Paradigm Prize • Finalist for the 2024 Edna Staebler Award for Creative Non-Fiction • Silver medalist in Culinary Narratives for the Taste Canada Awards This is a tale of human obsession, one intrepid tuna, the dedicated fisherman who caught and set her free, the promises and limits of ocean science, and the big truth of how our insatiable appetite for bluefin transformed a cottage industry into a global dilemma. In 2004, an enigmatic charter captain named Al Anderson caught and tagged one Atlantic bluefin tuna off New England&amp;#039;s coast. Fourteen years later that same fish—dubbed Amelia for her ocean-spanning journeys—was caught again, this time in a Mediterranean fish trap.  Over his fishing career, Al marked more than sixty thousand fish with plastic tags, an obsession that made him nearly as many enemies as it did friends. His quest landed him in the crossfire of an ongoing fight between a booming bluefin tuna industry and desperate conservation efforts, a conflict that is once again heating up as overfishing and climate change threaten the fish&amp;#039;s fate. Kings of Their Own Ocean is an urgent investigation that combines science, business, crime, and environmental justice. Through Karen Pinchin&amp;#039;s exclusive interviews and access, interdisciplinary approach, and mesmerizing storytelling, readers join her on boats and docks as she visits tuna hot spots and scientists from Portugal to Japan, New Jersey to Nova Scotia, and glimpse, as Pinchin does, rays of dazzling hope for the future of our oceans.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Not Too Late: Changing the Climate Story from Despair to Possibility by Various Authors</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not Too Late: Changing the Climate Story from Despair to Possibility
Author: Various Authors
Narrator: Jenny Rich, Patryce Williams, Deanna Anthony, Erin Deward, Ramón De Ocampo, Katherine Littrell, Steven Jay Cohen, Kyla Garcia, Vikas Adam, Soneela Nankani, Robin Miles, Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An energizing case for hope about the climate, from Rebecca Solnit, climate activist Thelma Young Lutunatabua, and a chorus of voices calling on us to rise to the moment. Not Too Late brings strong climate voices from around the world to address the political, scientific, social, and emotional dimensions of the most urgent issue human beings have ever faced. Accessible, encouraging, and engaging, it’s an invitation to everyone to understand the issue more deeply, participate more boldly, and imagine the future more creatively. In concise, illuminating essays and interviews, this book features the voices of Indigenous activists, such as Guam-based attorney and writer Julian Aguon; climate scientists, among them Jacquelyn Gill and Edward Carr; artists, such as Marshall Islands poet and activist Kathy Jeñtil-Kijiner; and longtime organizers, including The Tyranny of Oil author Antonia Juhasz and Emergent Strategy author adrienne maree brown. Shaped by the clear-eyed wisdom of editors Rebecca Solnit and Thelma Young Lutunatabua, Not Too Late is a guide to take us from climate crisis to climate hope. Contributors include Julian Aguon, Jade Begay, adrienne maree brown, Edward Carr, Renato Redantor Constantino, Joelle Gergis, Jacquelyn Gill, Mary Annaise Heglar, Mary Anne Hitt, Roshi Joan Halifax, Nikayla Jefferson, Antonia Juhasz, Kathy Jetnil Kijiner, Fenton Lutunatabua &amp;amp; Joseph `Sikulu, Yotam Marom, Denali Nalamalapu, Leah Stokes, Farhana Sultana, and Gloria Walton.</description>
      <author>Various Authors</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212386975.mp3" length="784235" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212386975.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not Too Late: Changing the Climate Story from Despair to Possibility
Author: Various Authors
Narrator: Jenny Rich, Patryce Williams, Deanna Anthony, Erin Deward, Ramón De Ocampo, Katherine Littrell, Steven Jay Cohen, Kyla Garcia, Vikas Adam, Soneela Nankani, Robin Miles, Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An energizing case for hope about the climate, from Rebecca Solnit, climate activist Thelma Young Lutunatabua, and a chorus of voices calling on us to rise to the moment. Not Too Late brings strong climate voices from around the world to address the political, scientific, social, and emotional dimensions of the most urgent issue human beings have ever faced. Accessible, encouraging, and engaging, it’s an invitation to everyone to understand the issue more deeply, participate more boldly, and imagine the future more creatively. In concise, illuminating essays and interviews, this book features the voices of Indigenous activists, such as Guam-based attorney and writer Julian Aguon; climate scientists, among them Jacquelyn Gill and Edward Carr; artists, such as Marshall Islands poet and activist Kathy Jeñtil-Kijiner; and longtime organizers, including The Tyranny of Oil author Antonia Juhasz and Emergent Strategy author adrienne maree brown. Shaped by the clear-eyed wisdom of editors Rebecca Solnit and Thelma Young Lutunatabua, Not Too Late is a guide to take us from climate crisis to climate hope. Contributors include Julian Aguon, Jade Begay, adrienne maree brown, Edward Carr, Renato Redantor Constantino, Joelle Gergis, Jacquelyn Gill, Mary Annaise Heglar, Mary Anne Hitt, Roshi Joan Halifax, Nikayla Jefferson, Antonia Juhasz, Kathy Jetnil Kijiner, Fenton Lutunatabua &amp;amp; Joseph `Sikulu, Yotam Marom, Denali Nalamalapu, Leah Stokes, Farhana Sultana, and Gloria Walton.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not Too Late: Changing the Climate Story from Despair to Possibility
Author: Various Authors
Narrator: Jenny Rich, Patryce Williams, Deanna Anthony, Erin Deward, Ramón De Ocampo, Katherine Littrell, Steven Jay Cohen, Kyla Garcia, Vikas Adam, Soneela Nankani, Robin Miles, Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An energizing case for hope about the climate, from Rebecca Solnit, climate activist Thelma Young Lutunatabua, and a chorus of voices calling on us to rise to the moment. Not Too Late brings strong climate voices from around the world to address the political, scientific, social, and emotional dimensions of the most urgent issue human beings have ever faced. Accessible, encouraging, and engaging, it’s an invitation to everyone to understand the issue more deeply, participate more boldly, and imagine the future more creatively. In concise, illuminating essays and interviews, this book features the voices of Indigenous activists, such as Guam-based attorney and writer Julian Aguon; climate scientists, among them Jacquelyn Gill and Edward Carr; artists, such as Marshall Islands poet and activist Kathy Jeñtil-Kijiner; and longtime organizers, including The Tyranny of Oil author Antonia Juhasz and Emergent Strategy author adrienne maree brown. Shaped by the clear-eyed wisdom of editors Rebecca Solnit and Thelma Young Lutunatabua, Not Too Late is a guide to take us from climate crisis to climate hope. Contributors include Julian Aguon, Jade Begay, adrienne maree brown, Edward Carr, Renato Redantor Constantino, Joelle Gergis, Jacquelyn Gill, Mary Annaise Heglar, Mary Anne Hitt, Roshi Joan Halifax, Nikayla Jefferson, Antonia Juhasz, Kathy Jetnil Kijiner, Fenton Lutunatabua &amp;amp; Joseph `Sikulu, Yotam Marom, Denali Nalamalapu, Leah Stokes, Farhana Sultana, and Gloria Walton.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>First Wilderness: My Quest in the Territory of Alaska (Revised Edition) by Sam Keith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Wilderness: My Quest in the Territory of Alaska (Revised Edition)
Author: Sam Keith
Narrator: Michael Kirby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After serving as a US Marine during World War II and attending college on the GI Bill, Sam Keith decided to seek adventure in Alaska as a laborer on the Adak Navy base. There he befriended Dick Proenneke, whose shared love of the outdoors, hard work, and self-reliance quickly bonded an alliance between the two. Together they explored the wilds of South Central Alaska, while working on the Navy base, hunting and fishing with friends and breathing in the great outdoors. Keith was ready to leave after three years of finding almost everything he sought—not realizing then how his fate was intrinsically tied to his friend&amp;#039;s and how it would lead to writing the bestselling book One Man&amp;#039;s Wilderness. Sam Keith passed away in 2003. But in 2013, his son-in-law and children&amp;#039;s book author/illustrator Brian Lies discovered in an archive box in their garage a book manuscript, originally written in 1974 after the publication of One Man&amp;#039;s Wilderness. First Wilderness is the story of Keith&amp;#039;s own experiences, at times harrowing, funny, and fascinating. Along with the original manuscript are excerpts from his journals, letters, and notebooks, woven in to create a compelling and poignant memoir of search and discovery. Foreword by Nick Jans, one of Alaska&amp;#039;s foremost authors and photographers, and afterword by Keith&amp;#039;s daughter Laurel Lies.</description>
      <author>Sam Keith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666199680.mp3" length="8002705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666199680.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Wilderness: My Quest in the Territory of Alaska (Revised Edition)
Author: Sam Keith
Narrator: Michael Kirby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After serving as a US Marine during World War II and attending college on the GI Bill, Sam Keith decided to seek adventure in Alaska as a laborer on the Adak Navy base. There he befriended Dick Proenneke, whose shared love of the outdoors, hard work, and self-reliance quickly bonded an alliance between the two. Together they explored the wilds of South Central Alaska, while working on the Navy base, hunting and fishing with friends and breathing in the great outdoors. Keith was ready to leave after three years of finding almost everything he sought—not realizing then how his fate was intrinsically tied to his friend&amp;#039;s and how it would lead to writing the bestselling book One Man&amp;#039;s Wilderness. Sam Keith passed away in 2003. But in 2013, his son-in-law and children&amp;#039;s book author/illustrator Brian Lies discovered in an archive box in their garage a book manuscript, originally written in 1974 after the publication of One Man&amp;#039;s Wilderness. First Wilderness is the story of Keith&amp;#039;s own experiences, at times harrowing, funny, and fascinating. Along with the original manuscript are excerpts from his journals, letters, and notebooks, woven in to create a compelling and poignant memoir of search and discovery. Foreword by Nick Jans, one of Alaska&amp;#039;s foremost authors and photographers, and afterword by Keith&amp;#039;s daughter Laurel Lies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Wilderness: My Quest in the Territory of Alaska (Revised Edition)
Author: Sam Keith
Narrator: Michael Kirby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After serving as a US Marine during World War II and attending college on the GI Bill, Sam Keith decided to seek adventure in Alaska as a laborer on the Adak Navy base. There he befriended Dick Proenneke, whose shared love of the outdoors, hard work, and self-reliance quickly bonded an alliance between the two. Together they explored the wilds of South Central Alaska, while working on the Navy base, hunting and fishing with friends and breathing in the great outdoors. Keith was ready to leave after three years of finding almost everything he sought—not realizing then how his fate was intrinsically tied to his friend&amp;#039;s and how it would lead to writing the bestselling book One Man&amp;#039;s Wilderness. Sam Keith passed away in 2003. But in 2013, his son-in-law and children&amp;#039;s book author/illustrator Brian Lies discovered in an archive box in their garage a book manuscript, originally written in 1974 after the publication of One Man&amp;#039;s Wilderness. First Wilderness is the story of Keith&amp;#039;s own experiences, at times harrowing, funny, and fascinating. Along with the original manuscript are excerpts from his journals, letters, and notebooks, woven in to create a compelling and poignant memoir of search and discovery. Foreword by Nick Jans, one of Alaska&amp;#039;s foremost authors and photographers, and afterword by Keith&amp;#039;s daughter Laurel Lies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Native American Mythology by Wilson Bellacoola</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American Mythology
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Ashton Haugen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook explores Native American mythologies to view the relationships between humans and animals. Traditional Native Americans view animals as elder brothers who embody the knowledge sets necessary for survival on this Earth. This vantage point facilitates openness within the human to learn from the animals. Animals play the roles of tutelary spirits, helpers, and guides, and at times shapeshift from Holy Person to animal or back again. This emphasizes the fluidity between the worlds of spirit and matter and highlights animals as oriented toward being helpful to humanity in a wide variety of ways. As expressed through language and ritual, respect details preserve the relationship between the community, the animals, and the natural landscape. Animals push human beings into interiority. The spirits choose a person and then utilize animals to communicate and transmit spiritual understandings and abilities. It is then up to the individual to bring this vision to usefulness on Earth.</description>
      <author>Wilson Bellacoola</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823426077.mp3" length="1391122" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823426077.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American Mythology
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Ashton Haugen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook explores Native American mythologies to view the relationships between humans and animals. Traditional Native Americans view animals as elder brothers who embody the knowledge sets necessary for survival on this Earth. This vantage point facilitates openness within the human to learn from the animals. Animals play the roles of tutelary spirits, helpers, and guides, and at times shapeshift from Holy Person to animal or back again. This emphasizes the fluidity between the worlds of spirit and matter and highlights animals as oriented toward being helpful to humanity in a wide variety of ways. As expressed through language and ritual, respect details preserve the relationship between the community, the animals, and the natural landscape. Animals push human beings into interiority. The spirits choose a person and then utilize animals to communicate and transmit spiritual understandings and abilities. It is then up to the individual to bring this vision to usefulness on Earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634375</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native American Mythology
Author: Wilson Bellacoola
Narrator: Ashton Haugen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook explores Native American mythologies to view the relationships between humans and animals. Traditional Native Americans view animals as elder brothers who embody the knowledge sets necessary for survival on this Earth. This vantage point facilitates openness within the human to learn from the animals. Animals play the roles of tutelary spirits, helpers, and guides, and at times shapeshift from Holy Person to animal or back again. This emphasizes the fluidity between the worlds of spirit and matter and highlights animals as oriented toward being helpful to humanity in a wide variety of ways. As expressed through language and ritual, respect details preserve the relationship between the community, the animals, and the natural landscape. Animals push human beings into interiority. The spirits choose a person and then utilize animals to communicate and transmit spiritual understandings and abilities. It is then up to the individual to bring this vision to usefulness on Earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Through the Night: Why Our Lives Depend on Dark Skies by Dani Robertson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Through the Night: Why Our Lives Depend on Dark Skies
Author: Dani Robertson
Narrator: Dani Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Best New Books on Space 2024 – Forbes                        ‘Rarely is a non-fiction book about science this engaging’ – Forbes                                   Why darkness is so important – to plants, to animals, and to ourselves – and why we must protect it all costs.                      Darkness is the first thing we know in our human existence. Safe and warm inside the bubble of the womb, we are comfortable in that embracing dark. But as soon as we are bought into the light, we learn to fear the dark. Why?           This book is a celebration of all things that go bump in the night and the joy that can be found when the sun goes down. As a society we have closed our curtains to the darkness, now Dani Robertson urges you to cast those curtains wide, step out of your front door and let the darkness pull you in.           Some 99 per cent of Western Europeans live under light polluted skies, but what is this doing to our health? Our wellbeing? Our connection to the cycles of nature?           Our wildlife, too, has been cast into the harsh glare of our light addiction, with devastating impacts.           In this book Dani shares with you the excitement and adventure she has found when everyone else is tucked up in bed. She explores constellations and cultures, enjoys environmental escapades, all whilst learning why we are addicted to light and why it is ruining our lives. She’ll show you why the darkness is so important and why we must protect it all costs. You’ll become a crusader of Darkness and an expert on what we can do to stop the onward march of light pollution (clue: it’s as easy as the flick of a switch).           Her life depends on darkness, and yours does too.</description>
      <author>Dani Robertson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008586744.mp3" length="1323836" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008586744.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Through the Night: Why Our Lives Depend on Dark Skies
Author: Dani Robertson
Narrator: Dani Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Best New Books on Space 2024 – Forbes                        ‘Rarely is a non-fiction book about science this engaging’ – Forbes                                   Why darkness is so important – to plants, to animals, and to ourselves – and why we must protect it all costs.                      Darkness is the first thing we know in our human existence. Safe and warm inside the bubble of the womb, we are comfortable in that embracing dark. But as soon as we are bought into the light, we learn to fear the dark. Why?           This book is a celebration of all things that go bump in the night and the joy that can be found when the sun goes down. As a society we have closed our curtains to the darkness, now Dani Robertson urges you to cast those curtains wide, step out of your front door and let the darkness pull you in.           Some 99 per cent of Western Europeans live under light polluted skies, but what is this doing to our health? Our wellbeing? Our connection to the cycles of nature?           Our wildlife, too, has been cast into the harsh glare of our light addiction, with devastating impacts.           In this book Dani shares with you the excitement and adventure she has found when everyone else is tucked up in bed. She explores constellations and cultures, enjoys environmental escapades, all whilst learning why we are addicted to light and why it is ruining our lives. She’ll show you why the darkness is so important and why we must protect it all costs. You’ll become a crusader of Darkness and an expert on what we can do to stop the onward march of light pollution (clue: it’s as easy as the flick of a switch).           Her life depends on darkness, and yours does too.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Through the Night: Why Our Lives Depend on Dark Skies
Author: Dani Robertson
Narrator: Dani Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Best New Books on Space 2024 – Forbes                        ‘Rarely is a non-fiction book about science this engaging’ – Forbes                                   Why darkness is so important – to plants, to animals, and to ourselves – and why we must protect it all costs.                      Darkness is the first thing we know in our human existence. Safe and warm inside the bubble of the womb, we are comfortable in that embracing dark. But as soon as we are bought into the light, we learn to fear the dark. Why?           This book is a celebration of all things that go bump in the night and the joy that can be found when the sun goes down. As a society we have closed our curtains to the darkness, now Dani Robertson urges you to cast those curtains wide, step out of your front door and let the darkness pull you in.           Some 99 per cent of Western Europeans live under light polluted skies, but what is this doing to our health? Our wellbeing? Our connection to the cycles of nature?           Our wildlife, too, has been cast into the harsh glare of our light addiction, with devastating impacts.           In this book Dani shares with you the excitement and adventure she has found when everyone else is tucked up in bed. She explores constellations and cultures, enjoys environmental escapades, all whilst learning why we are addicted to light and why it is ruining our lives. She’ll show you why the darkness is so important and why we must protect it all costs. You’ll become a crusader of Darkness and an expert on what we can do to stop the onward march of light pollution (clue: it’s as easy as the flick of a switch).           Her life depends on darkness, and yours does too.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Kat Menschiks und des Diplom-Biologen Doctor Rerum Medicinalium Mark Beneckes Illustrirtes Thierleben (Ungekürzt) by Mark Benecke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kat Menschiks und des Diplom-Biologen Doctor Rerum Medicinalium Mark Beneckes Illustrirtes Thierleben (Ungekürzt)
Author: Mark Benecke
Narrator: Mark Benecke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Mark Benecke liebt Tiere aller Art, Insekten vielleicht ein kleines bisschen mehr. Tiere, das erzählt Benecke in aller Anschaulichkeit, befinden sich auf Augenhöhe mit dem Menschen. Und sie haben viele beeindruckende, sympathische und amüsante Eigenschaften.  Man betrachte beispielsweise den Oktopus: Außergewöhnlich klug, hat er es gerne eher entspannt und macht oft Quatsch. Oder den Buntbarsch, der depressiv wird, wenn man ihn mit der falschen Partnerin verkuppelt. Die vielfach preisgekrönte Kat Menschik hat die Benecke&amp;#039;schen Tierbetrachtungen in großartige, farbenprächtige Bilderwelten umgesetzt und prägt so Booklet und Cover dieses Hörbuchs.</description>
      <author>Mark Benecke</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Apr 2021 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783864846960.mp3" length="872356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783864846960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kat Menschiks und des Diplom-Biologen Doctor Rerum Medicinalium Mark Beneckes Illustrirtes Thierleben (Ungekürzt)
Author: Mark Benecke
Narrator: Mark Benecke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Mark Benecke liebt Tiere aller Art, Insekten vielleicht ein kleines bisschen mehr. Tiere, das erzählt Benecke in aller Anschaulichkeit, befinden sich auf Augenhöhe mit dem Menschen. Und sie haben viele beeindruckende, sympathische und amüsante Eigenschaften.  Man betrachte beispielsweise den Oktopus: Außergewöhnlich klug, hat er es gerne eher entspannt und macht oft Quatsch. Oder den Buntbarsch, der depressiv wird, wenn man ihn mit der falschen Partnerin verkuppelt. Die vielfach preisgekrönte Kat Menschik hat die Benecke&amp;#039;schen Tierbetrachtungen in großartige, farbenprächtige Bilderwelten umgesetzt und prägt so Booklet und Cover dieses Hörbuchs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kat Menschiks und des Diplom-Biologen Doctor Rerum Medicinalium Mark Beneckes Illustrirtes Thierleben (Ungekürzt)
Author: Mark Benecke
Narrator: Mark Benecke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 22 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Mark Benecke liebt Tiere aller Art, Insekten vielleicht ein kleines bisschen mehr. Tiere, das erzählt Benecke in aller Anschaulichkeit, befinden sich auf Augenhöhe mit dem Menschen. Und sie haben viele beeindruckende, sympathische und amüsante Eigenschaften.  Man betrachte beispielsweise den Oktopus: Außergewöhnlich klug, hat er es gerne eher entspannt und macht oft Quatsch. Oder den Buntbarsch, der depressiv wird, wenn man ihn mit der falschen Partnerin verkuppelt. Die vielfach preisgekrönte Kat Menschik hat die Benecke&amp;#039;schen Tierbetrachtungen in großartige, farbenprächtige Bilderwelten umgesetzt und prägt so Booklet und Cover dieses Hörbuchs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Wing and a Prayer: The Race to Save Our Vanishing Birds by Anders Gyllenhaal, Beverly Gyllenhaal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wing and a Prayer: The Race to Save Our Vanishing Birds
Author: Anders Gyllenhaal, Beverly Gyllenhaal
Narrator: Stephen Graybill, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating drama from the frontlines of the race to save birds set against the devastating loss of one third of the avian population.  Three years ago, headlines delivered shocking news: nearly three billion birds in North America have vanished over the past fifty years. No species has been spared, from the most delicate jeweled hummingbirds to scrappy black crows, from a rainbow of warblers to common birds such as owls and sparrows.   In a desperate race against time, scientists, conservationists, birders, wildlife officers, and philanthropists are scrambling to halt the collapse of species with bold, experimental, and sometimes risky rescue missions. High in the mountains of Hawaii, biologists are about to release clouds of laboratory-bred mosquitos in a last-ditch attempt to save Hawaii’s remaining native forest birds. In Central Florida, researchers have found a way to hatch Florida Grasshopper Sparrows in captivity to rebuild a species down to its last two dozen birds. In the Sierra Nevada Mountains, a team is using artificial intelligence to save the California Spotted Owl. In North Carolina, a scientist is experimenting with genomics borrowed from human medicine to bring the long-extinct Passenger Pigeon back to life.   For the past year, veteran journalists Anders and Beverly Gyllenhaal traveled more than 25,000 miles across the Americas, chronicling costly experiments, contentious politics, and new technologies to save our beloved birds from the brink of extinction. Through this compelling drama, A Wing and a Prayer offers hope and an urgent call to action: Birds are dying at an unprecedented pace. But there are encouraging breakthroughs across the hemisphere and still time to change course, if we act quickly.</description>
      <author>Anders Gyllenhaal, Beverly Gyllenhaal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797158631.mp3" length="848752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797158631.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wing and a Prayer: The Race to Save Our Vanishing Birds
Author: Anders Gyllenhaal, Beverly Gyllenhaal
Narrator: Stephen Graybill, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating drama from the frontlines of the race to save birds set against the devastating loss of one third of the avian population.  Three years ago, headlines delivered shocking news: nearly three billion birds in North America have vanished over the past fifty years. No species has been spared, from the most delicate jeweled hummingbirds to scrappy black crows, from a rainbow of warblers to common birds such as owls and sparrows.   In a desperate race against time, scientists, conservationists, birders, wildlife officers, and philanthropists are scrambling to halt the collapse of species with bold, experimental, and sometimes risky rescue missions. High in the mountains of Hawaii, biologists are about to release clouds of laboratory-bred mosquitos in a last-ditch attempt to save Hawaii’s remaining native forest birds. In Central Florida, researchers have found a way to hatch Florida Grasshopper Sparrows in captivity to rebuild a species down to its last two dozen birds. In the Sierra Nevada Mountains, a team is using artificial intelligence to save the California Spotted Owl. In North Carolina, a scientist is experimenting with genomics borrowed from human medicine to bring the long-extinct Passenger Pigeon back to life.   For the past year, veteran journalists Anders and Beverly Gyllenhaal traveled more than 25,000 miles across the Americas, chronicling costly experiments, contentious politics, and new technologies to save our beloved birds from the brink of extinction. Through this compelling drama, A Wing and a Prayer offers hope and an urgent call to action: Birds are dying at an unprecedented pace. But there are encouraging breakthroughs across the hemisphere and still time to change course, if we act quickly.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wing and a Prayer: The Race to Save Our Vanishing Birds
Author: Anders Gyllenhaal, Beverly Gyllenhaal
Narrator: Stephen Graybill, Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating drama from the frontlines of the race to save birds set against the devastating loss of one third of the avian population.  Three years ago, headlines delivered shocking news: nearly three billion birds in North America have vanished over the past fifty years. No species has been spared, from the most delicate jeweled hummingbirds to scrappy black crows, from a rainbow of warblers to common birds such as owls and sparrows.   In a desperate race against time, scientists, conservationists, birders, wildlife officers, and philanthropists are scrambling to halt the collapse of species with bold, experimental, and sometimes risky rescue missions. High in the mountains of Hawaii, biologists are about to release clouds of laboratory-bred mosquitos in a last-ditch attempt to save Hawaii’s remaining native forest birds. In Central Florida, researchers have found a way to hatch Florida Grasshopper Sparrows in captivity to rebuild a species down to its last two dozen birds. In the Sierra Nevada Mountains, a team is using artificial intelligence to save the California Spotted Owl. In North Carolina, a scientist is experimenting with genomics borrowed from human medicine to bring the long-extinct Passenger Pigeon back to life.   For the past year, veteran journalists Anders and Beverly Gyllenhaal traveled more than 25,000 miles across the Americas, chronicling costly experiments, contentious politics, and new technologies to save our beloved birds from the brink of extinction. Through this compelling drama, A Wing and a Prayer offers hope and an urgent call to action: Birds are dying at an unprecedented pace. But there are encouraging breakthroughs across the hemisphere and still time to change course, if we act quickly.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Von der Bienenhaltung bis zum Honig: Wie Sie die Grundlagen des Imkerns leicht erlernen, Bienen halten und im Handumdrehen Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren by Sabine Graß</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Von der Bienenhaltung bis zum Honig: Wie Sie die Grundlagen des Imkerns leicht erlernen, Bienen halten und im Handumdrehen Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren
Author: Sabine Graß
Narrator: Torben Sterner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was reizt Sie an der Imkerei? Ist es die Aussicht, eigenen Honig herzustellen und das leckere Naturprodukt jeden Morgen frisch auf dem Frühstückstisch zu haben? Oder ist es die Faszination für den Organismus &amp;#039;Biene&amp;#039;, der sich als Meisterleistung der Evolution auszeichnet? Vielleicht ist es eine Mischung aus beidem. Wenn Sie dieses Buch in den Händen halten, haben Sie eine spannende Reise vor sich! Vielleicht summen schon die ersten Bienen in Ihrem Garten und fliegen vom Bienenstock aus, um reichlich Honig einzusammeln. Vielleicht spielen Sie aber auch erst mit dem Gedanken, sich eventuell ein Volk anzuschaffen. Dieses Buch liefert Ihnen ein solides Grundwissen rund um die Imkerei und die dort anfallenden Aufgaben, rund um die Honiggewinnung und Verarbeitung und letztendlich natürlich auch rund um die Honigbiene. Was ist die Biene, welche sozialen Strukturen herrschen in einem Bienenvolk und wie können Sie als Mensch in diese Strukturen eingreifen, um eine reichliche Honigernte zu bekommen? All diese und noch viele weitere Fragen werden Sie am Ende dieses Buches sicher beantworten können.</description>
      <author>Sabine Graß</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303788.mp3" length="905540" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303788.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Von der Bienenhaltung bis zum Honig: Wie Sie die Grundlagen des Imkerns leicht erlernen, Bienen halten und im Handumdrehen Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren
Author: Sabine Graß
Narrator: Torben Sterner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was reizt Sie an der Imkerei? Ist es die Aussicht, eigenen Honig herzustellen und das leckere Naturprodukt jeden Morgen frisch auf dem Frühstückstisch zu haben? Oder ist es die Faszination für den Organismus &amp;#039;Biene&amp;#039;, der sich als Meisterleistung der Evolution auszeichnet? Vielleicht ist es eine Mischung aus beidem. Wenn Sie dieses Buch in den Händen halten, haben Sie eine spannende Reise vor sich! Vielleicht summen schon die ersten Bienen in Ihrem Garten und fliegen vom Bienenstock aus, um reichlich Honig einzusammeln. Vielleicht spielen Sie aber auch erst mit dem Gedanken, sich eventuell ein Volk anzuschaffen. Dieses Buch liefert Ihnen ein solides Grundwissen rund um die Imkerei und die dort anfallenden Aufgaben, rund um die Honiggewinnung und Verarbeitung und letztendlich natürlich auch rund um die Honigbiene. Was ist die Biene, welche sozialen Strukturen herrschen in einem Bienenvolk und wie können Sie als Mensch in diese Strukturen eingreifen, um eine reichliche Honigernte zu bekommen? All diese und noch viele weitere Fragen werden Sie am Ende dieses Buches sicher beantworten können.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Von der Bienenhaltung bis zum Honig: Wie Sie die Grundlagen des Imkerns leicht erlernen, Bienen halten und im Handumdrehen Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren
Author: Sabine Graß
Narrator: Torben Sterner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was reizt Sie an der Imkerei? Ist es die Aussicht, eigenen Honig herzustellen und das leckere Naturprodukt jeden Morgen frisch auf dem Frühstückstisch zu haben? Oder ist es die Faszination für den Organismus &amp;#039;Biene&amp;#039;, der sich als Meisterleistung der Evolution auszeichnet? Vielleicht ist es eine Mischung aus beidem. Wenn Sie dieses Buch in den Händen halten, haben Sie eine spannende Reise vor sich! Vielleicht summen schon die ersten Bienen in Ihrem Garten und fliegen vom Bienenstock aus, um reichlich Honig einzusammeln. Vielleicht spielen Sie aber auch erst mit dem Gedanken, sich eventuell ein Volk anzuschaffen. Dieses Buch liefert Ihnen ein solides Grundwissen rund um die Imkerei und die dort anfallenden Aufgaben, rund um die Honiggewinnung und Verarbeitung und letztendlich natürlich auch rund um die Honigbiene. Was ist die Biene, welche sozialen Strukturen herrschen in einem Bienenvolk und wie können Sie als Mensch in diese Strukturen eingreifen, um eine reichliche Honigernte zu bekommen? All diese und noch viele weitere Fragen werden Sie am Ende dieses Buches sicher beantworten können.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Deepest Map: The High-Stakes Race to Chart the World’s Oceans by Laura Trethewey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deepest Map: The High-Stakes Race to Chart the World’s Oceans
Author: Laura Trethewey
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The dramatic and action-packed story of the last mysterious place on earth—the world’s seafloor—and the deep-sea divers, ocean mappers, marine biologists, entrepreneurs, and adventurers involved in the historic push to chart it, as well as the opportunities, challenges, and perils this exploration holds now and for the future. Five oceans—the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian, the Arctic, and the Southern—cover approximately 70 percent of the earth. Yet we know little about what lies beneath them. By the early 2020s, less than twenty-five percent of the ocean’s floor has been charted, most close to shorelines, and over three quarters of the ocean lies in in what is called the Deep Sea, depths below a thousand meters. Now, the race is on to completely map the ocean’s floor by 2030—an epic project involving scientists, investors, militaries, and private explorers who are cooperating and competing to get an accurate reading of this vast terrain and understand its contours and environment.  In The Deepest Map, Laura Trethewey documents this race to the bottom, following global efforts around the world, from crowdsourcing to advances in technology, recent scientific discoveries to tales of dangerous dives in untested and costly submersibles. The lure of ocean exploration has attracted many, including the likes of James Cameron, Richard Branson, Ray Dalio, and Eric Schmidt. The Deepest Map follows a cast of intriguing characters, from early mappers such as Marie Tharp, a woman working in the male-dominated fields of oceanography and geology whose discoveries have added significantly to our knowledge; Victor Vescovo, a man obsessed with reaching the deepest depths of each of the five oceans, and his young, brilliant, and fearless mapper Cassie Bongiovanni; and the diverse entrepreneurs looking to explore and exploit this uncharted territory and its resources. In The Deepest Map, ocean discovery converges with humanity&amp;#039;s origin story; in mapping the ocean floor, scientists are actively tracing our roots back to the most inhospitable places on earth where life began—and flourished. But for every conservationist looking to protect the seafloor, there are others who see its commercial potential. Will a new map exacerbate pollution and the degradation of this natural resource? How will the race remake political power structures in years to come? Trethewey probes these questions as countries and conglomerates wrestle over the riches that may lie at the bottom of the sea. The future of humanity depends on our ability to protect this vast, precious, and often ignored resource. A true tale of science, nature, technology, and an extreme outdoor adventure The Deepest Map illuminates why we love—and fear—the earth’s final frontier and is a crucial addition to the increasingly urgent conversation about climate change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Laura Trethewey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063099982.mp3" length="1430645" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063099982.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deepest Map: The High-Stakes Race to Chart the World’s Oceans
Author: Laura Trethewey
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The dramatic and action-packed story of the last mysterious place on earth—the world’s seafloor—and the deep-sea divers, ocean mappers, marine biologists, entrepreneurs, and adventurers involved in the historic push to chart it, as well as the opportunities, challenges, and perils this exploration holds now and for the future. Five oceans—the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian, the Arctic, and the Southern—cover approximately 70 percent of the earth. Yet we know little about what lies beneath them. By the early 2020s, less than twenty-five percent of the ocean’s floor has been charted, most close to shorelines, and over three quarters of the ocean lies in in what is called the Deep Sea, depths below a thousand meters. Now, the race is on to completely map the ocean’s floor by 2030—an epic project involving scientists, investors, militaries, and private explorers who are cooperating and competing to get an accurate reading of this vast terrain and understand its contours and environment.  In The Deepest Map, Laura Trethewey documents this race to the bottom, following global efforts around the world, from crowdsourcing to advances in technology, recent scientific discoveries to tales of dangerous dives in untested and costly submersibles. The lure of ocean exploration has attracted many, including the likes of James Cameron, Richard Branson, Ray Dalio, and Eric Schmidt. The Deepest Map follows a cast of intriguing characters, from early mappers such as Marie Tharp, a woman working in the male-dominated fields of oceanography and geology whose discoveries have added significantly to our knowledge; Victor Vescovo, a man obsessed with reaching the deepest depths of each of the five oceans, and his young, brilliant, and fearless mapper Cassie Bongiovanni; and the diverse entrepreneurs looking to explore and exploit this uncharted territory and its resources. In The Deepest Map, ocean discovery converges with humanity&amp;#039;s origin story; in mapping the ocean floor, scientists are actively tracing our roots back to the most inhospitable places on earth where life began—and flourished. But for every conservationist looking to protect the seafloor, there are others who see its commercial potential. Will a new map exacerbate pollution and the degradation of this natural resource? How will the race remake political power structures in years to come? Trethewey probes these questions as countries and conglomerates wrestle over the riches that may lie at the bottom of the sea. The future of humanity depends on our ability to protect this vast, precious, and often ignored resource. A true tale of science, nature, technology, and an extreme outdoor adventure The Deepest Map illuminates why we love—and fear—the earth’s final frontier and is a crucial addition to the increasingly urgent conversation about climate change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632483</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deepest Map: The High-Stakes Race to Chart the World’s Oceans
Author: Laura Trethewey
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The dramatic and action-packed story of the last mysterious place on earth—the world’s seafloor—and the deep-sea divers, ocean mappers, marine biologists, entrepreneurs, and adventurers involved in the historic push to chart it, as well as the opportunities, challenges, and perils this exploration holds now and for the future. Five oceans—the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian, the Arctic, and the Southern—cover approximately 70 percent of the earth. Yet we know little about what lies beneath them. By the early 2020s, less than twenty-five percent of the ocean’s floor has been charted, most close to shorelines, and over three quarters of the ocean lies in in what is called the Deep Sea, depths below a thousand meters. Now, the race is on to completely map the ocean’s floor by 2030—an epic project involving scientists, investors, militaries, and private explorers who are cooperating and competing to get an accurate reading of this vast terrain and understand its contours and environment.  In The Deepest Map, Laura Trethewey documents this race to the bottom, following global efforts around the world, from crowdsourcing to advances in technology, recent scientific discoveries to tales of dangerous dives in untested and costly submersibles. The lure of ocean exploration has attracted many, including the likes of James Cameron, Richard Branson, Ray Dalio, and Eric Schmidt. The Deepest Map follows a cast of intriguing characters, from early mappers such as Marie Tharp, a woman working in the male-dominated fields of oceanography and geology whose discoveries have added significantly to our knowledge; Victor Vescovo, a man obsessed with reaching the deepest depths of each of the five oceans, and his young, brilliant, and fearless mapper Cassie Bongiovanni; and the diverse entrepreneurs looking to explore and exploit this uncharted territory and its resources. In The Deepest Map, ocean discovery converges with humanity&amp;#039;s origin story; in mapping the ocean floor, scientists are actively tracing our roots back to the most inhospitable places on earth where life began—and flourished. But for every conservationist looking to protect the seafloor, there are others who see its commercial potential. Will a new map exacerbate pollution and the degradation of this natural resource? How will the race remake political power structures in years to come? Trethewey probes these questions as countries and conglomerates wrestle over the riches that may lie at the bottom of the sea. The future of humanity depends on our ability to protect this vast, precious, and often ignored resource. A true tale of science, nature, technology, and an extreme outdoor adventure The Deepest Map illuminates why we love—and fear—the earth’s final frontier and is a crucial addition to the increasingly urgent conversation about climate change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If We Act Now - the surprisingly simple steps we can take to avoid the worst of climate crisis by Rasmus Thirup Beck, Thomas Hebsgaard, Mads Nyvold</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If We Act Now - the surprisingly simple steps we can take to avoid the worst of climate crisis
Author: Rasmus Thirup Beck, Thomas Hebsgaard, Mads Nyvold
Narrator: Kris Dyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Join us on a journey around the globe and meet the enthusiasts, technologies, and decision-makers that are proving that humans are indeed capable of saving us from ourselves.  The challenges may be great, but there are a number of opportunities to stall climate change – perhaps even reverse it. This book offers a glimpse of how to do just that. It will explain how we can equip ourselves with food, clothing, shelter, energy, transport and all in all live good lives without negatively impacting the planet we live on.  ‘If We Act Now’ tells us about the barriers to action and how we can overcome them. About those who have led the way - and about how we can all play an important role in the great green transition desperately needed.  Written by the Danish independent media, Zetland, and supported financially by Climate Planet Foundation, this optimistic, enlightening and deeply profound book takes the reader on a journey around the world to provide insight into existing solutions to the climate crisis. ‘If We Act Now’ is the ideal read for those interested in learning more about climate change and what we can do about it. Perfect for those who were gripped by Greta Thunberg&amp;#039;s ´The Climate Book´ and want to know more.  - The three authors from Zetland - Rasmus Thirup Beck, Mads Nyvold, and Thomas Hebsgaard - have over 20 years of combined experience writing and reporting on climate and energy issues. Rasmus Thirup Beck (born 1978) has been covering climate since 2008, in both writing and audio and is always focusing on the human stories that lie at the centre. His work has gone through quite the evolution – from reporting on issues and their consequences to writing almost exclusively about solutions. Beck has freelanced for Zetland for four years. Thomas Hebsgaard (born 1982) covers climate and energy for Zetland. He has wide experience in hard-hitting topics focusing on societal and global issues. Hebsgaard was practically brought up within the renewable energy industry through his father’s co-ownership of a 95 kilowatt Bonus wind turbine called Sleipner. Mads Nyvold (born 1980) once aspired to become an analyst in the mining or oil industries, but that plan was redirected when he became aware of the movement to green energy. Nyvold has previously written for Zetland on resources and climate from the impractical to the global and political perspective.</description>
      <author>Rasmus Thirup Beck, Thomas Hebsgaard, Mads Nyvold</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728212592.mp3" length="1158350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728212592.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If We Act Now - the surprisingly simple steps we can take to avoid the worst of climate crisis
Author: Rasmus Thirup Beck, Thomas Hebsgaard, Mads Nyvold
Narrator: Kris Dyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Join us on a journey around the globe and meet the enthusiasts, technologies, and decision-makers that are proving that humans are indeed capable of saving us from ourselves.  The challenges may be great, but there are a number of opportunities to stall climate change – perhaps even reverse it. This book offers a glimpse of how to do just that. It will explain how we can equip ourselves with food, clothing, shelter, energy, transport and all in all live good lives without negatively impacting the planet we live on.  ‘If We Act Now’ tells us about the barriers to action and how we can overcome them. About those who have led the way - and about how we can all play an important role in the great green transition desperately needed.  Written by the Danish independent media, Zetland, and supported financially by Climate Planet Foundation, this optimistic, enlightening and deeply profound book takes the reader on a journey around the world to provide insight into existing solutions to the climate crisis. ‘If We Act Now’ is the ideal read for those interested in learning more about climate change and what we can do about it. Perfect for those who were gripped by Greta Thunberg&amp;#039;s ´The Climate Book´ and want to know more.  - The three authors from Zetland - Rasmus Thirup Beck, Mads Nyvold, and Thomas Hebsgaard - have over 20 years of combined experience writing and reporting on climate and energy issues. Rasmus Thirup Beck (born 1978) has been covering climate since 2008, in both writing and audio and is always focusing on the human stories that lie at the centre. His work has gone through quite the evolution – from reporting on issues and their consequences to writing almost exclusively about solutions. Beck has freelanced for Zetland for four years. Thomas Hebsgaard (born 1982) covers climate and energy for Zetland. He has wide experience in hard-hitting topics focusing on societal and global issues. Hebsgaard was practically brought up within the renewable energy industry through his father’s co-ownership of a 95 kilowatt Bonus wind turbine called Sleipner. Mads Nyvold (born 1980) once aspired to become an analyst in the mining or oil industries, but that plan was redirected when he became aware of the movement to green energy. Nyvold has previously written for Zetland on resources and climate from the impractical to the global and political perspective.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If We Act Now - the surprisingly simple steps we can take to avoid the worst of climate crisis
Author: Rasmus Thirup Beck, Thomas Hebsgaard, Mads Nyvold
Narrator: Kris Dyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Join us on a journey around the globe and meet the enthusiasts, technologies, and decision-makers that are proving that humans are indeed capable of saving us from ourselves.  The challenges may be great, but there are a number of opportunities to stall climate change – perhaps even reverse it. This book offers a glimpse of how to do just that. It will explain how we can equip ourselves with food, clothing, shelter, energy, transport and all in all live good lives without negatively impacting the planet we live on.  ‘If We Act Now’ tells us about the barriers to action and how we can overcome them. About those who have led the way - and about how we can all play an important role in the great green transition desperately needed.  Written by the Danish independent media, Zetland, and supported financially by Climate Planet Foundation, this optimistic, enlightening and deeply profound book takes the reader on a journey around the world to provide insight into existing solutions to the climate crisis. ‘If We Act Now’ is the ideal read for those interested in learning more about climate change and what we can do about it. Perfect for those who were gripped by Greta Thunberg&amp;#039;s ´The Climate Book´ and want to know more.  - The three authors from Zetland - Rasmus Thirup Beck, Mads Nyvold, and Thomas Hebsgaard - have over 20 years of combined experience writing and reporting on climate and energy issues. Rasmus Thirup Beck (born 1978) has been covering climate since 2008, in both writing and audio and is always focusing on the human stories that lie at the centre. His work has gone through quite the evolution – from reporting on issues and their consequences to writing almost exclusively about solutions. Beck has freelanced for Zetland for four years. Thomas Hebsgaard (born 1982) covers climate and energy for Zetland. He has wide experience in hard-hitting topics focusing on societal and global issues. Hebsgaard was practically brought up within the renewable energy industry through his father’s co-ownership of a 95 kilowatt Bonus wind turbine called Sleipner. Mads Nyvold (born 1980) once aspired to become an analyst in the mining or oil industries, but that plan was redirected when he became aware of the movement to green energy. Nyvold has previously written for Zetland on resources and climate from the impractical to the global and political perspective.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Alles bio - logisch?! - Die Superkräfte der Pflanzen nutzen, klimafreundliches Gemüse essen und die Welt retten (Ungekürzte Lesung) by David Spencer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Alles bio - logisch?! - Die Superkräfte der Pflanzen nutzen, klimafreundliches Gemüse essen und die Welt retten (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: David Spencer
Narrator: Thomas Nicolai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was hat der Inhalt unseres Gemüsefachs mit moderner Pflanzenbiologie zu tun? Warum ist die Tomatenzucht auf dem Balkon ein Ringen gegen die Natur? Und weshalb müssen auch Pflanzen geimpft werden? Der Pflanzenbiologe und Science Slammer David Spencer erzählt unterhaltsam und anschaulich von unserem täglichen Obst und Gemüse und seinem faszinierenden Leben. Er ist sich sicher: Wenn wir das Hightech-Wissen aus der Forschung mit Ökolandbau kombinieren, können wir zu einer grünen Landwirtschaft und klimafreundlicher Ernährung gelangen. Dafür ist es auch nötig, einen Blick auf die Produktion unserer krautigen Freunde und die Zusammensetzung unserer Speisekarte zu werfen. Ein gefundenes Fressen für alle, die sich nachhaltig ernähren wollen!</description>
      <author>David Spencer</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732458462.mp3" length="870078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732458462.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Alles bio - logisch?! - Die Superkräfte der Pflanzen nutzen, klimafreundliches Gemüse essen und die Welt retten (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: David Spencer
Narrator: Thomas Nicolai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was hat der Inhalt unseres Gemüsefachs mit moderner Pflanzenbiologie zu tun? Warum ist die Tomatenzucht auf dem Balkon ein Ringen gegen die Natur? Und weshalb müssen auch Pflanzen geimpft werden? Der Pflanzenbiologe und Science Slammer David Spencer erzählt unterhaltsam und anschaulich von unserem täglichen Obst und Gemüse und seinem faszinierenden Leben. Er ist sich sicher: Wenn wir das Hightech-Wissen aus der Forschung mit Ökolandbau kombinieren, können wir zu einer grünen Landwirtschaft und klimafreundlicher Ernährung gelangen. Dafür ist es auch nötig, einen Blick auf die Produktion unserer krautigen Freunde und die Zusammensetzung unserer Speisekarte zu werfen. Ein gefundenes Fressen für alle, die sich nachhaltig ernähren wollen!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Alles bio - logisch?! - Die Superkräfte der Pflanzen nutzen, klimafreundliches Gemüse essen und die Welt retten (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: David Spencer
Narrator: Thomas Nicolai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Was hat der Inhalt unseres Gemüsefachs mit moderner Pflanzenbiologie zu tun? Warum ist die Tomatenzucht auf dem Balkon ein Ringen gegen die Natur? Und weshalb müssen auch Pflanzen geimpft werden? Der Pflanzenbiologe und Science Slammer David Spencer erzählt unterhaltsam und anschaulich von unserem täglichen Obst und Gemüse und seinem faszinierenden Leben. Er ist sich sicher: Wenn wir das Hightech-Wissen aus der Forschung mit Ökolandbau kombinieren, können wir zu einer grünen Landwirtschaft und klimafreundlicher Ernährung gelangen. Dafür ist es auch nötig, einen Blick auf die Produktion unserer krautigen Freunde und die Zusammensetzung unserer Speisekarte zu werfen. Ein gefundenes Fressen für alle, die sich nachhaltig ernähren wollen!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What an Owl Knows: The New Science of the World&amp;#039;s Most Enigmatic Birds by Jennifer Ackerman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What an Owl Knows: The New Science of the World&amp;#039;s Most Enigmatic Birds
Author: Jennifer Ackerman
Narrator: Jennifer Ackerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An instant New York Times bestseller! A New York Times Notable Book of 2023 Named a Best Book of 2023 by Publishers Weekly From the author of The Genius of Birds and The Bird Way, a brilliant scientific investigation into owls—the most elusive of birds—and why they exert such a hold on human imagination With their forward gaze and quiet flight, owls are often a symbol of wisdom, knowledge, and foresight. But what does an owl really know? And what do we really know about owls? Some two hundred sixty species of owls exist today, and they reside on every continent except Antarctica, but they are far more difficult to find and study than other birds because they are cryptic, camouflaged, and mostly active at night. Though human fascination with owls goes back centuries, scientists have only recently begun to understand the complex nature of these extraordinary birds.     In What an Owl Knows, Jennifer Ackerman joins scientists in the field and explores how researchers are using modern technology and tools to learn how owls communicate, hunt, court, mate, raise their young, and move about from season to season. Ackerman brings this research alive with her own personal field observations; the result is an awe-inspiring exploration of owls across the globe and through human history, and a spellbinding account of the world’s most enigmatic group of birds.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Ackerman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593681510.mp3" length="2736056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593681510.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What an Owl Knows: The New Science of the World&amp;#039;s Most Enigmatic Birds
Author: Jennifer Ackerman
Narrator: Jennifer Ackerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An instant New York Times bestseller! A New York Times Notable Book of 2023 Named a Best Book of 2023 by Publishers Weekly From the author of The Genius of Birds and The Bird Way, a brilliant scientific investigation into owls—the most elusive of birds—and why they exert such a hold on human imagination With their forward gaze and quiet flight, owls are often a symbol of wisdom, knowledge, and foresight. But what does an owl really know? And what do we really know about owls? Some two hundred sixty species of owls exist today, and they reside on every continent except Antarctica, but they are far more difficult to find and study than other birds because they are cryptic, camouflaged, and mostly active at night. Though human fascination with owls goes back centuries, scientists have only recently begun to understand the complex nature of these extraordinary birds.     In What an Owl Knows, Jennifer Ackerman joins scientists in the field and explores how researchers are using modern technology and tools to learn how owls communicate, hunt, court, mate, raise their young, and move about from season to season. Ackerman brings this research alive with her own personal field observations; the result is an awe-inspiring exploration of owls across the globe and through human history, and a spellbinding account of the world’s most enigmatic group of birds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What an Owl Knows: The New Science of the World&amp;#039;s Most Enigmatic Birds
Author: Jennifer Ackerman
Narrator: Jennifer Ackerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An instant New York Times bestseller! A New York Times Notable Book of 2023 Named a Best Book of 2023 by Publishers Weekly From the author of The Genius of Birds and The Bird Way, a brilliant scientific investigation into owls—the most elusive of birds—and why they exert such a hold on human imagination With their forward gaze and quiet flight, owls are often a symbol of wisdom, knowledge, and foresight. But what does an owl really know? And what do we really know about owls? Some two hundred sixty species of owls exist today, and they reside on every continent except Antarctica, but they are far more difficult to find and study than other birds because they are cryptic, camouflaged, and mostly active at night. Though human fascination with owls goes back centuries, scientists have only recently begun to understand the complex nature of these extraordinary birds.     In What an Owl Knows, Jennifer Ackerman joins scientists in the field and explores how researchers are using modern technology and tools to learn how owls communicate, hunt, court, mate, raise their young, and move about from season to season. Ackerman brings this research alive with her own personal field observations; the result is an awe-inspiring exploration of owls across the globe and through human history, and a spellbinding account of the world’s most enigmatic group of birds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ice: From Mixed Drinks to Skating Rinks--a Cool History of a Hot Commodity by Amy Brady</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ice: From Mixed Drinks to Skating Rinks--a Cool History of a Hot Commodity
Author: Amy Brady
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The unexpected and unexplored ways that ice has transformed a nation—from the foods Americans eat, to the sports they play, to the way they live today—and what its future might look like on a swiftly warming planet. Ice is everywhere: in gas stations, in restaurants, in hospitals, in our homes. Americans think nothing of dropping a few ice cubes into tall glasses of tea to ward off the heat of a hot summer day. Most refrigerators owned by Americans feature automatic ice machines. Ice on-demand has so revolutionized modern life that it’s easy to forget that it wasn’t always this way—and to overlook what aspects of society might just melt away as the planet warms. In Ice, journalist and historian Amy Brady shares the strange and storied two-hundred-year-old history of ice in America: from the introduction of mixed drinks “on the rocks,” to the nation’s first-ever indoor ice rink, to how delicacies like ice creams and iced tea revolutionized our palates, to the ubiquitous ice machine in every motel across the US. But Ice doesn’t end in the past. Brady also explores the surprising present-day uses of ice in sports, medicine, and sustainable energy—including cutting-edge cryotherapy breast-cancer treatments and new refrigerator technologies that may prove to be more energy efficient—underscoring how precious this commodity is, especially in an age of climate change.</description>
      <author>Amy Brady</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593741375.mp3" length="2653964" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593741375.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ice: From Mixed Drinks to Skating Rinks--a Cool History of a Hot Commodity
Author: Amy Brady
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The unexpected and unexplored ways that ice has transformed a nation—from the foods Americans eat, to the sports they play, to the way they live today—and what its future might look like on a swiftly warming planet. Ice is everywhere: in gas stations, in restaurants, in hospitals, in our homes. Americans think nothing of dropping a few ice cubes into tall glasses of tea to ward off the heat of a hot summer day. Most refrigerators owned by Americans feature automatic ice machines. Ice on-demand has so revolutionized modern life that it’s easy to forget that it wasn’t always this way—and to overlook what aspects of society might just melt away as the planet warms. In Ice, journalist and historian Amy Brady shares the strange and storied two-hundred-year-old history of ice in America: from the introduction of mixed drinks “on the rocks,” to the nation’s first-ever indoor ice rink, to how delicacies like ice creams and iced tea revolutionized our palates, to the ubiquitous ice machine in every motel across the US. But Ice doesn’t end in the past. Brady also explores the surprising present-day uses of ice in sports, medicine, and sustainable energy—including cutting-edge cryotherapy breast-cancer treatments and new refrigerator technologies that may prove to be more energy efficient—underscoring how precious this commodity is, especially in an age of climate change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ice: From Mixed Drinks to Skating Rinks--a Cool History of a Hot Commodity
Author: Amy Brady
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The unexpected and unexplored ways that ice has transformed a nation—from the foods Americans eat, to the sports they play, to the way they live today—and what its future might look like on a swiftly warming planet. Ice is everywhere: in gas stations, in restaurants, in hospitals, in our homes. Americans think nothing of dropping a few ice cubes into tall glasses of tea to ward off the heat of a hot summer day. Most refrigerators owned by Americans feature automatic ice machines. Ice on-demand has so revolutionized modern life that it’s easy to forget that it wasn’t always this way—and to overlook what aspects of society might just melt away as the planet warms. In Ice, journalist and historian Amy Brady shares the strange and storied two-hundred-year-old history of ice in America: from the introduction of mixed drinks “on the rocks,” to the nation’s first-ever indoor ice rink, to how delicacies like ice creams and iced tea revolutionized our palates, to the ubiquitous ice machine in every motel across the US. But Ice doesn’t end in the past. Brady also explores the surprising present-day uses of ice in sports, medicine, and sustainable energy—including cutting-edge cryotherapy breast-cancer treatments and new refrigerator technologies that may prove to be more energy efficient—underscoring how precious this commodity is, especially in an age of climate change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>365 Ways to Save the Planet: A Day-by-Day Guide to Sustainable Living by Georgina Wilson-Powell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 365 Ways to Save the Planet: A Day-by-Day Guide to Sustainable Living
Author: Georgina Wilson-Powell
Narrator: Georgina Wilson-Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Step up your sustainability and unlock your full eco potential with 365 easy, trackable changes. What if sustainability didn&amp;#039;t have to be so complicated? 365 Ways to Save the Planet cuts through the noise and explains exactly how to live a &amp;#039;greener&amp;#039; lifestyle day by day. With its approachable ideas and achievable daily actions, anyone can up their sustainability score with this bible. Eco warrior Georgina Wilson-Powell breaks down the significance of environmental statistics for issues big and small, and quantifies the difference low effort, high impact changes can make. In her one-year programme, each day pairs a realistic goal with a simple &amp;#039;save the Earth&amp;#039; action for an individual to apply at home or work. An Impact Index accompanies each action, quantifying the difference each action can make, meaning you can actively record your progress and reflect positively on the impact you are having on the environment over the course of a full year. Being green has never been easier. Break previous habits, shift your mindset and achieve sustainability with 365 Ways to Save the Planet. If you want to make a difference but don&amp;#039;t know where to begin, simply turn the page and start with day one. © 2023 Georgina Wilson-Powell © 2023 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Georgina Wilson-Powell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241638958.mp3" length="1405658" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241638958.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 365 Ways to Save the Planet: A Day-by-Day Guide to Sustainable Living
Author: Georgina Wilson-Powell
Narrator: Georgina Wilson-Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Step up your sustainability and unlock your full eco potential with 365 easy, trackable changes. What if sustainability didn&amp;#039;t have to be so complicated? 365 Ways to Save the Planet cuts through the noise and explains exactly how to live a &amp;#039;greener&amp;#039; lifestyle day by day. With its approachable ideas and achievable daily actions, anyone can up their sustainability score with this bible. Eco warrior Georgina Wilson-Powell breaks down the significance of environmental statistics for issues big and small, and quantifies the difference low effort, high impact changes can make. In her one-year programme, each day pairs a realistic goal with a simple &amp;#039;save the Earth&amp;#039; action for an individual to apply at home or work. An Impact Index accompanies each action, quantifying the difference each action can make, meaning you can actively record your progress and reflect positively on the impact you are having on the environment over the course of a full year. Being green has never been easier. Break previous habits, shift your mindset and achieve sustainability with 365 Ways to Save the Planet. If you want to make a difference but don&amp;#039;t know where to begin, simply turn the page and start with day one. © 2023 Georgina Wilson-Powell © 2023 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 365 Ways to Save the Planet: A Day-by-Day Guide to Sustainable Living
Author: Georgina Wilson-Powell
Narrator: Georgina Wilson-Powell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Step up your sustainability and unlock your full eco potential with 365 easy, trackable changes. What if sustainability didn&amp;#039;t have to be so complicated? 365 Ways to Save the Planet cuts through the noise and explains exactly how to live a &amp;#039;greener&amp;#039; lifestyle day by day. With its approachable ideas and achievable daily actions, anyone can up their sustainability score with this bible. Eco warrior Georgina Wilson-Powell breaks down the significance of environmental statistics for issues big and small, and quantifies the difference low effort, high impact changes can make. In her one-year programme, each day pairs a realistic goal with a simple &amp;#039;save the Earth&amp;#039; action for an individual to apply at home or work. An Impact Index accompanies each action, quantifying the difference each action can make, meaning you can actively record your progress and reflect positively on the impact you are having on the environment over the course of a full year. Being green has never been easier. Break previous habits, shift your mindset and achieve sustainability with 365 Ways to Save the Planet. If you want to make a difference but don&amp;#039;t know where to begin, simply turn the page and start with day one. © 2023 Georgina Wilson-Powell © 2023 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sea Bean by Sally Huband</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sea Bean
Author: Sally Huband
Narrator: Sally Huband
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful journey of sea and self, trial and hope on the islands of Shetland When a seed falls from a vine in the tropics and is carried by ocean currents across the Atlantic to the shores of Western Europe - it is known as a sea bean. It is still considered lucky to find a sea bean on the shore, they have been used as magical charms for more than a thousand years. Sally&amp;#039;s search for a sea bean begins not long after she moves to the windswept archipelago of Shetland. When pregnancy triggers a chronic illness and forces her to slow down, Sally takes to the beaches. There she discovers treasure freighted with story and curiosities that connect her to the world. The wild shores of Shetland offer glimpses of orcas swimming through the ocean at dusk, the chance to release a tiny storm petrel into the dark of the night and a path of hope. This beachcombing path takes her from the Faroese archipelago to the Orkney islands, and the Dutch island of Texel. It opens a world of ancient myths, fragile ecology, and deep human history. It brings her to herself again. Sea Bean is a message in a bottle. An interconnection of our oceans, communities and ourselves, and an invitation to feel belonging when we are adrift. &amp;#039;Modern, revealing and restorative, a coastal treasure&amp;#039; Amy Liptrot &amp;#039;Like its talismanic title, Huband&amp;#039;s voice is distinct and singular. A gorgeous reckoning with the sea, islands and mythology&amp;#039; Sinéad Gleeson &amp;#039;A wild melding of body and landscape. A deep, immersive, storm-tossed read&amp;#039; Helen Jukes ©2023 Sally Huband (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Sally Huband</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529190069.mp3" length="1378322" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529190069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sea Bean
Author: Sally Huband
Narrator: Sally Huband
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful journey of sea and self, trial and hope on the islands of Shetland When a seed falls from a vine in the tropics and is carried by ocean currents across the Atlantic to the shores of Western Europe - it is known as a sea bean. It is still considered lucky to find a sea bean on the shore, they have been used as magical charms for more than a thousand years. Sally&amp;#039;s search for a sea bean begins not long after she moves to the windswept archipelago of Shetland. When pregnancy triggers a chronic illness and forces her to slow down, Sally takes to the beaches. There she discovers treasure freighted with story and curiosities that connect her to the world. The wild shores of Shetland offer glimpses of orcas swimming through the ocean at dusk, the chance to release a tiny storm petrel into the dark of the night and a path of hope. This beachcombing path takes her from the Faroese archipelago to the Orkney islands, and the Dutch island of Texel. It opens a world of ancient myths, fragile ecology, and deep human history. It brings her to herself again. Sea Bean is a message in a bottle. An interconnection of our oceans, communities and ourselves, and an invitation to feel belonging when we are adrift. &amp;#039;Modern, revealing and restorative, a coastal treasure&amp;#039; Amy Liptrot &amp;#039;Like its talismanic title, Huband&amp;#039;s voice is distinct and singular. A gorgeous reckoning with the sea, islands and mythology&amp;#039; Sinéad Gleeson &amp;#039;A wild melding of body and landscape. A deep, immersive, storm-tossed read&amp;#039; Helen Jukes ©2023 Sally Huband (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sea Bean
Author: Sally Huband
Narrator: Sally Huband
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful journey of sea and self, trial and hope on the islands of Shetland When a seed falls from a vine in the tropics and is carried by ocean currents across the Atlantic to the shores of Western Europe - it is known as a sea bean. It is still considered lucky to find a sea bean on the shore, they have been used as magical charms for more than a thousand years. Sally&amp;#039;s search for a sea bean begins not long after she moves to the windswept archipelago of Shetland. When pregnancy triggers a chronic illness and forces her to slow down, Sally takes to the beaches. There she discovers treasure freighted with story and curiosities that connect her to the world. The wild shores of Shetland offer glimpses of orcas swimming through the ocean at dusk, the chance to release a tiny storm petrel into the dark of the night and a path of hope. This beachcombing path takes her from the Faroese archipelago to the Orkney islands, and the Dutch island of Texel. It opens a world of ancient myths, fragile ecology, and deep human history. It brings her to herself again. Sea Bean is a message in a bottle. An interconnection of our oceans, communities and ourselves, and an invitation to feel belonging when we are adrift. &amp;#039;Modern, revealing and restorative, a coastal treasure&amp;#039; Amy Liptrot &amp;#039;Like its talismanic title, Huband&amp;#039;s voice is distinct and singular. A gorgeous reckoning with the sea, islands and mythology&amp;#039; Sinéad Gleeson &amp;#039;A wild melding of body and landscape. A deep, immersive, storm-tossed read&amp;#039; Helen Jukes ©2023 Sally Huband (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Combatting Wastefulness &amp;amp; Covid-19 Etc. by Seton During</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Combatting Wastefulness &amp;amp; Covid-19 Etc.
Author: Seton During
Narrator: Robert Sebastian Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is dedicated to ethical taxpayers worldwide, as well as others struggling with inevitable and unavoidable or inescapable bills and invoices - in the domestic, public, private, voluntary. and foreign organisations world-wide to maximise &amp;#039;reach&amp;#039;. It concentrates on errors of omission and commission to highlight, create, and confirm awareness and motivate corrections with strategies, policies, and practices for stopping their recurrences. This book is itself more a gem of everlasting investment than an item of expenditure - the author&amp;#039;s unique and relevant education, skills, knowledge and hands-on experiences as an 84-year old ex-sailing chief engineer on various ocean-going ships and departmental professional head of operational maintenance managements ashore equip him with attributes empowering him to write such a book for your benefit.</description>
      <author>Seton During</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823422451.mp3" length="1395102" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823422451.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Combatting Wastefulness &amp;amp; Covid-19 Etc.
Author: Seton During
Narrator: Robert Sebastian Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is dedicated to ethical taxpayers worldwide, as well as others struggling with inevitable and unavoidable or inescapable bills and invoices - in the domestic, public, private, voluntary. and foreign organisations world-wide to maximise &amp;#039;reach&amp;#039;. It concentrates on errors of omission and commission to highlight, create, and confirm awareness and motivate corrections with strategies, policies, and practices for stopping their recurrences. This book is itself more a gem of everlasting investment than an item of expenditure - the author&amp;#039;s unique and relevant education, skills, knowledge and hands-on experiences as an 84-year old ex-sailing chief engineer on various ocean-going ships and departmental professional head of operational maintenance managements ashore equip him with attributes empowering him to write such a book for your benefit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Combatting Wastefulness &amp;amp; Covid-19 Etc.
Author: Seton During
Narrator: Robert Sebastian Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: September  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is dedicated to ethical taxpayers worldwide, as well as others struggling with inevitable and unavoidable or inescapable bills and invoices - in the domestic, public, private, voluntary. and foreign organisations world-wide to maximise &amp;#039;reach&amp;#039;. It concentrates on errors of omission and commission to highlight, create, and confirm awareness and motivate corrections with strategies, policies, and practices for stopping their recurrences. This book is itself more a gem of everlasting investment than an item of expenditure - the author&amp;#039;s unique and relevant education, skills, knowledge and hands-on experiences as an 84-year old ex-sailing chief engineer on various ocean-going ships and departmental professional head of operational maintenance managements ashore equip him with attributes empowering him to write such a book for your benefit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It&amp;#039;s Not That Radical: Climate Action to Transform Our World by Mikaela Loach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Not That Radical: Climate Action to Transform Our World
Author: Mikaela Loach
Narrator: Mikaela Loach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For too long, representations of climate action in the mainstream media have been white-washed, green-washed and diluted to be made compatible with capitalism. We are living in an economic system which pursues profit above all else; harmful, oppressive systems that heavily contribute to the climate crisis, and environmental consequences that have been toned down to the masses. Tackling the climate crisis requires us to visit the roots of poverty, capitalist exploitation, police brutality and legal injustice. Climate justice offers the real possibility of huge leaps towards racial equality and collective liberation as it aims to dismantle the very foundations of these issues. In this book, Mikaela Loach offers a fresh and radical perspective for real climate action that could drastically change the world as we know it for the benefit of us all. Written with candour and hope, It&amp;#039;s Not That Radical will galvanise readers to take action, offering an accessible and transformative appraisal of our circumstances to help mobilise a majority for the future of our planet. ©2023 Mikaela Loach © 2023 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Mikaela Loach</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241638675.mp3" length="1457072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241638675.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Not That Radical: Climate Action to Transform Our World
Author: Mikaela Loach
Narrator: Mikaela Loach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For too long, representations of climate action in the mainstream media have been white-washed, green-washed and diluted to be made compatible with capitalism. We are living in an economic system which pursues profit above all else; harmful, oppressive systems that heavily contribute to the climate crisis, and environmental consequences that have been toned down to the masses. Tackling the climate crisis requires us to visit the roots of poverty, capitalist exploitation, police brutality and legal injustice. Climate justice offers the real possibility of huge leaps towards racial equality and collective liberation as it aims to dismantle the very foundations of these issues. In this book, Mikaela Loach offers a fresh and radical perspective for real climate action that could drastically change the world as we know it for the benefit of us all. Written with candour and hope, It&amp;#039;s Not That Radical will galvanise readers to take action, offering an accessible and transformative appraisal of our circumstances to help mobilise a majority for the future of our planet. ©2023 Mikaela Loach © 2023 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Not That Radical: Climate Action to Transform Our World
Author: Mikaela Loach
Narrator: Mikaela Loach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For too long, representations of climate action in the mainstream media have been white-washed, green-washed and diluted to be made compatible with capitalism. We are living in an economic system which pursues profit above all else; harmful, oppressive systems that heavily contribute to the climate crisis, and environmental consequences that have been toned down to the masses. Tackling the climate crisis requires us to visit the roots of poverty, capitalist exploitation, police brutality and legal injustice. Climate justice offers the real possibility of huge leaps towards racial equality and collective liberation as it aims to dismantle the very foundations of these issues. In this book, Mikaela Loach offers a fresh and radical perspective for real climate action that could drastically change the world as we know it for the benefit of us all. Written with candour and hope, It&amp;#039;s Not That Radical will galvanise readers to take action, offering an accessible and transformative appraisal of our circumstances to help mobilise a majority for the future of our planet. ©2023 Mikaela Loach © 2023 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Three Ages of Water: Prehistoric Past, Imperiled Present, and a Hope for the Future by Peter Gleick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three Ages of Water: Prehistoric Past, Imperiled Present, and a Hope for the Future
Author: Peter Gleick
Narrator: Jonathan Beville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory account of how water has shaped the course of human life and history, and a positive vision of what the future can hold—if we act now     From the very creation of the planet billions of years ago to the present day, water has always been central to existence on Earth. And since long before the legendary Great Flood, it has been a defining force in the story of humanity.  In The Three Ages of Water, Peter Gleick guides us through the long, fraught history of our relationship to this precious resource. Water has shaped civilizations and empires, and driven centuries of advances in science and technology—from agriculture to aqueducts, steam power to space exploration—and progress in health and medicine.     But the achievements that have propelled humanity forward also brought consequences, including unsustainable water use, ecological destruction, and global climate change, that now threaten to send us into a new dark age. We must change our ways, and quickly, to usher in a new age of water for the benefit of everyone. Drawing from the lessons of our past, Gleick charts a visionary path toward a sustainable future for water and the planet.</description>
      <author>Peter Gleick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626634.mp3" length="873698" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626634.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three Ages of Water: Prehistoric Past, Imperiled Present, and a Hope for the Future
Author: Peter Gleick
Narrator: Jonathan Beville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory account of how water has shaped the course of human life and history, and a positive vision of what the future can hold—if we act now     From the very creation of the planet billions of years ago to the present day, water has always been central to existence on Earth. And since long before the legendary Great Flood, it has been a defining force in the story of humanity.  In The Three Ages of Water, Peter Gleick guides us through the long, fraught history of our relationship to this precious resource. Water has shaped civilizations and empires, and driven centuries of advances in science and technology—from agriculture to aqueducts, steam power to space exploration—and progress in health and medicine.     But the achievements that have propelled humanity forward also brought consequences, including unsustainable water use, ecological destruction, and global climate change, that now threaten to send us into a new dark age. We must change our ways, and quickly, to usher in a new age of water for the benefit of everyone. Drawing from the lessons of our past, Gleick charts a visionary path toward a sustainable future for water and the planet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three Ages of Water: Prehistoric Past, Imperiled Present, and a Hope for the Future
Author: Peter Gleick
Narrator: Jonathan Beville
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory account of how water has shaped the course of human life and history, and a positive vision of what the future can hold—if we act now     From the very creation of the planet billions of years ago to the present day, water has always been central to existence on Earth. And since long before the legendary Great Flood, it has been a defining force in the story of humanity.  In The Three Ages of Water, Peter Gleick guides us through the long, fraught history of our relationship to this precious resource. Water has shaped civilizations and empires, and driven centuries of advances in science and technology—from agriculture to aqueducts, steam power to space exploration—and progress in health and medicine.     But the achievements that have propelled humanity forward also brought consequences, including unsustainable water use, ecological destruction, and global climate change, that now threaten to send us into a new dark age. We must change our ways, and quickly, to usher in a new age of water for the benefit of everyone. Drawing from the lessons of our past, Gleick charts a visionary path toward a sustainable future for water and the planet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ghost Forest: Racists, Radicals, and Real Estate in the California Redwoods by Greg King</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Forest: Racists, Radicals, and Real Estate in the California Redwoods
Author: Greg King
Narrator: Galen Osier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive story of the California redwoods, their discovery and their exploitation, as told by an activist who fought to protect their existence against those determined to cut them down.  Every year millions of tourists from around the world visit California’s famous redwoods. Yet few who strain their necks to glimpse the tops of the world’s tallest trees understand how unlikely it is that these last isolated groves of giant trees still stand at all. In this gripping historical memoir, journalist and famed redwood activist Greg King examines how investors and a growing U.S. economy drove the timber industry to cut down all but 4 percent of the original two-million-acre redwood ecosystem. King first examined redwood logging in the 1980s—as an award-winning reporter. What he found in the woods convinced him to leap the line of neutrality and become an activist dedicated to saving the very last ancient redwood groves remaining in private hands.   The land grab began in 1849, when a “green gold rush” of migrants came to exploit the legendary redwoods that grew along the Russian River. Several generations later, in 1987, Greg King discovered and named Headwaters Forest—at 3,000 acres the largest ancient redwood habitat remaining outside of parks—and he led the movement to save this grove. After a decade of one of the longest, most dramatic, and violent environmental campaigns in US history, in 1999 the state and federal governments protected Headwaters Forest.  The Ghost Forest explores a central question, an overhanging mystery: What was it like, this botanical Elysium that grew only along the Northern California coast, a forest so spectacular—but also uniquely valuable as a cornerstone of American economic growth—that in the end it would inspire life-and-death struggles? Few but loggers and surveyors ever saw such magnificent trees, ancient sentinels that, like ghosts, have informed King’s understanding of the world. On a lifelong journey, King finds himself through the generations, and through the trees.</description>
      <author>Greg King</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668628416.mp3" length="864541" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668628416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Forest: Racists, Radicals, and Real Estate in the California Redwoods
Author: Greg King
Narrator: Galen Osier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive story of the California redwoods, their discovery and their exploitation, as told by an activist who fought to protect their existence against those determined to cut them down.  Every year millions of tourists from around the world visit California’s famous redwoods. Yet few who strain their necks to glimpse the tops of the world’s tallest trees understand how unlikely it is that these last isolated groves of giant trees still stand at all. In this gripping historical memoir, journalist and famed redwood activist Greg King examines how investors and a growing U.S. economy drove the timber industry to cut down all but 4 percent of the original two-million-acre redwood ecosystem. King first examined redwood logging in the 1980s—as an award-winning reporter. What he found in the woods convinced him to leap the line of neutrality and become an activist dedicated to saving the very last ancient redwood groves remaining in private hands.   The land grab began in 1849, when a “green gold rush” of migrants came to exploit the legendary redwoods that grew along the Russian River. Several generations later, in 1987, Greg King discovered and named Headwaters Forest—at 3,000 acres the largest ancient redwood habitat remaining outside of parks—and he led the movement to save this grove. After a decade of one of the longest, most dramatic, and violent environmental campaigns in US history, in 1999 the state and federal governments protected Headwaters Forest.  The Ghost Forest explores a central question, an overhanging mystery: What was it like, this botanical Elysium that grew only along the Northern California coast, a forest so spectacular—but also uniquely valuable as a cornerstone of American economic growth—that in the end it would inspire life-and-death struggles? Few but loggers and surveyors ever saw such magnificent trees, ancient sentinels that, like ghosts, have informed King’s understanding of the world. On a lifelong journey, King finds himself through the generations, and through the trees.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ghost Forest: Racists, Radicals, and Real Estate in the California Redwoods
Author: Greg King
Narrator: Galen Osier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive story of the California redwoods, their discovery and their exploitation, as told by an activist who fought to protect their existence against those determined to cut them down.  Every year millions of tourists from around the world visit California’s famous redwoods. Yet few who strain their necks to glimpse the tops of the world’s tallest trees understand how unlikely it is that these last isolated groves of giant trees still stand at all. In this gripping historical memoir, journalist and famed redwood activist Greg King examines how investors and a growing U.S. economy drove the timber industry to cut down all but 4 percent of the original two-million-acre redwood ecosystem. King first examined redwood logging in the 1980s—as an award-winning reporter. What he found in the woods convinced him to leap the line of neutrality and become an activist dedicated to saving the very last ancient redwood groves remaining in private hands.   The land grab began in 1849, when a “green gold rush” of migrants came to exploit the legendary redwoods that grew along the Russian River. Several generations later, in 1987, Greg King discovered and named Headwaters Forest—at 3,000 acres the largest ancient redwood habitat remaining outside of parks—and he led the movement to save this grove. After a decade of one of the longest, most dramatic, and violent environmental campaigns in US history, in 1999 the state and federal governments protected Headwaters Forest.  The Ghost Forest explores a central question, an overhanging mystery: What was it like, this botanical Elysium that grew only along the Northern California coast, a forest so spectacular—but also uniquely valuable as a cornerstone of American economic growth—that in the end it would inspire life-and-death struggles? Few but loggers and surveyors ever saw such magnificent trees, ancient sentinels that, like ghosts, have informed King’s understanding of the world. On a lifelong journey, King finds himself through the generations, and through the trees.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Climate Change Garden, UPDATED EDITION: Down to Earth Advice for Growing a Resilient Garden by Sally Morgan, Kim Stoddart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Change Garden, UPDATED EDITION: Down to Earth Advice for Growing a Resilient Garden
Author: Sally Morgan, Kim Stoddart
Narrator: Amanda Dolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this global gardener’s guide to creating a resilient, climate-wise garden, learn how to adapt your garden to cope with volatile weather extremes and other effects of a rapidly changing climate.  It’s no longer gardening as usual. Heat waves, droughts, flooding, violent storms…the long-predicted extremes of weather caused by climate change are now on our doorstep, and gardeners around the world are feeling the effects. Certain pests are staying active until much later in the season, many plants are blooming earlier, soils are eroding and degrading at a rapid pace, unpredictable rainfall is water-logging our gardens, and fiercer storms are uprooting trees and snapping branches. Not to mention the effects of prolonged drought in many parts of the world and the water rationing that comes with it. What’s a gardener to do?   We need to learn how to protect the garden against climate extremes, exotic pests, invasive weeds, and more. The Climate Change Garden is the first book to reveal which types of gardens are better suited to deal with such extremes and which techniques, practices, and equipment can be put to good use in our gardens to help temper the issues. There’s no getting away from it; no matter where on the planet you live, the climate and weather patterns are changing fast, and our gardening practices need to catch up.   With the aim of building a more durable, robust, and productive garden beneath the shadow of climate change, you’ll learn how to:  -  Adapt your plant selections, planting practices, and garden maintenance techniques for the new future  -  Select vegetable and fruit varieties that are more adaptable to weather extremes and more capable of resisting pests and diseases   -  Find ways to manage excess storm water runoff and minimize the heat island effect  -  Foster wildlife and discover the importance of creating a safe haven for these creatures in a changing world  -  Use season extenders like cold frames, high tunnels, and row covers to protect edible plants from weather events  -  Take measures to reduce your garden’s carbon footprint, including going no-till, building a green roof, and composting  -  Limit the risks from wind, frost, and snow by taking advantage of microclimates, planting wind breaks, and physically protecting plants  -  Plant more of the right trees for your future climate to help cool your home, slow the movement of water, and hold soil in place  The Climate Change Garden is about working with the natural world to create a productive, low-maintenance, climate-savvy garden that’s capable of standing strong against the effects of a changing climate.</description>
      <author>Sally Morgan, Kim Stoddart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780760384251.mp3" length="878062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780760384251.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Change Garden, UPDATED EDITION: Down to Earth Advice for Growing a Resilient Garden
Author: Sally Morgan, Kim Stoddart
Narrator: Amanda Dolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this global gardener’s guide to creating a resilient, climate-wise garden, learn how to adapt your garden to cope with volatile weather extremes and other effects of a rapidly changing climate.  It’s no longer gardening as usual. Heat waves, droughts, flooding, violent storms…the long-predicted extremes of weather caused by climate change are now on our doorstep, and gardeners around the world are feeling the effects. Certain pests are staying active until much later in the season, many plants are blooming earlier, soils are eroding and degrading at a rapid pace, unpredictable rainfall is water-logging our gardens, and fiercer storms are uprooting trees and snapping branches. Not to mention the effects of prolonged drought in many parts of the world and the water rationing that comes with it. What’s a gardener to do?   We need to learn how to protect the garden against climate extremes, exotic pests, invasive weeds, and more. The Climate Change Garden is the first book to reveal which types of gardens are better suited to deal with such extremes and which techniques, practices, and equipment can be put to good use in our gardens to help temper the issues. There’s no getting away from it; no matter where on the planet you live, the climate and weather patterns are changing fast, and our gardening practices need to catch up.   With the aim of building a more durable, robust, and productive garden beneath the shadow of climate change, you’ll learn how to:  -  Adapt your plant selections, planting practices, and garden maintenance techniques for the new future  -  Select vegetable and fruit varieties that are more adaptable to weather extremes and more capable of resisting pests and diseases   -  Find ways to manage excess storm water runoff and minimize the heat island effect  -  Foster wildlife and discover the importance of creating a safe haven for these creatures in a changing world  -  Use season extenders like cold frames, high tunnels, and row covers to protect edible plants from weather events  -  Take measures to reduce your garden’s carbon footprint, including going no-till, building a green roof, and composting  -  Limit the risks from wind, frost, and snow by taking advantage of microclimates, planting wind breaks, and physically protecting plants  -  Plant more of the right trees for your future climate to help cool your home, slow the movement of water, and hold soil in place  The Climate Change Garden is about working with the natural world to create a productive, low-maintenance, climate-savvy garden that’s capable of standing strong against the effects of a changing climate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Change Garden, UPDATED EDITION: Down to Earth Advice for Growing a Resilient Garden
Author: Sally Morgan, Kim Stoddart
Narrator: Amanda Dolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this global gardener’s guide to creating a resilient, climate-wise garden, learn how to adapt your garden to cope with volatile weather extremes and other effects of a rapidly changing climate.  It’s no longer gardening as usual. Heat waves, droughts, flooding, violent storms…the long-predicted extremes of weather caused by climate change are now on our doorstep, and gardeners around the world are feeling the effects. Certain pests are staying active until much later in the season, many plants are blooming earlier, soils are eroding and degrading at a rapid pace, unpredictable rainfall is water-logging our gardens, and fiercer storms are uprooting trees and snapping branches. Not to mention the effects of prolonged drought in many parts of the world and the water rationing that comes with it. What’s a gardener to do?   We need to learn how to protect the garden against climate extremes, exotic pests, invasive weeds, and more. The Climate Change Garden is the first book to reveal which types of gardens are better suited to deal with such extremes and which techniques, practices, and equipment can be put to good use in our gardens to help temper the issues. There’s no getting away from it; no matter where on the planet you live, the climate and weather patterns are changing fast, and our gardening practices need to catch up.   With the aim of building a more durable, robust, and productive garden beneath the shadow of climate change, you’ll learn how to:  -  Adapt your plant selections, planting practices, and garden maintenance techniques for the new future  -  Select vegetable and fruit varieties that are more adaptable to weather extremes and more capable of resisting pests and diseases   -  Find ways to manage excess storm water runoff and minimize the heat island effect  -  Foster wildlife and discover the importance of creating a safe haven for these creatures in a changing world  -  Use season extenders like cold frames, high tunnels, and row covers to protect edible plants from weather events  -  Take measures to reduce your garden’s carbon footprint, including going no-till, building a green roof, and composting  -  Limit the risks from wind, frost, and snow by taking advantage of microclimates, planting wind breaks, and physically protecting plants  -  Plant more of the right trees for your future climate to help cool your home, slow the movement of water, and hold soil in place  The Climate Change Garden is about working with the natural world to create a productive, low-maintenance, climate-savvy garden that’s capable of standing strong against the effects of a changing climate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Botany: The biology behind the plants you love, how they grow, and what they need by Scott Zona</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Botany: The biology behind the plants you love, how they grow, and what they need
Author: Scott Zona
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wonder if plants sleep or why their leaves are shaped a certain way? The inner workings of the plants you love are revealed and celebrated in this guide by botany expert Dr. Scott Zona. A Gardener’s Guide to Botany is not just another book on how to grow plants. Instead, it’s a botanical journey into what makes plants tick, delivered in layman’s terms that are easily understood and appreciated by both advanced gardeners and first-timers. It’s the chlorophyll-infused science behind the plants you know and love, whether you grow them indoors or out.  You’ll learn how different plant parts function (do you know what stomata are and why every leaf has hundreds of them?), the traits that separate plants from animals, and how through eons of evolution the plants we grow in our gardens and homes have developed a million different fascinating adaptations that allow them to survive and thrive. From their leaf shape and growth habit to how they have sex and metabolize the nutrients they absorb, A Gardener’s Guide to Botany covers it all in an accessible and thought-provoking way.  Divided into chapters based on what plants need to survive, some of the topics you’ll discover include:  -  How plants convert water, air, and sunshine into roots, stems, leaves, and flowers through photosynthesis  -  How plants react to their environment and  “know” when it’s right for supporting growth and reproduction  -  How light can inhibit or facilitate chemical reactions in a plant   -  How plants access and use water and different nutrients, including through lifelong partnerships with other living organisms   -  How plants reproduce in some pretty ingenious ways, both with and without sex  -  How plant genes are dispersed via seeds spread by wind, water, animals, or by the mechanics of the plant or the seed itself   Up your #plantnerd status by going on a knowledge expedition to learn about all things botanical, including the enlightening science of plant communication, hormones, insect relationships, and even plant sleep. Plus, learn the many varied ways plants protect themselves, from growing spines and producing toxic leaf compounds to emitting volatile chemicals that serve as messages to insect predators or warning signals to neighboring plants. Through fascinating and relatable text, get to know your plant family like you never have before!   Whether you grow houseplants on a windowsill, vegetables in raised beds, or shrubs and perennials along your front walk, A Gardener’s Guide to Botany takes you on a beautiful adventure into the amazing kingdom of plants.</description>
      <author>Scott Zona</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780760384237.mp3" length="881924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780760384237.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Botany: The biology behind the plants you love, how they grow, and what they need
Author: Scott Zona
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wonder if plants sleep or why their leaves are shaped a certain way? The inner workings of the plants you love are revealed and celebrated in this guide by botany expert Dr. Scott Zona. A Gardener’s Guide to Botany is not just another book on how to grow plants. Instead, it’s a botanical journey into what makes plants tick, delivered in layman’s terms that are easily understood and appreciated by both advanced gardeners and first-timers. It’s the chlorophyll-infused science behind the plants you know and love, whether you grow them indoors or out.  You’ll learn how different plant parts function (do you know what stomata are and why every leaf has hundreds of them?), the traits that separate plants from animals, and how through eons of evolution the plants we grow in our gardens and homes have developed a million different fascinating adaptations that allow them to survive and thrive. From their leaf shape and growth habit to how they have sex and metabolize the nutrients they absorb, A Gardener’s Guide to Botany covers it all in an accessible and thought-provoking way.  Divided into chapters based on what plants need to survive, some of the topics you’ll discover include:  -  How plants convert water, air, and sunshine into roots, stems, leaves, and flowers through photosynthesis  -  How plants react to their environment and  “know” when it’s right for supporting growth and reproduction  -  How light can inhibit or facilitate chemical reactions in a plant   -  How plants access and use water and different nutrients, including through lifelong partnerships with other living organisms   -  How plants reproduce in some pretty ingenious ways, both with and without sex  -  How plant genes are dispersed via seeds spread by wind, water, animals, or by the mechanics of the plant or the seed itself   Up your #plantnerd status by going on a knowledge expedition to learn about all things botanical, including the enlightening science of plant communication, hormones, insect relationships, and even plant sleep. Plus, learn the many varied ways plants protect themselves, from growing spines and producing toxic leaf compounds to emitting volatile chemicals that serve as messages to insect predators or warning signals to neighboring plants. Through fascinating and relatable text, get to know your plant family like you never have before!   Whether you grow houseplants on a windowsill, vegetables in raised beds, or shrubs and perennials along your front walk, A Gardener’s Guide to Botany takes you on a beautiful adventure into the amazing kingdom of plants.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Gardener&amp;#039;s Guide to Botany: The biology behind the plants you love, how they grow, and what they need
Author: Scott Zona
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wonder if plants sleep or why their leaves are shaped a certain way? The inner workings of the plants you love are revealed and celebrated in this guide by botany expert Dr. Scott Zona. A Gardener’s Guide to Botany is not just another book on how to grow plants. Instead, it’s a botanical journey into what makes plants tick, delivered in layman’s terms that are easily understood and appreciated by both advanced gardeners and first-timers. It’s the chlorophyll-infused science behind the plants you know and love, whether you grow them indoors or out.  You’ll learn how different plant parts function (do you know what stomata are and why every leaf has hundreds of them?), the traits that separate plants from animals, and how through eons of evolution the plants we grow in our gardens and homes have developed a million different fascinating adaptations that allow them to survive and thrive. From their leaf shape and growth habit to how they have sex and metabolize the nutrients they absorb, A Gardener’s Guide to Botany covers it all in an accessible and thought-provoking way.  Divided into chapters based on what plants need to survive, some of the topics you’ll discover include:  -  How plants convert water, air, and sunshine into roots, stems, leaves, and flowers through photosynthesis  -  How plants react to their environment and  “know” when it’s right for supporting growth and reproduction  -  How light can inhibit or facilitate chemical reactions in a plant   -  How plants access and use water and different nutrients, including through lifelong partnerships with other living organisms   -  How plants reproduce in some pretty ingenious ways, both with and without sex  -  How plant genes are dispersed via seeds spread by wind, water, animals, or by the mechanics of the plant or the seed itself   Up your #plantnerd status by going on a knowledge expedition to learn about all things botanical, including the enlightening science of plant communication, hormones, insect relationships, and even plant sleep. Plus, learn the many varied ways plants protect themselves, from growing spines and producing toxic leaf compounds to emitting volatile chemicals that serve as messages to insect predators or warning signals to neighboring plants. Through fascinating and relatable text, get to know your plant family like you never have before!   Whether you grow houseplants on a windowsill, vegetables in raised beds, or shrubs and perennials along your front walk, A Gardener’s Guide to Botany takes you on a beautiful adventure into the amazing kingdom of plants.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Endurance: An Epic of Polar Adventure by F.A. Worsley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endurance: An Epic of Polar Adventure
Author: F.A. Worsley
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The legendary tale of Ernest Shackleton&amp;#039;s grueling Antarctic expedition, recounted in riveting first-person detail by the captain of HMS Endurance. &amp;#039;You seriously mean to tell me that the ship is doomed?&amp;#039; asked Frank Worsley, commander of the Endurance, stuck impassably in Antarctic ice packs. &amp;#039;What the ice gets,&amp;#039; replied Sir Ernest Shackleton, the expedition&amp;#039;s unflappable leader, &amp;#039;the ice keeps.&amp;#039; It did not, however, get the ship&amp;#039;s twenty-five crew members, all of whom survived an eight-hundred-mile voyage across sea, land, and ice to South Georgia, the nearest inhabited island. First published in 1931, Endurance tells the full story of that doomed 1914-1916 expedition and incredible rescue, as well as relating Worsley&amp;#039;s further adventures fighting U-boats in the Great War, sailing the equally treacherous waters of the Arctic, and making one final (and successful) assault on the South Pole with Shackleton. It is a tale of unrelenting high adventure and a tribute to one of the most inspiring and courageous leaders of men in the history of exploration.</description>
      <author>F.A. Worsley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765084441.mp3" length="8398879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765084441.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endurance: An Epic of Polar Adventure
Author: F.A. Worsley
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The legendary tale of Ernest Shackleton&amp;#039;s grueling Antarctic expedition, recounted in riveting first-person detail by the captain of HMS Endurance. &amp;#039;You seriously mean to tell me that the ship is doomed?&amp;#039; asked Frank Worsley, commander of the Endurance, stuck impassably in Antarctic ice packs. &amp;#039;What the ice gets,&amp;#039; replied Sir Ernest Shackleton, the expedition&amp;#039;s unflappable leader, &amp;#039;the ice keeps.&amp;#039; It did not, however, get the ship&amp;#039;s twenty-five crew members, all of whom survived an eight-hundred-mile voyage across sea, land, and ice to South Georgia, the nearest inhabited island. First published in 1931, Endurance tells the full story of that doomed 1914-1916 expedition and incredible rescue, as well as relating Worsley&amp;#039;s further adventures fighting U-boats in the Great War, sailing the equally treacherous waters of the Arctic, and making one final (and successful) assault on the South Pole with Shackleton. It is a tale of unrelenting high adventure and a tribute to one of the most inspiring and courageous leaders of men in the history of exploration.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Endurance: An Epic of Polar Adventure
Author: F.A. Worsley
Narrator: Michael Page
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The legendary tale of Ernest Shackleton&amp;#039;s grueling Antarctic expedition, recounted in riveting first-person detail by the captain of HMS Endurance. &amp;#039;You seriously mean to tell me that the ship is doomed?&amp;#039; asked Frank Worsley, commander of the Endurance, stuck impassably in Antarctic ice packs. &amp;#039;What the ice gets,&amp;#039; replied Sir Ernest Shackleton, the expedition&amp;#039;s unflappable leader, &amp;#039;the ice keeps.&amp;#039; It did not, however, get the ship&amp;#039;s twenty-five crew members, all of whom survived an eight-hundred-mile voyage across sea, land, and ice to South Georgia, the nearest inhabited island. First published in 1931, Endurance tells the full story of that doomed 1914-1916 expedition and incredible rescue, as well as relating Worsley&amp;#039;s further adventures fighting U-boats in the Great War, sailing the equally treacherous waters of the Arctic, and making one final (and successful) assault on the South Pole with Shackleton. It is a tale of unrelenting high adventure and a tribute to one of the most inspiring and courageous leaders of men in the history of exploration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CLEAN AIR by Gianfranco Rosolia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CLEAN AIR
Author: Gianfranco Rosolia
Narrator: Gianfranco Rosolia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine living without clean air. For the people who lived on the doorstep of Monkton Coke Works, their daily reality was a horrendous nightmare of hazardous and acrid sulfur dioxide emissions, all-pervading soot, and clamorous tannoys. Over decades, the facility grew unflaggingly, converting ever-increasing quantities of coal into coke without concern for the residents&amp;#039; well-being. In forming the Hebburn Residents&amp;#039; Action Group, Jennie Shearan united and empowered the underrepresented residents of Monkton Lane Estate, and gave them a voice, igniting a national dialogue about the health risks from the pollution that her neighborhood had to endure. CLEAN AIR is an exhilarating memento of the lengths that Jennie Shearan went to in order to secure environmental equity for her community. It is a David and Goliath account of a fearless working class woman who put it all on the line and left no stone unturned in her uncompromising fight for the right to clean air.</description>
      <author>Gianfranco Rosolia</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781739102432.mp3" length="1197739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781739102432.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CLEAN AIR
Author: Gianfranco Rosolia
Narrator: Gianfranco Rosolia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine living without clean air. For the people who lived on the doorstep of Monkton Coke Works, their daily reality was a horrendous nightmare of hazardous and acrid sulfur dioxide emissions, all-pervading soot, and clamorous tannoys. Over decades, the facility grew unflaggingly, converting ever-increasing quantities of coal into coke without concern for the residents&amp;#039; well-being. In forming the Hebburn Residents&amp;#039; Action Group, Jennie Shearan united and empowered the underrepresented residents of Monkton Lane Estate, and gave them a voice, igniting a national dialogue about the health risks from the pollution that her neighborhood had to endure. CLEAN AIR is an exhilarating memento of the lengths that Jennie Shearan went to in order to secure environmental equity for her community. It is a David and Goliath account of a fearless working class woman who put it all on the line and left no stone unturned in her uncompromising fight for the right to clean air.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629408</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CLEAN AIR
Author: Gianfranco Rosolia
Narrator: Gianfranco Rosolia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine living without clean air. For the people who lived on the doorstep of Monkton Coke Works, their daily reality was a horrendous nightmare of hazardous and acrid sulfur dioxide emissions, all-pervading soot, and clamorous tannoys. Over decades, the facility grew unflaggingly, converting ever-increasing quantities of coal into coke without concern for the residents&amp;#039; well-being. In forming the Hebburn Residents&amp;#039; Action Group, Jennie Shearan united and empowered the underrepresented residents of Monkton Lane Estate, and gave them a voice, igniting a national dialogue about the health risks from the pollution that her neighborhood had to endure. CLEAN AIR is an exhilarating memento of the lengths that Jennie Shearan went to in order to secure environmental equity for her community. It is a David and Goliath account of a fearless working class woman who put it all on the line and left no stone unturned in her uncompromising fight for the right to clean air.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cesar Millan’s Short Guide to a Happy Dog: 98 Essential Tips and Techniques by Cesar Millan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cesar Millan’s Short Guide to a Happy Dog: 98 Essential Tips and Techniques
Author: Cesar Millan
Narrator: Armando Durán
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After more than nine seasons as television&amp;#039;s Dog Whisperer, Cesar Millan has a new mission: to use his unique insights about dog psychology to create stronger, happier relationships between humans and their canine companions. Both inspirational and practical, A Short Guide to a Happy Dog draws on thousands of training encounters around the world to present ninety-eight essential lessons. Taken together, they will help any owner apply the key aspects of Cesar&amp;#039;s celebrated philosophy to create the most fulfilling life possible with their dogs. In these pages, Cesar delves into crucial themes that go beyond obedience-school basics to reveal the hearts and minds of our beloved pets. In short, practical takes, he explores - the basics of dog psychology; - instinctual behaviors; - creating balance and boundaries; - managing common misbehaviors; - choosing the right dog for your family; - helping your dog adjust to life transitions. Throughout the book, inspiring stories from Cesar&amp;#039;s case files—and from his new show, Leader of the Pack—provide moving real-world applications and surprising life lessons. Smart, easy to use, and packed with Cesar&amp;#039;s remarkable insights into human and canine behavior, A Short Guide to a Happy Dog is an inspiring tool for anyone looking to live a better life with a beloved member of the family.</description>
      <author>Cesar Millan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jan 2013 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481573832.mp3" length="777958" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481573832.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cesar Millan’s Short Guide to a Happy Dog: 98 Essential Tips and Techniques
Author: Cesar Millan
Narrator: Armando Durán
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After more than nine seasons as television&amp;#039;s Dog Whisperer, Cesar Millan has a new mission: to use his unique insights about dog psychology to create stronger, happier relationships between humans and their canine companions. Both inspirational and practical, A Short Guide to a Happy Dog draws on thousands of training encounters around the world to present ninety-eight essential lessons. Taken together, they will help any owner apply the key aspects of Cesar&amp;#039;s celebrated philosophy to create the most fulfilling life possible with their dogs. In these pages, Cesar delves into crucial themes that go beyond obedience-school basics to reveal the hearts and minds of our beloved pets. In short, practical takes, he explores - the basics of dog psychology; - instinctual behaviors; - creating balance and boundaries; - managing common misbehaviors; - choosing the right dog for your family; - helping your dog adjust to life transitions. Throughout the book, inspiring stories from Cesar&amp;#039;s case files—and from his new show, Leader of the Pack—provide moving real-world applications and surprising life lessons. Smart, easy to use, and packed with Cesar&amp;#039;s remarkable insights into human and canine behavior, A Short Guide to a Happy Dog is an inspiring tool for anyone looking to live a better life with a beloved member of the family.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cesar Millan’s Short Guide to a Happy Dog: 98 Essential Tips and Techniques
Author: Cesar Millan
Narrator: Armando Durán
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
After more than nine seasons as television&amp;#039;s Dog Whisperer, Cesar Millan has a new mission: to use his unique insights about dog psychology to create stronger, happier relationships between humans and their canine companions. Both inspirational and practical, A Short Guide to a Happy Dog draws on thousands of training encounters around the world to present ninety-eight essential lessons. Taken together, they will help any owner apply the key aspects of Cesar&amp;#039;s celebrated philosophy to create the most fulfilling life possible with their dogs. In these pages, Cesar delves into crucial themes that go beyond obedience-school basics to reveal the hearts and minds of our beloved pets. In short, practical takes, he explores - the basics of dog psychology; - instinctual behaviors; - creating balance and boundaries; - managing common misbehaviors; - choosing the right dog for your family; - helping your dog adjust to life transitions. Throughout the book, inspiring stories from Cesar&amp;#039;s case files—and from his new show, Leader of the Pack—provide moving real-world applications and surprising life lessons. Smart, easy to use, and packed with Cesar&amp;#039;s remarkable insights into human and canine behavior, A Short Guide to a Happy Dog is an inspiring tool for anyone looking to live a better life with a beloved member of the family.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Powering the Future: How We Will (Eventually) Solve the Energy Crisis and Fuel the Civilization of Tomorrow by Robert B. Laughlin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Powering the Future: How We Will (Eventually) Solve the Energy Crisis and Fuel the Civilization of Tomorrow
Author: Robert B. Laughlin
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2011
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Powering the Future, Nobel laureate Robert B. Laughlin transports us two centuries into the future, when we’ve ceased to use carbon from the ground. Boldly, Laughlin predicts no earth-shattering transformations will have taken place. Six generations from now, there will still be soccer moms, shopping malls, and business trips. Firesides will still be snug and warm. How will we do it? Not by discovering a magic bullet to slay our energy problems, but through a slew of fascinating technologies, drawing on wind, water, and fire. Powering the Future is an objective yet optimistic tour through alternative fuel sources, set in a world where we’ve burned every last drop of petroleum and every last shovelful of coal.</description>
      <author>Robert B. Laughlin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2011 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481554992.mp3" length="818665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481554992.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Powering the Future: How We Will (Eventually) Solve the Energy Crisis and Fuel the Civilization of Tomorrow
Author: Robert B. Laughlin
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2011
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Powering the Future, Nobel laureate Robert B. Laughlin transports us two centuries into the future, when we’ve ceased to use carbon from the ground. Boldly, Laughlin predicts no earth-shattering transformations will have taken place. Six generations from now, there will still be soccer moms, shopping malls, and business trips. Firesides will still be snug and warm. How will we do it? Not by discovering a magic bullet to slay our energy problems, but through a slew of fascinating technologies, drawing on wind, water, and fire. Powering the Future is an objective yet optimistic tour through alternative fuel sources, set in a world where we’ve burned every last drop of petroleum and every last shovelful of coal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Powering the Future: How We Will (Eventually) Solve the Energy Crisis and Fuel the Civilization of Tomorrow
Author: Robert B. Laughlin
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2011
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Powering the Future, Nobel laureate Robert B. Laughlin transports us two centuries into the future, when we’ve ceased to use carbon from the ground. Boldly, Laughlin predicts no earth-shattering transformations will have taken place. Six generations from now, there will still be soccer moms, shopping malls, and business trips. Firesides will still be snug and warm. How will we do it? Not by discovering a magic bullet to slay our energy problems, but through a slew of fascinating technologies, drawing on wind, water, and fire. Powering the Future is an objective yet optimistic tour through alternative fuel sources, set in a world where we’ve burned every last drop of petroleum and every last shovelful of coal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chosen by a Horse: A Memoir by Susan Richards</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chosen by a Horse: A Memoir
Author: Susan Richards
Narrator: Lorna Raver
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2007
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The horse Susan Richards chose for rescue wouldn’t be corralled into her waiting trailer. Instead Lay Me Down, a former racehorse with a foal close on her heels, walked right up that ramp and into Susan’s life. This gentle creature—malnourished, plagued by pneumonia and an eye infection—had endured a rough road, but somehow her heart was still open and generous. It seemed fated that she would come into Susan’s paddock and teach her how to embrace the joys of life despite the dangers of living. An elegant and often heartbreaking tale filled with animal characters as complicated and lively as their human counterparts, this is an inspiring story of courage and hope and the ways in which all love—even an animal’s—has the power to heal.</description>
      <author>Susan Richards</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Dec 2007 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481551335.mp3" length="880881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481551335.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chosen by a Horse: A Memoir
Author: Susan Richards
Narrator: Lorna Raver
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2007
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The horse Susan Richards chose for rescue wouldn’t be corralled into her waiting trailer. Instead Lay Me Down, a former racehorse with a foal close on her heels, walked right up that ramp and into Susan’s life. This gentle creature—malnourished, plagued by pneumonia and an eye infection—had endured a rough road, but somehow her heart was still open and generous. It seemed fated that she would come into Susan’s paddock and teach her how to embrace the joys of life despite the dangers of living. An elegant and often heartbreaking tale filled with animal characters as complicated and lively as their human counterparts, this is an inspiring story of courage and hope and the ways in which all love—even an animal’s—has the power to heal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628478</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chosen by a Horse: A Memoir
Author: Susan Richards
Narrator: Lorna Raver
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2007
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The horse Susan Richards chose for rescue wouldn’t be corralled into her waiting trailer. Instead Lay Me Down, a former racehorse with a foal close on her heels, walked right up that ramp and into Susan’s life. This gentle creature—malnourished, plagued by pneumonia and an eye infection—had endured a rough road, but somehow her heart was still open and generous. It seemed fated that she would come into Susan’s paddock and teach her how to embrace the joys of life despite the dangers of living. An elegant and often heartbreaking tale filled with animal characters as complicated and lively as their human counterparts, this is an inspiring story of courage and hope and the ways in which all love—even an animal’s—has the power to heal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sense of Wonder by Rachel Carson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sense of Wonder
Author: Rachel Carson
Narrator: Kaiulani Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“If a child is to keep alive his inborn sense of wonder, he needs the companionship of at least one adult who can share it, rediscovering with him the joy, excitement, and mystery of the world we live in…If I had influence with the good fairy who is supposed to preside over the christening of all children, I should ask that her gift to each child in the world be a sense of wonder so indestructible that it would last throughout life.”—Rachel Carson First published more than three decades ago, this award-winning classic brings Rachel Carson’s unique vision to a new generation of readers. The Sense of Wonder relates Carson’s intimate account of adventures with her young nephew, Roger, as they enjoy walks along the rocky coast of Maine and through dense forests and open fields, observing wildlife, strange plants, moonlight, and storm clouds and listening to the living music of insects in the underbrush. It is a refreshing antidote to indifference and a guide to capturing the simple power of discovery that Carson views as essential to life. The Sense of Wonder is a timeless volume that will be passed on from parent to child to grandchild, as treasured as the memory of an early morning walk when the song of a bird was heard as if for the first time.</description>
      <author>Rachel Carson</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2006 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481536578.mp3" length="780680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481536578.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sense of Wonder
Author: Rachel Carson
Narrator: Kaiulani Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“If a child is to keep alive his inborn sense of wonder, he needs the companionship of at least one adult who can share it, rediscovering with him the joy, excitement, and mystery of the world we live in…If I had influence with the good fairy who is supposed to preside over the christening of all children, I should ask that her gift to each child in the world be a sense of wonder so indestructible that it would last throughout life.”—Rachel Carson First published more than three decades ago, this award-winning classic brings Rachel Carson’s unique vision to a new generation of readers. The Sense of Wonder relates Carson’s intimate account of adventures with her young nephew, Roger, as they enjoy walks along the rocky coast of Maine and through dense forests and open fields, observing wildlife, strange plants, moonlight, and storm clouds and listening to the living music of insects in the underbrush. It is a refreshing antidote to indifference and a guide to capturing the simple power of discovery that Carson views as essential to life. The Sense of Wonder is a timeless volume that will be passed on from parent to child to grandchild, as treasured as the memory of an early morning walk when the song of a bird was heard as if for the first time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sense of Wonder
Author: Rachel Carson
Narrator: Kaiulani Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“If a child is to keep alive his inborn sense of wonder, he needs the companionship of at least one adult who can share it, rediscovering with him the joy, excitement, and mystery of the world we live in…If I had influence with the good fairy who is supposed to preside over the christening of all children, I should ask that her gift to each child in the world be a sense of wonder so indestructible that it would last throughout life.”—Rachel Carson First published more than three decades ago, this award-winning classic brings Rachel Carson’s unique vision to a new generation of readers. The Sense of Wonder relates Carson’s intimate account of adventures with her young nephew, Roger, as they enjoy walks along the rocky coast of Maine and through dense forests and open fields, observing wildlife, strange plants, moonlight, and storm clouds and listening to the living music of insects in the underbrush. It is a refreshing antidote to indifference and a guide to capturing the simple power of discovery that Carson views as essential to life. The Sense of Wonder is a timeless volume that will be passed on from parent to child to grandchild, as treasured as the memory of an early morning walk when the song of a bird was heard as if for the first time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Come On Seabiscuit! by Ralph Moody</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Come On Seabiscuit!
Author: Ralph Moody
Narrator: Jim Weiss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Who would have believed that a knobby-kneed little colt named Seabiscuit would become one of the most celebrated racehorses of all time? Although Seabiscuit was the grandson of the legendary Man O&amp;#039; War, he was neither handsome nor graceful. His head was too big, his legs were too short, and his gallop was awkward. During the depths of the Great Depression, however, Seabiscuit won against incredible odds and uplifted the hearts of people throughout the country. Originally published in 1962, this classic recounts the thrilling tale of the plucky horse who refused to quit, the down-on-his-luck jockey who refused to let accidents keep him out of the saddle, and the taciturn trainer who brought out the best in both horse and jockey. Moving and inspirational, Come on Seabiscuit! is a reminder of the qualities that make for a real American champion.</description>
      <author>Ralph Moody</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481541794.mp3" length="884755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481541794.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Come On Seabiscuit!
Author: Ralph Moody
Narrator: Jim Weiss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Who would have believed that a knobby-kneed little colt named Seabiscuit would become one of the most celebrated racehorses of all time? Although Seabiscuit was the grandson of the legendary Man O&amp;#039; War, he was neither handsome nor graceful. His head was too big, his legs were too short, and his gallop was awkward. During the depths of the Great Depression, however, Seabiscuit won against incredible odds and uplifted the hearts of people throughout the country. Originally published in 1962, this classic recounts the thrilling tale of the plucky horse who refused to quit, the down-on-his-luck jockey who refused to let accidents keep him out of the saddle, and the taciturn trainer who brought out the best in both horse and jockey. Moving and inspirational, Come on Seabiscuit! is a reminder of the qualities that make for a real American champion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Come On Seabiscuit!
Author: Ralph Moody
Narrator: Jim Weiss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Who would have believed that a knobby-kneed little colt named Seabiscuit would become one of the most celebrated racehorses of all time? Although Seabiscuit was the grandson of the legendary Man O&amp;#039; War, he was neither handsome nor graceful. His head was too big, his legs were too short, and his gallop was awkward. During the depths of the Great Depression, however, Seabiscuit won against incredible odds and uplifted the hearts of people throughout the country. Originally published in 1962, this classic recounts the thrilling tale of the plucky horse who refused to quit, the down-on-his-luck jockey who refused to let accidents keep him out of the saddle, and the taciturn trainer who brought out the best in both horse and jockey. Moving and inspirational, Come on Seabiscuit! is a reminder of the qualities that make for a real American champion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trashing the Planet: How Science Can Help Us Deal with Acid Rain, Depletion of the Ozone, and Nuclear Waste (among Other Things) by Dixy Lee Ray</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trashing the Planet: How Science Can Help Us Deal with Acid Rain, Depletion of the Ozone, and Nuclear Waste (among Other Things)
Author: Dixy Lee Ray
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2011
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Trashing the Planet is the one book you need to get a commonsense grasp on the contentious issues of environmentalism, where science and politics overlap and well-meaning idealism turns to counterproductive ecoterrorism. Dixy Lee Ray, a marine biologist and former chair of the Atomic Energy Commission, calls for environmentalists to regain a sense of perspective and not let their ardor carry them into the realm of “noble lies.” Dr. Ray exposes how little the public knows about the environment, how piddling are man’s influences upon it—volcanoes shoot more pollutants into the atmosphere than do all of man’s industrial activities—and how complex are the interactions of natural phenomena. Reminding us that “a well-tended garden is better than a neglected woodlot,” Trashing the Planet is a breath of fresh air in the current debate dominated by rhetorical extremism.</description>
      <author>Dixy Lee Ray</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2011 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481546553.mp3" length="918083" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481546553.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trashing the Planet: How Science Can Help Us Deal with Acid Rain, Depletion of the Ozone, and Nuclear Waste (among Other Things)
Author: Dixy Lee Ray
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2011
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Trashing the Planet is the one book you need to get a commonsense grasp on the contentious issues of environmentalism, where science and politics overlap and well-meaning idealism turns to counterproductive ecoterrorism. Dixy Lee Ray, a marine biologist and former chair of the Atomic Energy Commission, calls for environmentalists to regain a sense of perspective and not let their ardor carry them into the realm of “noble lies.” Dr. Ray exposes how little the public knows about the environment, how piddling are man’s influences upon it—volcanoes shoot more pollutants into the atmosphere than do all of man’s industrial activities—and how complex are the interactions of natural phenomena. Reminding us that “a well-tended garden is better than a neglected woodlot,” Trashing the Planet is a breath of fresh air in the current debate dominated by rhetorical extremism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trashing the Planet: How Science Can Help Us Deal with Acid Rain, Depletion of the Ozone, and Nuclear Waste (among Other Things)
Author: Dixy Lee Ray
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2011
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Trashing the Planet is the one book you need to get a commonsense grasp on the contentious issues of environmentalism, where science and politics overlap and well-meaning idealism turns to counterproductive ecoterrorism. Dixy Lee Ray, a marine biologist and former chair of the Atomic Energy Commission, calls for environmentalists to regain a sense of perspective and not let their ardor carry them into the realm of “noble lies.” Dr. Ray exposes how little the public knows about the environment, how piddling are man’s influences upon it—volcanoes shoot more pollutants into the atmosphere than do all of man’s industrial activities—and how complex are the interactions of natural phenomena. Reminding us that “a well-tended garden is better than a neglected woodlot,” Trashing the Planet is a breath of fresh air in the current debate dominated by rhetorical extremism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wölfe - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da? by Thomas Meinen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wölfe - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #5 of Wölfe
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wölfe: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Wölfe sind &amp;#039;Mythos Wolf&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Der Wolf kommt zurück&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Wie Wölfe leben&amp;#039; enthalten.</description>
      <author>Thomas Meinen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783755421399.mp3" length="616941" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783755421399.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wölfe - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #5 of Wölfe
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wölfe: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Wölfe sind &amp;#039;Mythos Wolf&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Der Wolf kommt zurück&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Wie Wölfe leben&amp;#039; enthalten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wölfe - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #5 of Wölfe
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wölfe: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Wölfe sind &amp;#039;Mythos Wolf&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Der Wolf kommt zurück&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Wie Wölfe leben&amp;#039; enthalten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Tiere - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da? by Thomas Meinen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tiere - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #3 of Tiere
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tiere: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Tiere sind &amp;#039;Ratgeber Hunde&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Ratgeber Katzen&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Pferde&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Delfine&amp;#039; enthalten.</description>
      <author>Thomas Meinen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783755421412.mp3" length="914785" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783755421412.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tiere - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #3 of Tiere
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tiere: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Tiere sind &amp;#039;Ratgeber Hunde&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Ratgeber Katzen&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Pferde&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Delfine&amp;#039; enthalten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tiere - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #3 of Tiere
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tiere: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Tiere sind &amp;#039;Ratgeber Hunde&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Ratgeber Katzen&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Pferde&amp;#039; und &amp;#039;Delfine&amp;#039; enthalten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Urzeit - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da? by Thomas Meinen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Urzeit - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #4 of Urzeit
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Urzeit: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Urzeit sind &amp;#039;Krokodile in Deutschland&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Urtiere&amp;#039;und &amp;#039;Sauriersterben&amp;#039; enthalten.</description>
      <author>Thomas Meinen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783755421405.mp3" length="611185" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783755421405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Urzeit - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #4 of Urzeit
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Urzeit: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Urzeit sind &amp;#039;Krokodile in Deutschland&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Urtiere&amp;#039;und &amp;#039;Sauriersterben&amp;#039; enthalten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Urzeit - Hörgeschichten für entspanntes Reisen: Papa, wann sind wir da?
Series: #4 of Urzeit
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Urzeit: Wer mit Kindern eine längere Fahrt vor sich hat, der kennt sie, die berühmte Frage: Papa oder Mama, wann sind wir da? Meistens nerven die Sprösslinge mit dieser Frage schon nach den ersten Kilometern und stellen sie in regelmäßigen Abständen bis zum Fahrtziel garantiert immer wieder. Wenn aber noch etliche Kilometer vor ihnen liegen, dann ist guter Rat meistens teuer, gilt es doch, die Kinder bis zur ersehnten Ankunft zu beschäftigen. Genau zu diesem Zweck gibt es die &amp;#039;Hörgeschichten&amp;#039;. Die sind manchmal lustig, manchmal spannend, aber immer informativ. Die Geschichten sind jeweils zwischen fünf und zehn Minuten lang und bieten den Kindern neben Unterhaltung auch themenbezogene Informationen. In den Hörgeschichten Urzeit sind &amp;#039;Krokodile in Deutschland&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Urtiere&amp;#039;und &amp;#039;Sauriersterben&amp;#039; enthalten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hope For Healing Liver Disease In Your Dog - 3rd Edition by Cyndi Smasal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope For Healing Liver Disease In Your Dog - 3rd Edition
Author: Cyndi Smasal
Narrator: Rachel Hirsh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When your dog is diagnosed with liver disease, it can be gut-wrenching and feel hopeless. Liver disease is often fatal, with few options for treatment.  If you are looking for some hope for healing your dog, this is the book to listen to. This book covers the miraculous healing of a dog named Norman who was diagnosed with liver disease when he was 10 1/2 years old. The prognosis was not good. He was given a month to live, with no hope for any treatment that would make a difference.  But Norman&amp;#039;s owner Cyndi Smasal didn&amp;#039;t give up. She tried everything because she had nothing to lose. This is the guide that she created out of her trial and error. Norman went on to live for two more years. There is a detailed medical history with proof that this treatment worked.  There is a quick start guide to help you implement the treatment immediately. This book has saved hundreds of other dogs and given hope to thousands of dog owners. The treatment is not difficult. Cyndi explains everything in a very simple-to-understand way. It includes 10 liver-specific recipes that are critical to the treatment. Plus, it teaches you how to adjust the diet to fit your own dog&amp;#039;s specific needs. It will save you a lot of time. You can stop looking for the answer. Just listen to this audiobook and you will be on your way to saving your dog from liver disease. Supplemental PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Cyndi Smasal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823417198.mp3" length="1472407" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823417198.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope For Healing Liver Disease In Your Dog - 3rd Edition
Author: Cyndi Smasal
Narrator: Rachel Hirsh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When your dog is diagnosed with liver disease, it can be gut-wrenching and feel hopeless. Liver disease is often fatal, with few options for treatment.  If you are looking for some hope for healing your dog, this is the book to listen to. This book covers the miraculous healing of a dog named Norman who was diagnosed with liver disease when he was 10 1/2 years old. The prognosis was not good. He was given a month to live, with no hope for any treatment that would make a difference.  But Norman&amp;#039;s owner Cyndi Smasal didn&amp;#039;t give up. She tried everything because she had nothing to lose. This is the guide that she created out of her trial and error. Norman went on to live for two more years. There is a detailed medical history with proof that this treatment worked.  There is a quick start guide to help you implement the treatment immediately. This book has saved hundreds of other dogs and given hope to thousands of dog owners. The treatment is not difficult. Cyndi explains everything in a very simple-to-understand way. It includes 10 liver-specific recipes that are critical to the treatment. Plus, it teaches you how to adjust the diet to fit your own dog&amp;#039;s specific needs. It will save you a lot of time. You can stop looking for the answer. Just listen to this audiobook and you will be on your way to saving your dog from liver disease. Supplemental PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope For Healing Liver Disease In Your Dog - 3rd Edition
Author: Cyndi Smasal
Narrator: Rachel Hirsh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When your dog is diagnosed with liver disease, it can be gut-wrenching and feel hopeless. Liver disease is often fatal, with few options for treatment.  If you are looking for some hope for healing your dog, this is the book to listen to. This book covers the miraculous healing of a dog named Norman who was diagnosed with liver disease when he was 10 1/2 years old. The prognosis was not good. He was given a month to live, with no hope for any treatment that would make a difference.  But Norman&amp;#039;s owner Cyndi Smasal didn&amp;#039;t give up. She tried everything because she had nothing to lose. This is the guide that she created out of her trial and error. Norman went on to live for two more years. There is a detailed medical history with proof that this treatment worked.  There is a quick start guide to help you implement the treatment immediately. This book has saved hundreds of other dogs and given hope to thousands of dog owners. The treatment is not difficult. Cyndi explains everything in a very simple-to-understand way. It includes 10 liver-specific recipes that are critical to the treatment. Plus, it teaches you how to adjust the diet to fit your own dog&amp;#039;s specific needs. It will save you a lot of time. You can stop looking for the answer. Just listen to this audiobook and you will be on your way to saving your dog from liver disease. Supplemental PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Niquito, Der Gärtner-Hund by Dill Ferreira</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Niquito, Der Gärtner-Hund
Author: Dill Ferreira
Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein verlassenes Hundebaby und ein sehr liebevolles Kind – die perfekte PartnerschaftDiese Geschichte für Kinder beschreibt die Freundschaft zwischen einem Hund und den Blumen im Garten seines Zuhauses. Als Niquito merkt, dass Blattschneiderameisen seine Freunde angreifen, tut er alles, um sie fernzuhalten und die wunderschönen Blumen vor den Ameisenbissen zu retten. Das Buch erzählt von Gefühlen wie Freundschaft, Arbeitseifer und Respekt zwischen Freunden. Die Geschichte geht dabei über die Handlung selbst hinaus, um die Herzen der kleinen Leser zu erobern. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Dill Ferreira</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835443988.mp3" length="884266" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835443988.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Niquito, Der Gärtner-Hund
Author: Dill Ferreira
Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein verlassenes Hundebaby und ein sehr liebevolles Kind – die perfekte PartnerschaftDiese Geschichte für Kinder beschreibt die Freundschaft zwischen einem Hund und den Blumen im Garten seines Zuhauses. Als Niquito merkt, dass Blattschneiderameisen seine Freunde angreifen, tut er alles, um sie fernzuhalten und die wunderschönen Blumen vor den Ameisenbissen zu retten. Das Buch erzählt von Gefühlen wie Freundschaft, Arbeitseifer und Respekt zwischen Freunden. Die Geschichte geht dabei über die Handlung selbst hinaus, um die Herzen der kleinen Leser zu erobern. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Niquito, Der Gärtner-Hund
Author: Dill Ferreira
Narrator: Daniel Meyer-Dinkgräfe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein verlassenes Hundebaby und ein sehr liebevolles Kind – die perfekte PartnerschaftDiese Geschichte für Kinder beschreibt die Freundschaft zwischen einem Hund und den Blumen im Garten seines Zuhauses. Als Niquito merkt, dass Blattschneiderameisen seine Freunde angreifen, tut er alles, um sie fernzuhalten und die wunderschönen Blumen vor den Ameisenbissen zu retten. Das Buch erzählt von Gefühlen wie Freundschaft, Arbeitseifer und Respekt zwischen Freunden. Die Geschichte geht dabei über die Handlung selbst hinaus, um die Herzen der kleinen Leser zu erobern. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sounds of Life: How Digital Technology Is Bringing Us Closer to the Worlds of Animals and Plants by Karen Bakker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sounds of Life: How Digital Technology Is Bringing Us Closer to the Worlds of Animals and Plants
Author: Karen Bakker
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Suzanne Toren takes you on an amazing journey into the hidden realm of nature&amp;#039;s sounds The natural world teems with remarkable conversations, many beyond human hearing range. Scientists are using groundbreaking digital technologies to uncover these astonishing sounds, revealing vibrant communication among our fellow creatures across the Tree of Life. At once meditative and scientific, The Sounds of Life shares fascinating and surprising stories of nonhuman sound, interweaving insights from technological innovation and traditional knowledge. We meet scientists using sound to protect and regenerate endangered species from the Great Barrier Reef to the Arctic and the Amazon. We discover the shocking impacts of noise pollution on both animals and plants. We learn how artificial intelligence can decode nonhuman sounds, and meet the researchers building dictionaries in East African Elephant and Sperm Whalish. At the frontiers of innovation, we explore digitally mediated dialogues with bats and honeybees. Technology often distracts us from nature, but what if it could reconnect us instead? The Sounds of Life offers hope for environmental conservation and affirms humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature in the digital age. After learning about the unsuspected wonders of nature&amp;#039;s sounds, we will never see walks outdoors in the same way again.</description>
      <author>Karen Bakker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691249919.mp3" length="1343705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691249919.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sounds of Life: How Digital Technology Is Bringing Us Closer to the Worlds of Animals and Plants
Author: Karen Bakker
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Suzanne Toren takes you on an amazing journey into the hidden realm of nature&amp;#039;s sounds The natural world teems with remarkable conversations, many beyond human hearing range. Scientists are using groundbreaking digital technologies to uncover these astonishing sounds, revealing vibrant communication among our fellow creatures across the Tree of Life. At once meditative and scientific, The Sounds of Life shares fascinating and surprising stories of nonhuman sound, interweaving insights from technological innovation and traditional knowledge. We meet scientists using sound to protect and regenerate endangered species from the Great Barrier Reef to the Arctic and the Amazon. We discover the shocking impacts of noise pollution on both animals and plants. We learn how artificial intelligence can decode nonhuman sounds, and meet the researchers building dictionaries in East African Elephant and Sperm Whalish. At the frontiers of innovation, we explore digitally mediated dialogues with bats and honeybees. Technology often distracts us from nature, but what if it could reconnect us instead? The Sounds of Life offers hope for environmental conservation and affirms humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature in the digital age. After learning about the unsuspected wonders of nature&amp;#039;s sounds, we will never see walks outdoors in the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sounds of Life: How Digital Technology Is Bringing Us Closer to the Worlds of Animals and Plants
Author: Karen Bakker
Narrator: Suzanne Toren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Suzanne Toren takes you on an amazing journey into the hidden realm of nature&amp;#039;s sounds The natural world teems with remarkable conversations, many beyond human hearing range. Scientists are using groundbreaking digital technologies to uncover these astonishing sounds, revealing vibrant communication among our fellow creatures across the Tree of Life. At once meditative and scientific, The Sounds of Life shares fascinating and surprising stories of nonhuman sound, interweaving insights from technological innovation and traditional knowledge. We meet scientists using sound to protect and regenerate endangered species from the Great Barrier Reef to the Arctic and the Amazon. We discover the shocking impacts of noise pollution on both animals and plants. We learn how artificial intelligence can decode nonhuman sounds, and meet the researchers building dictionaries in East African Elephant and Sperm Whalish. At the frontiers of innovation, we explore digitally mediated dialogues with bats and honeybees. Technology often distracts us from nature, but what if it could reconnect us instead? The Sounds of Life offers hope for environmental conservation and affirms humanity&amp;#039;s relationship with nature in the digital age. After learning about the unsuspected wonders of nature&amp;#039;s sounds, we will never see walks outdoors in the same way again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Handbuch der Hundeerziehung - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Impulskontrolle bei Hunden | Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Hundetraining | Ängstliche &amp;amp; traumatisierte Hunde | Fährtensuche mit Hund by Alexander Gietzen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Handbuch der Hundeerziehung - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Impulskontrolle bei Hunden | Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Hundetraining | Ängstliche &amp;amp; traumatisierte Hunde | Fährtensuche mit Hund
Author: Alexander Gietzen
Narrator: Mario Kunze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impulskontrolle bei Hunden Lebhaft, verspielt, von allem zu begeistern und quirlig im ganzen Haus unterwegs – ein fröhlicher Hund ist Grund zur Freude und zaubert Besitzern mit seiner Lebendigkeit ein Lächeln ins Gesicht. Doch dabei ist eines wichtig: Es muss auch eine andere Seite geben und zwar die der Impulskontrolle. Damit das Zusammenleben mit Ihrem besten Freund nicht von problematischen Zwischenfällen überschattet wird, zeigt dieses Buch Ihnen nun einen kinderleichten Weg, mit dem Sie genau die richtige Balance aus Erziehung, Kontrolle, Vertrauen und Zuneigung finden! Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Hundetraining Überlegen Sie momentan, einen Welpen zu kaufen? Oder haben Sie sich schon für einen Vierbeiner entschieden, der bald bei Ihnen einzieht oder vielleicht schon bei Ihnen wohnt? Dann soll dieser Ratgeber Ihnen helfen, eine gute Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufzubauen und Tipps geben, wie Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst artgerecht und erfolgreich erziehen sowie ganz nebenbei eine großartige Beziehung zu ihm aufbauen können. Ängstliche &amp;amp; traumatisierte Hunde Viele Hunde, vor allem aus dem Tierschutz, durften in ihrem bisherigen Leben keine guten Erfahrungen machen, sie sind traumatisiert oder ängstlich. Dies zeigt sich oft durch verschiedene Verhaltensweisen in unterschiedlichen Situationen. So äußert ein Hund seine Angst durch Aggression an der Leine, wenn ihm beispielsweise ein anderer Hund zu nah kommt, ihm Fahrradfahrer oder Jogger begegnen oder ein Mensch, welcher den ängstlichen Hund streicheln möchte. Fährtensuche mit Hund Ist Ihr Hund unausgelastet und wirkt gelangweilt? Möchten Sie sich mit Ihrem Hund mehr beschäftigen, als nur mit ihm spazieren zu gehen und Bälle zu werfen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie und Ihren Vierbeiner. Sie brauchen dafür keine Hundeschule und nur wenig Equipment, Sie können also bereits beim nächsten Spaziergang mit den Übungen anfangen.</description>
      <author>Alexander Gietzen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302026.mp3" length="888303" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302026.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Handbuch der Hundeerziehung - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Impulskontrolle bei Hunden | Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Hundetraining | Ängstliche &amp;amp; traumatisierte Hunde | Fährtensuche mit Hund
Author: Alexander Gietzen
Narrator: Mario Kunze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impulskontrolle bei Hunden Lebhaft, verspielt, von allem zu begeistern und quirlig im ganzen Haus unterwegs – ein fröhlicher Hund ist Grund zur Freude und zaubert Besitzern mit seiner Lebendigkeit ein Lächeln ins Gesicht. Doch dabei ist eines wichtig: Es muss auch eine andere Seite geben und zwar die der Impulskontrolle. Damit das Zusammenleben mit Ihrem besten Freund nicht von problematischen Zwischenfällen überschattet wird, zeigt dieses Buch Ihnen nun einen kinderleichten Weg, mit dem Sie genau die richtige Balance aus Erziehung, Kontrolle, Vertrauen und Zuneigung finden! Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Hundetraining Überlegen Sie momentan, einen Welpen zu kaufen? Oder haben Sie sich schon für einen Vierbeiner entschieden, der bald bei Ihnen einzieht oder vielleicht schon bei Ihnen wohnt? Dann soll dieser Ratgeber Ihnen helfen, eine gute Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufzubauen und Tipps geben, wie Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst artgerecht und erfolgreich erziehen sowie ganz nebenbei eine großartige Beziehung zu ihm aufbauen können. Ängstliche &amp;amp; traumatisierte Hunde Viele Hunde, vor allem aus dem Tierschutz, durften in ihrem bisherigen Leben keine guten Erfahrungen machen, sie sind traumatisiert oder ängstlich. Dies zeigt sich oft durch verschiedene Verhaltensweisen in unterschiedlichen Situationen. So äußert ein Hund seine Angst durch Aggression an der Leine, wenn ihm beispielsweise ein anderer Hund zu nah kommt, ihm Fahrradfahrer oder Jogger begegnen oder ein Mensch, welcher den ängstlichen Hund streicheln möchte. Fährtensuche mit Hund Ist Ihr Hund unausgelastet und wirkt gelangweilt? Möchten Sie sich mit Ihrem Hund mehr beschäftigen, als nur mit ihm spazieren zu gehen und Bälle zu werfen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie und Ihren Vierbeiner. Sie brauchen dafür keine Hundeschule und nur wenig Equipment, Sie können also bereits beim nächsten Spaziergang mit den Übungen anfangen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626889</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Handbuch der Hundeerziehung - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Impulskontrolle bei Hunden | Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Hundetraining | Ängstliche &amp;amp; traumatisierte Hunde | Fährtensuche mit Hund
Author: Alexander Gietzen
Narrator: Mario Kunze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impulskontrolle bei Hunden Lebhaft, verspielt, von allem zu begeistern und quirlig im ganzen Haus unterwegs – ein fröhlicher Hund ist Grund zur Freude und zaubert Besitzern mit seiner Lebendigkeit ein Lächeln ins Gesicht. Doch dabei ist eines wichtig: Es muss auch eine andere Seite geben und zwar die der Impulskontrolle. Damit das Zusammenleben mit Ihrem besten Freund nicht von problematischen Zwischenfällen überschattet wird, zeigt dieses Buch Ihnen nun einen kinderleichten Weg, mit dem Sie genau die richtige Balance aus Erziehung, Kontrolle, Vertrauen und Zuneigung finden! Welpenerziehung &amp;amp; Hundetraining Überlegen Sie momentan, einen Welpen zu kaufen? Oder haben Sie sich schon für einen Vierbeiner entschieden, der bald bei Ihnen einzieht oder vielleicht schon bei Ihnen wohnt? Dann soll dieser Ratgeber Ihnen helfen, eine gute Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufzubauen und Tipps geben, wie Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst artgerecht und erfolgreich erziehen sowie ganz nebenbei eine großartige Beziehung zu ihm aufbauen können. Ängstliche &amp;amp; traumatisierte Hunde Viele Hunde, vor allem aus dem Tierschutz, durften in ihrem bisherigen Leben keine guten Erfahrungen machen, sie sind traumatisiert oder ängstlich. Dies zeigt sich oft durch verschiedene Verhaltensweisen in unterschiedlichen Situationen. So äußert ein Hund seine Angst durch Aggression an der Leine, wenn ihm beispielsweise ein anderer Hund zu nah kommt, ihm Fahrradfahrer oder Jogger begegnen oder ein Mensch, welcher den ängstlichen Hund streicheln möchte. Fährtensuche mit Hund Ist Ihr Hund unausgelastet und wirkt gelangweilt? Möchten Sie sich mit Ihrem Hund mehr beschäftigen, als nur mit ihm spazieren zu gehen und Bälle zu werfen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie und Ihren Vierbeiner. Sie brauchen dafür keine Hundeschule und nur wenig Equipment, Sie können also bereits beim nächsten Spaziergang mit den Übungen anfangen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ratgeber für Pferde-Liebhaber und solche, die es werden wollen: Wissenswertes über Haltung und Versorgung by Thomas Meinen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber für Pferde-Liebhaber und solche, die es werden wollen: Wissenswertes über Haltung und Versorgung
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Das grösste Glück der Erde liegt auf dem Rücken der Pferde&amp;#039;, lautet ein Sprichwort, das jeder nachempfinden kann, der schon einmal auf einem Pferd gesessen ist. Ein Pferd zu halten und es voll zu versorgen, ist vielleicht die größte Verantwortung, die ein/e Reiter/in auf sich nehmen kann. Wenn man reiten gelernt hat, wünscht man sich oft auch ein eigenes Pferd. Dabei darf man aber nicht vergessen, dass die Versorgung eines Pferdes ohne Hilfe eine Ganztagsbeschäftigung ist, besonders wenn es im Stall gehalten wird. Die Partnerschaft des Menschen mit dem Pferd beginnt vor ungefähr 6000 Jahren; um diese Zeit wurde das Pferd in Asien erstmals domestiziert. Die Geschichte des Pferdes selbst reicht allerdings viel weiter zurück - bis in prähistorische Zeiten. Das Hörbuch enthält viele Tipps und Anregungen.</description>
      <author>Thomas Meinen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Sep 2022 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783755421160.mp3" length="922056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783755421160.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber für Pferde-Liebhaber und solche, die es werden wollen: Wissenswertes über Haltung und Versorgung
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Das grösste Glück der Erde liegt auf dem Rücken der Pferde&amp;#039;, lautet ein Sprichwort, das jeder nachempfinden kann, der schon einmal auf einem Pferd gesessen ist. Ein Pferd zu halten und es voll zu versorgen, ist vielleicht die größte Verantwortung, die ein/e Reiter/in auf sich nehmen kann. Wenn man reiten gelernt hat, wünscht man sich oft auch ein eigenes Pferd. Dabei darf man aber nicht vergessen, dass die Versorgung eines Pferdes ohne Hilfe eine Ganztagsbeschäftigung ist, besonders wenn es im Stall gehalten wird. Die Partnerschaft des Menschen mit dem Pferd beginnt vor ungefähr 6000 Jahren; um diese Zeit wurde das Pferd in Asien erstmals domestiziert. Die Geschichte des Pferdes selbst reicht allerdings viel weiter zurück - bis in prähistorische Zeiten. Das Hörbuch enthält viele Tipps und Anregungen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber für Pferde-Liebhaber und solche, die es werden wollen: Wissenswertes über Haltung und Versorgung
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Das grösste Glück der Erde liegt auf dem Rücken der Pferde&amp;#039;, lautet ein Sprichwort, das jeder nachempfinden kann, der schon einmal auf einem Pferd gesessen ist. Ein Pferd zu halten und es voll zu versorgen, ist vielleicht die größte Verantwortung, die ein/e Reiter/in auf sich nehmen kann. Wenn man reiten gelernt hat, wünscht man sich oft auch ein eigenes Pferd. Dabei darf man aber nicht vergessen, dass die Versorgung eines Pferdes ohne Hilfe eine Ganztagsbeschäftigung ist, besonders wenn es im Stall gehalten wird. Die Partnerschaft des Menschen mit dem Pferd beginnt vor ungefähr 6000 Jahren; um diese Zeit wurde das Pferd in Asien erstmals domestiziert. Die Geschichte des Pferdes selbst reicht allerdings viel weiter zurück - bis in prähistorische Zeiten. Das Hörbuch enthält viele Tipps und Anregungen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wasteland: The Dirty Truth About What We Throw Away, Where It Goes, and Why It Matters by Oliver Franklin-Wallis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wasteland: The Dirty Truth About What We Throw Away, Where It Goes, and Why It Matters
Author: Oliver Franklin-Wallis
Narrator: Chris Harper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2024 WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRITING  A BBC RADIO 4 BOOK OF THE WEEK  ONE OF THE NEW YORKER&amp;#039;S BEST BOOKS OF 2023   INCLUDED IN THE GUARDIAN&amp;#039;S BEST IDEAS BOOKS OF 2023  ‘A gripping read that will anger as much as it fascinates’ Hugh Fearnley-Whittingstall ‘An incredible journey into the world of rubbish, full of fascinating characters and mind-bending facts’ Oliver Bullough, author of Moneyland     ‘Urgent, probing and endlessly interesting’ Cal Flyn, author of Islands of Abandonment &amp;#039;There are stories in all our discarded things: who made them, what they meant to a person before they were thrown away. In the end, it all ends up in the same place – the endless ingenuity of humanity in one filthy, fascinating mass.&amp;#039;     When we throw things ‘away’, what does that actually mean? Where does it go, and who deals with it when it gets there? In Wasteland, award-winning journalist Oliver Franklin-Wallis takes us on an eye-opening journey through the global waste industry. From the mountainous landfills of New Delhi to Britain’s overflowing sewers, from hollowed-out mining towns in the USA to Ghana’s flooded second-hand markets, we meet the people on the frontline of our waste crisis – both those being exploited, and those determined to make a difference. On the way, we discover the corporate greenwashing that started the recycling movement; the dark truth behind our second-hand donations; and come face to face with the 10,000-year legacy of our nuclear waste.    Both shocking and hopeful, Wasteland is the timely and ultimately human story at the heart of an urgent global issue.</description>
      <author>Oliver Franklin-Wallis</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jun 2023 07:56:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781398522763.mp3" length="892775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781398522763.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wasteland: The Dirty Truth About What We Throw Away, Where It Goes, and Why It Matters
Author: Oliver Franklin-Wallis
Narrator: Chris Harper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2024 WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRITING  A BBC RADIO 4 BOOK OF THE WEEK  ONE OF THE NEW YORKER&amp;#039;S BEST BOOKS OF 2023   INCLUDED IN THE GUARDIAN&amp;#039;S BEST IDEAS BOOKS OF 2023  ‘A gripping read that will anger as much as it fascinates’ Hugh Fearnley-Whittingstall ‘An incredible journey into the world of rubbish, full of fascinating characters and mind-bending facts’ Oliver Bullough, author of Moneyland     ‘Urgent, probing and endlessly interesting’ Cal Flyn, author of Islands of Abandonment &amp;#039;There are stories in all our discarded things: who made them, what they meant to a person before they were thrown away. In the end, it all ends up in the same place – the endless ingenuity of humanity in one filthy, fascinating mass.&amp;#039;     When we throw things ‘away’, what does that actually mean? Where does it go, and who deals with it when it gets there? In Wasteland, award-winning journalist Oliver Franklin-Wallis takes us on an eye-opening journey through the global waste industry. From the mountainous landfills of New Delhi to Britain’s overflowing sewers, from hollowed-out mining towns in the USA to Ghana’s flooded second-hand markets, we meet the people on the frontline of our waste crisis – both those being exploited, and those determined to make a difference. On the way, we discover the corporate greenwashing that started the recycling movement; the dark truth behind our second-hand donations; and come face to face with the 10,000-year legacy of our nuclear waste.    Both shocking and hopeful, Wasteland is the timely and ultimately human story at the heart of an urgent global issue.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wasteland: The Dirty Truth About What We Throw Away, Where It Goes, and Why It Matters
Author: Oliver Franklin-Wallis
Narrator: Chris Harper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 22, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2024 WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION WRITING  A BBC RADIO 4 BOOK OF THE WEEK  ONE OF THE NEW YORKER&amp;#039;S BEST BOOKS OF 2023   INCLUDED IN THE GUARDIAN&amp;#039;S BEST IDEAS BOOKS OF 2023  ‘A gripping read that will anger as much as it fascinates’ Hugh Fearnley-Whittingstall ‘An incredible journey into the world of rubbish, full of fascinating characters and mind-bending facts’ Oliver Bullough, author of Moneyland     ‘Urgent, probing and endlessly interesting’ Cal Flyn, author of Islands of Abandonment &amp;#039;There are stories in all our discarded things: who made them, what they meant to a person before they were thrown away. In the end, it all ends up in the same place – the endless ingenuity of humanity in one filthy, fascinating mass.&amp;#039;     When we throw things ‘away’, what does that actually mean? Where does it go, and who deals with it when it gets there? In Wasteland, award-winning journalist Oliver Franklin-Wallis takes us on an eye-opening journey through the global waste industry. From the mountainous landfills of New Delhi to Britain’s overflowing sewers, from hollowed-out mining towns in the USA to Ghana’s flooded second-hand markets, we meet the people on the frontline of our waste crisis – both those being exploited, and those determined to make a difference. On the way, we discover the corporate greenwashing that started the recycling movement; the dark truth behind our second-hand donations; and come face to face with the 10,000-year legacy of our nuclear waste.    Both shocking and hopeful, Wasteland is the timely and ultimately human story at the heart of an urgent global issue.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
